As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2023.

Registration No. 333-[•]

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________________________

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

__________________________________________

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

__________________________________________

British Virgin Islands

 

7371

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

B046 of Room 801, 11 Sixing Street
Huangge Town, Nansha District
Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC
Tel: +86
-020-343-29249
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

__________________________________________

Cogency Global Inc.
122 East 42
nd Street, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10168
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

__________________________________________

With a Copy to:

Arila Zhou, Esq.
Anna Wang, Esq.
Robinson & Cole LLP
Chrysler East Building
666 Third Avenue, 20
th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Tel: (212) 451
-2908

 

Benjamin Tan, Esq.
Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas, 31
st Floor,
New York, NY 10036
Tel: 212
-930-9700

__________________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: Promptly after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act ☐

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

Preliminary Prospectus

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 20, 2023

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED

3,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares

This is a firm commitment initial public offering of 3,000,000 class A ordinary shares of 3 E Network Technology Group Limited (the “Company” or “3e Network”, “we”, “us”), par value $0.0001 per share (each, a “Class A Ordinary Share”, collectively, “Class A Ordinary Shares”). The estimated initial public offering price for the Class A Ordinary Shares in the offering is expected to be between $4.00 and $6.00 per Class A Ordinary Share.

No public market currently exists for our Class A Ordinary Shares. We intend to list the Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EEET”. This offering is contingent upon the final approval from Nasdaq for our listing on Nasdaq Capital Market. We will not proceed to consummate this offering if Nasdaq denies our listing. There is no guarantee or assurance that our Class A Ordinary Shares will be approved for listing on Nasdaq Capital Market or that the offering will be closed.

We are a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”). As a holding company, our operations are conducted by our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries based in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”), Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Company Limited (the “Guangzhou Sanyi Network”) and Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited (the “Guangzhou 3E Network”), which we maintain 100% ownership via our wholly-owned subsidiary based in Hong Kong, 3e Network Technology Company Limited (the “HK 3e Network”). This is an offering of the Class A Ordinary Shares of 3e Network, the holding company incorporated in BVI, instead of shares of our operating entities in mainland China, Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network, or our subsidiary in Hong Kong, HK 3e Network. Our corporate structure may involve unique risks to investors. Our corporate structure may not be enforceable in the PRC, if PRC government authorities or courts take a view that such corporate structure contravenes PRC laws and regulations or is otherwise not enforceable for public policy reasons. In addition, the Chinese governmental authorities may take a different view than us about our corporate structure because of the promulgation of new laws or regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws and regulations. In the event PRC government authorities disallow our current corporate structure, we will be unable to exert effective control over Guangzhou Sanyi Network, Guangzhou 3E Network or HK 3e Network and there will be a material change in our operations and/or a material change in the value of Class A Ordinary Shares we are registering for sale. Such an event could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, and as a result, our Class A Ordinary Shares may decline significantly in value or become worthless. See more details under “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Because substantially all of our operations are in China, we face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. The PRC government may exercise oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business or may intervene or influence our operations at any time, and our operations may be affected by evolving regulatory policies, all of which could result in a material change in our operations or the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.” on page 34 of this prospectus and detailed discussion of legal uncertainties and jurisdictional limits in China under “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We are subject to the laws and regulations of the PRC, which can change quickly with little advance notice and differ in material aspects from the laws of the United States.” on page 36 of this prospectus.

We face various legal and operational risks associated with having substantially all of our operations in China. We face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. The PRC government has significant authority to exert influence on the ability of a China-based company, like us, to conduct its business, accept

 

Table of Contents

foreign investments or list on a U.S. stock exchange. As discussed below and elsewhere, recently, the PRC government has indicated an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers. For example, we face risks associated with regulatory approvals of offshore offerings, anti-monopoly regulatory actions, cybersecurity and data privacy, as well as the lack of inspection from the PCAOB. The PRC government may also intervene with or influence our operations as the government deems appropriate to further regulatory, political and societal goals. Any such action with adverse effect, once taken by the PRC government, could result in a material change in our operations or the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless. See more details under “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Because substantially all of our operations are in China, we face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. The PRC government may exercise oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business or may intervene or influence our operations at any time, and our operations may be affected by evolving regulatory policies, all of which could result in a material change in our operations or the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.” on page 34 of this prospectus, “Risk Factor — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — The PRC government has significant authority to exert influence on our operations in mainland China. Mainland China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations may be quick and, could have a material adverse effect on our business and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.” on page 38 of this prospectus, and under “Risk Factor — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We are subject to the laws and regulations of the PRC, which can change quickly with little advance notice and differ in material aspects from the laws of the United States” on page 36 of this prospectus.

The operational risks associated with being based in and having operations in China also apply to operations in Hong Kong. With respect to the legal risks associated with being based in and having operations in China, the laws, regulations and discretion of the governmental authorities in China discussed in this prospectus are expected to apply to entities and businesses in mainland China, rather than to entities or businesses in Hong Kong which operate under different sets of laws from those of mainland China.

Recent statements by the PRC government have indicated an intent to exert more oversight over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investments in China-based issuers. The PRC government recently initiated a series of regulatory actions and made a number of public statements on the regulation of business operations in China, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, enhancing supervision over China-based companies listed overseas using a variable interest entity (VIE) structure, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. On February 17, 2023, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) issued the Trial Administrative Measures of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (the “Trial Administrative Measures”) and relevant supporting guidelines (collectively, the “New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings”), which came into force since March 31, 2023. According to the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings, among other things, a domestic company in the PRC that seeks to offer and list securities in overseas markets, both directly and indirectly, shall fulfill the filing procedure with the CSRC as per requirement of the Trial Administrative Measures. Where a domestic company seeks to directly offer and list securities in overseas markets, the issuer shall file with the CSRC. Where a domestic company seeks to indirectly offer and list securities in overseas markets, the issuer shall designate a major domestic operating entity, which shall, as the domestic responsible entity, file with the CSRC. Initial public offerings or listings in overseas markets shall be filed with the CSRC within three working days after the relevant application is submitted overseas. If an issuer offers securities in the same overseas market where it has previously offered and listed securities subsequently, filings shall be made with the CSRC within three working days after the offering is completed. Upon occurrence of any material event, such as change of control, investigations or sanctions imposed by overseas securities regulatory agencies or other relevant competent authorities, change of listing status or transfer of listing segment, or voluntary or mandatory delisting, after an issuer has offered and listed securities in an overseas market, the issuer shall submit a report thereof to the CSRC within three working days after the occurrence and public disclosure of such event. We believe that we are required to complete filing procedures with the CSRC pursuant to the Trial Administrative Measures and we will comply with the filing requirements within a prescribed time period pursuant to the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings. Since the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings are newly promulgated, and the interpretation and implementation thereof is subject to change, we cannot assure that we will be able to complete the relevant filings in a timely manner or fulfil all the regulatory requirements thereunder. On February 24, 2023, the CSRC promulgated the Provisions on Strengthening Confidentiality and Archives Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (the “Archives Rules”), which also became effective on March 31, 2023. The Archives

 

Table of Contents

Rules set out rules, requirements and procedures relating to provision of documents, materials and accounting archives for securities companies and securities service providers to overseas regulatory agencies and other entities and individuals in connection with overseas offering and listing, including without limitation to, domestic companies that carry out overseas offering and listing (either in direct or indirect means) and the securities companies and securities service providers (either incorporated domestically or overseas) that undertake relevant businesses shall not leak any state secret and working secret of government agencies to overseas entities or engage in conducts that may harm national security and public interest. If a company seeking overseas listing plan to, either directly or through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide any documents and materials that contain state secrets or working secrets of government agencies to others, it shall report the relevant information to the local state secrecy regulatory agencies, and obtain approval from the relevant authorities according to law before disclosure. Working papers produced in the Chinese mainland by securities companies and securities service providers in the process of providing corresponding services related to overseas offering and listing by domestic companies shall be retained in the Chinese mainland. Where such documents need to be transferred or transmitted to outside the Chinese mainland, relevant approval procedures stipulated by such regulations shall be followed. While we believe we have not engaged in leaking any state secret and working secret of government agencies, or in conduct that may harm national security and public interest in connection with provision of documents, materials and accounting records in connection with the offering, there is uncertainty how the new provisions will be interpreted and implemented in the future, and we may be required to perform additional procedures in connection with the provision of accounting and other records under the Archives Rules. Any failure of us to fully comply with new regulatory requirements may significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares, cause disruption to our business operations, damage our reputation, materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and cause our Class A Ordinary Shares to significantly decline in value or become worthless. See “Risk Factor — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — With the promulgation of the new filing-based administrative rules for overseas offering and listing by domestic companies in China, the PRC government may exert more oversight over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares to investors and could cause the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares to significantly decline or become worthless.” on page 37 of this prospectus.

On December 28, 2021, the Measures for Cybersecurity Review was promulgated by the Cyberspace Administration of China (the “CAC”) and became effective on February 15, 2022, which provides that any “online platform operators” controlling personal information of more than one million users should be subject to a cybersecurity review before seeking listing on a foreign stock exchange. We cannot assure you that we will not be deemed as the “online platform operators” as mentioned above, even though we do not believe that we are directly subject to these regulatory actions or statements, as our business does not rely on the collection of user data, implicate cybersecurity, or involve any other type of restricted industry. There is no assurance as to how the Measures will be enforced by the relevant authorities, or what existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementation rules and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any, or the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on our daily business operations or our ability to accept foreign investments and be listed on a U.S. exchange. If the CAC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals which could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors on a U.S. or any other foreign exchange. The CAC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding such approval requirements could have a material effect on our ability to complete this offering or any follow-on offering of our securities or the market for and market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. Please see “Risk Factor — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Recent greater oversight by the CAC over data security, particularly for companies seeking to list on a foreign exchange, could impact our business and our proposed offering.” on page 39 of this prospectus.

Our Class A Ordinary Shares may be prohibited to trade on a national exchange or “over-the-counter” markets under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCA Act”) if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect our auditors for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “AHFCAA”), which, if signed into law, would amend the HFCA Act and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three consecutive years. Pursuant to the HFCA Act, the PCAOB issued a Determination Report on December 16, 2021 (the “Determination Report”) which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in: (1) mainland China, and (2) Hong Kong. On August 26, 2022, a Statement of Protocol was signed by the PCAOB, the CSRC and the Ministry of Finance of the PRC (the “MOF”) governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong (the “Statement of Protocol”). Pursuant to the Statement of Protocol, the PCAOB

 

Table of Contents

conducted inspections on select registered public accounting firms subject to the Determination Report in Hong Kong between September and November 2022. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB board announced that it has completed the inspections, determined that it had complete access to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, and voted to vacate the Determination Report. On December 29, 2022, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 (the “CAA”) was signed into law by President Biden. The CAA contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA, which reduces the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the HFCA Act from three years to two. Our registered public accounting firm, HTL International, LLC (“HTL”), is headquartered in Houston, Texas. HTL is subject to PCAOB inspections on a regular basis. HTL is not headquartered in mainland China or Hong Kong and was not identified in the Determination Report as a firm subject to the PCAOB’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the future, if there is any regulatory change or step taken by PRC regulatory agencies that does not permit HTL to provide audit workpapers to the PCAOB for inspection or investigation, or the PCAOB re-evaluates its determination as a result of any obstruction with the implementation of the Statement of Protocol in the future, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection which could result in limitation or restriction to our access to the U.S. capital markets and trading of our securities on a national exchange or “over-the-counter” markets may be prohibited under the HFCA Act. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares — The HFCA Act and the AHFCAA passed by the U.S. Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering and listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities if the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor.” on page 55 of this prospectus for more information.

Neither 3e Network nor its subsidiaries have maintained cash management policies which dictate the purpose, amount and procedure of cash transfers between the entities. Each entity needs to comply with applicable laws or regulations with respect to transfer of funds, dividends and distributions with other entities. As a holding company, we may rely on transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements. If any of our subsidiaries incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends and our cash and financing requirement may not be fully satisfied.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our subsidiaries have made any dividends or distributions to 3e Network, and no dividends or distributions have been made to any investors by 3e Network or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to keep any future earnings to re-invest in and finance the expansion of the business of our Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future to the U.S. investors immediately following the consummation of this offering. Under BVI law, a BVI company may pay a dividend on its shares, provided that the directors of the company are satisfied on reasonable grounds that immediately after the dividend the company will pass the solvency test set out in section 56 of the BVI Act. In order for us to pay dividends to our shareholders, we will rely on the distribution of profits of the PRC and Hong Kong subsidiaries to our BVI subsidiary, and then to 3e Network. PRC regulations currently permit the payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits, as determined in accordance with accounting standards and PRC regulations. Although none of our subsidiaries have made any dividends or distributions to us as of the date of this prospectus, the PRC subsidiaries may be subject to the applicable foreign currency control in the event that the PRC subsidiaries were to remit foreign currency payments out of mainland China in the future.

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax at a rate of 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless reduced under treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and the governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are tax resident. Pursuant to the tax agreement between mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the withholding tax rate in respect to the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise may be reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10%. However, if the relevant tax authorities determine that our transactions or arrangements are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future. Accordingly, there is no assurance that the reduced 5% withholding rate will apply to dividends received by HK 3e Network from Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network. This withholding tax will reduce the amount of dividends we may receive from Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network. Under the current applicable laws and regulations in relation to taxation in Hong Kong, no withstanding tax is levied in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by HK 3e Network to its shareholder(s). Any limitation on the ability of our Hong Kong subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business. For more details on the relevant information for dividend payments or distributions, see “Prospectus Summary — Dividend Distributions or Assets Transfer among the Holding Company and Subsidiaries” on page 6 of this prospectus, and “Risk Factors — Risks

 

Table of Contents

Related to Doing Business in China — The transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions between us and our subsidiaries is subject to restriction.” on page 50 of this prospectus and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — To the extent any funds or assets in the business is in mainland China or Hong Kong or a mainland China or Hong Kong entity, the funds or assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of mainland China or Hong Kong.” on page 51 of this prospectus.

For a summary of the condensed consolidated schedule and the consolidated financial statements, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Information” on page 21 of this prospectus; “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We are subject to the laws and regulations of the PRC, which can change quickly with little advance notice and differs in material aspects from the laws of the United States.” on page 36 of this prospectus; “— We must remit the offering proceeds to mainland China before they may be used to benefit our business in mainland China, the process of which may be time-consuming, and we cannot assure that we can finish all necessary governmental registration processes in a timely manner.” on page 42 of this prospectus; “— PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.” on page 45 of this prospectus; “— We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.” on page 51 of this prospectus; and “— Governmental regulation of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.” on page 46 of this prospectus.

To address persistent capital outflows and the RMB’s depreciation against the U.S. dollar in the fourth quarter of 2016, the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (the “SAFE”) have implemented a series of administrative measures in the subsequent months, including stricter vetting procedures for China-based companies to remit foreign currency for overseas acquisitions, dividend payments and shareholder loan repayments. The PRC government may continue to strengthen its implementation of administrative measures and our operating entities’ dividends and other distributions may be subject to tightened scrutiny in the future. Therefore, Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from our profits, if any. Furthermore, if Guangzhou Sanyi Network or Guangzhou 3E Network incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments.

We are a BVI company and conduct all of our operations and substantially all of our assets are located in Hong Kong and mainland China. In addition, all of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of countries other than the United States. A substantial portion of the assets of these persons is located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. It may also be difficult for you to enforce the U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts including judgments based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Certain legal requirements shall be met for effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus.” on page 49 of this prospectus.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our issued and outstanding share capital will consist of 10,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and no Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (each, a “Class B Ordinary Share”, collectively, “Class B Ordinary Shares”). Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares will have the same rights except for voting, authorisation of issue and transfer rights. Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of the Company, and holders of Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to 20 votes per share on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of the Company. Holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law. Class B Ordinary Shares may only be issued if approved by 75% of the directors voting at a meeting or the directors or by a written resolution of directors passed by 75% of all the directors. Class A Ordinary Shares may be issued with the approval of 50% of the directors at a meeting or the directors or by a written resolution of directors passed by 50% of all the directors. Class B Ordinary Shares are non transferable whilst Class A Ordinary Shares may be transferred in accordance with the articles of association. Neither Class A Ordinary Shares nor Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into shares of any other class of the Company. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares — Our dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares may view as beneficial.” on page 54 of this prospectus.

 

Table of Contents

Our Chairman and Director, Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law, will beneficially own 7,700,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, representing 77% of the total voting power of our issued and outstanding share capital immediately following the completing of this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise the option to purchase additional Class A Ordinary Shares. As such, Mr. Law will control matters subject to a vote by 3e Network’s shareholders, and we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. As a “controlled company,” 3e Network is permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. Although we currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption for at least one year after the Offering, we may elect to rely on this exemption in the future. If we rely on these exemptions in the future, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being a Controlled Company” on page 18 for additional information.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares — As an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements.” and “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company” on pages 58 and 17 of this prospectus, respectively.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public offering price(1)

 

$

5.00

 

$

15,000,000

Underwriter discounts and commissions (7%)(2)

 

$

0.35

 

$

1,050,000

Proceeds to us, before expenses(3)

 

$

4.65

 

$

13,950,000

____________

(1)      Initial public offering price per share is assumed as $5.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The table above assumes that the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option. For more information, see “Underwriting” on page 133 in this prospectus.

(2)      We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain expenses. See the section titled “Underwriting” beginning on page 133 of this prospectus for additional disclosure regarding underwriter compensation and offering expenses.

(3)      We expect our total cash expenses for this offering (including cash expenses payable to our underwriter for its out-of-pocket expenses) not to exceed $1.7 million, exclusive of the above discounts. For a detailed description of the compensation to be received by the underwriter, see “Underwriting” on page 133 in this prospectus.

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriter is obligated to purchase and pay for all of the Class A Ordinary Shares if any such Class A Ordinary Shares are purchased. We have granted the underwriter an option for a period of 45 days after the effective date of this registration statement to purchase up to 15% of the total number of the Class A Ordinary Shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding Class A Ordinary Shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts. If the underwriter exercises the option in full, and assuming an offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the total gross proceeds to us, before underwriting discounts and expenses, will be $17,250,000.

We have agreed to grant the underwriters warrants to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the offering, exercisable upon the closing of the offering, at a price of 100% of the public offering price of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part covers the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 133 of this prospectus for additional information.

The underwriter expects to deliver the shares to purchasers in the offering on or about [•], 2024.

We may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should read this entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.

Sole Book Running Manager

Boustead Securities, LLC

Prospectus dated [•], 2024

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

21

RISK FACTORS

 

22

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

62

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITY

 

64

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

66

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

67

CAPITALIZATION

 

68

DILUTION

 

69

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

 

70

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

72

INDUSTRY

 

81

OUR BUSINESS

 

85

REGULATIONS

 

94

MANAGEMENT

 

103

COMPENSATION

 

109

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

110

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

112

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

114

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

123

TAXATION

 

125

UNDERWRITING

 

133

LEGAL MATTERS

 

138

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

138

EXPERTS

 

138

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

 

138

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

 

138

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

139

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

We and the underwriter have not authorized any person to give you any supplemental information or to make any representations for us. You should not rely upon any information about us that is not contained in this prospectus or in one of our public reports filed with SEC and incorporated into this prospectus. Information contained in this prospectus or in our public reports may become stale. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or the documents incorporated by reference are accurate as of any date other than their respective dates, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the shares.

This prospectus is an offer to sell only the Class A Ordinary Shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted or where the person making the offer or sale is not qualified to do so or to any person to whom it is not permitted to make such offer or sale. For the avoidance of doubt, no offer or invitation to subscribe for Class A Ordinary Shares is made to the public in the BVI. The information in this registration statement is not complete and is subject to change. No person should rely on the information contained in this document for any

i

Table of Contents

purpose other than participating in our proposed offering, and only prospectus dated hereof, is authorized by us to be used in connection with our proposed offering. The preliminary prospectus will only be distributed by us and no other person has been authorized by us to use this document to offer or sell any of our securities.

Until [•], 2024 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

ii

Table of Contents

COMMONLY USED DEFINED TERMS

Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to:

•        “we”, “us”, the “Company” or “3e Network” in this prospectus are to 3 E Network Technology Group Limited, a BVI company and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise indicates;

•        “AHFCAA” refers to Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act;

•        “Amended and Restated Articles” means the memorandum and articles of association as approved by the board of directors and shareholders of the Company on December 19, 2023, which are to become effective;

•        “B2B” refers to business-to-business;

•        “BVI” refers to the “British Virgin Islands”;

•        “BVI Act” refers to the BVI Business Companies Act (Revised Edition 2020), as amended;

•        “BVI 3e Holdings” refers to 3e Network Technology Holdings Limited, a BVI company;

•        “CAC” refers to the Cyberspace Administration of China;

•        “China” or the “PRC” or “mainland China”, unless otherwise specified herein, refers to the People’s Republic of China;

•        “Class A Ordinary Shares” are to the Class A ordinary shares of 3 E Network Technology Group Limited, par value $0.0001 per share;

•        “Class B Ordinary Shares” are to the Class B ordinary shares of 3 E Network Technology Group Limited, par value $0.0001 per share;

•        “CSRC” refers to the China Securities Regulatory Commission;

•        “Guangzhou Sanyi Network” refers to Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Company Limited, a mainland China company;

•        “Guangzhou 3E Network” refers to Guangzhou 3E Network technology Company Limited, a mainland China company;

•        “PRC operating entities,” “PRC subsidiaries” or “PRC operating subsidiaries” refer to Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network;

•        “HFCA Act” refers to the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act;

•        “HK 3e Network” refers to 3e Network Technology Company Limited, a Hong Kong company;

•        “Hong Kong” refers to the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China;

•        “IT” refers to information technology;

•        “RMB” or “RMB Yuan” refers to the legal currency of PRC;

•        “HKD” or “HK Dollar” refers to the legal currency of Hong Kong;

•        “M&A Rule” refers to the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors of China;

•        “MOFCOM” refers to the Ministry of Commerce of China;

•        “Ordinary Shares” refers to our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, collectively;

•        “PCAOB” refers to the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

•        “$,” “dollars,” “US$” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States;

iii

Table of Contents

•        “SAFE” refers to State Administration of Foreign Exchange in China;

•        “SAIC” refers to State Administration for Industry and Commerce in China, which is currently known as State Administration for Market Regulation;

•        “SAT” refers to the PRC State Administration of Taxation;

•        “SAMR” refers to the former State of Administration of Industry and Commerce of China, which has been merged into the State Administration for Market Regulation; and

•        “SCNPC” refers to the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of China;

•        “SPV” refers to special purpose vehicles;

•        “U.S. GAAP” refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

3e Network’s reporting currency is U.S. dollar. This prospectus contains translations of certain foreign currency amounts in RMB into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. All translations of RMB are calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB7.2513 for balance sheet items and US$1.00=RMB6.9536 for items in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows, as of and for the year ended June 30, 2023, and at a rate of US$1.00=RMB6.6981 for balance sheet items and US$1.00=RMB6.4554 for items in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows, as of and for the year ended June 30, 2022, representing the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on such dates. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at such rate, or at any other rate.

iv

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares, discussed under “Risk Factors” before deciding whether to buy our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Business Overview

We are a business-to-business (“B2B”) information technology (“IT”) business solutions provider. Through our two PRC subsidiaries, Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network, we started as a business that focuses on integrated software solutions in the property management and exhibition services spaces, but expanded our software solution offering to reach across a variety of industries and sectors, including food establishments, real estate, exhibition & conferencing, and clean energy utilities.

Our business includes two main portfolios, namely, the software development portfolio and exhibition and conference portfolio, and the proportion of revenue from each of these two main portfolios was 98.6% and 1.4% in the year ended June 30, 2023, respectively, and 86.0% and 12.6% in the year ended June 30, 2022, respectively.

Guangzhou Sanyi Network primarily serves our software development and exhibition and conference portfolios, while Guangzhou 3E Network primarily focuses on expanding into the clean energy sector.

Software Development Portfolio

As an IT business solution provider, we take pride in our technical acumen in delivering software solutions for our business customers. The key pillar of our growth story and the primary engine of our growth is the development of custom software solutions for our customers.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, our main products under our custom software solutions offering include software products developed for property management companies and restaurant management. Customers can choose to buy a basic version with minimal alterations or customize additional functions to suit their needs.

As a young company with limited operating history and limited customer base, we are constantly looking for opportunities to develop new customers and expand into new business areas. The solar energy sector, for example, is an area with significant government support and business opportunities. In 2022, after studying the potential of the market for management system used by solar energy power plants, the Company decided to develop a management software for distributed photovoltaic power plants with designed power generation capacity under 10 megawatts or management companies that manage distributed solar power plants of that size. Our designed system allows management to access it via a mobile device or a PC to monitor power plants in single or multiple locations. The program provides functions ranging from equipment fault alerts, repair and maintenance, power generation monitoring, push notifications, to record keeping.

Exhibition and Conference Service Portfolio

Under our exhibition and conference service portfolio, we provide software solutions and help our exhibition and conferencing partners in the design, planning, execution and delivery of exhibitions and conferences. Our services include software support for entrance gates, ticketing machines and ticket readers. The service contracts we sign with customers are usually designed for a fixed period covering the set-up time plus the exhibition or conference period.

In addition to software solutions, we provide exhibition and conference services and equipment to exhibition or conference organizers. The services include providing personnel required to manage the equipment. The equipment includes entrance gates, ticketing machines, ticket readers and facial recognition equipment. We may also sell hardware to our customers, primarily to incentivize our customers to use our software.

Certain Risks and Limitations Related to Doing Business in China

Because substantially all of our operations are in mainland China, we are subject to the laws and regulations of the PRC, which are significantly different from those of the United States, and we face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China. The laws and regulations of the PRC and the enforcement of such laws and regulations can change quickly with

1

Table of Contents

little advance notice. The PRC government has significant authority to exert influence on the ability of a China-based company, like us, to conduct its business, accept foreign investments or list on a U.S. stock exchange. Recently, the PRC government has indicated an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers. The PRC government may also intervene with or influence our operations as the government deems appropriate to further regulatory, political and societal goals. Any such action with adverse effect, once taken by the PRC government, could result in a material change in our operations or the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Because substantially all of our operations are in China, we face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. The PRC government may exercise oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business or may intervene or influence our operations at any time, and our operations may be affected by evolving regulatory policies, all of which could result in a material change in our operations or the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.” on page 34, “We are subject to the laws and regulations of the PRC, which can change quickly with little advance notice and differs in material aspects from the laws of the United States.” on page 36 of this prospectus.

There are significant liquidity risks related to our Class A Ordinary Shares and certain limitations on our ability to transfer cash between us or our subsidiaries. In order for us to pay dividends to our shareholders, we may rely on the distribution of profits of the PRC subsidiaries and Hong Kong subsidiary to our BVI subsidiary. PRC regulations currently permit the payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits, as determined in accordance with accounting standards and PRC regulations. To the extent any funds or assets in the business is in mainland China or a mainland China entity, the funds or assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of mainland China, unless such transfer of cash or assets are in compliance with the requirements of relevant PRC laws and regulations as mentioned above. Otherwise, our ability to transfer funds, pay dividends or make distribution may be restricted. See “Prospectus Summary — Summary of Significant Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — To the extent any funds or assets in the business is in mainland China or a mainland China entity, the funds or assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of mainland China.” on page 51 of this prospectus, and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — To the extent any funds or assets in the business is in mainland China or a mainland China entity, the funds or assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of mainland China.” on page 51 of this prospectus.

Furthermore, if our subsidiaries in mainland China incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments. In addition, the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax at a rate of 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by companies in mainland China to enterprises outside of mainland China unless reduced under treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and the governments of other countries or regions where the enterprises outside of mainland China are tax resident. See “Prospectus Summary — Dividend Distributions or Assets Transfer among the Holding Company and Subsidiaries.” on page 6 of this prospectus, “Prospectus Summary — Summary of Significant Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — The transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions between us and our subsidiaries is subject to restriction.” on page 50, “Prospectus Summary — Summary of Significant Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We must remit the offering proceeds to mainland China before they may be used to benefit our business in mainland China, the process of which may be time-consuming, and we cannot assure that we can finish all necessary governmental registration processes in a timely manner.” on page 42 of this prospectus, “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — The transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions between us and our subsidiaries is subject to restriction.” on pages 50 of this prospectus, and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We must remit the offering proceeds to mainland China before they may be used to benefit our business in mainland China, the process of which may be time-consuming, and we cannot assure that we can finish all necessary governmental registration processes in a timely manner.” on page 42 of this prospectus. In addition, any transfer of funds by us to our PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration or filing with relevant governmental authorities in China. Any foreign loans procured by our PRC subsidiaries is required to be registered with the SAFE in its local branches and satisfy relevant requirements, and our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed the difference between its respective total project investment amount and registered capital or two times (which may be varied year by year due to the change of PRC’s national macroeconomic policy) of the net worth of our PRC subsidiaries. According

2

Table of Contents

to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the registration with SAMR in its local branches, report submission to the MOFCOM in its local branches and registration with a local bank authorized by the SAFE. Based on our understanding of the Hong Kong laws and regulations, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no restriction imposed by the Hong Kong government on the transfer of capital within, into and out of Hong Kong (including funds from Hong Kong to mainland China, except transfer of funds involving money laundering and criminal activities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, we cannot assure you that there will not be any changes in the future in the economic, political and legal environment in Hong Kong and that the PRC government will not in the future exert influence over changes to laws and regulations of Hong Kong to impose restrictions on the transfer of capital within, into and out of Hong Kong. In addition, based on our understanding of the BVI laws and regulations, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no restriction on the transfer of capital within, into and out of BVI.

Corporate History and Holding Company Structure

We are a holding company incorporated in the BVI on October 6, 2021 under the BVI Act with operations conducted through primarily our PRC operating subsidiaries, Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network, which were incorporated in the PRC on May 26, 2017 and January 17, 2023, respectively. Our BVI subsidiary BVI 3e Holdings was incorporated on October 8, 2018 under the BVI Act, and our Hong Kong subsidiary, HK 3e Network, was incorporated in Hong Kong on August 30, 2020.

The following diagram illustrates our corporate legal structure as of the date of this prospectus.

3

Table of Contents

Permission Required for the Offering and Oversea Listing

Our operations in China are governed by PRC laws and regulations. On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the MOFCOM, jointly issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and were amended June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules contains provisions that require that an offshore special purpose vehicle (“SPV”) formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by Chinese companies or individuals shall obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such SPV’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. As advised by our PRC legal counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, based on their understanding of the current PRC laws, rules and regulations, as of the date of this prospectus, the CSRC’s approval under the M&A Rules may not be required for the listing and trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq in the context of this offering, as: (i) the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings such as this offering contemplated by us are subject to the M&A Rules, and (ii) we are not controlled directly or indirectly by any Chinese companies or individuals.

However, our PRC legal counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, has further advised us that there remains uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented by the relevant PRC authorities, and there can be no assurance that the relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC legal counsel. We are subject to the risks of uncertainty of any future actions of the PRC government in this regard including the risk that we inadvertently conclude that the permissions or approvals discussed here are not required, that applicable laws, regulations or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approvals in the future, or that the PRC government could disallow our holding company structure, which would likely result in a material change in our operations, including our ability to continue our existing holding company structure, carry on our current business, accept foreign investments, and offer or continue to offer securities to our investors. These adverse actions could cause the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares to significantly decline or become worthless. We may also be subject to penalties and sanctions imposed by the PRC regulatory agencies, including the CSRC, if we fail to comply with such rules and regulations, which would likely adversely affect the ability of our securities to be listed on a U.S. exchange, and would likely cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless. Recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, enhancing supervision over China-based companies listed overseas using VIE structure, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. For example, on July 6, 2021, the General Office of the Communist Party of China Central Committee and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued a document to crack down on illegal activities in the securities market and promote high-quality development of the capital market, which, among other things, requires the relevant governmental authorities to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities, improve cross-border law enforcement cooperation, enhance supervision over China-based companies listed overseas, and establish and improve the system for extraterritorial application of PRC securities laws.

On December 28, 2021, the CAC jointly with the relevant authorities formally published Measures for Cybersecurity Review (the “Cybersecurity Review Measures”) which took effect on February 15, 2022. The Cybersecurity Review Measures stipulates that operators of critical information infrastructure purchasing network products and services, and online platform operator (together with the operators of critical information infrastructure, the “Operators”) carrying out data processing activities that affect or may affect national security, shall conduct a cybersecurity review, and any online platform operator who controls more than one million users’ personal information must go through a cybersecurity review by the cybersecurity review office if it seeks to be listed in a foreign country. On November 14, 2021, the CAC published the Network Data Security Management Regulation (Draft for Comments) (the “Data Security Management Regulations”), which reiterates that data handlers that process the personal information of more than one million users listing in a foreign country should apply for a cybersecurity review. Since the Cybersecurity Review Measures was newly adopted and the Data Security Management Regulations is in the process of being formulated, it remains unclear on how it will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC governmental authorities. Thus, we cannot assure you that we would not be subject to cybersecurity review requirement, and if so, that we would be able to pass such review in relation to this offering. If the authorized PRC regulatory body subsequently determines that we are required to go through such cybersecurity review or if any other PRC government authorities promulgate any interpretation or implementation rules before our listing that would require us to go through a cybersecurity review for this offering, we may fail to complete such cybersecurity review procedures in a timely manner, or at all. Any failure or delay in the completion of the cybersecurity review procedures or any other non-compliance with the related laws and regulations may result in fines or other penalties, including suspension of business as well as reputational damage or legal proceedings or actions against us, which may have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

4

Table of Contents

As of the date hereof, we are of the view that we are in compliance with the applicable PRC laws and regulations governing the data privacy and personal information in all material respects, including the data privacy and personal information requirements of the CAC, and we have not received any complaints from any third party, or been investigated or punished by any PRC competent authority in relation to data privacy and personal information protection. We have adopted corresponding internal control measures to ensure the security of our information system and confidentiality of our customers’ personal information, including, but not limited to the followings:

•        We have established information security management systems which stipulate the standardized procedures for the management of information system. Through the information security management systems, we classify our staff based on their positions and responsibilities and grant them different access rights and adopt password control to identify system users. We adjust, shut down or deregister the access rights in a timely manner when such staff change their positions or take long vacations or terminate their employment agreements with us. Moreover, we conduct information system security inspections and periodically check the access logs of our information system to identify abnormal accesses and remove accounts with abnormal activities.

•        We provide training to our employees to ensure that they are aware of our internal policies in relation to data protection.

•        We have specific network administrator responsible for installing the network firewall, remoting backup storage of important databases, business data, and documents, and promoting information security awareness among our employees.

As a company providing B2B IT business solutions, we do not collect data or personal information from end users of our platforms maintained by our corporate customers, and we do not maintain or store such data or personal information on our server. We do not collect personal information other than limited contact information of our corporate customers. We do not hold any user data, nor have shared, transferred or publicly disclosed user data without prior consent or authorization from the customers, unless otherwise permitted by relevant laws and regulations. We are required to comply with laws and regulations in the PRC relating to data privacy and personal information, and failure to comply with such laws and regulations may potentially lead to regulatory or civil liability.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, on February 17, 2023, the CSRC promulgated the Trial Administrative Measures and five supporting guidelines, which became effective on March 31, 2023. According to the Trial Administrative Measures, among other requirements, any domestic companies that seek to offer or list securities overseas, including those indirect overseas offering and listing which meet certain conditions, should fulfil the filing procedures with the CSRC within three business days after the submission of the overseas offering and listing application. We believe that we are required to complete filing procedures with the CSRC pursuant to the Trial Administrative Measures and we will comply with the filing requirements within a prescribed time period pursuant to the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings. As the Trial Administrative Measures were newly published, the implementation and interpretation thereof is subject to change, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete such filings in a timely manner, or even at all. Any failure by us to comply with such filing requirements under the Trial Administrative Measures may result in a ratification order, warnings or fines against us and could materially hinder our ability to offer or to continue to offer our securities.

Furthermore, if the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals which could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors. For instance, in the event that the CSRC approval or any regulatory approval is required for this offering while we inadvertently concluded that such approval was not required, or if the CSRC or any other PRC government authorities promulgates any new laws, rules or regulations or any interpretation or implements rules before our listing that would require us to obtain the CSRC or any other governmental approval for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek CSRC approval for this offering. These sanctions may include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, delays in or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiaries, or other actions that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making

5

Table of Contents

it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding such approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete this offering or any follow-on offering of our securities or the market for and market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. See “Risk Factor — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — With the promulgation of the new filing-based administrative rules for overseas offering and listing by domestic companies in China, the PRC government may exert more oversight over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares to investors and could cause the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline or become worthless.” on page 37 of this prospectus.

Dividend Distributions or Assets Transfer among the Holding Company and Its Subsidiaries

We are a holding company with no material operations of its own and does not generate any revenue. We currently conduct all of our operations through our Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries. We are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to operating entities only through loans or capital contributions. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend inter-company loans or make additional capital contributions to our operating entities to fund their capital expenditures or working capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.” on page 45 of this prospectus.

Neither 3e Network or its subsidiaries has cash management policies dictating how funds are transferred, and each entity needs to comply with applicable laws or regulations with respect to transfer of funds, dividends and distributions with other entities.

As of the date of this prospectus, there were no cash flows including all dividends, transfer and distribution between 3e Network and its subsidiaries; and there has been no dividend or distributions made between U.S. investors, other investors and any of the Company’s entities. For the summary of the condensed consolidated schedule and the consolidated financial statements, see page F-1 of this prospectus for “Summary Consolidated Financial And Operating Data” (which is a summary of page F-3 of the Consolidated Balance Sheets and a summary of page F-4 of the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income); and “Risk Factor — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — The transfer of funds or assets between us and our subsidiaries is subject to restriction.” on page 71 of this prospectus.

Cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including the cash proceeds from this offering, may be transferred by 3e Network to the BVI 3e Holdings, and then transferred to HK 3e Network, and then transferred to Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network, as capital contribution and/or shareholder loans subject to applicable regulatory approvals, as the case may be, respectively. Any transfer of funds by us to our PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration or filing with relevant governmental authorities in China. Any foreign loans procured by our PRC subsidiaries is required to be registered with the SAFE in its local branches and satisfy relevant requirements, and our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed the difference between its respective total project investment amount and registered capital or two times (which may be varied year by year due to the change of PRC’s national macroeconomic policy) of the net worth of our PRC subsidiaries. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the registration with SAMR in its local branches, report submission to MOFCOM in its local branches and registration with a local bank authorized by the SAFE. Please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We must remit the offering proceeds to mainland China before they may be used to benefit our business in mainland China, the process of which may be time-consuming, and we cannot assure that we can finish all necessary governmental registration processes in a timely manner.” On page 42 of this prospectus. We intend to keep any future earnings to re-invest in and finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

Under BVI law, a BVI company may pay a dividend on its shares, provided that the directors of the company are satisfied on reasonable grounds that immediately after the dividend the company will pass the solvency test set out in section 56 of the BVI Act. If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the future, as

6

Table of Contents

a holding company, unless we receive proceeds from future offerings, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our BVI subsidiary, which will be dependent on receipt of dividends from our Hong Kong subsidiary, which will be dependent on receipt of payments from Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network in accordance with the laws and regulations of the PRC and Hong Kong.

Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network’s ability to distribute dividends are based upon their distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network to pay dividends to HK 3e Network only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network are required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of their registered capital. Each of such similar entity in China may also set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund an optional reserve, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at the discretion of such entity’s shareholder. The reserves can be used to increase the registered capital, cover losses made in past years and enhance the company’s productivity and expand its business, however a company’s capital reserve shall not be used to cover the company’s losses.

The PRC government also imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of mainland China. Therefore, we may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from our profits, if any. Further, if our subsidiaries in the PRC incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments.

Our subsidiaries in the PRC generate and retain cash generated from operating activities and re-invests it in our business. As of the date of this prospectus, our PRC subsidiaries have not paid any dividends to the offshore companies.

Based on our understanding of the Hong Kong laws and regulations, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no restriction imposed by the Hong Kong government on the transfer of capital within, into and out of Hong Kong (including funds from Hong Kong to mainland China, except transfer of funds involving money laundering and criminal activities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, we cannot assure that there will not be any changes in the future in the economic, political and legal environment in Hong Kong and that the PRC government will not in the future exert influence over changes to laws and regulations of Hong Kong to impose restrictions on the transfer of capital within, into and out of Hong Kong. Based on the BVI laws and regulations, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no restriction on the transfer of capital within, into and out of BVI. Please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — To the extent any funds or assets in the business is in mainland China or Hong Kong or a mainland China or Hong Kong entity, the funds or assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of mainland China or Hong Kong.” on page 51 of this prospectus; “— PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.” on page 45 of this prospectus; “— We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business,” on page 51 of this prospectus; and “— Governmental regulation of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.” on page 46 of this prospectus.

Cash dividends, if any, on our Class A Ordinary Shares will be paid in USD. If we are considered a PRC tax resident enterprise for tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders may be regarded as China-sourced income and, as a result, may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%.

In order for us to pay dividends to our shareholders, we may rely on payments made from Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network and the distribution of such payments to HK 3e Network as dividends from Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network. Certain payments as dividends from Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network to HK 3e Network are subject to PRC taxes, including withholding taxes.

Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income, or the Comprehensive Double Taxation Arrangement, dividends paid by a PRC company to a Hong Kong resident enterprise may be taxed in accordance with the laws of the PRC and the rate of the tax so charged, in 2 tiers, may be lowered from 10% to 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the Hong Kong resident enterprise (being the beneficial owner of

7

Table of Contents

the dividends) directly owns no less than 25% of the capital of the PRC company. However, the 5% withholding tax rate does not automatically apply and certain requirements must be satisfied, including without limitation that (a) the Hong Kong company must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends; and (b) the Hong Kong company must directly hold no less than 25% of share ownership in the PRC company during the twelve (12) consecutive months preceding its receipt of the dividends. In current practice, a Hong Kong company must obtain a tax resident certificate (i.e. a Certificate of Hong Kong Resident Status) from the Hong Kong tax authority to apply for the 5% lower PRC withholding tax rate. As the Hong Kong tax authority will issue such a tax resident certificate on a case-by-case basis, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Comprehensive Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiaries to their immediate holding company, HK 3e Network. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not applied for the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority. HK 3e Network intends to apply for the tax resident certificate when Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network plan to declare and pay dividends to HK 3e Network. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We face uncertainty regarding the PRC tax reporting obligations and consequences for certain indirect transfers of the stock of our operating company” on page 43 of this prospectus.

Industry Overview

The PRC software and information technology service industry (“Software Industry”) displayed a steady development trend in 2022. Statistics from the Operation Monitoring and Coordination Bureau of the PRC Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (the “MIIT”) shows that in 2022, total revenue of the industry surpassed RMB 10 trillion with profitability remaining steady and export continuing to grow. More than 350,000 companies in the Software Industry reached the milestone of receiving more than RMB5 million in revenue for their core operations in 2022. Total revenue from the Software Industry was RMB10,812.6 billion, a year-on-year increase of 11.2%, but the growth rate dropped by 6.5% when compared with that of 2021. The total profit of the Software Industry was RMB1,264.8 billion in 2022, a year-on-year increase of 5.7%. Compared against 2021, the rate of increase dropped by 1.9% and the profit ratio of the main business of surveyed companies in the industry decreased by 0.1% to 9.1%. Export sales of Software Industry amounted to USD 52.4 billion, an increase of 3% year-on-year, but was 5.8% lower than the growth rate in 2021, according to MIIT.

In 2022, the global revenues from the sales of software products, IT services, information security products and services, and embedded system software were RMB 2,658.3 billion, RMB 7,012.8 billion, RMB 203.8 billion and RMB 937.6 billion, respectively.

There are several factors driving the overall growth of China’s IT services industry, including the growth of China’s economy and domestic demand for IT services, the strategic importance of China as a target market for global customers, strong offshore outsourcing demand, availability of low-cost qualified IT professionals with global and regional language skills, well-developed infrastructure in China and strong government support and spending. We believe that the market development trends include a growing emphasis on big data services, innovation in channel solutions, risk management and prevention and more customer-oriented services. With our technical expertise, we believe that we are well positioned to capture the market opportunities in the IT services industry in China.

The COVID-19 pandemic has affected every industry, and has disrupted trade, supply chains, work and business models, employment and consumer behaviors. The pandemic presents both challenges and opportunities. During the pandemic, companies across the world had to accelerate their digital transformation initiatives to address these disruptions and secure their businesses. While some companies have now set up advanced business continuity measures, others have embarked on new innovative services and products. As companies focused on protecting employees from the pandemic, technology enabled a seamless transition to remote working by shifting to digital channels and digital customer engagement models. Various stay at home orders resulted in large scale adoption of models such as buy-online-pickup-in-store in retail, tele-medicine and virtual care in healthcare, touchless experiences in finance and virtual solutions for online learning. This has resulted in increased technology spending by our customers. Global IT service providers offer a range of end-to-end software development, digital services, IT business solutions, research and development services, technology infrastructure services, business process services, consulting and related support functions. By adapting to the wider trend of digitization and increased demand for software solutions for business functions, we are uniquely positioned to unlock opportunities in the IT service sector.

8

Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths that distinguishes us from our competitors and contributes to our success include the following:

•        the breadth and depth of our expertise in the exhibition business and property management business,

•        the complete solution approach and the quality of the service we offer,

•        our market reputation and track record, and

•        our marketing and selling skills.

Growth Strategy

We have developed and intend to implement the following strategies to expand and grow our Company:

•        Maintain our relationship with existing and new customers and pursue additional revenue opportunities from them.

•        Continue to invest in research and development, deepen domain expertise and develop specific solutions for target industry verticals.

•        Continue to invest in training and development of our human capital base.

Marketing and Sales

We target to become the primary provider of IT services and software for each of our customers. We seek to acquire new account relationships through face-to-face field sales, and targeted direct marketing to increase awareness of our solutions. Our product design team is also our main sales team as they can better explain the salient features of our products to our potential customers. Most of our potential customers have their IT expert on their team and prefer a more technical sales presentation. We also specifically target small and medium-sized enterprise companies in the exhibition industry and property management industry, primarily in PRC.

In the property management sector, our management team can leverage their experience in the sector to pitch and customize our software solutions to potential clients. We often receive referrals from existing clients for potential opportunities. We may also submit pitches to potential clients directly. In particular, our Co-CEO, Mr. Ye Tao’s past service as a senior executive for Times China Holdings Limited provides us with unique insight on developing and tailoring our product offerings to property management companies. For each case, our sales support and technical sales personnel work closely with the potential client in understanding their needs, propose and present a demo system in the business pitch, and continuously engage with the client to identify the optimal solutions.

In the exhibition and conference sector, we rely on our long-standing relationships with our key clients in the sector, such as Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd., to develop new opportunities. For example, we are a panel supplier — a small group of pre-qualified suppliers who maintain long-standing relationships with the selecting client — for Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd., and have been a long-time collaborator with various projects with the company. As exhibition organizers like Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd. and CISMEF often organize various exhibitions and conferences throughout the region and country at various locations and different time of the year, we have the opportunity to pitch and potentially serve as a vendor for various exhibitions over the year. If the exhibitions are government-run, we may go through a formal bid process for government contracts. For each exhibition where we serve as a vendor, we have the opportunities to develop working relationships with the exhibitors who may use or see our software or services and develop further relationships and potential projects. As we build our brand in the sector with our services, we have developed a reputation for providing quality, customized exhibition and conferencing solutions for exhibitions of different sizes or needs.

For both property management and exhibition and conference solutions, our pricing structure is primarily based on our estimated work hours and numbers of personnel needed for completing the project. Based on the information and request, we provide an internal estimate for the numbers of hours and number of personnel needed for each project, calculate using our internal hourly baseline rates, and finally adjust the overall price based on relationship and competitive considerations.

9

Table of Contents

In the solar energy space, we establish ourselves by participating in exhibitions and fairs to showcase our products, and use contacts at forums and industrial groups to develop relationships with potential clients and discuss collaborating opportunities. For products in this sector, we offer both standardized and customized software solutions, with our standardized product priced based on the power-generation capacity a client manages, and our customized product priced using a base price and a sliding price scale based on numbers of units a solar power stations the client will need to manage.

We have an integrated marketing team with our sales support and technical sales personnel working closely to support our marketing functions. Our technical sales team is essentially part of our product and technology development teams, with personnel supporting each pitch on an ad-hoc basis. They work closely with potential clients to identify the needs, provide suggested solutions and showcase demo products to potential clients. The technical sales team is further supported by one sale support personnel, providing support services to our technical sales team in compiling pitch materials and providing technical onboarding and training for customers.

Our Revenue Model

We generate revenues through software development services, exhibition and conference services and hardware sales. For the years ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, we recognized approximately $1,671,351 and $1,296,377, respectively, in revenues, with the revenue streams from the three segments accounted for 98.6%, 1.4% and nil, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2023, and 86.0%, 12.6%, and 1.2%, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2022.

Competition

The market for IT services is highly competitive and we expect the competition to intensify. We believe that the principal factors in our markets are industry expertise, breadth and depth of service offerings, quality of the services offered, reputation and track record, marketing skills and price. Domestically, we face competition from the following major competitors: Eastfair Technology Company Limited, Shanghai Tonggao Information and Technology Company Limited, Shenzhen Jeez Technology Co Ltd., and Guangdong Cyberway Information and Technology Company Limited. Internationally, we face competition from the following major competitors: iChef Co., Ltd., Everywhere Limited, and Eats365 Inc. These competitors are all larger companies and possess a considerable market share in IT services industry. While compared with above competitors, as an IT business solution provider, we have been focusing on delivering consulting and solutions services to companies in the exhibition industry and property management industry.

Intellectual Property

We regard our trademarks, copyrights, patents, domain names, know-how, proprietary technologies, and similar intellectual property as critical to their success, and we rely on copyright, trademark and patent law in PRC, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions with our employees, contractors and others to protect their proprietary rights.

The Company has registered 26 software copyrights with the Copyright Protection Center of China, the national copyright registration agency supervised by the National Copyright Administration of China, and our registered copyrights include our property management system, Youzhan cloud exhibitor integrated service system, Global buyer relationship marketing system and Youzhan cloud intelligent data analysis system.

Impacts of COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. The outbreak reached almost every country, resulting in the implementation of significant governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines, and travel bans, intended to control the spread of the virus. Companies were also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions, and temporarily closing businesses.

The negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition, and results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        Temporary lockdown of business.    In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, PRC local government imposed restrictions on large-scale gathering activities in various places or imposed extra requirements on participants of such activities from time to time, which caused our PRC subsidiaries to close the offices for several times from October to November 2022, temporarily. Lockdown measures were employed in closed

10

Table of Contents

and control areas with reported COVID-19 cases. Starting from December 2022, the uncertainty and risk associated with China’s COVID-19 policies and lockdown restrictions have been significantly mitigated. The Chinese government unveiled a series of new COVID-related policies to loosen its zero-COVID policy and lifted the COVID prevention and control measures. However, the lasting impacts of these measures on economic recoveries, supply chains and consumer behaviors continue to disrupt our operations.

•        Limitations on our employees’ ability to work and travel.    Resulting from the implementation of significant governmental measures in the PRC, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines, and travel bans from time to time, intended to control the spread of COVID-19, although the restrictions have been lifted in China since December 2022, our employees’ ability to work and travel in the PRC was adversely affected and therefore the Company’s ability to manage day-to-day operations and service delivery was impaired. All of our Guangzhou employees were tested positive for COVID-19 in December 2022 and were given sick leaves ranging from 5 to 10 days, which disrupted production and increased costs.

•        Limitations on in-person business activities.    Customers temporarily closed their operations due to COVID-19 from time to time during 2020 to 2022 because of the significant governmental measures in the PRC. During this period, many major exhibitions and conferences that we provided exhibition and conference services were either cancelled or postponed, and offices and exhibition venues were closed. Although many businesses have reopened and more people travel and take on in-person meetings, the Company cannot reasonably predict when the business activities can be fully back to normal as to the level before the outbreak of COVID-19.

•        Extended collection time.    A few of our customers required additional time to pay us due to the negative business impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on them.

•        Reduction of customer’s spending.    The pandemic caused negative impact on the global economy, including the PRC, and severely interrupted our customers’ normal work and businesses, which negatively affected our customers’ spending and investment in their businesses and caused them to be more inclined to reduce expenditures and, in turn, affect our revenues and operational results. Although none of our customers has terminated their contracts with us to date, we cannot assure you that none will not due to the pandemic.

We have implemented the following measures and responses for the COVID-19 pandemic:

•        We ensure that we have available pandemic prevention materials (such as masks, gloves, hand sanitizers and cleaning products). We take necessary control measures according to governmental guidelines and regulations;

•        We take necessary control measures according to governmental guidelines and regulations;

•        We encourage our employees to get COVID-19 vaccinations, if they are deemed medically fit to do so;

•        When returning personnel arrive at the Company for the first time, we implement necessary quarantine and observation and restrict contact among employees.

The PRC government began to modify its responses to the COVID-19 pandemic in late 2022, and most of the travel restrictions and quarantine requirements were lifted in December 2022. As of the date hereof, we have resumed normal operations. However, there remains significant uncertainties surrounding COVID-19, including the continued spread of existing and new variants of COVID-19, and its lasting effect on issues ranging from supply chains, consumer prices, to economic conditions. The extent to which it may continue to affect our results of operations may be difficult to predict, as the resulting disruptions on our operations may continue extending over a prolonged period.

Summary of Risk Factors

Investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares involves significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus before making an investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares. Below please find a summary of the principal risks we face, organized under relevant headings.

11

Table of Contents

We face various legal and operational risks associated with having substantially all of our operations in China. The laws and regulations of the PRC and the enforcement of such laws and regulations can change quickly with little advance notice. The PRC government has significant authority to exert influence on the ability of a China-based company, like us, to conduct its business, accept foreign investments or list on a U.S. stock exchange. Recently, the PRC government has indicated an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers. The PRC government may also intervene with or influence our operations as the government deems appropriate to further regulatory, political and societal goals. Any such action with adverse effect, once taken by the PRC government, could result in a material change in our operations or the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.

The operational risks associated with being based in and having operations in China also apply to operations in Hong Kong. With respect to the legal risks associated with being based in and having operations in China, the laws, regulations and discretion of the governmental authorities in China discussed in this prospectus are expected to apply to entities and businesses in mainland China, rather than to entities or businesses in Hong Kong which operate under different sets of laws from those of mainland China.

These risks are discussed in more details in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” on page 22 of the prospectus.

Risks and uncertainties related to our business and industry include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        Our and our business partners’ business operations were adversely affected by the COVID-19 outbreak, but have benefitted from the significant easement of lockdown policies and rebound in economic activities. However, there is no assurance that such impact may continue post pandemic. See page 22 of this prospectus.

•        Our limited operating history subsidiaries may not be indicative of our future growth and may make it difficult to predict our future prospects, business and financial performance. We may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially and adversely affect our business and prospects. See page 23 of this prospectus.

•        The event and hospitality industry where we provide software development and other business solution services for our exhibition and conference customers are still recovering from the COVID-19 pandemic, whereas the renewable energy utility industry in which some of our customers operate is a new and evolving market that may not grow to the size or at the rate we expect. See page 23 of this prospectus.

•        The growth and success of our business depends on our ability to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology and in the industries we focus on. See page 25 of this prospectus.

•        We might lose business to competitors that underbid us and might be unable to compete favorably in our highly competitive industry. We may also be forced to reduce the prices of our services due to increased competition and reduced bargaining power with our customers, which could lead to reduced revenues and profitability. See page 26 of this prospectus.

•        Adverse changes in the economic environment, either in China or globally, could reduce our customers’ purchases from us and increase pricing pressure, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. See page 26 of this prospectus.

•        Due to intense competition for highly skilled personnel, we may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained personnel to support our operations; as a result, our ability to bid for and obtain new projects may be negatively affected and our revenues could decline. See page 26 of this prospectus.

12

Table of Contents

•        We have a relatively small number of customers for our exhibition and conferencing services, the loss of which could reduce our revenues and significantly harm our business. For our software solution services, there are significant turnovers in our customers from one year to another. Failure to recruit new customers or expand our relationship with our existing customers may reduce our revenues and significantly harm our business as well. See page 27 of this prospectus.

•        The success of our technology is essential to our livelihood, as issues like cyberattacks would cause significant disruptions to our operations or our customers’ businesses, which may lead to claims against us, and lead to reductions in our profits. See page 28 of this prospectus.

•        We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, or we may subject to intellectual property claims or litigations against us. In either cases, our operations or financial results may be significantly impacted. See page 30 of this prospectus.

•        We may need additional capital and any failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business. See page 31 of this prospectus.

•        Failure to adhere to regulations that govern our customers’ businesses could result in breaches of contracts with our customers. Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our business could result in our being unable to effectively perform our services. See page 32 of this prospectus.

Risks Relating to Doing Business in China. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China” on page 34 of the prospectus.

We operate through our subsidiaries in mainland China and substantially all of our operations are conducted in mainland China, so we face risks and uncertainties related to doing business in mainland China in general, including, but not limited to, the following:

•        Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could have a material adverse effect on us. See page 36 of this prospectus.

•        The PRC government has significant authority to exert influence on our operations in mainland China. Mainland China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations may be quick and, could have a material adverse effect on our business and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares. See page 38 of this prospectus.

•        The PRC government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares. See page 38 of this prospectus.

•        Recently, the PRC government has indicated an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers, especially those in the technology field. Additional compliance procedures may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval. If we are required to obtain PRC governmental permission to commence the sale of our securities, we will not commence the offering until we obtain such permissions. As a result, we face uncertainty about future actions by the PRC government that, once taken, could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless. See page 37 of this prospectus.

•        We must remit the offering proceeds to mainland China before they may be used to benefit our business in mainland China, the process of which may be time-consuming, and we cannot assure that we can finish all necessary governmental registration processes in a timely manner. See page 42 of this prospectus.

•        We may be liable for improper use or appropriation of personal information provided by our customers. See page 42 of this prospectus.

•        PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident shareholders to personal liability and limit our ability to acquire PRC companies or to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute profits to us, or otherwise materially and adversely affect us. See page 44 of this prospectus.

13

Table of Contents

•        Certain legal requirements shall be met for effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions in mainland China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on Hong Kong or other foreign laws, and the ability of U.S. authorities to bring actions in mainland China may also be limited. See page 49 of this prospectus.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares” on page 53 of the prospectus.

In addition to the risks described above, we are subject to general risks and uncertainties relating to our Class A Ordinary Shares and this offering, including, but not limited to, the following:

•        There has been no public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A Ordinary Shares at or above the price you paid, or at all. The price of the Class A Ordinary Shares and other terms of this offering have been determined by us along with our underwriters. See page 53 of this prospectus.

•        A sale or perceived sale of a substantial number of our Class A Ordinary Shares may cause the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline. See page 53 of this prospectus.

•        The effective public float of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be volatile. See page 54 of this prospectus.

•        Our dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares may view as beneficial, and may render our Class A Ordinary Shares ineligible for inclusion in certain stock market indices, and thus adversely affect the trading price and liquidity of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

•        The HFCA Act and the AHFCAA passed by the U.S. Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering and listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities if the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor. See page 55of this prospectus.

•        Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. See page 56 of this prospectus.

•        As a “controlled company” under the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public shareholders”. See page 57 of this prospectus.

•        We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to more lenient and less frequent Exchange Act reporting obligations than a U.S. issuer. However, we may lose such status in the future and additional cost may incur. See page 57 of this prospectus.

•        We may be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. See page 58 of this prospectus.

•        Our corporate structure, together with applicable law, may impede shareholders from asserting claims against us and our principals. See page 59 of this prospectus.

•        If we become directly subject to the recent scrutiny involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and or defend the matter, which could harm our business operations, stock price and reputation and could result in a complete loss of your investment in us. See page 59 of this prospectus.

•        Our lack of effective internal controls over financial reporting may affect our ability to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud which may affect the market for and price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. See page 61 of this prospectus.

14

Table of Contents

Compliance with Foreign Investment

All limited liability companies formed and operating in the PRC are governed by the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC Company Law”), which was amended and promulgated by the SCNPC on October 26, 2018 and came into effect on the same day. Foreign invested enterprises (“FIEs”) must also comply with the PRC Company Law, with exceptions as specified in the relevant foreign investment laws. Under our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, 100% of the equity interests of Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network are held by HK 3e Network, and 100% of the equity interests of HK 3e Network are held by BVI 3e Holdings. Therefore, each of our subsidiaries should be regarded as a foreign-invested enterprise and comply with both the PRC Company Law and other applicable foreign investment laws.

Increase of Authorized Shares and Forward Stock Split and Conversion

On December 19, 2023, the board of directors and shareholders of the Company have agreed to file the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (“Amended and Restated Articles”) with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of BVI to increase our authorized shares from 50,000 ordinary shares, par value of $1 per share, to 500,000,000 ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of (i) 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001, and (ii) 100,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001. Simultaneously, the Company will effectuate a forward split of all issued and outstanding shares at a ratio of 1-for-10,000, and convert all existing issued and outstanding ordinary shares into Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company at a ratio of 1-for-1. As of the date of this prospectus, the filing of the Amended and Restated Articles has not occurred and not yet effective.

Recent Regulatory Development in PRC

We are a holding company incorporated in the BVI with all of our operations conducted by the operating entities in mainland China and Hong Kong. We are aware that, recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, enhancing supervision over China-based companies listed overseas using VIE structure, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. For example, on July 6, 2021, the General Office of the Communist Party of China Central Committee and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued a document to crack down on illegal activities in the securities market and promote high-quality development of the capital market, which, among other things, requires the relevant governmental authorities to strengthen cross-border law-enforcement and judicial cooperation, enhance supervision over China-based companies listed overseas, and establish and improve the system of extraterritorial application of the PRC securities laws.

In addition, on December 28, 2021, the CAC adopted an amended Cybersecurity Review Measures, which became effective on February 15, 2022. Pursuant to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, online platform operators holding more than one million users’ individual information shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad. We believe that we may not be subject to the cybersecurity review by the CAC, pursuant to the Cybersecurity Review Measures and the Data Security Management Regulations Draft (if it becomes effective as it is currently published), given that: (i) we presently maintain fewer than one (1) million individual customers in our business operations as of the date of this prospectus; and (ii) data processed in our business is less likely to have a bearing on national security, thus it may not be classified as core or important data by the authorities.

Since these statements and regulatory actions are new, it is highly uncertain how soon the legislative or administrative regulation making bodies will respond and what existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any. It is also highly uncertain what the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on PRC subsidiaries’ daily business operations, its ability to accept foreign investments and the listing of our Class A Ordinary Shares on a U.S. or other foreign exchanges. We believe that Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network are not required to obtain regulatory approval for this offering of our Class A Ordinary Shares to foreign investors from the ACA, or to pass cybersecurity review of the CAC. However, if there is significant change to the applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change, and that our PRC subsidiaries are required to obtain such approval in the future, and that our PRC subsidiaries do not receive or maintain the approvals or is denied permission from the PRC authorities, we will not be able to list our Class A Ordinary Shares on U.S. exchange, or continue to offer securities to investors, which would materially affect the interest of the investors and cause significantly depreciation of our price of Class A Ordinary Shares.

15

Table of Contents

Furthermore, on February 17, 2023, the CSRC promulgated the Trial Administrative Measures and five supporting guidelines, which became effective on March 31, 2023. According to the Trial Administrative Measures, among other requirements, any domestic companies that seek to offer or list securities overseas, including those indirect overseas offering and listing which meet certain conditions, should fulfil the filing procedures with the CSRC within three business days after the submission of the overseas offering and listing application. We believe that we are required to complete filing procedures with the CSRC pursuant to the Trial Administrative Measures and we will comply with the filing requirements within a prescribed time period pursuant to the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings. As the Trial Administrative Measures was newly published, the implementation and interpretation thereof is subject to change, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete such filings in a timely manner, or even at all. Any failure by us to comply with such filing requirements under the Trial Administrative Measures may result in an order to rectify, warnings and fines against us and could materially hinder our ability to offer or to continue to offer our securities. On February 24, 2023, the CSRC revised the Archives Rules and the revised Archives Rules came into effect together with the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023. The revised Archives Rules will expand their application to cover indirect overseas offering and listing, stipulating that a domestic company which plans to publicly disclose any documents and materials containing state secrets or working secrets of government agencies, shall first obtain approval from competent authorities according to law, and file with the secrecy administrative department at the same level.

Since these statements and regulatory actions are new, it is highly uncertain how soon the legislative or administrative regulation making bodies will respond and what existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any. It is also highly uncertain what the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on the daily business operations of our PRC subsidiaries, their ability to accept foreign investments and the listing of our Class A Ordinary Shares on a U.S. or other foreign exchanges. If the CAC, CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals which could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors on a U.S. or any other foreign exchanges. The CAC, CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding such approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete this offering or any follow-on offering of our securities or the market for and market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — With the promulgation of the new filing-based administrative rules for overseas offering and listing by domestic companies in China, the PRC government may exert more oversight over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares to investors and could cause the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline or become worthless.” on page 37 and “— Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares — Mainland China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations may be quick and, could have a material adverse effect on our business and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares” on page 41 of this prospectus.

Implications of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act

On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the HFCA Act. An identified issuer will be required to comply with these rules if the SEC identifies it as having a “non-inspection” year under a process to be subsequently established by the SEC. In June 2021, the Senate passed the AHFCAA, which, if signed into law, would reduce the time period for the delisting of foreign companies under the HFCA Act to two consecutive years instead of three years. If our auditor cannot be inspected by the PCAOB for two consecutive years, the trading of our securities on any U.S. national securities exchanges, as well as any over-the-counter trading in the U.S., will be prohibited. On September 22, 2021, the PCAOB adopted a final rule implementing the HFCA Act, which provides a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the HFCA Act, whether the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. On December 2, 2021, the SEC issued amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and

16

Table of Contents

disclosure requirements in the HFCA Act. The rules apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in foreign jurisdictions. On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued the Determination Report on its determinations that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and in Hong Kong, because of positions taken by PRC authorities in those jurisdictions.

On August 26, 2022, the Statement of Protocol was signed by the PCAOB, the CSRC and the MOF governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong. Pursuant to the Statement of Protocol, the PCAOB conducted inspections on select registered public accounting firms subject to the Determination Report in Hong Kong between September and November 2022. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB board announced that it has completed the inspections, determined that it had complete access to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, and voted to vacate the Determination Report.

Our current auditor, HTL, an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. HTL is headquartered in Houston, Texas, and is subject to inspection by the PCAOB on a regular basis.

Our auditor is not identified in the report issued by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021 as a firm subject to the PCAOB’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the future, if there is any regulatory change or step taken by PRC regulatory agencies that does not permit HTL to provide audit work papers located in mainland China or Hong Kong to the PCAOB for inspection or investigation, or the PCAOB re-evaluates its determination as a result of any obstruction with the implementation of the Statement of Protocol in the future, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection which could result in limitation or restriction to our access to the U.S. capital markets and trading of our securities on a national exchange or “over-the-counter” markets may be prohibited under the HFCA Act. In addition, under the HFCA Act, our securities may be prohibited from trading on the Nasdaq or other U.S. stock exchanges if our auditor is not inspected by the PCAOB for three consecutive years, which could be reduced to two consecutive years if the AHFCAA, passed by the U.S. Senate on June 22, 2021, is signed into law, and this ultimately could result in our Class A Ordinary Shares being delisted by the exchange. On December 29, 2022, the CAA was signed into law by President Biden. The CAA contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA, which reduces the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the HFCA Act from three years to two. Further, we cannot assure you whether Nasdaq or regulatory agencies would apply additional and more stringent criteria to us after considering the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures and quality control procedures, adequacy of personnel and training, or sufficiency of resources, geographic reach or experience as it relates to the audit of our financial statements. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares — The HFCA Act and the AHFCAA passed by the U.S. Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering and listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities if the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor.” on page 55 of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company”

As a company with less than US$1.235 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), enacted in April 2012, and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•        being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our SEC filings;

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

•        exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

17

Table of Contents

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.235 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur as of the end of our fiscal year if the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

Implications of Being a Controlled Company

Prior to the completion of this offering, and as long as our officers and directors, either individually or in the aggregate, own at least 50% of the voting power of 3e Network, we are a “controlled company” as defined under Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

For so as 3e Network is a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from corporate governance rules, including:

•        an exemption from the rule that a majority of 3e Network’s board of directors must be independent directors;

•        an exemption from the rule that the compensation of 3e Network’s chief executive officer must be determined or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        an exemption from the rule that 3e Network’s director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors.

As a result, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.

Although we do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the Nasdaq listing rules for at least one year after the offering, we may elect to rely on this exemption in the future. If we elect to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of its board of directors might not be independent directors and its nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. See “Risk Factor — As a “controlled company” under the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public shareholders”.

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

We are incorporated in the BVI, and more than 50% of our issued and outstanding voting securities are not directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States. Therefore, we are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4(I) under the Exchange Act. As a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example:

•        we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports or provide periodic and current reports as frequently, as a domestic public company;

•        for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;

•        we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;

18

Table of Contents

•        we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;

•        we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and

•        we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at B046 of Room 801, 11 Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC, and our telephone number is 8620-34329249. Our registered office in the BVI is at Vistra Corporate Service Center, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG 1110, British Virgin Islands. We maintain a website at www.youlinyun.cn.

Notes on Prospectus Presentation

This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollar amounts and certain S$ amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. The relevant exchange rates are listed below:

 

For the Year
Ended
June 30,
2022

 

For the Year
Ended
June 30,
2021

Period Ended RMB: USD exchange rate

 

6.4554

 

6.4566

Period Average RMB: USD exchange rate

 

6.6981

 

6.6221

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

For clarification, this prospectus follows the English naming convention of first name followed by last name, regardless of whether an individual’s name is Chinese or English. For example, the name of our Chairman will be presented as “Shu Sang Law,” even though, in Chinese, his name is presented as “Law Shu Sang.”

We have relied on statistics provided by a variety of publicly-available sources regarding expectations of growth of Hong Kong and China. Some market data and statistical information contained in this prospectus are based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of the sources listed above, our internal research and our knowledge of software industries in Hong Kong and China. While we believe such information is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information and our internal data has not been verified by any independent source.

19

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Class A Ordinary Shares offered by us

 

3,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares (or 3,450,000 Class A Ordinary Shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), par value US$0.0001 per share, on a firm commitment basis

Price per Class A Ordinary Share

 

Between $4.00 and $6.00 per Class A Ordinary Share

Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to completion of this offering

 


10,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and no Class B Ordinary Share

Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after this offering

 


13,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares (or 13,450,000 Class A Ordinary Shares if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option to purchase additional Class A Ordinary Shares in full) and no Class B Ordinary Share

Transfer Agent

 

TranShare Corporation, with its offices located at 17755 US Highway 19 N. Suite 140, Clearwater, FL 33764.

Listing

 

We will apply to have our Class A Ordinary Shares listed on Nasdaq Capital Market.

Nasdaq Capital Market symbol

 

EEET

Voting Rights

 

We have adopted a dual-class share structure. Holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares and holders of our Class B Ordinary Shares will have different voting rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholders’ vote, holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of our company, while holders of Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to 20 votes per share. Holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law. Neither Class A Ordinary Shares nor Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into shares of any other class of the Company. Currently there is no issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Share.

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use 40% of the proceeds from this offering to expand our current businesses, 30% to provide for our general working capital, 20% to support our research & development, and 10% to support talent development & management. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

Lock-up

 

We and all of our directors and officers and certain shareholders have agreed with the Underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer, or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our Class A Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A Ordinary Shares for a period of 12 months from the date on which the trading of the Class A Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq commences. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

Risk factors

 

The Class A Ordinary Shares offered hereby involve a high degree of risk. You should read “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 22 for a discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

20

Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statements of income for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 and the summary consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2023 and 2022 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, and included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table presents our summary consolidated statements of income for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022:

 

For the year ended June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

(US$’000)

 

(US$’000)

Revenues

 

1,671

 

 

1,296

 

Cost of revenues

 

400

 

 

424

 

Gross profit

 

1,271

 

 

873

 

Operating expenses

 

208

 

 

386

 

Income from operations

 

1,063

 

 

487

 

Other income, net

 

8

 

 

1

 

Income before income tax expense

 

1,071

 

 

488

 

Income tax expenses

 

(75

)

 

(49

)

Net income

 

996

 

 

439

 

Other comprehensive income

   

 

   

 

Foreign currency translation loss

 

(98

)

 

(24

)

Total comprehensive income

 

898

 

 

415

 

 

As of June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

(US$’000)

 

(US$’000)

Assets

       

Current assets

 

947

 

983

Non-current assets

 

1,062

 

811

Total assets

 

2,009

 

1,794

         

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities

 

261

 

1,091

Non-current liabilities

 

552

 

405

Total liabilities

 

813

 

1,496

Total shareholders’ equity

 

1,196

 

298

Total Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

2,009

 

1,794

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

21

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding whether to invest in our Class A Ordinary Shares, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected, which could cause the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline, resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. You should only consider investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares if you can bear the risk of loss of your entire investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our and our business partners’ business operations were adversely affected by the COVID-19 outbreak, but have benefitted from the significant easement of lockdown policies and rebound in economic activities. However, there is no assurance that such impact may continue post pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused lockdowns, travel restrictions, and closures of businesses. The current COVID-19 pandemic has already adversely affected our business operations. The growth of many industries where our customers operate in China was interrupted by the lockdowns and restrictive policies adopted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, especially in 2021 and 2022.

The intermittent lockdowns and restrictive policies in 2022 caused by the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affected our business operations. Some industries where our customers operate, particularly the exhibition and conferencing sectors, witnessed significant slowdown in economic activities and significant loss in demand for our products and services during 2020 to 2022. In addition, other sectors that we serve also saw significant economic downturns, including property management. For the year ended June 30, 2022, our sales fell by 40.1% when compared with the previous year (based on management account of the year ended June 30, 2021). Operations rebounded for the year ended June 30, 2023 and our sales increased by 28.9% when compared with 2022.

In addition, our business also faced significant operational challenges, where lockdowns and restrictive policies left our offices closed from time to time. To address these challenges and uncertainties, during the height of the pandemic, all of our employees were occasionally asked to work from home. As a result, our financial performance was significantly impacted with a decline in product sales declined and operational costs increases during 2020 to 2022.

However, in December 2022, the Chinese government unveiled a series of new COVID-related policies to loosen its zero-COVID policy, and lifted the existing prevention and control measures that were in place for the COVID-19 pandemic. On December 26, 2022, China’s National Health Commission (“NHC”) announced that the COVID-19 infections will not be subject to the prevention and control measures of a Class A infectious disease, which means that COVID-19 infections will no longer be included in the administration of quarantinable infectious diseases. Starting from January 8, 2023, among other changes, China will no longer conduct nucleic acid tests and centralized quarantine for all inbound travelers, and measures to control the number of international passenger flights will be lifted. However, it is uncertain how long it would take for social and business activities in China to return to a pre-pandemic level. Based on the latest policies and developments, we expect our operational and financial performance to gradually improve and stabilize in the second half of 2023.

Nevertheless, there remains significant uncertainties surrounding COVID-19, including the continued spread of existing and new variants of COVID-19, and its lasting effect on issues ranging from supply chains, consumer prices, to economic conditions. The extent to which it may continue to affect our results of operations may be difficult to predict, as the resulting disruptions on our operations may continue extending over a prolonged period.

22

Table of Contents

Our limited operating history subsidiaries may not be indicative of our future growth and may make it difficult to predict our future prospects, business and financial performance. We may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially and adversely affect our business and prospects.

We have a relatively short operating history, with significant but uneven growth, interrupted by significant disruptions of the COVID-19 pandemic. Our revenues declined from $2,164,119 in the year ended June 30, 2021 based on management account to $1,296,377 in the year ended June 30, 2022, but rebounded to $1,671,351 in the year ended June 30, 2023. However, our short operating history may not serve as an adequate basis for evaluating our prospects and future operating results, including, but not limited to, key operating data, net revenue, cash flows and operating margins. In addition, our growth was significantly interrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic, lockdown policies and the impact on the PRC’s economic outputs and industrial activities. As a result, you may not be able to fully discern the market dynamics and headwinds that we are subject to and to assess our business prospects.

In addition, to adapt to various economic, operational and regulatory challenges, our business strategies and product and service offerings have also experienced significant shifts during the COVID-19 pandemic. As some industrial and economic norms and patterns have changed whereas others may not last, we may need to continue to adjust our business strategies and product and service offerings in the near term. Failure to anticipate future changes or adequately adapt to such changes may impact our operations, financial performances and long-term success.

More generally, we have encountered, and may continue to encounter, risks, challenges and uncertainties frequently experienced by companies at an early stage, including those relating to our ability to adapt to the industry, to maintain and monetize our customer base, to introduce new offerings and services and to maintain consistent business growth. If we are unable to successfully address these risks, challenges and uncertainties, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We intend to continue our expansion in the foreseeable future to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. Our growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our management and our administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Continued expansion increases the challenges we face in:

•        recruiting, training, developing and retaining sufficient IT talents and management personnel;

•        creating and capitalizing upon economies of scale;

•        managing a larger number of customers in a greater number of industries and locations;

•        maintaining effective oversight of personnel and offices;

•        coordinating work among offices and project teams and maintaining high resource utilization rates;

•        integrating new management personnel and expanded operations while preserving our culture and core values;

•        developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, human resources, communications and other internal systems, procedures and controls; and

•        adhering to and further improving our high quality and process execution standards and maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction.

Moreover, as we introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and it may require substantial management efforts and skills to mitigate these risks and challenges. As a result of any of these problems associated with expansion, our business, results of operations and financial conditions could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially and adversely affect our business and prospects.

The event and hospitality industry where we provide software development and other business solution services for our exhibition and conference customers are still recovering from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Our Exhibition and Conference Service Portfolio business constituted approximately 1.4% and 12.6% of total revenues for year ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively. Our business is sensitive to adverse trends in the event and hospitality industry, including declines or disruptions in the demand for events, exhibitions and

23

Table of Contents

conferences, like those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemic (such as the global COVID-19 pandemic), and discretionary consumer and corporate spending. Any decline in attendance at or reduction in the number of events, as well as any restrictions on the hospitality industry to host events, has had and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our revenue and operating income would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial conditions.

The event and hospitality industry has suffered significant loss during the past three years, and have yet to fully recover from the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, many in-person conferences scheduled for 2020 beginning in late February/early March 2020 were cancelled. The industry began holding virtual conferences during the second half of 2020. These virtual conferences resulted in significantly less revenue and gross contribution. Some of our customers have re-launched in-person destination conferences during the second quarter of 2022 and expect to focus on in-person destination conferences in future periods as conditions permit. Although many of our customers have returned to offering some in-person conferences, our revenues may continue to be negatively impacted if in-person conferences are not permitted to be held in the jurisdictions of the conference venues, if local policies prohibit or restrict business travel or if there are public health concerns for attendees, exhibitors or conference employees.

As the event and hospitality industry depends largely on the ability and willingness of people, whether exhibitors, event attendees, tourists, or others, to travel, factors adversely affecting the travel industry, and particularly the airline and hotel industries, generally also adversely affect our and our customers’ business and results of operations. Factors that could adversely affect the travel industry include high or rising fuel prices, levels of consumer discretionary or corporate marketing spending, increased security and passport requirements, weather conditions, health epidemics, pandemics and endemics, airline accidents, acts of terrorism, and international political instability and hostilities. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic and social distancing orders resulted in severe global travel restrictions, closure or reduction in capacity of event venues, hotels, attractions and other operations, and reluctance of customers to travel. These circumstances had severe effects on our business. A decline in travel-related consumer discretionary or corporate marketing spend, or the occurrence of other pandemic or geopolitical events or hostilities that affect the availability and pricing of air travel and accommodations, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Broader changes in the commercial and residential real estate industry have limited our growth in the property management software space.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted residents’ and commercial tenants’ ability or willingness to fully meet their obligations to our customers in the property management industry, which, in turn, may adversely impact our customers’ ability or willingness to meet their obligations to us or may cause them to otherwise seek modifications to their obligations to us. Delays or failures by government entities in extending economic stimulus and support programs designed to assist individuals and businesses, or delays or failures in modifying such programs to successfully mitigate the hardships caused by the pandemic, could adversely impact residents and businesses who rely upon these programs, and their ability or willingness to meet their obligations to our customers. The impact of any such developments could result in increases in uncollectible receivables or delays in payment to us by our customers. These conditions could also adversely affect the rate of overall technology spending and influence the timing of our customers’ and prospective customers’ technology purchasing and implementation decisions, which could adversely affect their ability or willingness to purchase our solutions, delay purchasing decisions, reduce the value or duration of subscriptions, negatively affect our renewal rates and churn, negatively affect certain of our products associated with leasing velocity such as but not limited to screening, renters insurance, and payments, or result in a decrease in the number of end users of our solutions or the transactions performed using our solutions, any of which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition on a short-term or longer-term basis.

Many of our customers and vendors have been working and continue to work remotely, which may delay the timing of orders, implementations, or deliveries. The lasting disruptions to our operations caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may result in inefficiencies, delays and additional costs in our product development, sales, marketing and customer service efforts that we cannot fully mitigate due to the current economic conditions or other unpredictable aspects of the pandemic on our customers.

24

Table of Contents

The renewable energy utility industry in which our customers operate is a new and evolving market, which may not grow to the size or at the rate we expect.

We have recently entered the renewable energy utility market where we provide software and IT solutions for solar farms and other renewable energy utility systems. The renewable energy industry is a new and rapidly growing market opportunity. We believe the renewable energy industry will continue still take several years to fully develop and mature, but we cannot be certain that the market will grow to the size or at the rate that we expect. Any future growth of the renewable energy market depends on many factors beyond our control, including recognition and acceptance of the solar service market by consumers, the pricing of alternative sources of energy, a favorable regulatory environment, the continuation of expected tax benefits and other incentives. Our business might be adversely affected should the markets for solar energy not develop to the size or at the rate we expect, or should our customers not experience the kind of growth we anticipate and rely on for our business development.

In particular, solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends in part on continued support in the form of rebates, tax credits, and other incentives from central and local governments in China. If this support diminishes materially, our ability to attract customers for our products and services could be adversely affected. Growth in residential solar energy also depends on dynamic macroeconomic conditions, retail prices of electricity and customer preferences. Declining macroeconomic conditions, including labor markets and residential real estate markets, could contribute to instability and uncertainty among customers and impact their financial ability or interest in entering into long-term contracts, even if such contracts would generate immediate and long-term savings. It also remains prohibitively expensive for new market participants to enter the industry.

Market prices of retail electricity generated by utilities or other energy sources also could decline for a variety of reasons. Any such declines in macroeconomic conditions, changes in retail prices of electricity or changes in customer preferences would adversely impact our business opportunities.

The reduction, elimination or expiration of government subsidies and economic incentives for solar energy systems could reduce the demand for our products and services.

National and local government bodies and utilities in China provide incentives to end-users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. These incentives enable our customers to lower the price they charge for solar energy systems, but might expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase and often occur without warning. Applicable authorities might also adjust or decrease incentives or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives. The reduction, elimination or expiration of such incentives or delays or interruptions in the implementation of favorable federal or state laws could substantially reduce our customers’ profit margin, increase the comparative costs of our products, and disincentivize further development of our customers’ operations, resulting in a significant reduction in demand for our products, which would negatively impact our business.

Existing regulations, and changes to such regulations, might present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the installation of solar energy systems, which may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

The installation of solar energy systems is subject to oversight and regulation under local ordinances; building, zoning and fire codes; utility interconnection requirements for metering; and other rules and regulations. Certain jurisdictions may have ordinances that prevent or increase the cost of installation of our solar energy systems. New government regulations or utility policies pertaining to the installation of solar energy systems are unpredictable and might result in significant additional expenses or delays, which could cause a significant reduction in demand for solar energy systems.

The growth and success of our business depends on our ability to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology and in the industries we focus on.

The market for our services is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changing customer preferences and new product and service introductions. Our future growth and success depend significantly on our ability to anticipate developments in IT services, and develop and offer new product and service lines to meet our customers’ evolving needs. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments in a

25

Table of Contents

timely manner, or if we do respond, the services or technologies we develop may not be successful in the marketplace. The development of some of the services and technologies may involve significant upfront investments and the failure of these services and technologies may result in our being unable to recover these investments, in part or in full. Should we fail to adapt to the rapidly changing IT services market or if we fail to develop suitable services to meet the evolving and increasingly sophisticated requirements of our customers in a timely manner, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We might lose business to competitors that underbid us and might be unable to compete favorably in our highly competitive industry.

Some of customers are government-related or state-owned enterprises (“SOEs”) with some project awarded through a competitive bidding process in which price is the determining factor, and we compete against multiple competitors in many of the markets in which we operate. Some of our competitors are larger than us and are vertically integrated, and competitors larger than us may be able to better exploit economies of scale to receive higher discounts or rebates. An increase in competition may result in decreases in new project awards to us at acceptable profit margins, and adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

We may be forced to reduce the prices of our services due to increased competition and reduced bargaining power with our customers, which could lead to reduced revenues and profitability.

The IT industry in China is developing rapidly and related technology trends are constantly evolving. This results in the frequent introduction of new services and technologies and significant price competition from our competitors. We may be unable to offset the effect of declining average sales prices through increased sales volumes and or reductions in our costs. Furthermore, we may be forced to reduce the prices of our services in response to offerings made by our competitors. Finally, we may not have the same level of bargaining power we have enjoyed in the past when it comes to negotiating for the prices of our services.

Adverse changes in the economic environment, either in China or globally, could reduce our customers’ purchases from us and increase pricing pressure, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

The IT services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment, either in China or globally, and tends to decline during general economic downturns. Accordingly, our results of operations, financial conditions and prospects are subject to a significant degree to the economic environment, especially for regions in which we and our customers operate. During an economic downturn, our customers may cancel, reduce or defer their IT spending or change their IT outsourcing strategy, and reduce their purchases from us. The recent global economic slowdown and any future economic slowdown, and the resulting diminution in IT spending, could also lead to increased pricing pressure from our customers. The occurrence of any of these events could materially and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Due to intense competition for highly skilled personnel, we may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained personnel to support our operations; as a result, our ability to bid for and obtain new projects may be negatively affected and our revenues could decline.

The IT services industry relies on skilled personnel, and our success significantly depends on our ability to recruit, train, develop and retain qualified personnel, especially experienced middle and senior level management. The IT services industry in China has experienced significant levels of employee attrition. There is significant competition in China for skilled personnel, especially experienced middle and senior level management, with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer to our customers. Increased competition for these personnel, in the IT industry or otherwise, could have an adverse effect on us and cause a significant increase in our attrition rate, which could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity and could lead to a decline in demand for our services. Additionally, failure to recruit, train, develop and retain personnel with the qualifications necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future customers or to assimilate new personnel successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations. Failure to retain our key personnel on customer projects or find suitable replacements for key personnel upon their departure may lead to termination of some of our customer contracts or cancellation of some of our projects, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

26

Table of Contents

Our success depends substantially on the continuing efforts of our senior executives and other key personnel, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior executives and other key employees. We currently do not maintain key-man life insurance for any of the senior members of our management team or other key personnel. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees is or are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key personnel in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key personnel or attract and retain new senior executive and key personnel in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted, and our financial conditions and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. If any of our senior executives or key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose customers, suppliers, know-how and key professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our business development managers, who generally keeps a close relationship with our customers, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose customers, and our revenues may be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such personnel. Most of our executives and key personnel have entered into employment agreements with us that contain non-competition provisions, non-solicitation and nondisclosure covenants. However, if any dispute arises between our executive officers and key personnel and us, such non-competition, non-solicitation and nondisclosure provisions might not provide effective protection to us, especially in China in light of the uncertainties with China’s legal system.

Increases in wages for professionals in China could prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and could reduce our profit margins.

Our most significant costs are the salaries and other compensation expenses for our professionals and other employees. Wage costs for professionals in China are lower than those in more developed countries and India. However, because of rapid economic growth, increased productivity levels, and increased competition for skilled employees in China, wages for highly skilled employees in China, in particular middle- and senior-level managers, are increasing at a faster rate than in the past. We may need to increase the levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive in attracting and retaining the quality and number of employees that our business requires. Increases in the wages and other compensation we pay our employees in China could reduce our competitive advantage unless we are able to increase the efficiency and productivity of our professionals as well as the prices we can charge for our services. In addition, any appreciation in the value of the Renminbi relative to U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies will cause an increase in the relative wage levels in China, which could further reduce our competitive advantage and adversely impact our profit margin.

We have a relatively small number of customers for our exhibition and conferencing services, the loss of which could reduce our revenues and significantly harm our business. For our software solution services, there are significant turnovers in our customers from one year to another. Failure to recruit new customers, expand our relationship with our existing customers or expand to new product categories may reduce our revenues and significantly harm our business as well.

We believe that in the foreseeable future we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of major customers. For example, for the year ended June 30, 2022, Orient Aim Limited accounts for 40.39% or $523,593 of our revenue, Excel Value Limited accounts for 26.29% or $340,800 of our revenue, MKH Concept Enterprise accounts for 15.62% or $202,504 of our revenue, and the Bureau for the Organization of the China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair (CISMEF) for 10.61% or $137,547 of our revenue. For the year ended June 30, 2023, Guangdong Yangshuo Yunwei Energy Technology Co. Ltd. accounts for 23.12% or $386,421 of our revenue, Juyue Zaishou (Hainan) Investment Co. Ltd. accounts for 11.19% or $186,954 of our revenue, Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd. accounts for 10.15% or $169,610 of our revenue, Innovation Global Financial Group Ltd. accounts for 12.14% or $202,959 of our revenue and Guangdong Shiny Technology Co. Ltd. for 15.08% or $252,075 of our revenue. Our ability to maintain close relationships with major customers is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, the volume of work performed for a specific customer is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we are generally not our customers’ exclusive IT business solution provider, and we do not have long-term commitments from any of our customers to purchase our services. In addition, our reliance on any individual customer for a significant portion of our revenues may give that customer a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when

27

Table of Contents

negotiating contracts and terms of service. A number of factors other than our performance could also cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenues from a customer, and these factors are not predictable. These factors may include corporate restructuring, pricing pressure, changes to its outsourcing strategy, customers’ decision to switch to another service provider or returning work in-house. In the future, a small number of customers may continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenues in any given period. The loss of any of our major customers could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

For our other business lines, our software customer base tends to vary from one year to another, as each purchase agreement tends to be a one-off event with few repeat customers. A major customer in one year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year. The IT services we provide to our customers, and the revenues and income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of IT services we provide change over time.

We plan to significantly expand the number of customers we serve to diversify our customer base and grow our revenues. Revenues from a new customer often rise quickly over the first several years following our initial engagement as we expand the services that we provide to that customer. Therefore, obtaining new customers is important for us to achieve rapid revenue growth. We also plan to grow revenues from our existing customers by identifying and selling additional services to them, and to expand into new product categories and offerings to broaden our market access and appeal. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to develop new product categories and offerings on an ongoing and regular basis. Our ability to attract new customers, as well as our ability to grow revenues from existing customers, depends on a number of factors, including our ability to offer high quality services at competitive prices, the strength of our competitors and the capabilities of our sales and marketing teams. If we are not able to continue to attract new customers or to grow revenues from our existing customers in the future, we may not be able to grow our revenues as quickly as we anticipate or at all.

If we are unable to collect our receivables from our customers, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our customers of the amounts they owe us for work performed. As of June 30, 2023, our accounts receivable balance, net of allowance, amounted to approximately $875,281. For the year ended June 30, 2023, no allowance of doubtful accounts was provided for the Company’s total accounts receivable balance. For the year ended June 30, 2022, $51,597 or 5.5% of the Company’s total accounts receivable balance were provided as allowance of doubtful accounts. Since we generally do not require collateral or other security from our customers, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. However, actual losses on customer receivables balance could differ from those that we anticipate and as a result we might need to adjust our allowance. There is no guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our customers. Macroeconomic conditions, including related turmoil in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our customers, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy, and as a result could cause customers to delay payments to us, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations to us. As a result, an extended delay or default in payment relating to a significant account will have a material and adverse effect on the aging schedule and turnover days of our accounts receivable. If we are unable to collect our receivables from our customers in accordance with the contracts with our customers, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

A significant portion of our income is generated, and will in the future continue to be generated, on a project basis with a fixed price; we may not be able to accurately estimate costs and determine resource requirements in relation to our projects, which would reduce our margins and profitability.

A significant portion of our income is generated, and will in the future continue to be generated, from fees we receive for our projects with a fixed price. For the years ended June 30, 2022 and 2023, all of our income was generated from fees it received for projects with a fixed price. Our projects often involve complex technologies, entail the coordination of operations and workforces in multiple locations, utilizing workforces with different skill sets and competencies and geographically distributed service centers, and must be completed within compressed timeframes and meet customer requirements that are subject to change and increasingly stringent. If we fail to accurately assess the time and resources required for completing projects and to price our projects profitably, our business, results of operations and financial conditions could be adversely affected.

28

Table of Contents

If we cause disruptions to our customers’ businesses or provide inadequate service, our customers may have claims for substantial damages against us, and as a result our profits may be substantially reduced.

If our professionals make errors in the course of delivering services to our customers or fail to consistently meet service requirements of a customer, these errors or failures could disrupt the customer’s business, which could result in a reduction in our net revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement could seriously damage our reputation and affect our ability to attract new business.

The services we provide are often critical to our customers’ businesses. Any failure in a customer’s system or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the customer could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our customers, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose customers, reduce our revenues and harm our business.

Under our contracts with our customers, our liability for breach of our obligations is in some cases limited to a certain percentage of contract price. Such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our customers, are generally not limited under our contracts. We currently do not have commercial general or public liability insurance. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees.

The proper functioning of technology use is essential to our business, and any difficulty experienced by such system would materially and adversely affect us.

The products and services offered by us may not continue to be supported by third-party service providers on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Moreover, we may be subject to claims by third parties who maintain that the technology of the service providers of us infringes the third party’s intellectual property rights. Although the agreements between us and their third-party service providers often contain indemnities in favor of us with respect to these eventualities, we may not be indemnified for these claims or these entities may not be successful in obtaining indemnification to which they are entitled.

To the extent that the technologies and systems that we use to manage the daily operations of their business malfunction, these entities’ ability to operate their business, retain existing customers and attract new customers may be impaired. We may not be able to attract and retain sufficiently skilled and experienced professionals to operate and maintain these technologies and systems, and their current service offerings may not continue to be, and new service offerings may not be, supported by the applicable third-party service providers on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, any harm to the personal computers or other devices owned by the customers of us caused by the software owned by these entities, or other sources of harm, such as hackers or computer viruses, could have an adverse effect on the customer experience and our reputation.

We need to invest heavily on our technology in order to sustain or grow our business, and the uncertainties associated with the evolving customer needs and emerging industry standards create risks with respect to such investment. On one hand, the ongoing investment in technology may not generate the expected level of returns; on the other hand, any failure of us to adopt new technologies to adapt to such changing environment may materially and adversely impact our business.

Cyber-attacks and other security incidents, both real and perceived, impacting confidentiality and integrity of our information technology and digital infrastructure could lead to loss of reputation and financial obligations.

Considering the high business dependency on our information technology and digital infrastructure to interconnect offices, employee systems, partners and customers for day-to-day business operations, as well as our hosting of data and service delivery, any potential cyber event impacting the confidentiality, integrity and availability of this environment could lead to financial loss, disclosure of data, breaches of privacy or security, reputational and customer loss, and legal, regulatory and contractual obligations upon us that may directly impact us and our relationships with our customers and partners.

29

Table of Contents

Given the rise of connected devices, transition to cloud and use of other emerging technologies, the impact of threats continues to increase while the threat attack area is evolving and increasing beyond the enterprise. Cybersecurity incidents, both actual and attempted, involving unauthorized access, malware, fraud, leakage, misuse/loss/tampering of personal and business data, denial of services exploiting weakness in the systems or programs, errors, omissions, deliberate or accidental act of our employees or former employees, partners, third-party business providers or other stakeholders both internal and external are on the rise. Our internal security controls may not be able to keep pace with these evolving and intensifying threats.

Breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of confidential customer data could expose us, our customers or the affected parties to a risk of loss or misuse of this information. We could be subject to termination of contracts for non-compliance with our customer’s information security policies and procedures. If additional safeguards are required to comply with laws relating to privacy, security and data protection, our costs could increase further, which would negatively affect our results of operations. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of assets containing confidential information or otherwise, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose customers.

In response to COVID-19, all of our employees have occasionally been asked to work from home while various security control mechanisms are deployed and periodically re-enforced, these security control mechanisms may not always be successful, considering the complexity of the environments, inter-dependencies, sophisticated attack methodologies, highly dynamic heterogeneous systems, global digital presence, hosted both in the cloud and on premises, and work from home arrangements. Our service delivery and operations are aligned to various industry, geographical and regional regulations, privacy, security, reporting, data localization, standards and legal requirements which are continuously evolving and changing, mandating us to enforce required security and privacy controls and frameworks.

Our property management company clients and the residents in the properties they manage use WeChat, a third-party social media platform, or WeChat mini program, a sub-application on the platform, for accessing the property management systems that we develop. If services of WeChat are limited, restricted, curtailed or degraded in any way or become unavailable for any reason, the access of our clients or the residents may be significantly impacted, as a result of which our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We help our property management clients to set up and integrate their property management systems with WeChat or WeChat mini programs to offer more convenient user experiences to the residents in their properties. We often design and integrate many of the service modules within the property management systems with WeChat, as it is one of the most popular App in the PRC. However, neither we or our clients have control over the operations or accessibilities of WeChat and WeChat mini program. WeChat or WeChat mini programs is not available, we could help our clients set up a webpage-based log-in interfaces for our clients and residents to access the property management system. Although we can create separate log-in profiles and interfaces for our clients and residents to access the WeChat-linked services via a separate web portal, or we can even create a separate set of web portals or webpage-based log-in interfaces for our clients to manage for certain services not linked to the WeChat mini programs, WeChat or WeChat mini-program offers convenience and better user experience, and are much more accessible to residents. In addition, in some cases, we have set up payment functions for property management companies to request utility or service fee payments from residents or to set up community e-store for selling certain food, drink or other items. Such transactions are often conducted through WeChat Pay, the mobile payment and digital wallet services offered by Tencent on WeChat. Any disruptions to WeChat’s accessibility will significantly curtail our clients and the residents’ access to WeChat Pay. If services or access to WeChat are limited, restricted, curtailed or degraded in any way or become unavailable for any reason or for extended periods of time, our business may be significantly impacted.

We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could cause a loss of customers, reduce our revenues and harm our competitive position.

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, software registration, anti-unfair competition and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, employees, customers, subcontractors, consultants, advisors and collaborators are required to enter into confidentiality agreements. These agreements might not provide effective protection for the trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. Implementation of

30

Table of Contents

intellectual property-related laws in China has historically been lacking, primarily because of ambiguities in the PRC laws and difficulties in enforcement. Accordingly, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as those in the United States or other developed countries, and infringement of intellectual property rights continues to pose a serious risk of doing business in China. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive. The steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary technology. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying, other misappropriation, or negligent or accidental leakage of our proprietary technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without obtaining our consent or paying us for doing so, which could harm our business and competitive position. Though we are not currently involved in any litigation with respect to intellectual property, we may need to enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation. Litigation relating to our intellectual property may not prove successful and might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that could be time-consuming and costly to defend. If we fail to defend ourselves against such claims, we may lose significant intellectual property rights and may be unable to continue providing our existing services.

Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology and services without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, including copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. We typically indemnify customers who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement of intellectual property rights underlying our services and solutions, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. The holders of other intellectual property rights potentially relevant to our service offerings may make it difficult for us to acquire a license on commercially acceptable terms. Also, we may be unaware of intellectual property registrations or applications relating to our products and services that may give rise to potential infringement claims against us. There may also be technologies licensed to and relied on by us that are subject to infringement or other corresponding allegations or claims by third parties which may damage our ability to rely on such technologies. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology involving the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention from our business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among others things, require us to pay substantial damages, develop non-infringing technology, or re-brand our name or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and cease making, licensing or using products that have infringed a third party’s intellectual property rights. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our products until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our customers against infringement claims in certain instances. Any intellectual property claim or litigation in this area, whether we ultimately win or lose, could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may need additional capital and any failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

We believe that our current cash, cash flow from operations and the proceeds from this offering should be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

•        investors’ perception of, and demand for, securities of technology services outsourcing companies;

•        conditions of the U.S. and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds;

•        our future results of operations and financial condition;

31

Table of Contents

•        PRC government regulation of foreign investment in China;

•        economic, political and other conditions in China; and

•        PRC government policies relating to the borrowing and remittance outside China of foreign currency.

Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure by us to raise additional funds on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our product and service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

Failure to adhere to regulations that govern our customers’ businesses could result in breaches of contracts with our customers. Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our business could result in our being unable to effectively perform our services.

Our customers’ business operations are subject to certain rules and regulations in China or elsewhere. Our customers may contractually require that we perform our services in a manner that would enable them to comply with such rules and regulations. Failure to perform our services in such a manner could result in breaches of contract with our customers and, in some limited circumstances, civil fines and criminal penalties for us. In addition, we are required under various Chinese laws to obtain and maintain permits and licenses to conduct our business. If we do not maintain our licenses or other qualifications to provide our services, we may not be able to provide services to existing customers or be able to attract new customers and could lose revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may incur losses resulting from business interruptions resulting from occurrence of natural disasters, health epidemics and other outbreaks or events.

Our operational facilities may be damaged in natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods, heavy rains, sand storms, tsunamis and cyclones, or other events such as fires. Such natural disasters or other events may lead to disruption of information systems and telephone service for sustained periods. Damage or destruction that interrupts our provision of outsourcing services could damage our relationships with our customers and may cause us to incur substantial additional expenses to repair or replace damaged equipment or facilities. We may also be liable to our customers for disruption in service resulting from such damage or destruction. Prolonged disruption of our services as a result of natural disasters or other events may also entitle our customers to terminate their contracts with us. We currently do not have insurance against business interruptions.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could adversely affect our business and the value of our securities.

Changes in the value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar, euro and other foreign currencies are affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may have a material adverse effect on our revenues and financial condition, and the value of, and any dividends payable on our shares in U.S. dollar terms. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollar we receive from our offering into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollar for the purpose of paying dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

Since July 2005, the RMB is no longer pegged to the U.S. dollar, although the PBOC regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in future, PRC authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.

Very limited hedging transactions are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions. While we may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure at all. In addition, our foreign currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currencies.

32

Table of Contents

We may face difficulties in providing end-to-end business solutions for our customers that could cause customers to discontinue their work with us, which, in turn, could impact our business.

As we have increased the breadth of our service offerings, we have engaged in larger and more complex projects with our customers. This requires us to establish closer relationships with our customers and potentially with other technology service providers and vendors and to have a more thorough understanding of our customers’ operations. Our ability to establish such relationships will depend on a number of factors, including the proficiency of our IT professionals and our management personnel. Our failure to understand and successfully implement our customers’ requirements, the domain and country-specific laws and regulations which govern the products and services that we provide, or our failure to deliver services which meet the requirements specified by our customers could result in termination of customer contracts, reputational harm and/or imposition of penalties or the payment of damages. This may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new contracts with current and prospective customers. Additionally, we may experience financial losses in contracts which are linked to our customers’ future business outcomes or based on assumptions which are not realized. We may also be subject to loss of customers due to dependence on alliance partners, subcontractors or third-party product vendors. In projects where we own the end-to-end delivery, we may incur penalties on work performed by our alliance partners, subcontractors or third-party product vendors if they do not meet contractual performance thresholds.

Larger projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a customer may choose not to retain us for subsequent stages or may cancel or delay subsequent planned engagements. Further, we may not be able to sell additional services to existing customers. We may also experience terminations, cancellations or delays as a result of the business or financial conditions of our customers or the economy generally, as opposed to factors related to the quality of our services. Such cancellations or delays make it difficult to plan for project resource requirements, and inaccuracies in such resource planning may have a negative impact on our profitability.

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us against losses.

Although we maintain professional liability insurance and property insurance coverage for certain of our facilities and equipment, we do not have any loss of data or business interruption insurance coverage for our operations. If any claims for damage are brought against us, or if we experience any business disruption, litigation or natural disaster, we might incur substantial costs and diversion of resources.

We will likely not pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Dividend policy is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. There is no assurance that our board of directors will declare dividends even if we are profitable. The payment of dividends by entities organized in China is subject to limitations as described herein. Under BVI law, we may only pay dividends provided that the directors of the Company are satisfied on reasonable grounds that immediately after the dividend the Company will pass the solvency test set out in section 56 of the BVI Act i.e. the value of the company’s assets exceeds its liabilities and (ii) the company is able to pay its debts as they fall due; and the realizable value of assets of our Company will not be less than the sum of our total liabilities, other than deferred taxes as shown on our books of account, and our capital. Pursuant to the Chinese enterprise income tax law, dividends payable by a foreign investment entity to its foreign investors are subject to a withholding tax of 10%. Similarly, dividends payable by a foreign investment entity to its Hong Kong investor who owns 25% or more of the equity of the foreign investment entity is subject to a withholding tax of 5%. The payment of dividends by entities organized in China is subject to limitations, procedures and formalities. Regulations in China currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with accounting standards and regulations in China. The transfer to this reserve must be made before distribution of any dividend to shareholders.

Invasion of Ukraine could disrupt our delivery and operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

On February 24, 2022, the Russian Federation launched an invasion of Ukraine that has had an immediate impact on the global economy resulting in higher energy prices and higher prices for certain raw materials and goods and services which, in turn, is contributing to higher inflation in the United States and other countries across the globe with significant disruption to financial markets. We do not have any operations or business in Russia or Ukraine, however, we

33

Table of Contents

may be potentially indirectly adversely impacted any significant disruption it has caused and may continue to escalate. In addition, the United States and other countries have imposed sanctions on Russia which increases the risk that Russia may resort to retaliatory actions, including the launching of cyberattacks. It is possible that these attacks could have collateral effects on additional critical infrastructure and financial institutions globally, which could adversely affect our operations. It is difficult to assess the likelihood of such threat and any potential impact at this time. Any one or more of these events may impede our operation and delivery efforts and adversely affect our sales results, or even for a prolonged period of time, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Because substantially all of our operations are in China, we face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. The PRC government may exercise oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business or may intervene or influence our operations at any time, and our operations may be affected by evolving regulatory policies, which could result in a material change in our operations or the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.

As a business operating in the PRC, we face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. The PRC government has the power to exercise oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business, and the regulations to which we are subject may change. As a result, the application, interpretation, and enforcement of new and existing laws and regulations in the PRC are often uncertain. In addition, these laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied inconsistently by different agencies or authorities, and inconsistently with our current policies and practices. New laws, regulations, and other government directives in the PRC may also be costly to comply with, and such compliance or any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government actions may:

•        Delay or impede our development,

•        Result in negative publicity or increase our operating costs,

•        Require significant management time and attention, and

•        Subject us to remedies, administrative penalties and even criminal liabilities that may harm our business, including fines assessed for our current or historical operations, or demands or orders that we modify or even cease our business practices.

The promulgation of new laws or regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws and regulations, in each case that restrict or otherwise unfavorably impact the ability or manner in which we conduct our business and could require us to change certain aspects of our business to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for our services, reduce revenues, increase costs, require us to obtain more licenses, permits, approvals or certificates, or subject us to additional liabilities. To the extent any new or more stringent measures are required to be implemented, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected as well as materially decrease the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Furthermore, if the PRC government determines that our corporate structure does not comply with PRC regulations, or if these regulations change or are interpreted differently in the future, our Class A Ordinary Shares may decline significantly in value or become worthless if the determinations, changes or interpretations result in impermissibility of our corporate structure and our inability to assert control over the assets of our PRC subsidiaries that accordingly conduct all or substantially all of our operations.

Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to customer rights, taxation, employment, property and other matters. The central or local governments of China may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Accordingly, government actions in the future, including any decision not to continue to support recent economic reforms and to return to a more centrally planned economy or regional or local variations in the implementation of economic policies, could have a significant effect on economic conditions in China or particular regions thereof,

34

Table of Contents

and could require us to divest ourselves of any interest we then hold in Chinese properties. Given recent statements by the PRC government indicating an intent to exert more oversight over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers, any such action could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to decline or become worthless.

Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions on Severely Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities According to Law (the “Opinions”), which was made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities, and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. Effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, will be taken to deal with the risks and incidents of China-concept overseas listed companies. Such future administrative measure or actions may have material adverse effects on the offering of our securities to investors, our proposed listing in the U.S. or our business operation, for example in the event that it is required that we should obtain permission from the PRC government to offer our securities to investors or list on U.S. exchanges, it is unpredictable whether such permission can be obtained by us, as the case may be, or, if permission is obtained, whether it could be later denied or rescinded. If we, including our subsidiaries, do not receive or maintain such permissions or approvals, or inadvertently conclude that such permissions or approvals are not required, it could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors, list in the U.S. and cause the value of our securities to decline or become worthless. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, or sanctions from PRC government authorities in connection with the Opinions.

On June 10, 2021, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of China (the “SCNPC”), promulgated the PRC Data Security Law, which took effect in September 2021. The PRC Data Security Law imposes data security and privacy obligations on entities and individuals carrying out data activities, and introduces a data classification and hierarchical protection system based on the importance of data in economic and social development, and the degree of harm it will cause to national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of individuals or organizations when such data is tampered with, destroyed, leaked, illegally acquired or used. The PRC Data Security Law also provides for a national security review procedure for data activities that may affect national security and imposes export restrictions on certain data an information.

In early July 2021, regulatory agencies in China launched cybersecurity investigations with regard to several China-based companies that are listed in the United States.

On November 14, 2021, the CAC released the draft Data Security Management Regulations to solicit public opinion and comments. Pursuant to the draft Data Security Management Regulations, data processor holding more than one million users’ individual information shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad. Data processing activities refers to activities such as the collection, retention, use, processing, transmission, provision, disclosure, or deletion of data. According to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which were promulgated on December 28, 2021 and became effective on February 15, 2022 to replace the Cybersecurity Review Measures promulgated on April 13, 2020, online platform operator holding more than one million users’ individual information shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad. Since the Cybersecurity Review Measures are new, the implementation and interpretation thereof are not yet clear. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been informed by any PRC governmental authority of any requirement that we file for approval for this offering.

On July 30, 2021, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Protection of the Security of Critical Information Infrastructure, or the Regulations, which took effect on September 1, 2021. The Regulations supplement and specify the provisions on the security of critical information infrastructure as stated in the Cybersecurity Review Measures. The Regulations provide, among others, that protection department of certain industry or sector shall notify the operator of the critical information infrastructure in time after the identification of certain critical information infrastructure.

On August 20, 2021, the SCNPC promulgated the Personal Information Protection Law of the PRC, or the Personal Information Protection Law, which took effect in November 2021. As the first systematic and comprehensive law specifically for the protection of personal information in the PRC, the Personal Information Protection Law provides, among others, that (i) an individual’s consent shall be obtained to use sensitive personal information, such as biometric characteristics and individual location tracking, (ii) personal information operators using sensitive personal information shall notify individuals of the necessity of such use and impact on the individual’s rights, and (iii) where personal information operators reject an individual’s request to exercise his or her rights, the individual may file a lawsuit with a People’s Court.

35

Table of Contents

We are subject to the laws and regulations of the PRC, which can change quickly with little advance notice and differ in material aspects from the laws of the United States.

The interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations may change quickly with little advance notice, which include, but not limited to, the laws and regulations governing our business and the enforcement and performance of our arrangements with customers in certain circumstances. The laws and regulations may evolve, and their official interpretation and enforcement could be unpredictable. The effectiveness and interpretation of newly enacted laws or regulations, including amendments to existing laws and regulations, may be delayed, and our business may be affected if we rely on laws and regulations which are subsequently adopted or interpreted in a manner different from our current understanding of these laws and regulations. New laws and regulations that affect existing and proposed future businesses may also be applied retroactively. We cannot predict what effect the interpretation of existing or new PRC laws or regulations may have on our business.

The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions are encouraged to be used for reference but it remains unclear to what extent the prior court decisions may impact the current court ruling as the encouragement policy is new and there is limited judicial practice in this regard. We conduct our business primarily through our subsidiaries established in China.

Our subsidiaries are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. However, since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules is subject to change, which may limit legal protections available to us. In addition, any new or changes in PRC laws and regulations related to foreign investment in China could affect the business environment and our ability to operate our business in China. Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the “Opinions on Severely Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities According to Law,” or the Opinions, which was made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities, and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. Effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems will be taken to deal with the risks and incidents of China-concept overseas listed companies, and cybersecurity and data privacy protection requirements, etc. The Opinions and any related implementing rules to be enacted may subject us to compliance requirement in the future. In addition, some regulatory requirements issued by certain PRC government authorities may not be consistently applied by other government authorities (including local government authorities), thus making strict compliance with all regulatory requirements impractical, or in some circumstances impossible. For example, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protection that we enjoy either by law or contract. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to predict the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into with our business partners, customers and suppliers. In addition, such uncertainties, including any inability to enforce our contracts, together with any development or interpretation of PRC law that is adverse to us, could materially and adversely affect our business and operations. Furthermore, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other more developed countries and the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have retroactive effects. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such unpredictability towards our contractual, property, and procedural rights could adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations. We cannot predict the effect of future developments in the PRC legal system, including the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, or the preemption of local regulations by national laws. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to us and other foreign investors, including you. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources and management attention.

The PRC government may also exert oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene or influence our operations as the government deems appropriate to further regulatory, political and societal goals. The PRC government has recently published new policies that affected certain industries such as the education and internet industries, and we cannot rule out the possibility that it will in the future release regulations or policies that could adversely affect our industry, thus our financial conditions and results of operations are subject to changes.

36

Table of Contents

Furthermore, if China adopts more stringent standards with respect to certain areas such as corporate social responsibilities, we may incur increased compliance costs or become subject to additional restrictions in our operations. We cannot predict the effects of future developments in the PRC legal system on our business operations, including the promulgation of new laws, or changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to us and our investors, including you.

With the promulgation of the new filing-based administrative rules for overseas offering and listing by domestic companies in China, the PRC government may exert more oversight over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares to investors and could cause the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline or become worthless.

On August 8, 2006, six Chinese regulatory agencies, including the MOFCOM, jointly issued the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and amended June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules contain provisions that require that an offshore SPV formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by Chinese companies or individuals shall obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such SPV’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published procedures specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by an SPV seeking CSRC approval of overseas listings. We believe that the CSRC approval under the M&A Rules is not required for the listing and trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in the context of this offering. However, there remains uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented by the relevant PRC authorities, and the opinions summarized above will be subject to any new PRC laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to overseas listing of SPVs like the Company. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, on February 17, 2023, the CSRC issued the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings, which came into force since March 31, 2023. According to the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings, among other things, a domestic company in the PRC that seeks to offer and list securities in overseas markets shall fulfill the filing procedure with the CSRC as per requirement of the Trial Administrative Measures. Where a domestic company seeks to directly offer and list securities in overseas markets, the issuer shall file with the CSRC. Where a domestic company seeks to indirectly offer and list securities in overseas markets, the issuer shall designate a major domestic operating entity, which shall, as the domestic responsible entity, file with the CSRC. Initial public offerings or listings in overseas markets shall be filed with the CSRC within three working days after the relevant application is submitted overseas. If an issuer offers securities in the same overseas market where it has previously offered and listed securities subsequently, filings shall be made with the CSRC within three working days after the offering is completed. Upon occurrence of any material event, such as change of control, investigations or sanctions imposed by overseas securities regulatory agencies or other relevant competent authorities, change of listing status or transfer of listing segment, or voluntary or mandatory delisting, after an issuer has offered and listed securities in an overseas market, the issuer shall submit a report thereof to CSRC within three working days after the occurrence and public disclosure of such event. Pursuant to the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings and the Notice on the Arrangement for Filing-based Administration of Overseas Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies issued by the CSRC on February 17, 2023, we are required to file with the CSRC in accordance with the Trial Administrative Measures with respect to this offering. Any delay or failure by us to comply with such filing requirements under the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings may materially delay the progress of the offering of our Class A Ordinary Shares, or even completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares if we fail to receive clearance of such filing requirements.

Under the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings, a domestic company is prohibited from overseas offering and listing if any of the following circumstances is involved: (1) where such securities offering and listing is explicitly prohibited by provisions in laws, administrative regulations and relevant state rules; (2) where the intended securities offering and listing may endanger national security as reviewed and determined by competent authorities under the State Council in accordance with law; (3) where the domestic company intending to make the securities offering and listing, or its controlling shareholders and the actual controller, have committed crimes such as corruption, bribery, embezzlement, misappropriation of property or undermining the order of the socialist market economy during the latest three years; (4) where the domestic company intending to make the securities offering and listing is suspected of committing crimes or major violations of laws and regulations, and is under investigation according to law, and no conclusion has yet been made thereof; and (5) where there are material ownership disputes over equity held by the domestic company’s controlling shareholder or by other shareholders that are controlled by the

37

Table of Contents

controlling shareholder and/or actual controller. Moreover, a domestic company that seeks to offer and list securities in overseas markets shall abide by certain other regulatory requirements as set out in the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings, including without limitation to, compliance with national secrecy, foreign investment, cybersecurity, data security, cross-border investment and financing, foreign exchange, and other laws and relevant provisions. If we are required to file with the CSRC in accordance with the New Administrative Rules Regarding Overseas Listings, there is also the possibility that we may not be able to complete the filing in a timely manner or at all. Further, if any PRC regulatory approval was required while we inadvertently concluded that such approval was not required or if applicable laws and regulations or the interpretation of such were modified to require us to obtain the regulatory approval in the future, we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the relevant Chinese regulatory agencies. These authorities may impose fines and penalties upon our operations in China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. The Chinese regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to terminate this offering prior to closing. Any failure of us to fully comply with new regulatory requirements may significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer the Class A Ordinary Shares, cause significant disruption to our business operations, severely damage our reputation, materially and adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations, and cause the Class A Ordinary Shares to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

The PRC government has significant authority to exert influence on our operations in mainland China. Mainland China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations may be quick and, could have a material adverse effect on our business and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

The PRC government has significant authority to exert influence on our operations in mainland China. Therefore, uncertainties in the PRC legal system and the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us, hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares, result in a material adverse effect on our business operations, and damage our reputation, which might further cause our Class A Ordinary Shares to significantly decline in value or become worthless. Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions, or government policies could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The economic, political and social conditions in the PRC differ from those in more developed countries in many respects, including structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and trade balance position. Before the adoption of its reform and opening up policies in 1978, the PRC was primarily a planned economy. In recent years, the PRC government has been reforming the PRC economic system and government structure. For example, the PRC government has implemented economic reform and measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces in the development of the PRC economy in the past three decades. These reforms have resulted in significant economic growth and social prospects. Economic reform measures, however, may be adjusted, modified or applied inconsistently from industry to industry or across different regions of the country.

We cannot predict whether the resulting changes will have any adverse effect on our current or future business, financial condition or results of operations. Despite these economic reforms and measures, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industrial development, allocation of natural and other resources, production, pricing and management of currency, and there can be no assurance that the PRC government will continue to pursue a policy of economic reform or that the direction of reform will continue to be market friendly. Our ability to successfully expand business operations in the PRC depends on a number of factors, including macro-economic and other market conditions. Demand for our future products in the Chinese market and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by the following factors:

•        changes in political or social conditions of the PRC;

•        changes in laws, regulations, and administrative directives or the interpretation thereof;

•        measures which may be introduced to control inflation or deflation; and

•        changes in the rate or method of taxation.

These factors are affected by a number of variables which are beyond our control.

38

Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain continuing compliance with the PRC state regulatory rules, policies and procedures applicable to our industry, we may risk losing certain preferential tax and other treatments which may adversely affect the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.

The State Council has promulgated several notices since 2000 to launch favorable policies for IT services, such as preferential tax treatments and credit support. Under rules and regulations promulgated by various PRC government agencies, enterprises that have met specified criteria and are recognized as software enterprises by the relevant government authorities in China are entitled to preferential treatment, including financing support, preferential tax rates, export incentives, discretion and flexibility in determining employees’ welfare benefits and remuneration. Software enterprise qualifications are subject to annual examination. Enterprises that fail to meet the annual examination standards will lose the favorable enterprise income tax treatment. Enterprises exporting software or producing software products that are registered with the relevant government authorities are also entitled to preferential treatment including governmental financial support, preferential import, export policies and preferential tax rates. Companies in China engaging in systems integration are required to obtain qualification certificates from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology. Companies planning to set up computer information systems may only retain systems integration companies with appropriate qualification certificates. Currently the Company does not engage in information system integration business, therefore the Company is not required to have such qualification certificates. The qualification certificate is subject to review every two years and is renewable every four years. In 2003, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology promulgated the Amended Appraisal Condition for Qualification Grade of Systems Integration of Computer Information to elaborate the conditions for appraising each of the four qualification grades of systems integration companies. Companies applying for qualification are graded depending on the scale of the work they undertake. The grades range from Grade 1 (highest) to Grade 4 (lowest) in the scale of the work the respective companies can undertake. Companies with Grade 3 qualification can independently undertake projects at the medium-scale and small-scale enterprise level and undertake projects at the large-scale enterprise level in cooperation with other entities. If, and to the extent we fail to maintain compliance with such applicable rules and regulations, our operations and financial results may be adversely affected.

Recent greater oversight by the CAC over data security, particularly for companies seeking to list on a foreign exchange, could adversely impact our business and our proposed offering.

On December 28, 2021, the CAC, together with 12 other governmental departments of the PRC, jointly promulgated the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which became on February 15, 2022. The Cybersecurity Review Measures provides that, in addition to critical information infrastructure operators that intend to purchase Internet products and services, data processing operators engaging in data processing activities that affect or may affect national security must be subject to cybersecurity review by the Cybersecurity Review Office of the PRC. According to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, a cybersecurity review assesses potential national security risks that may be brought about by any procurement, data processing, or overseas listing. The Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021) further requires that critical information infrastructure operators and data processing operators that possess personal data of at least one million users must apply for a review by the Cybersecurity Review Office of the PRC before conducting listings in foreign countries.

On November 14, 2021, the CAC published the Data Security Management Regulations Draft, which provides that data processing operators engaging in data processing activities that affect or may affect national security must be subject to network data security review by the relevant Cyberspace Administration of the PRC. According to the Data Security Management Regulations Draft, data processing operators who possess personal data of at least one million users or collect data that affects or may affect national security must be subject to network data security review by the relevant Cyberspace Administration of the PRC. The deadline for public comments on the Data Security Management Regulations Draft was December 13, 2021. On July 7, 2022, the CAC promulgated the Measures for the Security Assessment of Outbound Data Transfers, or the Measures, which became effective from September 1, 2022. The Measures shall apply to the security assessment of the provision of important data and personal information collected and generated by data processors in the course of their operations within the territory of the PRC by such data processors to overseas recipients. The Measures stipulates the circumstances under which security assessment of outbound data transfers should be declared, including: (i) outbound transfer of important data by a data processor; (ii) outbound transfer of personal information by a critical information infrastructure operator or a personal information processor who has processed the personal information of more than one million people; (iii) outbound transfer of personal information by a personal information processor who has made outbound transfers of the personal information of 100,000 people cumulatively or the sensitive personal information of 10,000 people cumulatively since January 1 of

39

Table of Contents

the previous year; or (iv) other circumstances where an application for the security assessment of an outbound data transfer is required as prescribed by the national cyberspace administration authority. Based on the relevant regulations relating to outbound data transfer in the Cybersecurity Law, the Data Security Law, and the Personal Information Protection Law, the Measures provide the scope, conditions and procedures of security assessment of outbound data transfer and thereby provide specific guidelines for security assessment of outbound data transfers.

We believe that we are in compliance with the current data security, cybersecurity, and other regulations and policies issued by the CAC, and we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, or sanctions from the CAC or other PRC governmental authorities for violation of those regulations or policies to date. However, since many of those regulations or policies are relatively new, there remains significant uncertainty as to their interpretation and implementation. If PRC governmental authorities interpret or implement those regulations or policies in a way different from us and conclude that there are violations by us in the future, or new laws, regulations, rules, or detailed implementation and interpretation are adopted that result in noncompliance by us, we may be subject to fines, penalties or other sanctions, which may have a significant adverse impact on our financial position, operations and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notice from any authorities identifying our PRC subsidiaries as a critical information infrastructure operator or requiring us to go through cybersecurity review or network data security review by the CAC. We believe that our proposed listing in the U.S. will not be affected by the Cybersecurity Review Measures, Data Security Management Regulations Draft or the Measures, and our PRC operations will not be subject to cybersecurity review or network data security review by the CAC for this offering, because our business does not rely on the collection of user data or implicate cybersecurity and we do not possess more than one million users’ individual information. There remains uncertainty, however, as to how the Cybersecurity Review Measures, the Data Security Management Regulations Draft and the Measures will be interpreted or implemented and whether the PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, may adopt new laws, regulations, rules, or detailed implementation and interpretation related to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, the Data Security Management Regulations Draft and the Measures. If any such new laws, regulations, rules, or implementation and interpretation come into effect, we will take all reasonable measures and actions to comply and to minimize the adverse effect of such laws on us. We cannot guarantee, however, that we will not be subject to cybersecurity review or network data security review in the future.

The interpretation and implementation of Cybersecurity Law may be subject to change, which may affect our business operations accordingly.

On July 1, 2015, the SCNPC issued the new National Security Law, which came into effect on the same day. The National Security Law provides that the state shall safeguard its sovereignty, security and cybersecurity development interests, and that the government shall establish a national security review and supervision system to review, among other things, foreign investment, key technologies, internet and information technology products and services, and other important activities that are likely to impact the national security of China.

On November 7, 2016, the SCNPC issued the Cybersecurity Law, which came into effect on June 1, 2017. This is the first Chinese law that focuses exclusively on cyber security. The Cybersecurity Law provides that network operators must set up internal security management systems that meets the requirements of a classified protection system for cybersecurity, including appointing dedicated cybersecurity personnel, taking technical measures to prevent computer viruses, network attacks and intrusions, taking technical measures to monitor and record network operation status and cybersecurity incidents, and taking data security measures such as data classification, backups and encryption. The Cybersecurity Law also imposes a broad obligation to provide technical support and assistance to the public and state security authorities in connection with criminal investigations or for reasons of national security. The Cybersecurity Law also requires network operators that provide network access or domain name registration services, landline or mobile phone network access, or that provide users with information publication or instant messaging services, to require users to provide a real identity when they sign up.

The Cybersecurity Law sets high requirements for the operational security of facilities deemed to be part of the PRC’s “critical information infrastructure.” These requirements include data localization, i.e., storing personal information and important business data in China, and national security review requirements for any network products or services that may have an impact on national security. Among other factors, “critical information infrastructure” is defined as critical information infrastructure, that will, in the event of destruction, loss of function or data leak, result

40

Table of Contents

in serious damage to national security, the national economy and people’s livelihood, or the public interest. Specific reference is made to key sectors such as public communication and information services, energy, transportation, water-resources, finance, public service and e-government.

On July 30, 2021, the State Council of the People’s Republic of China issued the Regulations on Security Protection of Critical Information Infrastructures, which came into effect on September 1, 2021. The Regulations on Security Protection of Critical Information Infrastructures provides that “critical information infrastructure” shall be identified by the “protection work departments” (the competent departments and supervision and administration departments of the important industries and fields, such as public communication and information service, energy, transportation, water resources, finance, public services, e-government affairs, science, technology and industry for national defence as well as other important network facilities and information system, etc. of which the destruction, loss of function and data divulgence may seriously endanger national security, people’s livelihood and public interests). A “protection work department” shall, in light of the actualities of the industry or field concerned, formulate the rules for identification of “critical information infrastructure” and submit the same to the public security department of the State Council for record-filing, and shall take the following factors into consideration in the rule formulating work: 1) Degree of importance of the network facilities and information system to the critical and core business of the industry or field concerned; 2) Extent of harm likely to be caused once the network facilities and information system, etc. are destroyed, lose functions or divulge data; and; 3) Correlation effect on other industries and fields. However, no official guidelines as to the scope of “critical information infrastructure” or identification rules of the “critical information infrastructure” of our industry or field have been formally issued.

We do not believe that we are an operator of “critical information infrastructure” as defined in the Cybersecurity Law and the Regulations on Security Protection of Critical Information Infrastructures. However, there is no assurance that we may not be considered an operator of “critical information infrastructure” in the future as the definition is not precise, and the ultimate interpretation and implementation of the Cybersecurity Law and the Regulations on Security Protection of Critical Information Infrastructures may be subject to change. If we are identified as an operator of “critical information infrastructure” accordingly, it could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner materially adverse to our business.

Mainland China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations may be quick and, could have a material adverse effect on our business and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are subject, to a significant extent, to economic, political and legal developments in mainland China. For example, as a result of recent proposed changes in the cybersecurity regulations in mainland China that would require certain Chinese technology firms to undergo a cybersecurity review before being allowed to list on foreign exchanges, this may have a material adverse effect on our business and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Mainland China’s economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past two to three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. Demand for target services and products depends, in large part, on economic conditions in mainland China. Any slowdown in mainland China’s economic growth may cause our potential customers to delay or cancel their plans to purchase our services and products, which, in turn, could reduce our net revenues.

Although mainland China’s economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy since the late 1970s, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also has significant influence over mainland China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling the incurrence and payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Changes in any of these policies, laws and regulations may be quick and could adversely affect the economy in mainland China and could have a material adverse effect on our business and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

41

Table of Contents

The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage foreign investment and sustainable economic growth and to guide the allocation of financial and other resources. However, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will not repeal or alter these measures or introduce new measures that will have a negative effect on us, or more specifically, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will not initiate possible governmental actions or scrutiny to us, which could substantially affect our operation and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares may depreciate quickly. Mainland China’s social and political conditions may change and become unstable. Any sudden changes to mainland China’s political system or the occurrence of widespread social unrest could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Regulation and censorship of information distribution over the Internet in mainland China may adversely affect our business, and we may be liable for information displayed on, retrieved from or linked to our website.

Mainland China has enacted laws and regulations governing Internet access and the distribution of products, services, news, information, audio-video programs and other content through the Internet. The PRC government has prohibited the distribution of information through the Internet that it deems to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If any of the content on our website, mobile applications and WeChat mini-applications were deemed to violate any content restrictions by the PRC government, we would not be able to continue to display such content and could become subject to penalties, including confiscation of income, fines, suspension of business and revocation of required licenses, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations. We may also be subject to potential liability for any unlawful actions of our customers or customers of our website or for content we distribute that is deemed inappropriate. It may be difficult to determine the type of content that may result in liability to us, and if we are found to be liable, we may be prevented from operating our website in mainland China.

We must remit the offering proceeds to mainland China before they may be used to benefit our business in mainland China, the process of which may be time-consuming, and we cannot assure that we can finish all necessary governmental registration processes in a timely manner.

The proceeds of this offering may be sent back to the PRC, and the process for sending such proceeds back to the PRC may be time-consuming after the closing of this offering. We may be unable to use these proceeds to grow our business until our PRC subsidiaries receive such proceeds in the PRC. Any transfer of funds by us to our PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, is subject to approval by or registration or filing with relevant governmental authorities in mainland China. Any foreign loans procured by our PRC subsidiaries are required to be registered with the SAFE or its local branches or satisfy relevant requirements, and our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed the difference between their respective total project investment amount and registered capital or 2 times (which may be varied year by year due to the change of PRC’s national macroeconomic policy) of the net worth of our PRC subsidiaries. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in mainland China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the approval of or filing with SAMR in its local branches, the MOFCOM in its local branches and registration with a local bank authorized by the SAFE.

To remit the proceeds of the offering, we must take the steps legally required under the PRC laws, for example, we will open a special foreign exchange account for capital account transactions, remit the offering proceeds into such special foreign exchange account and apply for settlement of the foreign exchange. The timing of the process is difficult to estimate because the efficiencies of different SAFE branches can vary materially.

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to, and direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries or with respect to future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds from this offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity, our ability to fund and expand our business and our Class A Ordinary Shares.

42

Table of Contents

U.S. regulatory agencies’ ability to conduct investigations or enforce rules in mainland China is limited.

All of our operations are conducted outside of the U.S. As a result, it may not be possible for the U.S. regulatory agencies to conduct investigations or inspections, or to effect service of process within the U.S. or elsewhere outside mainland China on us, our subsidiaries, officers, directors and shareholders, and others, including with respect to matters arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws. Mainland China does not have treaties providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the U.S. and many other countries. As a result, recognition and enforcement in mainland China of these judgments in relation to any matter, including U.S. securities laws and the laws of the BVI, may be difficult or impossible.

We face uncertainty regarding the PRC tax reporting obligations and consequences for certain indirect transfers of the stock of our operating company.

In December 2009, the PRC State Administration of Taxation (“SAT”) issued the Announcement on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 698, which became effective retroactively as of January 2008.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 7 supersedes the rules with respect to the Indirect Transfer under SAT Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from the previous one under SAT Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 extends the PRC’s tax jurisdiction to not only Indirect Transfers set forth under SAT Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than SAT Circular 698 for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Bulletin 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an Indirect Transfer, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Matters Concerning Withholding of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which, among others, repealed the SAT Circular 698 on December 1, 2017. SAT Bulletin 37 further details and clarifies the tax withholding methods in respect of income of non-resident enterprises. Certain rules stipulated in SAT Bulletin 7 are replaced by SAT Bulletin 37. Where the non-resident enterprise fails to declare the tax payable pursuant to Article 39 of the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, the tax authority may order it to pay the tax due within required time limits, and the non-resident enterprise shall declare and pay the tax payable within such time limits specified by the tax authority; however, if the non-resident enterprise voluntarily declares and pays the tax payable before the tax authority orders it to do so within required time limits, it shall be deemed that such enterprise has paid the tax in time.

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring. Our Company may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if our company is transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if our Company is transferee in such transactions, under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37. For transfer of shares in our Company by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and results of operations.

43

Table of Contents

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident shareholders to personal liability and limit our ability to acquire PRC companies or to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute profits to us, or otherwise materially and adversely affect us.

In July 2014, SAFE has promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents’ Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75, which ceased to be effective upon the promulgation of SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities as well as foreign individuals that are deemed as PRC residents for foreign exchange administration purpose) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the SAFE registrations in the event of any changes with respect to the basic information of the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as change of a PRC individual shareholder, name and operation term, or any significant changes with respect to the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contribution, share transfer or exchange, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

If any PRC shareholder who makes direct or indirect investments in offshore SPVs fails to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration, the subsidiaries of such SPV in mainland China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contribution into its subsidiary in mainland China. On February 13, 2015, the SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investment and outbound overseas direct investment, including those required under the SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of the SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of the SAFE.

We have requested our shareholders that we know are PRC residents and hold direct or indirect interests in us to make the necessary applications, filings and amendments as required under SAFE Circular 37 and other related rules. However, we cannot guarantee that all or any of those shareholders will complete the registration before the closing of this offering. In addition, we may not at all times be fully aware or informed of the identities of all our beneficial owners who are PRC residents, and we may not always be able to compel our beneficial owners to comply with the SAFE Circular 37 requirements. As a result, we cannot assure you that all of our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC residents will at all times comply with, or in the future make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by, SAFE Circular 37 or other related regulations. Failure by any such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE Circular 37 could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions or pay dividends or affect our ownership structure, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

Furthermore, as the interpretation and implementation of these foreign exchange regulations has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant governmental authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

44

Table of Contents

PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

We are an offshore holding company conducting all of our operations in mainland China through our subsidiaries established in mainland China and Hong Kong. We may make loans to our PRC subsidiaries subject to the approval from governmental authorities and limitation of amount, or we may make additional capital contributions to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in mainland China.

Any loans to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in mainland China, which are treated as foreign-invested enterprises under PRC law, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. For example, loans by us to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in mainland China to finance their activities must be registered with the local counterpart of SAFE. In addition, a foreign invested enterprise shall use its capital pursuant to the principle of authenticity and self-use within its business scope. The capital of a foreign invested enterprise shall not be used for the following purposes: (i) directly or indirectly used for payment beyond the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations; (ii) directly or indirectly used for investment in securities or investments other than banks’ principal-secured products unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations; (iii) the granting of loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except where it is expressly permitted in the business license; and (iv) paying the expenses related to the purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the foreign-invested real estate enterprises).

SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, effective June 2015, in replacement of the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, the Notice from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Relevant Issues Concerning Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Exchange Businesses, and the Circular on Further Clarification and Regulation of the Issues Concerning the Administration of Certain Capital Account Foreign Exchange Businesses. According to SAFE Circular 19, the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company is regulated such that RMB capital may not be used for the issuance of RMB entrusted loans, the repayment of inter-enterprise loans or the repayment of banks loans that have been transferred to a third party. Although SAFE Circular 19 allows RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise to be used for equity investments within mainland China, it also reiterates the principle that RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested company may not be directly or indirectly used for purposes beyond its business scope. SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or SAFE Circular 16, effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to non-associated enterprises. Violations of SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to transfer any foreign currency we hold, including the net proceeds from this offering, to our PRC subsidiaries, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in mainland China. On October 23, 2019, the SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Promoting the Convenience of Cross-border Trade and Investment, or the SAFE Circular 28, which, among other things, allows all foreign-invested companies to use Renminbi converted from foreign currency-denominated capital for equity investments in mainland China, as long as the equity investment is genuine, does not violate applicable laws, and complies with the negative list on foreign investment. However, it is worth noting that the way SAFE and competent banks carry out SAFE Circular 28 in practice is subject to change and continues to evolve.

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans to our PRC subsidiaries or future capital contributions by us to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in mainland China. As a result, our ability to provide prompt financial support to our PRC subsidiaries may be subject to change. If we fail

45

Table of Contents

to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we expect to receive from this offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to use our revenues effectively and the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to obtain financing.

The PRC government imposes control on the convertibility of the RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of mainland China. We receive a majority of our revenues in Renminbi, which currently is not a freely convertible currency. Restrictions on currency conversion imposed by the PRC government may limit our ability to use revenues generated in Renminbi to fund our expenditures denominated in foreign currencies or our business activities outside mainland China. Under mainland China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, Renminbi may be freely converted into foreign currency for payments relating to current account transactions, which include among other things dividend payments and payments for the import of goods and services, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from the SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Our PRC subsidiaries may also retain foreign currency in their respective current account bank accounts for use in payment of international current account transactions. However, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will not, at its discretion, take measures in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

Conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, and of foreign currencies into Renminbi, for payments relating to capital account transactions, which principally includes investments and loans, generally requires the approval of SAFE and other relevant PRC governmental authorities. Restrictions on the convertibility of the Renminbi for capital account transactions could affect the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make investments overseas or to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing, including by means of loans or capital contributions from us. We cannot assure you that the registration process will not delay or prevent our conversion of Renminbi for use outside of mainland China.

We may be classified as a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes; such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

The Enterprise Income Tax Law provides that enterprises established outside of mainland China whose “de facto management bodies” are located in mainland China are considered PRC tax resident enterprises and will generally be subject to the uniform 25% PRC enterprise income tax rate on their global income. In 2009, the SAT issued the Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Identification of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance with the Actual Standards of Organizational Management, known as SAT Circular 82, which was partially amended by Announcement on Issues concerning the Determination of Resident Enterprises Based on the Standards of Actual Management Institutions issued by SAT on January 29, 2014, and further partially amended by Decision on Issuing the Lists of Invalid and Abolished Tax Departmental Rules and Taxation Normative Documents issued by SAT on December 29, 2017. SAT Circular 82, as amended, provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise is located in mainland China, which include all of the following conditions: (i) the location where senior management members responsible for an enterprise’s daily operations discharge their duties; (ii) the location where financial and human resource decisions are made or approved by organizations or persons; (iii) the location where the primary assets and corporate documents are kept; and (iv) the location where more than half (inclusive) of all directors with voting rights or senior management have their habitual residence. SAT Circular 82 further clarifies that the identification of the “de facto management body” must follow the substance over form principle. In addition, SAT issued SAT Bulletin 45 on July 27, 2011, effective from September 1, 2011 and partially amended April 17, 2015, June 28, 2016, and June 15, 2018, respectively, providing more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. SAT Bulletin 45 clarifies matters including resident status determination, post-determination administration and competent tax authorities. Although both SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreign individuals, the determining criteria set forth in SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 may reflect SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups or by PRC or foreign individuals.

46

Table of Contents

If the PRC tax authorities determine that 3e Network is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be subject to PRC enterprise income on our worldwide income at the rate of 25% and may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises. Such 10% tax rate could be reduced by applicable tax treaties or similar arrangements between mainland China and the jurisdiction of our shareholders. For example, for shareholders eligible for the benefits of the tax treaty between mainland China and Hong Kong, the tax rate is reduced to 5% for dividends if relevant conditions are met. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of the Company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that the Company is treated as a PRC resident enterprise.

Provided that our BVI holding company, 3e Network, is not deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise, our shareholders who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, under Circular 7, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee or the PRC entity which directly owned such taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise. Provided that our BVI holding company, 3e Network, is not deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise, our shareholders who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, we and our non-PRC resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under Circular 7, and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Bulletin 37, or to establish that we should not be taxed under Circular 7 and Bulletin 37.

In addition to the uncertainty in how the new resident enterprise classification could apply, it is also possible that the rules may change in the future, possibly with retroactive effect. If we are required under the Enterprise Income Tax law to withhold PRC income tax on our dividends payable to our foreign shareholders, or if you are required to pay PRC income tax on the transfer of our Class A Ordinary Shares under the circumstances mentioned above, the value of your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares may be materially and adversely affected. These rates may be reduced by an applicable tax treaty, but it is unclear whether, if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between mainland China and other countries or areas. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

The M&A Rules and some other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex, including requirements in some instances that the MOC be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law requires that the MOC shall be notified in advance of any concentration of undertaking if certain thresholds are triggered. In addition, the security review rules issued by the MOC that became effective in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by the MOC, and the rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could

47

Table of Contents

be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the MOC or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various mandatory social security plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Under the PRC Social Insurance Law and the Administrative Measures on Housing fund, we are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in mainland China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. If the local governments deem our contribution to be not sufficient, we may be subject to late contribution fees or fines in relation to any underpaid employee benefits, our financial conditions and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Currently, certain of our affiliated entities are making contributions to the plans based on the basic salary of our employees which may not be adequate in strict compliance with the relevant regulations. As of the prospectus date, the accumulated impact in this regard was immaterial to our financial conditions and results of operations. We have not received any order or notice from the local authorities nor any claims or complaints from our current and former employees regarding our current practice in this regard. As the interpretation of implementation of labor-related laws and regulations are still involving, we cannot assure you that our practice in this regard will not be violate any labor-related laws and regulations regarding including those relating to the obligations to make social insurance payments and contribute to the housing funds and other welfare-oriented payments. If we are deemed to have violated relevant labor laws and regulations, we could be required to provide additional compensation to our employees and subject to penalties, and our business, financial conditions and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Enforcement of stricter labor laws and regulations may increase our labor costs as a result.

Mainland China’s overall economy and the average wage have increased in recent years and are expected to continue to grow. The average wage level for our employees has also increased in recent years. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to our customers who pay for our services, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. The PRC Labor Contract Law and its implementing rules impose requirements concerning contracts entered into between an employer and its employees and establishes time limits for probationary periods and for how long an employee can be placed in a fixed-term labor contract. We cannot assure you that our employment policies and practices do not, or will not, violate the Labor Contract Law or its implementing rules and that we will not be subject to related penalties, fines or legal fees. If we are subject to large penalties or fees related to the Labor Contract Law or its implementing rules, our business, financial conditions and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, according to the Labor Contract Law and its implementing rules, if we intend to enforce the non-compete provision with an employee in a labor contract or non-competition agreement, we have to compensate the employee on a monthly basis during the term of the restriction period after the termination or ending of the labor contract, which may cause extra expenses to us. Furthermore, the Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules require certain terminations to be based upon seniority rather than merit, which significantly affects the cost of reducing workforce for employers. In the event we decide to significantly change or decrease our workforce in the PRC, the Labor Contract Law could adversely affect our ability to enact such changes in a manner that is most advantageous to our circumstances or in a timely and cost-effective manner, thus our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Non-compliance with labor-related laws and regulations of the PRC and increases in labor costs in the PRC may have an adverse impact on our financial conditions and results of operation.

We have been subject to stricter regulatory requirements in terms of entering into labor contracts with our employees and paying various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and childbearing insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. Pursuant to the PRC Labor Contract Law (the “Labor Contract Law”) that became

48

Table of Contents

effective in January 2008 and was last amended in December 2012 and its implementing rules that became effective in September 2008, employers are subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor contracts, minimum wages, paying remuneration, determining the term of employees’ probation and unilaterally terminating labor contracts. In the event that we decide to terminate some of our employees or otherwise change our employment or labor practices, the Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules may limit our ability to effect those changes in a desirable or cost-effective manner, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Furthermore, the Labor Contract Law sets forth additional restrictions and increases the costs involved with dismissing employees. In addition, for employees whose employment contracts include noncompetition terms, the Labor Contract Law requires us to pay monthly compensation after such employment is terminated, which will increase our operating expenses. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Companies operating in China are also required to withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries based on the actual salary of each employee upon payment. We believe our current practice complies with the Labor Contract Law and its amendments. However, the relevant governmental authorities may take a different view and impose fines on us.

As the interpretation and implementation of labor-related laws and regulations are still evolving, we cannot assure you that our employment practice does not and will not violate labor-related laws and regulations in China, which may subject us to labor disputes or government investigations. If we are deemed to have violated relevant labor laws and regulations, we could be required to provide additional compensation to our employees and be subject to orders by competent labor authorities for rectification, and failure to comply with the orders may further subject us to administrative fines. We may also be subject to late fees and fines in relation to the under-withheld individual income tax. In any of such events, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If the chops of our PRC subsidiaries are not kept safely, are stolen or are used by unauthorized persons or for unauthorized purposes, the corporate governance of these entities could be severely and adversely compromised.

In mainland China, a company chop or seal serves as the legal representation of the company towards third parties even when unaccompanied by a signature. Each legally registered company in mainland China is required to maintain a company chop, which must be registered with the local Public Security Bureau. In addition to this mandatory company chop, companies may have several other chops which can be used for specific purposes. The chops of our PRC subsidiaries are generally held securely by personnel designated or approved by us in accordance with our internal control procedures. To the extent those chops are not kept safely, are stolen or are used by unauthorized persons or for unauthorized purposes, the corporate governance of these entities could be severely and adversely compromised and those corporate entities may be bound to abide by the terms of any documents so chopped, even if they were chopped by an individual who lacked the requisite power and authority to do so. In addition, if the chops are misused by unauthorized persons, we could experience disruption to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources to resolve while distracting management from our operations.

Certain legal requirements shall be met for effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions against us or our management named in the prospectus based on Hong Kong or other foreign laws, and the ability of U.S. authorities to bring actions in mainland China may also be limited.

We are an BVI business company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the BVI, we conduct substantially all of our operations in mainland China and the majority of our assets are located in mainland China. In addition, all of our senior executive officers reside within mainland China or Hong Kong for a significant portion of the time and many are PRC nationals. As a result, in order for our shareholders will be required to meet certain conditions under applicable PRC laws and regulations to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. In addition, our PRC legal counsel has advised us that mainland China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the BVI and many other countries and regions. Therefore, recognition and enforcement in mainland China of judgments of a court in any of these non-PRC jurisdictions in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

Furthermore, shareholder claims that are common in the U.S., including securities law class actions and fraud claims, generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in mainland China. For example, in mainland China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to obtaining information needed for shareholder investigations or litigation outside mainland China or otherwise with respect to foreign entities. Although the local authorities in mainland China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory agencies of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such regulatory cooperation with the

49

Table of Contents

securities regulatory agencies in the U.S. have not been efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. According to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. Accordingly, without the consent of the competent PRC securities regulatory agencies and relevant authorities, no organization or individual may provide the documents and materials relating to securities business activities to overseas parties. See “Risk Factors — Risks Associated with This Offering — You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under BVI law” on page 50 of this prospectus for risks associated with investing in us as a BVI company.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under BVI law.

We are BVI business company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the BVI. Our corporate affairs are governed by our Amended and Restated Articles of association, as amended, the BVI Business Companies Act (Revised Edition 2020) as amended, of the BVI, which we refer to as the BVI Act below, and the common law of the BVI. The rights of shareholders to take actions against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under BVI law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the BVI. The common law of the BVI is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the BVI as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the BVI. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under BVI law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the U.S. In particular, the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws than the U.S. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the BVI. In addition, BVI companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the U.S.

Shareholders of BVI business companies like us have no general rights under BVI law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies (other than copies of our Amended and Restated Articles and register of mortgages and charges, and any resolutions passed by our shareholders at a general meeting). Under BVI law, the names of our current directors can be obtained from a search conducted at the Registrar of Companies. Our directors have discretion under our Amended and Restated Articles to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

As a company incorporated in the BVI, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulties in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the U.S.

The transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions between us and our subsidiaries is subject to restriction.

As a holding company, we may rely on transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our subsidiaries in mainland China and Hong Kong for our cash and financing requirements.

As of the date of this prospectus, there has been no cash flows, including dividends, transfers and distributions, between 3e Network and its subsidiaries. In the future, cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including this offering, will be transferred by us to our subsidiaries via capital contributions or shareholder loans, as the case may be. Such cash proceeds will be transferred by Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network to HK 3e Network, and then BVI 3e Holdings, then transferred to 3e Network, via capital contributions or shareholder loans, as the case may be.

We intend to keep any future earnings to re-invest in and finance the expansion of the business of the Hong Kong and PRC operating entities, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future to our U.S. investors immediately following the consummation of this offering. Under BVI law, a BVI company may pay a dividend on its shares out of profits of the company or its share premium amount or a combination of both, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts

50

Table of Contents

as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In order for us to pay dividends to our shareholders, we may rely on the distribution of profits of the PRC subsidiaries to the Hong Kong subsidiary. PRC regulations currently permit the payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits, as determined in accordance with accounting standards and PRC regulations. The PRC government imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax at a rate of 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to enterprises outside of mainland China unless reduced under treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and the governments of other countries or regions where the enterprises outside of mainland China are tax resident.

Pursuant to the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, as amended in August 2008, RMB is convertible for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service related foreign exchange transactions. Renminbi is generally freely convertible for payments of current account items, such as trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, interest and dividend payments, but not freely convertible for capital account items, such as direct investment, loan or investment in securities outside China, unless prior approval of the SAFE or its local office has been obtained. Capital investments by foreign enterprises are also subject to the regulations of the National Development and Reform Commission of China (the “NDRC”), the MOFCOM and the SAFE.

Therefore, 3e Network and its subsidiaries may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from our profits, if any.

To the extent any funds or assets in the business is in mainland China or Hong Kong or a mainland China or Hong Kong entity, the funds or assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of mainland China or Hong Kong.

To the extent funds are generated in our PRC operating subsidiaries, and may need to be used to fund operations outside of mainland China, such funds may not be available due to limitations placed by PRC laws and regulations. Furthermore, to the extent assets (other than cash) in our business are located in mainland China or held by a mainland China entity, the assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of mainland China unless such transfer of cash or assets are in compliance with the requirements of relevant PRC laws and regulations as mentioned above, and otherwise the ability of us and our subsidiaries to transfer assets may be restricted. Based on our understanding of the Hong Kong laws and regulations, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no restriction imposed by the Hong Kong government on the transfer of capital within, into and out of Hong Kong (including funds from Hong Kong to mainland China), except transfer of funds involving money laundering and criminal activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if certain PRC laws and regulations, including existing laws and regulations and those enacted or promulgated in the future were to become applicable to our Hong Kong subsidiary in the future, and to the extent cash is generated in our Hong Kong subsidiary, and to the extent assets (other than cash) in our business are located in Hong Kong or held by a Hong Kong entity and may need to be used to fund operations outside of Hong Kong, such funds or assets may not be available due to interventions in or the imposition of restrictions and limitations on the ability of us and our subsidiaries to transfer funds or assets by the PRC government. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the PRC government will not intervene or impose restrictions or limitations on our ability to transfer or distribute cash, which could result in an inability or prohibition on making transfers or distributions to entities outside of mainland China and Hong Kong and adversely affect our business.

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

We may rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including for services of any debt we may incur.

Our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends is based upon their distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our PRC subsidiaries are required to draw 10% of their after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a common reserve, which may stop drawing their after-tax profits if the aggregate balance of the common reserve has already accounted for over 50 percent of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends

51

Table of Contents

or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to their respective shareholders could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to enterprises outside of mainland China unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the enterprises outside of mainland China are incorporated.

Certain PRC regulations may make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

Among other things, the M&A Rules and Anti-Monopoly Law established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulation requires, among other things, that SAMR be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise or a foreign company with substantial PRC operations, if certain thresholds under the Provisions of the State Council on the Standard for Declaration of Concentration of Business Operators, issued by the State Council in 2008, are triggered. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law requires that transactions which involve the national security, the examination on the national security shall also be conducted according to the relevant provisions of the State. In addition, PRC Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment which became effective in January 2021 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military-related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition. We may pursue potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations.

Complying with the requirements of these regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval or clearance from the MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

Our business may be negatively affected by the potential obligations if our PRC subsidiaries fail to comply with social insurance and housing provident fund related laws and regulations.

Our PRC subsidiaries are required by PRC labor-related laws and regulations to pay various statutory employee benefits, including pensions insurance, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance and housing provident fund, to designated government agencies for the benefit of its employees and associates. In October 2010, SCNPC promulgated the Social Insurance Law of PRC, effective on July 1, 2011 and amended December 29, 2018. On April 3, 1999, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund, which was amended March 24, 2002 and March 24, 2019. Companies registered and operating in China are required under the Social Insurance Law of PRC and the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund to apply for social insurance registration and housing provident fund deposit registration within thirty (30) days of their establishment and to pay for their employees different social insurance including pension insurance, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance as well as housing provident fund to the extent required by law. Our PRC subsidiaries could be subject to orders by competent labor authorities for rectification if it fails to comply with such social insurance and housing provident fund related laws and regulations, and failure to comply with the orders may further subject to administrative fines. The relevant government agencies may examine whether an employer has made adequate payments of the requisite statutory employee benefits, and employers who fail to make adequate payments may be subject to late payment fees, fines and/or other penalties.

Our PRC subsidiaries do not make contributions in full for the social insurance fund and housing provident fund for their employees as required under the relevant PRC laws and regulations. Such failure to make full contributions to social insurance fund and to comply with applicable PRC labor-related laws regarding housing funds may subject the PRC subsidiaries to late payment penalties and other fines or labor disputes, among which, an overdue payment fine may be levied at the rate of 5 per 10,000 as of the date of indebtedness, and further, when the payment is not made at the expiry of the prescribed period, a fine above the overdue amount but less than its triple shall be demanded by the authoritative administrative department. Although they have not received any order or notice from the local authorities nor any claims or complaints from their current and former employees regarding their non-compliance in this regard, we cannot assure you that they will not be subject to any order to rectify non-compliance in the future, nor can we

52

Table of Contents

assure you that there are no, or will not be any, employee complaints regarding social insurance payment or housing provident fund contributions against it, or that it will not receive any claims in respect of social insurance payment or housing provident fund contributions under the PRC laws and regulation. In addition, our PRC subsidiaries may incur additional costs to comply with such laws and regulations by the PRC Government or relevant local authorities. Any such development could materially and adversely affect its business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Ordinary Shares

There has been no public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A Ordinary Shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our shares. We intend to list our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. If an active trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our Class A Ordinary Shares will be materially and adversely affected. Negotiations with the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price for our Class A Ordinary Shares which may bear no relationship to their market price after the initial public offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares will develop or that the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares will not decline below the initial public offering price.

A sale or perceived sale of a substantial number of our Class A Ordinary Shares may cause the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline.

All of our officers and directors and holders of 5% or more of our Class A Ordinary Shares on a fully diluted and converted basis have agreed not to sell our Class A Ordinary Shares for a period of 12 months following the date on which the trading of the Class A Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq commences without the consent of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. Class A Ordinary Shares subject to these lock-up agreements will become eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of these lock-up agreements, subject to limitations imposed by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If our shareholders sell substantial amounts of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market, the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could fall. Moreover, the perceived risk of this potential dilution could cause shareholders to attempt to sell their shares and investors to short our Class A Ordinary Shares. These sales may also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate.

If we are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and our financial conditions deteriorates, we may not meet continued listing standards on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

The Nasdaq Capital Market also requires companies to fulfill specific requirements in order for their shares to continue to be listed. If our shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market but are delisted from the Nasdaq Capital Market at some later date, our shareholders could find it difficult to sell our shares. In addition, if our Class A Ordinary Shares are delisted from the Nasdaq Capital Market at some later date, we may apply to have our Class A Ordinary Shares quoted on the Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets” maintained by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. The Bulletin Board and the “pink sheets” are generally considered to be less efficient markets than the Nasdaq Capital Market. In addition, if our Class A Ordinary Shares are not so listed or are delisted at some later date, our Class A Ordinary Shares may be subject to the “penny stock” regulations. These rules impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers that sell low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors and require the delivery of a disclosure schedule explaining the nature and risks of the penny stock market. As a result, the ability or willingness of broker-dealers to sell or make a market in our Class A Ordinary Shares might decline. If our Class A Ordinary Shares are not so listed or are delisted from the Nasdaq Capital Market at some later date or become subject to the penny stock regulations, it is likely that the price of our shares would decline and that our shareholders would find it difficult to sell their shares.

If a limited number of participants in this offering purchase a significant percentage of the offering, the effective public float may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be volatile.

As a company conducting a relatively modest public offering, we are subject to the risk that a small number of investors will purchase a high percentage of the offering. If this were to happen, investors could find our shares to be more volatile than they might otherwise anticipate. Companies that experience such volatility in their stock price may be more likely to be the subject of securities litigation. In addition, if a large portion of our public float were to be held by a few investors, smaller investors may find it more difficult to sell their shares.

53

Table of Contents

The market price for our shares may be volatile.

The trading prices of our Class A Ordinary Shares are likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation in the market prices or the underperformance or deteriorating financial results of internet or other companies based in China that have listed their securities in the United States in recent years. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings, including, in some cases, substantial decline in their trading prices. The trading performances of other Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States, which consequently may impact the trading performance of our Class A Ordinary Shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, any negative news or perceptions about inadequate corporate governance practices or fraudulent accounting, corporate structure or other matters of other Chinese companies may also negatively affect the attitudes of investors towards Chinese companies in general, including us, regardless of whether we have conducted any inappropriate activities. In addition, securities markets may from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to our operating performance, which may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our shares. In addition to the above factors, the price and trading volume of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be highly volatile due to multiple factors, including the following:

•        regulatory developments affecting us, our users, or our industry;

•        announcements of studies and reports relating to our service offerings or those of our competitors;

•        actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and changes or revisions of our expected results;

•        changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

•        announcements by us or our competitors of new product and service offerings, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

•        additions to or departures of our senior management;

•        detrimental negative publicity about us, our management or our industry;

•        fluctuations of exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar;

•        release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares; and

•        sales or perceived potential sales of additional Class A Ordinary Shares.

Our dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares may view as beneficial.

Our authorized ordinary shares are divided into Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares (with power for our directors to designate and issue such classes of shares as they think fit). Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of our company, while holders of Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to 20 votes per share. We will issue Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering. Our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Share cannot be converted into each other at any time. Although we have no issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares and have no plan to issue any prior to the offering, in the event that we issue Class B Ordinary Shares in the future, holders of Class B Ordinary Shares will have considerable influence over matters such as decisions regarding mergers and consolidations, appointment of directors, any amendment of our memorandum and articles of association and other significant corporate actions. Such holders may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. Our directors have significant discretion to designate and issue Class B Ordinary Shares as they think fit. This significant discretion afforded to our Board may limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions that holders of Class A Ordinary Shares may view as beneficial, and may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could have the effect of depriving our other shareholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

54

Table of Contents

Our dual-class voting structure may render our Class A Ordinary Shares ineligible for inclusion in certain stock market indices, and thus adversely affect the trading price and liquidity of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Certain shareholder advisory firms have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares and companies whose public shareholders hold no more than 5% of total voting power from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our ordinary shares may prevent the inclusion of our Class A Ordinary Shares in such indices and may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

The HFCA Act and the AHFCAA passed by the U.S. Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering and listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities if the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor.

On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China. The joint statement emphasized the risks associated with lack of access for the PCAOB to inspect auditors and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets.

On May 18, 2020, Nasdaq filed three proposals with the SEC to (i) apply minimum offering size requirement for companies primarily operating in “Restrictive Market”, (ii) adopt a new requirement relating to the qualification of management or board of director for Restrictive Market companies, and (iii) apply additional and more stringent criteria to an applicant or listed company based on the qualifications of the company’s auditors. On December 18, 2020, the HFCA Act was signed by President Donald Trump and became law. This legislation requires certain issuers of securities to establish that they are not owned or controlled by a foreign government. Specifically, an issuer must make this certification if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the issuer has retained a foreign public accounting firm not subject to inspection by the PCAOB. Furthermore, if the PCAOB is unable to inspect the issuer’s public accounting firm for three consecutive years beginning in 2021, the issuer’s securities are banned from trade on a national exchange or through other methods.

On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the AHFCAA, which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law by the President, would decrease the number of non-inspection years for foreign companies to comply with PCAOB audits from three to two years, thus reducing the time period before their securities may be prohibited from trading or delisted.

On November 5, 2021, the SEC approved the PCAOB’s Rule 6100, Board Determinations under the HFCA Act. Rule 6100 provides a framework for the PCAOB to use to determine whether it is unable to inspect or investigate registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction.

On December 2, 2021, the SEC adopted amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the HFCA Act. The rules apply to registrants the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate.

On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued the Determination Report which found that the Board was unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and in Hong Kong, a Special Administrative Region of the PRC, because of positions taken by PRC authorities in those jurisdictions (the “Determination”). Furthermore, the Determination Report identified the specific registered public accounting firms which were subject to these determinations, i.e., PCAOB Identified Firms. The Board made these determinations pursuant to PCAOB Rule 6100, which provided a framework for how the PCAOB fulfills its responsibilities under the HFCA Act.

55

Table of Contents

The lack of access to the PCAOB inspection in China prevents the PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of the auditors based in China. As a result, the investors may be deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of these accounting firms’ audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to the PCAOB inspections, which could cause existing and potential investors to lose confidence in audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of financial statements of China-based companies.

Our current auditor, HTL, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the U.S. pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. HTL, whose audit report is included in this prospectus, is headquartered in Houston, Texas, and, as of the date of this prospectus, was not included in the list of PCAOB Identified Firms in the Determination Report.

On August 26, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it had signed a Protocol with the CSRC and the MOF, governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong. The Protocol remains unpublished and is subject to further explanation and implementation. Pursuant to the fact sheet with respect to the Protocol disclosed by the SEC, the PCAOB shall have independent discretion to select any issuer audits for inspection or investigation and the unfettered ability to transfer information to the SEC.

On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB board announced that it had completed the inspections, determined that it had complete access to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, and voted to vacate the Determination Report. On December 29, 2022, the CAA was signed into law by President Biden. The CAA contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA, which reduces the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the HFCA Act from three years to two.

Our ability to retain an auditor subject to the PCAOB inspection and investigation, including but not limited to inspection of the audit working papers related to us, may depend on the relevant positions of U.S. and Chinese regulatory agencies. HTL’s audit working papers related to us are located in China. With respect to audits of companies with operations in China, such as the Company, there are uncertainties about the ability of our auditor to fully cooperate with a request by the PCAOB for audit working papers in China without the approval of Chinese authorities. As such, as of the date of this prospectus, our auditor is not subject to the Determinations announced by the PCAOB and our offering is not affected by the HFCA Act and related regulations. However, we cannot assure you whether Nasdaq or regulatory agencies would apply additional and more stringent criteria to it after considering the effectiveness of its auditor’s audit procedures and quality control procedures, adequacy of personnel and training, or sufficiency of resources, geographic reach or experience as related to the audit of our financial statements. Furthermore, there is a risk that our auditor cannot be inspected by the PCAOB because of a position taken by an authority in a foreign jurisdiction in the future, and that the PCAOB may re-evaluate its determination as a result of any obstruction with the implementation of the Statement of Protocol. Such lack of inspection or re-evaluation could cause trading in our securities to be prohibited on a national exchange or in the over-the-counter trading market under the HFCA Act, and, as a result, Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities, which may cause the value of our securities to decline or become worthless.

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

The market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our Class A Ordinary Shares. An aggregate of 10,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding before the consummation of this offering and 13,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares will be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise the option to purchase additional Class A Ordinary Shares. All of the shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining

56

Table of Contents

Class A Ordinary Shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our Class A Ordinary Shares is expected to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A Ordinary Shares. Assuming the completion of the offering, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $[•] or approximately [•]% in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the Class A Ordinary Shares. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution” on page 69 of this prospectus.

We have not finally determined the use of the proceeds from this offering, and we may use the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

While we have identified the priorities to which we expect to put the proceeds of this offering, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. Specifically, we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to expand our current businesses, provide for our general working capital, support our research and development, and recruit and develop talents. We have reserved the right to re-allocate funds currently allocated to that purpose to our general working capital. If that were to happen, then our management would have discretion over even more of the net proceeds to be received by our Company in this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve profitability or increase our stock price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce profit or increase value. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 66 of this prospectus.

As a “controlled company” under the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public shareholders.

Upon consummation of this offering, our Chairman and Director, Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law, will beneficially own an aggregate 77% voting power of the Company, which will allow Mr. Law to determine all matters requiring approval by shareholders. Under the Nasdaq listing rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group, or another company is a “controlled company” and is permitted to phase in its compliance with the independent committee requirements. Although we do not currently intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions under the Nasdaq listing rules for at least one year after the initial public offering even if we are deemed a “controlled company,” we may elect to rely on these exemptions in the future. If we were to elect to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, if we rely on the exemptions, during the period we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no longer a controlled company, you would not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to more lenient and less frequent Exchange Act reporting obligations than a U.S. issuer.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Securities Exchange Act as a foreign private issuer. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including:

•        the sections of the Exchange Act that regulate the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

•        the sections of the Exchange Act that require insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and impose liability on insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

57

Table of Contents

•        the rules under the Exchange Act that require the filing of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information and current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are not large accelerated filers or accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation FD, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. There is no formal requirement under the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles mandating that we hold an annual meeting of our shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, we intend to hold such meetings on our annual meeting to, among other things, elect our directors. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

The determination of our status as a foreign private issuer is made annually on the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if (1) a majority of our outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. residents, and (2) a majority of our shareholders or a majority of our directors or management are U.S. citizens or residents, a majority of our assets are located in the United States, or our business is administered principally in the United States. If we were to lose our foreign private issuer status, the regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers, which would involve additional costs.

We may be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm may in the future be required to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our internal accounting controls may not meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. If we fail to implement any required improvements to our disclosure controls and procedures, we may be obligated to report control deficiencies and, if required, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In either case, we could become subject to regulatory sanction or investigation. Further, these outcomes could damage investor confidence in the accuracy and reliability of our financial statements.

As an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements.

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. We are an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

•        the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more;

•        the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;

•        the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or

•        the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated issuer” as defined under the federal securities laws.

For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for up to five fiscal years after the date of this offering. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A Ordinary Shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A Ordinary Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares and the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be more volatile. In addition, our costs of operating as a public company may increase when we cease to be an emerging growth company.

58

Table of Contents

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Based on the anticipated market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering and expected price of our Class A Ordinary Shares following this offering, and the composition of our income, assets and operations, we do not expect to be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not take a contrary position. Furthermore, PFIC classification is a factual determination that must be made annually after the close of each taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds our Class A Ordinary Shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder, including increased U.S. federal income tax liability and additional reporting requirements. Our status as a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis. Accordingly, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status and expresses no opinion with regard to our expectations regarding our PFIC status.

For a more detailed discussion of the application of the PFIC rules to us and the consequences to U.S. holders who own our Class A Ordinary Shares if we were determined to be a PFIC, see “United States Federal Income Taxation Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”).”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our Class A Ordinary Shares and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A Ordinary Shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our Class A Ordinary Shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline.

Our corporate structure, together with applicable law, may impede shareholders from asserting claims against us and our principals.

All of our operations and records, and all of our senior management are located in the PRC. Shareholders of companies such as ours have limited ability to assert and collect on claims in litigation against such companies and their principals. In addition, China has very restrictive secrecy laws that prohibit the delivery of many of the financial records maintained by a business located in China to third parties absent PRC government approval. Since discovery is an important part of proving a claim in litigation, and since most if not all of our records are in China, Chinese secrecy laws could frustrate efforts to prove a claim against us or our management. In addition, in order to commence litigation in the United States against an individual such as an officer or director, that individual must be served. Generally, service requires the cooperation of the country in which a defendant resides. China has a history of failing to cooperate in efforts to affect such service upon Chinese citizens in China.

If we become directly subject to the recent scrutiny involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and or defend the matter, which could harm our business operations, stock price and reputation and could result in a complete loss of your investment in us.

Recently, U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China have been the subject of intense scrutiny by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies. Much of the scrutiny has centered around financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, a lack of effective internal controls over financial reporting and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed China-based companies that have been the subject of such scrutiny has sharply decreased in value. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and or SEC enforcement actions that are conducting internal and or external investigations into the allegations. If we become the subject of any such scrutiny, whether any allegations are true or not, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and or defend our Company. Such investigations or allegations will be costly and time-consuming and distract our management from our business plan and could result in our reputation being harmed and our stock price could decline as a result of such allegations, regardless of the truthfulness of the allegations.

59

Table of Contents

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on price appreciation of the Class A Ordinary Shares for return on your investment.

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares as a source for any future dividend income.

Our board of directors has discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain restrictions under BVI law, namely that our Company may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium; provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our Company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our Class A Ordinary Shares. There is no guarantee that our Class A Ordinary Shares will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the Class A Ordinary Shares. You may not realize a return on your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares and you may even lose your entire investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

We may need additional capital and may sell additional Class A Ordinary Shares or other equity securities or incur indebtedness, which could result in additional dilution to our shareholders or increase our debt service obligations.

We may require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our cash resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities. The sale of additional equity securities or equity-linked debt securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or terms acceptable to us, if at all.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Capital Market, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies.

As an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act, we are subject to exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. We expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

60

Table of Contents

In the past, shareholders of a public company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of that company’s securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and results of operations.

Our lack of effective internal controls over financial reporting may affect our ability to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud which may affect the market for and price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we include a report from management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firms must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, we and our independent registered public accounting firms identified material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses identified are: (i) lack of competent U.S. GAAP reporting staff; (ii) lack of documented policies and controls (including IT controls and cybersecurity framework) which enable management and other personnel to understand and carry out their internal control responsibilities; and (iii) lack of audit committee and internal audit function to establish formal risk assessment process and internal control framework;

We intend to implement measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to address the underlying causes of these material weaknesses, including (i) hiring more qualified staff to fill up the key roles in the operations, including the recruitment of an IT security officer and an internal audit manager who has adequate experience with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting and compliance requirement by the end of 2023; (ii) setting up a financial and system control framework with formal documentation of polices and controls in place; and (iii) appointing independent directors, establishing an audit committee chaired by an independent director with accounting qualification and strengthening corporate governance; (iv) providing ongoing training courses in U.S. GAAP to existing personnel in accounting department, and (v) continuing our efforts to implement necessary review and controls at related levels and ensuring all important documents and contracts would be submitted to the office of Chief Executive Officer for retention and review. We will not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in pursuing these measures, or that these measures will significantly improve or remediate the material weaknesses described above.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and actions we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to the material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting or that they will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. If we fail to remediate our current or future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies or to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law, our consolidated financial statements may be restated, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could be materially and adversely affected, the Class A Ordinary Shares may be suspended or delisted from Nasdaq, and our reputation, results of operations and financial conditions may be adversely affected. Failure to comply with Section 404 could also potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory agencies.

61

Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, all of which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. You can find many (but not all) of these statements by the use of words such as “approximates,” “believes,” “hopes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or other similar expressions in this prospectus. These statements are likely to address our growth strategy, financial results and product and development programs. You must carefully consider any such statements and should understand that many factors could cause actual results to differ from our forward-looking statements. These factors may include inaccurate assumptions and a broad variety of other risks and uncertainties, including some that are known and some that are not. No forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and actual future results may vary materially. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

•        future financial and operating results, including revenues, income, expenditures, cash balances and other financial items

•        our ability to execute our growth, expansion and acquisition strategies, including our ability to meet our goals;

•        current and future economic and political conditions;

•        our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services and the products and services we assist the distributions of;

•        our expectations regarding our customer base;

•        our ability to procure the applicable regulatory licenses in the relevant jurisdictions that we operate in;

•        competition in our industry;

•        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry;

•        our capital requirements and our ability to raise any additional financing which we may require;

•        our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and secure the right to use other intellectual property that we deem to be essential or desirable to the conduct of our business;

•        our ability to hire and retain qualified management personnel and key employees in order to enable us to develop our business;

•        overall industry and market performance; and

•        other assumptions described in this prospectus underlying or relating to any forward-looking statements.

We describe material risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our business, including our financial conditions and results of operations, under “Risk Factors.” We base our forward-looking statements on our management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to our management at the time the statements are made. We caution you that actual outcomes and results may, and are likely to, differ materially from what is expressed, implied or forecast by our forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should be careful about relying on any forward-looking statements. Except as required under the federal securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements after the distribution of this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, changes in assumptions, or otherwise.

62

Table of Contents

Industry Data and Forecasts

This prospectus contains certain data and information that we obtained from various government and private publications. Statistical data in these publications also include projections based on a number of assumptions. The core industries in Hong Kong and greater Asia where we operate (including event and hospitality, software development and new energy industries) may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. Failure of this industry to grow at the projected rate may have a material and adverse effect on our business and the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. In addition, the new and rapidly changing nature of the industries results in significant uncertainties for any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our industry. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data are later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

63

Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated in the BVI to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a BVI business company, such as:

•        political and economic stability;

•        an effective judicial system;

•        a favorable tax system;

•        the absence of exchange controls or currency restrictions; and

•        the availability of professional and support services.

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the BVI. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to:

•        the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors as compared to the United States; and

•        BVI companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our Amended and Restated Articles do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

All of our assets are located in PRC. In addition, all our directors and officers are nationals or residents of PRC and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Cogency Global as our agent to receive service of process upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Forbes Hare, our BVI counsel, and Han Kun Law Offices, our PRC counsel, have advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the BVI or PRC would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the BVI or PRC against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

There is uncertainty with regard to BVI law as to whether a judgment obtained from the United States courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the BVI as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the BVI are also unlikely to recognize or enforce the judgment against a BVI company. Because the courts of the BVI have yet to rule on whether such judgments are penal or punitive in nature, it is uncertain whether they would be enforceable in the BVI. Forbes Hare has advised us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the BVI of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States, in certain circumstances a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction may be recognized and enforced in the courts of the BVI at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the High Court of the BVI, provided such judgment:

•        is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction and such foreign court had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment;

•        imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;

•        is final;

•        no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the BVI;

64

Table of Contents

•        is not in respect of taxes, a fine, a penalty or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the company;

•        was not obtained in a fraudulent manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the BVI.

In appropriate circumstances, a BVI Court may give effect in the BVI to other kinds of final foreign judgments such as declaratory orders, orders for performance of contracts and injunctions.

Han Kun Law Offices has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. Under PRC law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they determine that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As there currently exists no bilateral treaty, international convention or other form of reciprocity between China and the United States governing the recognition of judgments, including those predicated upon the liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, it is uncertain whether a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the U.S.

Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, foreign shareholders may originate actions based on PRC law against us in the PRC, if they can establish sufficient nexus to the PRC for a PRC court to have jurisdiction, and meet other procedural requirements, including, among others, the plaintiff must have a direct interest in the case, and there must be a concrete claim, a factual basis and a cause for the suit. However, it will be difficult for foreign shareholders to establish sufficient nexus to the PRC by virtue only of holding our Class A Ordinary Shares.

LCH Lawyers LLP has further advised us that foreign judgments of United States courts will not be directly enforced in Hong Kong as there are currently no treaties or other arrangements providing for reciprocal enforcement of foreign judgments between Hong Kong and the United States and the statutory registration scheme under the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance (Cap. 319, the laws of Hong Kong) does not apply to judgments of the United States. However, the common law permits an action to be brought upon a foreign judgment. That is to say, a foreign judgment itself may form the basis of a cause of action since the judgment may be regarded as creating a debt between the parties to it. In a common law action for enforcement of a foreign judgment, the judgment creditor has to prove that the foreign judgment is a final judgment conclusive upon the merits of the claim. Such a judgment must be for a fixed sum and must also come from a “competent” court as determined by the private international law rules applied by the Hong Kong courts. The defences that are available to a defendant in a common law action brought on the basis of a foreign judgment include lack of jurisdiction, breach of natural justice, fraud, and contrary to public policy. This means that a separate legal action for debt must be commenced in Hong Kong in order to recover such debt from the judgment debtor in respect of the judgments of United States courts. As a result, subject to the requirements with regard to enforcement of foreign judgments (including those of United States courts) by way of a common law action in Hong Kong being met, including but not limited to the above, and subject to any defences available to a defendant in the relevant common law action, a foreign judgment of United States of civil liabilities predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any State or territory within the United States could be enforceable in Hong Kong. For enforcement of a judgment of mainland China courts in civil and commercial matters (“Mainland judgment”) in Hong Kong, it is governed by a separate regime. The registration of a Mainland judgment in Hong Kong is subject to various requirements under the Mainland Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance (Cap. 597, the laws of Hong Kong), including but not limited to, that the judgment is final and conclusive as between the parties to the judgment, the judgment is enforceable in mainland China, and the judgment orders the payment of a sum of money (not being a sum payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a like nature of in respect of a fine or other penalty). The registration of a Mainland judgment in Hong Kong may however be set aside on various grounds, including but not limited to, that the judgment was obtained by fraud, or the enforcement of the judgment is contrary to public policy.

65

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, for net proceeds of approximately $12,250,000, assuming the underwriter does not exercise the option to purchase additional Class A Ordinary Shares.

We plan to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for the following purposes:

Use of Proceeds

 

Percentage
of the net
proceeds

Expansion of current businesses

 

40

%

General working capital

 

30

%

Research and development

 

20

%

Talent development and management

 

10

%

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. To the extent that the net proceeds we receive from this offering are not immediately used for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or debt instruments.

The precise amounts and percentage of proceeds we would devote to particular categories of activity will depend on prevailing market and business conditions as well as particular opportunities that may arise from time to time. The above expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly from the above depending on numerous factors, including any unforeseen cash needs. Similarly, the priority of our prospective uses of proceeds will depend on business and market conditions. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility and broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of the offering. If any unforeseen event occurs or the business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently from that described in this prospectus. In utilizing the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend inter-company loans or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to fund its capital expenditures or working capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Pending remitting the offering proceeds to the PRC, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing, investment-grade obligations. See “Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow” in our consolidated financial statements.

Although we may use a portion of the proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies, products or assets that complement our business, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or make any investments. We cannot assure you that we will make any acquisitions or investments in the future.

66

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Subject to the BVI Act and our Amended and Restated Articles, our board of directors may authorize and declare a dividend to shareholders at such time and of such an amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately following the dividend the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and we will be able to pay our debts as they become due. There is no further BVI statutory restriction on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend.

We have not previously declared or paid cash dividends and we have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our shares. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

We are a holding company incorporated in the BVI. We may rely principally on transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Risk Factors — Risk Factors Related to Doing Business in China — The transfer of funds, dividends and other distributions between us and our subsidiaries is subject to restriction.” on page 50 of this prospectus; “— We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.” on page 51 of this prospectus; and “— Governmental regulation of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.” on page 46 of this prospectus.

We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries.

We are a company incorporated in the BVI. We rely principally on dividends from our Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our and Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.” on page 51 and “Taxation — Material PRC Income Tax Considerations” on page 130 of this prospectus for information on the potential PRC tax consequences of any cash dividends.

Cash dividends, if any, on our Class A Ordinary Shares will be paid in U.S. dollars.

Under the applicable laws and regulations in relation to taxation in Hong Kong, no withholding tax is levied in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by HK 3e Network to its shareholder(s). See “Taxation — Hong Kong Profits Taxation.”

67

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2023:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on an as-adjusted basis, taking into account of the share split to occur on December [    ], 2023; and

•        on a pro forma as-adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

June 30, 2023

       
   

Actual

 

Adjusted
(Taking into
account of the
share split on
December [  ],
2023)
(1)

 

Pro Forma
As adjusted
(Over-
allotment
option not
exercised)
(1)(2)

 

Pro Forma
As adjusted
(Over-
allotment
option
exercised)
(1)

   

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

Shareholders’ equity:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Class A Ordinary Shares, US$0.0001 par value, 400,000,000 authorized shares and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023(1)

 

1,000

 

 

1,000

 

 

1,300

 

 

1,345

 

Class B Ordinary Shares, US$0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 authorized shares and nil shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023(1)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Shares subscription receivable

 

(1,000

)

 

(1,000

)

 

(1,000

)

 

(1,000

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

12,280,543

 

 

14,372,998

 

Statutory reserve

 

47,058

 

 

47,058

 

 

47,058

 

 

47,058

 

Retained earnings

 

1,307,784

 

 

1,307,784

 

 

1,307,784

 

 

1,307,784

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(158,390

) 

 

(158,390

)

 

(158,390

)

 

(158,390

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

1,196,452

 

 

1,196,452

 

 

13,477,295

 

 

15,569,795

 

____________

(1)      On December 19, 2023, the board of directors and shareholders of the Company have agreed to file the Amended and Restated Articles with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of BVI to increase our authorized shares from 50,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $1 per share, to 500,000,000 ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of (i) 400,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, par value of $0.0001, and (ii) 100,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares, par value of $0.0001. Simultaneously, the Company will effectuate a forward split of all issued and outstanding shares at a ratio of 1-for-10,000, and convert all existing issued and outstanding ordinary shares into Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company at a ratio of 1-for-1. Following such share split, there will be 10,000,000 issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company and no Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding. As of the date of this prospectus, the filing of the Amended and Restated Articles has not occurred and not yet effective.

(2)      Reflects the sale of Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option has not been exercised. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Additional paid-in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

68

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A Ordinary Shares, your interest will be diluted for each Class A Ordinary Share you purchase to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share and our net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2023 was approximately $416,366, or $416 per Ordinary Share. Assuming the share split as approved by the board of directors and shareholders of the Company on December 19, 2023 has occurred and after taking into account of retrospective effect of the share split, our as-adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2023 was approximately $416,366, or $0.04 per Class A Ordinary Share. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, which excluded the deferred IPO cots, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share from the initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share and after deducting the estimated commissions to the underwriter and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

After giving further effect to our sale of 3,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2023 is $13,477,295, or $1.04 per Class A Ordinary Share. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share $1.00 to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share of $3.96 to new investors purchasing Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per Class A Ordinary Share basis.

Assumed initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share

 

$

5.00

 

Net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share as of June 30, 2023

 

$

0.04

 

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share attributable to new investors purchasing Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering

 

$

1.00

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share after this offering

 

$

1.04

 

Dilution per Class A Ordinary Share to new investors in this offering

 

$

(3.96

)

An increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our Class A Ordinary Shares would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering assuming no change to the number of our Class A Ordinary Shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated expenses payable by us.

To the extent that we issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2023, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors, the total consideration paid and the average price per Class A Ordinary Share before deducting the estimated commissions to the underwriter and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Class A Ordinary Shares purchased

 


Total consideration

 

Average
price per
ordinary share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing shareholders

 

10,000,000

 

76.9

%

 

$

725,612

 

4.6

%

 

$

0.07

New investors

 

3,000,000

 

23.1

%

 

$

15,000,000

 

95.4

%

 

$

5.00

Total

 

13,000,000

 

100.0

%

 

$

15,725,612

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

69

Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Our Corporate History

3e Network was incorporated on October 6, 2021 under the laws of the BVI. We own all of the outstanding shares of BVI 3e Holdings, which owns all the issued and outstanding capital stock of HK 3e Network, which, in turn, owns all the outstanding capital stock of Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network.

Guangzhou Sanyi Network was established by Guangzhou Leihou Software Development Company Limited as a PRC limited liability company on August 1, 2017. On September 30, 2018 Guangzhou Leihou Software Development Company Limited entered into a sell and purchase agreement whereby HK 3e Network agreed to acquire 100% of Guangzhou Sanyi Network from Guangzhou Leihou Software Development Company Limited for a consideration of RMB10,000 (approximately US$1,456). The share sale was completed and registered with the relevant authorities in the PRC on November 13, 2018.

Guangzhou 3E Network was established by HK 3e Network as PRC limited liability company on January 17, 2023. It was established as a subsidiary to focus on our emerging business in developing software products for photovoltaic power plants, while Guangzhou Sanyi Network continues to focus on our other main business lines.

On September 30, 2018, HK 3e Network entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with Guangzhou Leihou Software Development Company Limited to purchase all of the latter’s shares in Guangzhou Sanyi Network. Pursuant to the agreement, HK 3e Network paid RMB10,000 (approximately US$1,456) for 100% shares of Guangzhou Sanyi Network. After this share transfer Guangzhou Sanyi Network became a wholly-owned subsidiary of HK 3e Network.

70

Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus:

Name

 

Background

 

Ownership

 

Principal activities

3e Network Technology Holdings Limited (“BVI 3e Holdings”)

 

•   A BVI company

•   Incorporated on October 8, 2018

 

Currently 100% owned by 3 E Network Technology Group Limited, a BVI company controlled by Joseph Shu Sang Law

 

Investment holding

             

3e Network Technology Company Limited (“HK 3e Network”)

 

•   A Hong Kong company

•   Incorporated on August 30, 2020

 

100% owned by BVI 3e Holdings

 

Investment holding Sales & Marketing

             

Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Company Limited (“Guangzhou Sanyi Network”)

 

•   A PRC company

•   Incorporated on May 26, 2017

 

100% owned by HK 3e Network

 

Information Technology

             

Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited (“Guangzhou 3E Network”)

 

•   A PRC company

•   Incorporated on January 17, 2023

 

100% owned by HK 3e Network

 

Information Technology

71

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section headed “Summary Financial and Operating Data” and its financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Its actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Business Overview

We are a business-to-business (“B2B”) information technology (“IT”) business solutions provider. Our business includes two main portfolios, software development portfolio, and exhibition and conference portfolio. The proportion of revenue from each of these two main portfolios was 98.6% and 1.4% in the year ended June 30, 2023, respectively, and 86.0% and 12.6% in the year ended June 30, 2022, respectively.

We also conduct hardware sales, a minor portfolio that generated no revenue for the year ended June 30, 2023, and only 1.4% for the year ended June 30, 2022.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted by the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and any related disclosures. In each case, the determination of these items requires management judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. When reviewing our financial information, you should consider: (i) our selection of accounting policies; and (ii) the results to changes in conditions and assumptions.

We believe that the following accounting policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and require us to make significant accounting estimates. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Use of estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of this consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant accounting estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements include but are not limited to estimates and judgments applied in determination of allowance for doubtful receivables, impairment losses for long-lived assets and valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue recognition

3e Network applied ASC Topic 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”) for all periods presented. The five-step model defined by ASC 606 requires the Company to (1) identify its contracts with customers, (2) identify its performance obligations under those contracts, (3) determine the transaction prices of those contracts, (4) allocate the transaction prices to its performance obligations in those contracts and (5) recognize revenue when each performance obligation under those contracts is satisfied. Revenue is recognized when contracted goods or services are transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration expected in exchange for those goods or services.

The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 606-10-50-14 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected duration of one year or less.

72

Table of Contents

We elected a practical expedient that it does not adjust the contract consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the Company expects that, upon the inception of revenue contracts, the period between when the Company transfers its contracted services or deliverables to its customers and when the customer pay for those services or deliverables will be one year or less.

As a practical expedient, the Company elected to expense the incremental costs of obtaining a contract when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less

We are a B2B IT business solutions provider. Started as a business that focuses on integrated software solutions in the property management and exhibition services spaces, we have expanded our software solution offering to reach across a variety of industries and sectors, including food establishments, real estate, exhibition & conferencing, and clean energy utilities. Our revenue streams include software development services, exhibition and conference software sales, and exhibition and conference hardware sales.

Software development services

As an IT business solution provider, we take pride in our technical acumen in delivering software solutions for our business customers. The key pillar of our growth story and the primary engine of our growth is the development of custom software solutions for our customers.

The Company enters into a distinct contract with its customer for the provision of software development services. The revenue generated from software development services is generally on a fixed price basis. Customers can choose to buy a basic version with minimal alterations or customize additional functions to suit their needs.

Revenue from software development services contracts require the Company to design a software system based on clients’ specifications or provide them with standard software. The contract covenants include (1) developing software according to client specifications, (2) testing and deployment of software, (3) delivering software (including but not limited to source code, etc.) to clients, (4) providing training on the use of the software and (5) option to purchase warranty. The required work period is generally less than one year. Upon delivery of the services, customer acceptance is generally required. In the same contract, we provide a twelve-month free warranty after the customized application is delivered. This warranty is an assurance-type warranty so we do not consider it a separate performance obligation. The costs to us in fulfilling our obligation under the warranty clause have been immaterial.

Covenants (1), (2) and (3) are interrelated and cannot be separated or differentiated, because testing and deployment and delivery of software cannot be benefited on their own or with other readily available resources, except with the developed software. Covenants (4) and (5) identified in the customized software development contract are immaterial when considering both the qualitative and quantitative factors of these performance obligations. Therefore, the Company concludes that we should combine all of the services in a software service contract into a single performance obligation. The single performance obligation identified is to develop, test and deploy, and deliver the software according to client specifications. We recognize revenue for the delivery of customized software development service at a point in time when the system is delivered to the client for acceptance testing and the acceptance report is signed, which represents the point in time that the performance obligation of the contract is satisfied and the ownership control of the software is transferred to the client.

Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenues are recorded as advance from customers which is classified as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. When the right to payment becomes unconditional, the amount due from the customer under the contract, net of the related advances from the customer, is recorded as accounts receivables.

Costs incurred in advance of revenue recognition arising from direct and incremental staff costs in respect of services provided under the contracts according to the customer’s requirements prior to the delivery of services are recorded as deferred contract costs which is included in the prepayments, deposits and other assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Such deferred contract costs are recognized upon the recognition of the related revenues.

We work closely with the customers to analyze their software requirements, develop system specifications with them, and start coding and testing once we reach a conclusion on the specifications. The completed software system will then be delivered to customers for testing before their final acceptance. Our software solutions serve a variety of industries and sectors, including in restaurant management, property management, exhibit and conferencing services, and solar power stations.

73

Table of Contents

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, our main products under our custom software solutions offering include software products developed for property management companies, and restaurant management. Customers can choose to buy a basic version with minimal alterations or customize additional functions to suit their needs. We plan to significantly expand the number of customers we serve to diversify our customer base and grow our revenues. Revenues from a new customer often rise quickly over the first several years following our initial engagement as we expand the services that we provide to that customer. Therefore, obtaining new customers is important for us to achieve rapid revenue growth.

As a young company with limited operating history and limited customer base, we are constantly looking for opportunities to develop new customers and expand into new business areas. The solar energy sector, for example, is an area with significant government support and business opportunities. For example, in 2022, after studying the potential of the market for management system used by solar energy power plants, the Company decided to develop a management software for distributed photovoltaic power plants with designed power generation capacity under 10 megawatts or management companies that manage distributed solar power plants of that size. Our designed system allows management to access it via a mobile device or a PC to monitor power plants in single or multiple locations. The program provides functions ranging from equipment fault alerts, repair and maintenance, power generation monitoring, push notifications, to asset recording.

Exhibition and conference services

We provide materials and hardware such as gates, card readers, visitor tags, and health code readers and personnel required to operate the hardware to exhibition and conference organizer in exhibition and conference services. The service is to provide an entrance system for the exhibition and conference to record and monitor its visitors and participants. The pricing of the service is usually determined with a markup based on the cost of materials, hardware and labor cost. The contract is generally for a fixed period covering the set-up time and the exhibition or conference period. There are no warranties provided for this service.

We have a relatively small number of customers for our exhibition and conference services. Our ability to maintain close relationships with major customers is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, the volume of work performed for a specific customer is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we are generally not our customers’ exclusive IT business solution provider, and we do not have long-term commitments from any of our customers to purchase our services. In addition, our reliance on any individual customer for a significant portion of our revenues may give that customer a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service. A number of factors other than our performance could also cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenues from a customer, and these factors are not predictable. These factors may include corporate restructuring, pricing pressure, changes to its outsourcing strategy, customers’ decision to switch to another service provider.

For this type of service, it involves a series of interrelated tasks that cannot be separated or differentiated, because the goal of the clients is to have a usable system for the exhibition and conference. Therefore, we recognize a single performance obligation to provide the complete service to the client during the contract period. The ownership control of the service is transferred to the client at a point in time when the complete service is provided to the client, as the client can only be benefit when the complete service is provided. Thus, the revenue is recognized at a point in time when the provision of service is completed.

Hardware sales

We sell hardware such as gates, facial recognition gate control units and card readers to our customers. The hardware is generally used by our customers along with the software developed by us. The hardware can be provided with or without installation services, although we provide both hardware deliveries and installation services. For this type of revenue, the installation service is relatively immaterial compared to the hardware sales as it is usually free of charge and is only an add-on process to make the hardware operable. The single performance obligation identified is the provision of hardware to the customers. Revenue is recognized when the customer has confirmed the receipt of the hardware, which is the point in time that the ownership control of the product is transferred to the customer and the performance obligation is satisfied.

74

Table of Contents

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded in the period when loss is probable. We determine the adequacy of a reserve for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. We establish a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that we may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual customer exposures, as well as the historical trends of collections. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable. We regularly review the adequacy and appropriateness of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Income taxes

We account for current income taxes in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized, when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) provides that an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined therein can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an EGC to delay adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have adopted the extended transition period.

For detailed discussion on recent accounting pronouncements, please see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, included elsewhere in this form.

Seasonality and customer concentration

There are no seasonality in our business operations through-out the year. Our customer base for software development services tend to vary from one year to another, as each purchase agreement tends to be one-off event with few repeat customers. A major customer in one year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year. For the exhibition and conference services, we believe that in the foreseeable future we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of major customers.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe that the most significant factors that affect our business and financial results include the following:

•        Our ability to accommodate the business impact of COVID-19.    The COVID-19 pandemic has caused lockdowns, travel restrictions, and closures of businesses. It has already adversely affected our business operations. The growth of many industries where our customers operate in China has been interrupted by the lockdowns and restrictive policies adopted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, especially in 2021 and 2022. Our revenue for the year ended June 30, 2022 decreased by 40.1% compared to the previous year (based on management account). In December 2022, the Chinese government unveiled a series of new COVID-related policies to loosen its zero-COVID policy, and lifted the prevention and control measures that were in place for the COVID-19 pandemic. Our operation and financial performance has gradually improved and stabilized during the year ended June 30, 2023, which resulted in an increase of revenue of 28.9% compared to the year ended June 30, 2022. Based on the latest policies and developments, we expect our operational and financial performance will continue to be stabilized and away from the impact of COVID-19.

•        Our ability to expand our customer base and generate more business from existing customers.    We strive to provide our customers with the best services as satisfied customers are more likely to stay as our existing customers. Also, satisfied customers are more likely to recommend us to their peers. We work closely with our customers so that software solutions recommended by us can satisfy their needs and improve their efficiencies.

75

Table of Contents

This marketing strategy allows us to minimize our marketing expenses but still get effective marketing. Revenue derived from a customer will usually decline after the initial order when the customer has acquired the basic IT system that it needs. In addition, for the year ended June 30, 2023, our top 4 customers, Orient Aim Limited, Excel Value Limited, MKH Concept Enterprise and CISMEF accounts for 40.39%, 26.29%, 15.62% and 10.61%, respectively of our revenue. There are inherent risks with having a large percentage of total revenues concentrated with a limited number of customers. Changes to or reductions in the buying patterns of these larger customers may expose our business and results of operations to greater volatility. The mix and type of customers, and sales to any single customer, may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year, and have a significant impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Therefore, it is important that we develop new products and new customers. In the year ended June 30, 2023, our total revenue increased by 28.9%, or $374,974, compared to the year ended June 30, 2022. The revenue for the year ended June 30, 2023 derived from new customers amounted to $1,459,339, or 87.0% of our total revenue, while revenues from our existing customers only represented 13.0% for the same period.

•        Our ability to expand our software product range.    Based on our experience, our revenue from existing customers will drop after they have installed the basic software system. Therefore, it is important that we introduce new software products that meet the evolving needs of our customers and to attract new customers. Our product design team is in close contact with participants in the markets that we operate to gain first-hand knowledge of the latest trends and issues of concerns to the participants in the markets, which allows us to design software products that can improve the efficiency of our customers and meet their needs in a cost-effective way. Also, through research and development, we have actively invested in broadening our product lines. Due to the concentration of our customer base and our billing model as a seller of one-time software solution rather than as a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) provider, we will need to continue to launch new products to serve our existing customers and attract new customers. In the year end June 30, 2023, we launched a new software product category, solar plant management system, which generated $386,420 in revenue and accounted for 23.5% of software development services revenue in the year ended June 30, 2023.

•        Our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees.    We pay particular attention in recruiting the right talent to join the Company. We develop intern programs with universities and technical colleges to support the talents in the community and get more exposure to graduates in the early stage of their career path. We provide on-the-job training to our staff, and encourage them to attend technical seminars and courses to update their knowledge. We believe our approach to attract and develop talents allows us to achieve a relatively low turnover among our technical staff.

Results of Operations

For the Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

Year ended
June 30, 2023

 

As
% of sales

 

Year ended
June 30, 2022

 

As
% of sales

 

Increase/ (Decrease)

 

%

Revenue

 

1,671,351

 

 

100.0

 

 

1,296,377

 

 

100.0

 

 

374,974

 

 

28.9

 

Cost of revenue

 

(400,148

)

 

(23.9

)

 

(423,624

)

 

(32.7

)

 

23,476

 

 

5.5

 

Gross profit

 

1,271,203

 

 

76.1

 

 

872,753

 

 

67.3

 

 

398,450

 

 

45.7

 

Operating expenses

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Selling and marketing

 

(2,139

)

 

(0.1

)

 

(11,853

)

 

(0.9

)

 

9,714

 

 

82.0

 

General and administration expenses

 

(171,012

)

 

(10.2

)

 

(260,056

)

 

(20.1

)

 

89,044

 

 

34.2

 

Research and development expenses

 

(86,392

)

 

(5.2

)

 

(112,549

)

 

(8.7

)

 

26,157

 

 

23.2

 

Exchange gain/(loss)

 

51,063

 

 

3.1

 

 

(1,068

)

 

(0.0

)

 

52,131

 

 

4,881.2

 

Total operating expenses

 

(208,480

)

 

(12.4

)

 

(385,526

)

 

(29.7

)

 

177,046

 

 

45.9

 

Income from operation

 

1,062,723

 

 

63.7

 

 

487,227

 

 

37.6

 

 

575,496

 

 

118.1

 

Other income

 

7,930

 

 

0.4

 

 

1,483

 

 

0.1

 

 

6,447

 

 

434.7

 

Income before income tax

 

1,070,653

 

 

64.1

 

 

488,710

 

 

37.7

 

 

581,943

 

 

119.1

 

Income tax

 

(74,496

)

 

(4.5

)

 

(49,307

)

 

(3.8

)

 

(25,189

)

 

(51.1

)

Net income

 

996,157

 

 

59.6

 

 

439,403

 

 

33.9

 

 

556,754

 

 

126.7

 

76

Table of Contents

Revenues

We derive our revenues by providing IT consulting and solutions, mainly including: (1) software development services, which primarily includes customized software development service with acceptance requirement, which are billed on a fixed price basis, (2) exhibition and conference services where we provide hardware and personnel to exhibition and conference organizers for a fixed price over an agreed period generally covering the set up time and the exhibition and/or conference period, (3) hardware sales of gates and face recognition gate units and (4) others which includes transaction-based commissions for providing client with property management fee collection tools.

The following table presents our revenues by our service lines.

 

Year ended June 30,
2023

     

Year ended June 30,
2022

           
   

Revenue

 

%

 

Revenue

 

%

 

Variance

 

%

Software development services

 

1,647,474

 

98.6

 

1,114,951

 

86.0

 

532,523

 

 

47.8

 

Exhibition and conference services

 

23,089

 

1.4

 

163,819

 

12.6

 

(140,730

)

 

(85.9

)

Hardware sales

 

—

 

—

 

16,125

 

1.2

 

(16,125

)

 

(100.0

)

Others

 

788

 

0.0

 

1,482

 

0.2

 

(694

)

 

(46.8

)

Total

 

1,671,351

 

100.0

 

1,296,377

 

100.0

 

374,974

 

 

28.9

 

Our total revenues increased by $374,974, or 28.9%, to $1,671,351 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $1,296,377 for the year ended June 30, 2022. The increase in overall revenues reflected the recovery from the deterioration for the year ended June 30, 2022 in the markets that we operated in due to COVID-19, and the introduction of new software system.

Revenue from software development services increased by $532,523 or 47.8% to $1,647,474 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $1,114,951 for the year ended June 30, 2022. This was caused by the introduction of our new solar plant management system and the recovery of the property management market.

Exhibition and conference services decreased by $140,730, or 85.9% to $23,089 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $163,819 for the year ended June 30, 2022. The exhibition and conference sector was adversely affected by the resurgence of COVID-19 cases in Guangdong province in October to November 2022, where we have a substantial operation. This in turn had a negative impact on our sales of exhibition and conference services.

Hardware sales decreased by $16,125, or 100.0% to nil for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $16,125 for the year ended June 30, 2022. The decrease may be attributed to a depressed property market and the related static real estate price, which led to limited budget for the property management companies and increased reluctance to spend to upgrade managed properties. While the company will continue to seek to offer hardware sales where opportunities arise, its primary focus will remain on software development and exhibition and conference services.

Cost of revenue

Our cost of revenue comprises mainly of payroll cost to our IT professionals, direct support staff cost, traveling expenses and material costs. Cost of revenue decreased by approximately $23,476 or 5.5% to $400,148 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $423,624 for the year ended June 30, 2022 as a result of our effort in selling higher margin services. As a percentage of revenue, our cost of revenue decreased to 23.9% for the year ended June 30, 2023 from 32.7% for the year ended June 30, 2022.

Gross profit

Our gross profit increased by $398,450, or 45.7%, to $1,271,203 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $872,753 for the year ended June 30, 2022. As a percentage of revenues, our gross margin increased from 67.3% for the year ended June 30, 2022 to 76.1% for the year ended June 30, 2023. The increase was due to our effort in selling more higher margin services and reducing our marketing in low margin business.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses primarily consisted of salary and compensation expenses relating to our sales and marketing personnel, and also included entertainment, travel, and other expenses relating to our marketing activities.

77

Table of Contents

Selling and marketing expenses decreased by $9,714 or 82.0% from $11,853 for the year ended June 30, 2022 to $2,139 for the year ended June 30, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to the downsizing of our marketing and post-sales support team as we focused our marketing efforts on a smaller number of customers. While we expect our selling and marketing expenses to increase as we continue to expand our business, we expect these expenses to remain relatively steady as a percentage of our net revenues in the near future.

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses

R&D expenses primarily consisted of compensation and benefit expenses relating to our research and development personnel as well as office overhead and other expenses directly relating to our R&D activities. Our R&D expenses decreased to $86,392 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $112,549 for the year ended June 30, 2022. The decrease was mainly due to the decrease in research project due to the impact of COVID-19 for the year ended June 30, 2023. We expect R&D expenses to increase as we develop more new products in future years.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses primarily consisted of salary and compensation expenses relating to our finance, human resources and executive office personnel, and included rental expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses, office overhead, professional service fees and travel and transportation costs.

General and administrative expenses decreased by $89,044 or 34.2% from $260,056 for the year ended June 30, 2022 to approximately $171,012 for the year ended June 30, 2023, which was due to a combination of decrease in social insurance fee of $12,458 (2022: $32,754) and bad debt expenses of nil (2022: $53,537) for the year ended June 30, 2023.

Exchange gain/(loss)

Exchange gain/(loss) primarily included gain and loss from accounts receivable due to exchange rate fluctuation.

Other income, net

Other income primarily included government subsidies.

Income before income taxes

Our income before income taxes increased by $581,943 to $1,070,653 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from $488,710 for the year ended June 30, 2022.

Provision for income taxes

Our provision for income taxes for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased by $25,189 to $74,496 from $49,307 for the year ended June 30, 2022.

Net Income

Net income increased by $556,754 or 126.7% to $996,157 for the year ended June 30, 2023 from a net income of $439,403 for the year ended June 30, 2022.

Other comprehensive income

Foreign currency translation adjustments amounted to a loss of $98,014 and $24,037 for the years ended on June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The balance sheet amounts with the exception of equity as of June 30, 2023 were translated at 7.2513 RMB to 1.00 USD as compared to 6.6981 RMB to 1.00USD as of June 30, 2022. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to the income statements accounts for the years ended on June 30, 2023 and 2022 were 6.9536 RMB to 1.00 USD and 6.4554 RMB to 1.00 USD, respectively. The change in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in the U.S, dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operation.

78

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19,396. Our current assets were approximately $946,709, and our current liabilities were $260,999. Total retained earnings as of June 30, 2023 was 1,307,784. Our cash flow provided by operating activities were $571,883 for the year ended June 30, 2023. We believe that we will have sufficient working capital to operate our business for the next 12 months from the issuance date of this report.

Our operating results for future periods are subject to numerous uncertainties and it is uncertain if we will be able to achieve a net income position for the foreseeable future. If management is not able to increase revenue and/or manage cost and operating expenses in line with revenue forecasts, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

We believe that available cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities, together with cash available from the activities mentioned above, should enable us to meet presently anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued and we have prepared the consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis. However, we continue to have ongoing obligations and it expects that it will require additional capital in order to execute its longer-term business plan. If we encounter unforeseen circumstances that place constraints on its capital resources, management will be required to take various measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, initiating public or private offerings, curtailing our business development activities, suspending the pursuit of our business plan, obtaining credit facilities, controlling overhead expenses and seeking to further dispose of non-core assets. Management cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed.

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China and all of our revenue, expenses, cash and cash equivalents are denominated in RMB. RMB is subject to the exchange control regulation in China, and, as a result, we may have difficulty distributing any dividends outside of China due to PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into U.S. dollars. As of June 30, 2023, cash and cash equivalents of approximately RMB 29,035 ($4,004), HKD 3,494 ($377), USD 15,015 were held by the Company and its subsidiaries in mainland China, and Hong Kong respectively. We would need to accrue and pay withholding taxes if we were to distribute funds from our subsidiaries in China to our offshore subsidiaries. We do not intend to repatriate such funds in the foreseeable future, as we plan to use existing cash balance in PRC for general corporate purposes.

In assessing our liquidity, we monitor and analyze our cash on hand, our ability to generate sufficient revenue sources in the future and our operating and capital expenditure commitments. The Company plans to fund working capital through its operations, bank borrowings and additional capital contribution from shareholders. Our operating cash flow was positive for the year ended June 30, 2023. We have historically funded our working capital needs primarily from operations, advance payments from customers and loans from shareholders. Our working capital requirements are affected by the efficiency of our operations, the numerical volume and dollar value of our sales contracts, the progress or execution on our customer contracts, and the timing of accounts receivable collections.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

Year ended June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

571,883

 

 

$

973,593

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(11,482

)

 

 

(35,413

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(542,082

)

 

 

(910,921

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(45,688

)

 

 

3,341

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(27,369

)

 

 

30,600

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period

 

 

46,765

 

 

 

16,165

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

 

$

19,396

 

 

$

46,765

 

As of June 30, 2023 we had cash and cash equivalents of $19,396. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through borrowings from our stockholders, related and unrelated parties.

79

Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $571,883 for the year ended June 30, 2023, as compared to $973,593 net cash used in operating activities for the year ended June 30, 2022. The net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended June 30, 2023 was mainly due to our net income of $996,157, partially offset by the increase in deferred IPO cost of $329,405. The net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended June 30, 2022 was mainly due to net profit of $439,403 and decrease in accounts receivable of $718,343, partially offset by the increase in deferred IPO cost of $456,342.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $11,482 for the year ended June 30, 2023, and the net cash used in investing activities was $35,413 for the year ended June 30, 2022. The net cash used in and provided by investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 was mainly attributable to purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash used by financing activities was $542,082 for the year ended June 30, 2023, as compared to $910,921 provided for the year ended June 30, 2022. The net cash used or provided by financing activities for the years ended on June 30, 2023 and 2022 was mainly amounts due to related parties.

80

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

As of December 31, 2022

The PRC software and information technology service industry (“Software Industry”) displayed a steady development trend in 2022. Statistics from the Operation Monitoring and Coordination Bureau of the PRC Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT) shows that in 2022, total revenue of the industry surpassed Rmb10 trillion, profitability remain steady, and export continued to grow.

1. Overview

Revenue from Software Industry grew above RMB 10 trillion in 2022. According to number released by MIIT’s Report on Economic Operation of the Software Industry for 2022, more than 350,000 companies in the Software Industry have reached the milestone of receiving more than RMB5 million in revenue for their core operations in 2022. Total revenue from the Software Industry was RMB10,812.6 billion, a year-on-year increase of 11.2%, but the growth rate dropped by 6.5% when compared with that of 2021.

Figure 1 Growth of software Industry revenue in 2014 – 2022

The total profit of the Software Industry was RMB1,264.8 billion in 2022, a year-on-year increase of 5.7%. Compared against 2021, the rate of increase dropped by 1.9% and the profit ratio of the main business of surveyed companies in the industry decreased by 0.1% to 9.1%.

Figure 2 Growth of total profit in 2021 – 2022

81

Table of Contents

The export of the Software Industry continued to grow. In 2022, export sales of Software Industry amounted to USD 52.4 billion, an increase of 3% year-on-year, which was 5.8% lower than the growth rate in 2021. Of the total export revenue, export of software outsourcing services increased by 9.2%, year-on-year.

Figure 3 Growth in export sales of Software Industry in 2014 – 2022

2. Sector analysis

According to MIIT data, the revenue of software products grew steadily in 2022 to RMB 2,658.3 billion, accounting for 24.6% of the total revenue of the industry. It was 9.9% higher on a year-on-year basis, and was 2.4% lower than the same period in 2021. Included in that was the income from industrial software products of RMB 240.7 billion, a year-on-year increase of 14.3%, which was a 3.1 percentage points higher than the industry average.

Revenue from information technology services achieved the highest growth rate among the surveyed sectors. The revenue from information technology services was RMB 7,012.8 billion, a year-on-year increase of 11.7%, and 0.5% higher than the industry average. It accounted for 64.9% of the industry’s revenue. Included in that was cloud computing and big data services which achieved a total revenue of RMB 1,042.7 billion, a year-on-year increase of 8.7%, and accounted for 14.9% of information technology service revenue, a 2% higher than the ratio of 2021. Integrated circuit design revenue was RMB 279.7 billion, a year-on-year increase of 12%. E-commerce platform technology service revenue was RMB 1,104.4 billion, a year-on-year increase of 18.5%.

Growth in sales from information security products and services was steady. In 2022 the revenue from information security products and services was RMB 203.8 billion, a year-on-year increase of 10.4%, 2.6% lower than that of previous year.

Embedded system software revenue achieved double digit growth rate. In 2022 revenue from embedded system software was RMB 937.6 billion, a year-on-year increase of 11.3%, 7.7% lower than that of prior year.

Figure 4 Distribution by sectors of Software Industry revenue in 2022

82

Table of Contents

3. Analysis by Regions

Revenue from Software Industry in the Eastern regions of the PRC continued to growth at a fast pace, while the growth trend in the Central and Western regions remained strong. In 2022 the revenues from the Software Industry in the Eastern, Central, Western and Northeastern regions were RMB 8,866.3 billion, RMB 539 billion, RMB 1,157.4 billion, and RMB 249.9 billion respectively, a year-on-year increase of 10.6%, 16.9%, 14.3%, and 8.7%, respectively. The growth rates of Central and Western regions were higher than the national average by 5.7% and 3.1% respectively. Revenue from the Software Industry of the four regions accounted for 82%, 5%, 10.7% and 2.3% of the country’s total revenue, respectively.

Figure 5 Revenue growth of the software industry by region in 2022

The proportion of revenue from major “software hub provinces” increased slightly while that of some central and western province and cities showed obvious growth. In 2022, among the top five provinces in terms of revenue from the Software Industry were Beijing, Guangdong, Jiangsu, Shandong, and Zhejiang. The total revenue from the Software Industry in the five provinces in 2022 was RMB 7,453.7 billion, accounted for 68.9% of the national total, an increase of 2.9% when compared with the same period last year. There were 12 provinces and cities with their growth rate of software business revenue higher than the national average, among which the provinces with growth rate higher than 20% were concentrated in the central and western regions, including Guizhou, Guangxi and Hubei.

Figure 6 Growth of the top ten provinces and cities in software business revenue in 2022

Revenue from the Software Industry in major cities grew steadily, while total profit dropped slightly. The MIIT surveyed the software industries in 15 major cities (or “sub-provincial cities”), where the heads of government ranked at the sub-provincial level because of its size in population, economic significance or for being the seat of a provincial government. In 2022, 15 major cities surveyed in the MIIT report across the country achieved revenue from Software

83

Table of Contents

Industry of RMB 5,341.9 billion, representing 49.4% of the national software industry revenue, and a year-on-year increase of 10%. The growth rate was 6.3% lower than that of previous year. The total profit achieved in these 15 sub-provincial cities was RMB 692.4 billion, a year-on-year increase of 2.44%. Among them, the year-on-year growth rate of software business revenue in Wuhan, Ningbo, Jinan, Qingdao and Shenyang exceeded the industry average.

Figure 7 Top 10 Growth of software business revenue in sub-provincial cities in 2022

84

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Business Overview

We are a business-to-business (“B2B”) information technology (“IT”) business solutions provider. Through our two PRC subsidiaries, Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network, we started as a business that focuses on integrated software and hardware solutions in the property management and exhibition services spaces, but expanded our software solutions offering to a variety of industries and sectors, including food establishments, real estate, exhibition & conferencing, and clean energy utilities.

Our business includes two main portfolios, namely the software development portfolio and exhibition and conference portfolio, and the proportion of revenue from each of these two main portfolios was 98.6% and 1.4% in the year ended June 30, 2023, respectively, and 86.0% and 12.6% in the year ended June 30, 2022, respectively.

Guangzhou Sanyi Network primarily serves our software development and exhibition and conference portfolios, while Guangzhou 3E Network primarily focuses on expanding into the solar energy sector.

1. Software Development Portfolio

As an IT business solution provider, we take pride in our technical acumen in delivering software solutions for our business customers. The key pillar of our growth story and the primary engine of our growth is the development of custom software solutions for our customers.

We work closely with our customers to analyze their software requirement, develop system specifications with them, and start coding and testing once we reach a conclusion on the specifications. The completed software system will then be delivered to customers for testing before their final acceptance. Our software solutions serve a variety of industries and sectors, including in restaurant management, property management, exhibit and conferencing services, and solar power stations.

For all our customers, as part of our onboarding process, we refer them to cloud platform or data server providers for contracting and we help set up connections between our software and such servers. However, after the specific software systems or products are set up and connected, we turn over the ownership and access of such systems or

85

Table of Contents

products to our customers. After deliveries of such systems or products, we relinquish our access to the systems or products and do not have access to or store the data of users of the systems that are operated by such customers, regardless of whether they are property management companies, restaurants or other entities.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the main products under our custom software solutions offering include software products developed for property management companies, and restaurant management. Customers can choose to buy a basic version with minimal alterations or customize additional functions to suit their needs.

Smart Property Management System

We designed a smart property management system for property management companies in the PRC. On December 17, 2021, the Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development (“MoHURD”) of the PRC issued a paper encouraging property management companies to use digital property management system incorporating smart technology to provide better service to their residents. We believe that our system meets the specifications of digital property management system promoted by the ministry that can integrate community management, property management, municipal services, and smart home management functions into a single system.

Our property management system uses a Chinese mobile social messaging app, WeChat, and its mini program platform and the latest information technologies such as internet of things, cloud computing and mobile internet to provide services to its users.

WeChat is one of the most popular mobile applications in China, as of the second quarter of 2022, according to Tencent Inc., the social media company that developed WeChat, there were approximately 1.3 billion monthly active users of WeChat. It combines messaging, social networking, audio and video calls, teleconferencing, short video distribution, news and web content distribution, e-commerce, gaming and financial payments into one “super-app”. Through WeChat, our clients and the residents of the properties they manage can easily access the property management systems that we help design and develop for our clients.

WeChat mini programs are sub-applications that third parties can develop using JavaScript on WeChat’s application platform. Akin to a relationship between a web application hosting platform and a web application owner and operator, WeChat and our clients are bound by contractual agreements and our clients are responsible for the operations of the WeChat mini programs that we develop for our clients and deploy to the WeChat platforms. Third parties like our property management clients would register and agree to standard terms of conditions required by WeChat, and we would design and develop a customized property management portal connected through a WeChat mini program for property management companies to use the portal to manage a specific property and residents to access to portal for services and payments. Key terms and conditions regarding using WeChat mini programs are summarized as follows: (i) mini programs can only be released to WeChat users after Tencent has reviewed and approved mini programs submitted by registered developers; (ii) Tencent’s review of mini programs include review of the legal, security, stability, operability, and user experience of submitted mini programs and may include testing and verification procedures, if needed; (iii) any version updates or optimizations require Tencent’s review and approval; (iv) any submission by developers must identify the types of activities, content, services or transactions that the mini programs will engage in and the industry such developers belong to so that Tencent may identify governing laws and regulations that may apply to such mini programs and review accordingly; (v) developers may apply for and Tencent may award verified account identifications to such mini programs that submit verification requests, for which Tencent may only review and verify on the authenticity of the corporate, personal or other entity registration or identification information (including any corporate or non-corporate entity registration identification or personal identification information); Tencent does not take responsibility in verifying the performance and functionality of the mini programs; (vi) without Tencent’s consent, mini program developers may not collect, possess, store, capture, obtain or require any WeChat users to provide any data, including user data or other information contained on WeChat or its service platforms; (vii) any IP rights to the content provided by Tencent in its provision of mini program services belong to Tencent, while IP rights generated during the course of the use of mini programs belongs to the users or the relevant rights holders; (viii) any dispute arising from the mini program with third party shall be borne by the developer only, as Tencent will not participate in the development, operation or other activities association of the mini programs, nor will it modify, edit or optimize the mini programs; (ix) any dispute arising from the mini programs or any consequences due to violation of laws and regulations or terms of conditions with WeChat shall be borne by the developers, and developers shall assume any liabilities and compensate for any losses against Tencent.

86

Table of Contents

Depending on the specific property management company’s needs, we can incorporate a variety of service modules into the portal. These service modules have been developed primarily for integrated use by administrators (i.e. employees of our property management clients) and by users (residents in the properties) on and through WeChat, and the portal deployed with these service modules are primarily accessed through WeChat. However, in the unlikely event that WeChat experiences significant outage or disruptions, we may help clients set up a separate webpage-based log-in interface and create alternative log-in credentials for administrators and users to access the portal through a separate webpage. The access to the web portal in that case will not be connected or dependent upon WeChat.

Equipped with smart hardware (which is equipment embedded with sensors, software and other technologies so that they can communicate with other devices), our system provides property management companies an intelligent and integrated management system, while giving residents the convenience of an information-based community. For example, property management companies may use cameras with facial recognition technology that could access the data of residents stored in the management companies’ servers to perform identity checks on visitors, and grant or deny access to the property.

The property management system covers the management aspects of most property management companies and the common property service needs of residents. Its main functions include the following:

•        Smart access:    residents registered in the system can open the main entrance of their building with their mobile phones. This module is one of our most popular products among residents.

•        Smart car park:    through smart devices, our system allows drivers to open gates of parking lots via mobile phone or by car number plate recognition. The payment for parking fee can be processed through mobile phone payment app without interaction from car park attendants.

•        One-time access key for visitors:    registered residents can issue a one-time electronic access key through our system to their visitors, specifying the time period the key is valid. The visitor with the key can enter the property without additional assistance from the residents or personnel at the building.

•        Property management fee payment:    the system automatically computes management fees, parking fees and other community costs based on formulas set by the management company. Electronic invoices are sent to registered residents. The system can also send out reminders on overdue fees. Registered residents can make payments through their mobile phones anywhere at any time. These features greatly improve the fee collection rate of property management companies. Real-time information on paid fees and overdue fees is provided to the management companies, allowing them to monitor their cash flow and collectibles.

•        Repair reporting:    this module allows registered residents to report items that require inspection or repair via WeChat. Upon receipt of a request, the property management company can issue a repair work request to appropriate personnel via our system. Completed work orders are also logged on our system. The whole process is visible to the resident who at the completion of the work order is encouraged to rate the process and the workmanship.

•        Complaints and suggestions:    this module allows registered residents to send their complaints and service suggestions to the property management company, and allows the latter to give a prompt response. It also provides statistics of answered and outstanding messages. We believe the system improves the senses of belonging of residents by providing a smooth communications channel between the residents and the property management company.

•        Smart patrol system:    the module records the real-time check-in of each security guard at every checkpoint along the assigned patrol route on the property. The system provides management with security patrol statistics, including the time required to complete patrolling a particular route, the time taken between check points, and the schedule of the security patrol. We believe the module can significantly improve management efficiency.

The modular architecture of the property management system allows customization of the system to meet the specific requirements of any property management companies. Since the launch of the first version of property management system in 2018, we have added other functionalities such as listings of property for sale or rent, a community e-mall, and a control center screen system to the basic system for certain property management companies.

87

Table of Contents

Restaurant Management Software System

We designed a restaurant management system based on popular functions we found in most restaurant software systems used in the PRC and tailored them for restaurants outside mainland China. For example, we left out mobile payment functions while putting emphasis on membership subscription and management functions by adding member registration page and modules of gift redemption for members to redeem membership points. In the PRC, mobile payment such as WeChat pay and Alipay is very popular while patrons in areas outside mainland China usually pay by credit card or cash. Because WeChat is a popular mobile app mainly in mainland China, this system is an Android and iOS based application instead of the usual WeChat mini program based application in PRC. Restaurants outside mainland China may place more emphasis on membership points and membership discount to encourage frequent patronage. Our software system was launched in Hong Kong in the fourth quarter of 2022, and comprises the following modules:

•        For patrons:    customer using his/her mobile phone can register as member or log in to view the e-menu, order food for take-out or dine-in, check his/her membership tier and membership points, exchange membership points for goods, and check bills.

•        For staff:    staff with a personal digital assistant (“PDA”) logged onto the system can sit patrons by referring to the real-time seating chart that shows tables occupied, tables pending bill payment, and available tables. Staff can also place orders for customers via PDA, check the order status and review the bill amount of each table.

•        Cashier terminal:    it has all the functions of a staff PDA, but also allows for selecting the restaurant location of a franchise restaurant, issue checks and process payments, and route and print orders via various printers at the kitchen or the bar.

•        Back-office management suite:    A software bundle that manages membership, membership points, e-menu, e-mall, shop settings for restaurant chains, printer settings, and security. Also, the user can send push notifications to its members.

Clean Energy Related Software

As a young company with limited operating history and limited customer base, we are constantly looking for opportunities to develop new customers and expand into new business areas. The solar energy sector, for example, is an area with significant government support and business opportunities. In 2022, after studying the potential of the market for management system used by solar energy power plants, the Company decided to develop a management software for distributed photovoltaic power plants with generation capacity under 10 megawatts and for management companies that manage distributed solar power plants of that size. Our specially designed system allows management to access it via a mobile device or a computer to monitor power plants in single or multiple locations. The program provides functions ranging from equipment fault alerts, repair and maintenance, power generation monitoring, push notifications, to asset recording. For the year ended June 30, 2023, we have generated $386,420.18 in revenue from this market.

2. Exhibition and Conference Service Portfolio

Under our exhibition and conference service portfolio, we provide software solutions and help our exhibition and conferencing partners in the design, planning, execution and delivery of exhibitions and conferences. Our services include software support for entrance gates, ticketing machines, ticket readers, and personnel required to assist visitors who may not be familiar with using the system or the equipment. The service contracts are usually for a fixed period covering the set-up time plus the exhibition or conference period.

Similar to our software service portfolio, after deliveries of our products or services, we relinquish our access to the products or services and do not have access to or store the data of users of the systems that are operated by such customers.

Exhibition and conference software

Since we launched our first product for the exhibition business in 2019, our IT solution software, suite or a module of such suite have been used in more than 10 exhibitions in China. Youzhan Cloud Intelligent Exhibition Suite is our key product, covering most of the major business cycles in an exhibition. The software was developed for exhibition venues,

88

Table of Contents

exhibition organizers, exhibitors, visitors and potential buyer of exhibited products (“buyers”). It provides management, marketing, registration and other services throughout the business cycle from the preparation stage, exhibition, and follow up phases of an exhibition. Our exhibition and conference software include the following suites:

•        In the preparatory phase of an exhibition, our system assists in event preparation, booth division, pre-registration of exhibitors and buyers, marketing to buyers, and exhibition promotion.

•        During the exhibition, our system provides intelligent on-site service, connecting entrance control devices such as turnstiles and entrance gates to the exhibition hall with multi-recognition technologies such as facial recognition, quick response (“QR”) code and smart identification (“ID”) card. The system also can capture real-time attendance data for further analysis. Our system also allows on-site ticket and badge printing/generation, with central database of our customers’ updated in real time.

•        After the exhibition, our customers can use the software to perform multi-dimensional analysis of visitors with data stored in their databases to understand user experience and improve future exhibitions.

The Youzhan Cloud Intelligent Exhibition Suite includes Exhibition Intelligent Management System, Buyer Relationship Management System, Exhibitor Service System, and Exhibition Intelligent Work Order System.

•        Exhibition Intelligent Management System: This is the core system developed for exhibition organizers. Through its linkage with other systems such as Buyer Relationship Management System and Exhibitor Service System, it connects and updates the exhibition site data and monitors the exhibition operation cycle in real time, including those data concerning event registration, exhibitor and visitor admission, and venue entry records.

•        Buyer Relationship Management System:    Through the analytics of historical data stored by our customers, such as personal information, enterprise information, exhibition preferences and procurement needs, the Buyer Relationship Management System would identify groups of buyers with similar preferences, thereby improving marketing efficiency and accuracy in matching potential buyers and sellers, increasing the success rate of marketing effort, and reducing marketing costs.

•        Exhibitor Service System:    The Exhibitor Service System was developed for exhibitors. It facilitates exhibitors to fill in or upload all materials related to the exhibition. The Exhibitor Service System also provides functions concerning notice and announcement, contract management, financial management, booth management, certificate management and bidding information.

•        Exhibition Intelligent Work Order System:    The Exhibition Intelligent Work Order System is usually acquired and managed by exhibition venues but is used by exhibition organizers, exhibitors and third-party service providers. The system allows its users to integrate the whole process of arranging an exhibition, obtaining the relevant approvals from venue owners for holding exhibitions, purchasing network and utilities services by the exhibitors online, troubleshooting and requesting repair, cost tracking, preparing financial statements and providing customer feedback. It allows exhibition organizers to complete all exhibition application procedures and monitor the progress of the applications online.

All of the above systems of Youzhan Cloud Intelligent Exhibition Suite could collectively function as a system, but each may function separately as a standalone program. In addition to the intelligent exhibition system and software systems stated above, we also design unique exhibition websites, online exhibition halls, product line presentations, and online live broadcasting rooms and provide online exhibition system services for exhibitions. The service can be delivered via personal computers, mobile web pages, WeChat mini-programs, and mobile apps.

Online Exhibition System

The COVID-19 pandemic and its related social distancing rules had adversely affected the exhibition industry in the PRC. In response, we launched a new comprehensive online exhibition system in 2020. Combined with online presentation, our system provides comprehensive support functions ranging from online exhibition arrangement, online presentation, online business discussion and negotiation. Despite the COVID-19 pandemic and the cancellation of physical conventions and exhibitions, our online exhibition system connects exhibition organizers, exhibitors and visitors, enhancing the business stickiness between organizers and exhibitors. In addition, videos from the live broadcasts can be recorded and distributed through any media platforms such as Facebook and Twitter, further enhancing the reach of our customers’ exhibitions to potential overseas buyers.

89

Table of Contents

Exhibition and Conference Hardware

In addition to software, we provide exhibition and conference services and equipment to exhibition or conference organizers. The equipment includes entrance gates, ticketing machines, ticket readers, facial recognition equipment, and personnel required to manage the equipment. The service contract is usually for a fixed period covering the set-up time and the exhibition or conference period. We may also sell hardware to our customers, primarily to incentivize our customers to use our software.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths that distinguishes us from our competitors and contributes to our success include the following:

•        The breadth and depth of our expertise in exhibition business and property management business.    We have developed expertise in the industries that we operate. Our product designers and sales support staff work with exhibition organizers and venue owners from an early stage in preparing an exhibition to its closing, gaining first-hand knowledge of the issues in the exhibition industry. This knowledge allows us to develop products that meet the needs of the participants and improve the efficiency of the trade. In the property management business, we have a team member with senior management experience in a major property management company in the PRC, who can use his expertise to guide us in the right directions. The property management system that we launched addresses key demands of small- to medium-sized companies while also has the potential to be scaled up for major operators.

•        The complete solution approach and the quality of the service we offered.    Our expertise allows us to anticipate the need of the industries and develop software systems that are adaptable to the demands of industrial players. For example, in 2021, we introduced a gate control system that integrated facial recognition, temperature measuring and ID reading capabilities to assist exhibition organizers and venue owners to minimize COVID-19 risk. This system is widely used by our customers. Our reputation as a reliable and efficient software developer has earned us contracts from major customers in a competitive market.

•        Our market reputation, track record and marketing and selling skills.    Our sales and marketing team comprises of mainly technical staff with product design and programming expertise. We believe this approach allows us to communicate more effectively with our customers or potential customers, which provides us with first-hand knowledge of our customers’ needs, allowing us to develop software that meets their requirements quickly.

Growth Strategy

We have developed and intend to implement the following strategies to expand and grow the size of our Company:

•        Grow revenue with existing and new customers — We intend to pursue additional revenue opportunities from existing customers. We will focus on continuing to deliver high quality software and services and identifying additional opportunities with existing customers as they will continue to constitute a significant portion of our revenues and medium-term growth. We will also continue to target certain new customers, using our comprehensive service and software offerings, combined with increasingly deep domain expertise in the exhibition industry and property management industry.

•        Continue to invest in research and development, deepen domain expertise and develop specific solutions for target industry verticals — We will continue to enhance our domain knowledge in the exhibition industry and property management industry and relevant business-specific processes. As our industry and service expertise grow, we intend to leverage the knowledge accumulated in our work with our customers to more effectively address their business-specific needs. In addition, we plan to continue investing in research and development (“R&D”), focusing on developing solutions that leverage our industry experience and R&D capabilities, to combine proprietary applications with our services to best address customer needs.

•        Continue to invest in training and development of our human capital base — We place a high priority on attracting, training, developing and retaining our human capital base to further increase our competitiveness. We will build and train our professional talent pool to ensure the sustainable supply of IT talent resources.

90

Table of Contents

•        Drive efficiencies through ongoing improvements in operational excellence — We strive to gain significant operating efficiencies by leveraging historical and ongoing investments in infrastructure, R&D and human capital. We operate our business on a single, integrated system, with centralized functions which provide significant economies of scale across our business, as well as cross service offerings. We also expect to continue investing in our own IT infrastructure and more advanced technologies, such as cloud computing, to allow us to enhance our scalability and continue to grow in a more cost-effective fashion. As part of expanding our scale, we intend to continue building up training centers tailored to our human capital needs to deploy human capital more efficiently, thereby improving overall resource utilization and productivity.

Marketing and Sales

We target to become the primary provider of IT services and software for each of our customers. We seek to acquire new account relationships through face-to-face field sales, and targeted direct marketing to increase awareness of our solutions. Our product design team is also our main sales team as they can better explain the salient features of our products to our potential customers. Most of our potential customers have their IT expert on their team and prefer a more technical sales presentation. We also specifically target small and medium-sized enterprise companies in the exhibition industry and property management industry, primarily in PRC.

In the property management sector, our management team can leverage its experience in the sector to pitch and customize our software solutions to potential clients. We often receive referrals from existing clients for potential opportunities. We may also submit pitches to potential clients directly. In particular, our Co-CEO, Mr. Ye Tao’s past service as a senior executive for Times China Holdings Limited provides us with unique insight into developing and tailoring our product offerings to property management companies. For each case, our sales support and technical sales personnel work closely with the potential client in understanding their needs, propose and present a demo system in the business pitch, and continuously engage with the client to identify the optimal solutions.

In the exhibition and conference sector, we rely on our long-standing relationships with our key clients in the sector, such as Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd., to develop new opportunities. For example, we are a panel supplier — a small group of pre-qualified suppliers who maintain long-standing relationships with the selecting client — for Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd., and have been a long-time collaborator with various projects with the company. As exhibition organizers like Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd. and CISMEF often organize various exhibitions and conferences throughout the region and country at various locations and different time of the year, we have the opportunity to pitch and potentially serve as a vendor for various exhibitions over the year. If the exhibitions are government-run, we may go through a formal bid process for government contracts. For each exhibition where we serve as a vendor, we have the opportunities to develop working relationships with the exhibitors who may use or see our software or services and develop further relationships and potential projects. As we build our brand in the sector with our services, we have developed a reputation for providing quality, customized exhibition and conferencing solutions for exhibitions of different sizes or needs.

For both property management and exhibition and conference solutions, our pricing structure is primarily based on our estimated work hours and numbers of personnel needed for completing the project. Based on the information and request, we provide an internal estimate for the numbers of hours and number of personnel needed for each project, calculate using our internal hourly baseline rates, and finally adjust the overall price based on relationship and competitive considerations.

In the solar energy space, we establish ourselves by participating in exhibitions and fairs to showcase our products, and use contacts at forums and industrial groups to develop relationships with potential clients and discuss collaborating opportunities. For products in this sector, we offer both standardized and customized software solutions, with our standardized product priced based on the power-generation capacity a client manages, and our customized product priced using a base price and a sliding price scale based on numbers of units a solar power stations the client will need to manage.

We have an integrated marketing team with our sales support and technical sales personnel working closely to support our marketing functions. Our technical sales team is essentially part of our product and technology development teams, with personnel supporting each pitch on an ad-hoc basis. They work closely with potential clients to identify the needs, provide suggested solutions and showcase demo products to potential clients. The technical sales team is further supported by one sale support personnel, providing support services to our technical sales team in compiling pitch materials and providing technical onboarding and training for customers.

91

Table of Contents

Competition

The market for IT services is highly competitive and we expect the competition to intensify. We believe that the principal factors in our markets are industry expertise, breadth and depth of service offerings, quality of the services offered, reputation and track record, marketing skills and price. Domestically, we face competition from the following major competitors: Eastfair Technology Company Limited, Shanghai Tonggao Information and Technology Company Limited, Shenzhen Jeez Technology Co Ltd., and Guangdong Cyberway Information and Technology Company Limited. Internationally, we face competition from the following major competitors: iChef Co., Ltd., Everywhere Limited, and Eats365 Inc. These competitors are all larger companies and possess a considerable market share in IT services industry. While compared with above competitors, as an IT business solution provider, we have been focusing on delivering consulting and solutions services to companies in the exhibition industry and property management industry.

Intellectual Property

We regard our trademarks, copyrights, patents, domain names, know-how, proprietary technologies, and similar intellectual property as critical to their success, and we rely on copyright, trademark and patent law in PRC, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions with their employees, contractors and others to protect their proprietary rights.

The Company has registered the following software copyrights with the Copyright Protection Center of China, the national copyright registration agency supervised by the National Copyright Administration of China:

No.

 

Software Name

 

Registration No.

 

Version

 

Development Completed Time

 

Registration Date

1

 

Youlin community cloud smart community platform

(友邻社区云智慧社区平台)

 

2022SR0560962

 

V2.0

 

2019-2-25

 

2022-5-6

2

 

Youlin community cloud financial management system

(友邻社区云财务管理系统)

 

2022SR0309524

 

V2.0

 

2019-2-25

 

2022-3-4

3

 

Youzhan cloud intelligent ticket management system

(友展云智能票证管理系统)

 

2019SR1209673

 

V1.0

 

2018-12-1

 

2019-11-25

4

 

Youzhan cloud online registration system

(友展云在线报名登记系统)

 

2019SR1209674

 

V1.0

 

2018-12-1

 

2019-11-25

5

 

Youzhan cloud exhibitor integrated service system (exh)

(友展云参展商综合服务系统(exh))

 

2022SR0240414

 

V1.0

 

2021-12-15

 

2022-2-17

6

 

Youlin community cloud house rental and sale system

(友邻社区云房屋租售系统)

 

2022SR0321475

 

V1.0

 

2021-12-15

 

2022-3-8

Corporation Information

Our principal executive offices are located at B046 of Room 801, 11 Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC. Our registered office in the BVI is at Vistra Corporate Service Center, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG 1110, British Virgin Islands. We maintain a website at www.youlinyun.cn.

Employees

As of the date of this prospectus, we have 30 employees. Our employees are not represented by a labor union, and we believe that we have good relations with our employees. The functional areas of our employees are as follows:

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

 


Change

Technology

 

13

 

13

 

(0

)

Operation & Administration

 

3

 

4

 

1

 

Management

 

4

 

4

 

(0

)

Total

 

20

 

21

 

1 

 

92

Table of Contents

Facilities

The Company has leased for the following two locations:

Facility

 

Address

 

Monthly Rent

 

Space
(m2)

 

Lease terms

Guangzhou Sanyi Network Office

 

Room 701-702, Building A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, Zhongdapu District, 135 Xingang West Rd, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province

 

RMB 18,092.95 (US$2,602)

 

190.45

 

April 1, 2023 to March 31, 2024

Guangzhou Sanyi Network Warehouse

 

First Floor, 11 Dongerxiang, Xinyi Rd, Caohe, Qiaonan Street, Panyu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province

 

RMB1,200 (US$173)

 

100

 

March 6, 2023 to March 5, 2024

Guangzhou 3E Network Office

 

B046 of Room 801,11 Sixing Street Huangge Town, Nasha District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province

 

RMB7,400 (US$1,067)

 

200

 

May 25,2023 to May 24,2024

____________

Note: The current leases for both locations do not provide for automatic renewal. New agreements need to be reached for renewal of either leases.

The operating lease expenses amounted to US$19,078 and US$27,606 for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of June 30 ,2023 and 2022, we have no operating lease commitment for more than 1 year.

We believe our facilities are sufficient for our business operation.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings. We may from time to time be subject to various legal or administrative claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Litigation or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, is likely to result in substantial cost and diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.

Governmental Regulations

Our operations are subject to numerous laws of PRC and regulations in a number of areas including, but not limited to, areas of labor and employment, advertising, e-commerce, tax, data privacy requirements, anti-competition, and environmental, health, and safety. We have implemented policies and procedures designed to help comply with applicable laws and regulations. We strive to stay up to date on any new laws or regulations that appear that affect the Company or our customers in order to provide custom IT solutions that comply with such laws and regulations.

93

Table of Contents

REGULATIONS

Regulations Related to our Business Operation in PRC

We operate our business in the PRC under a legal regime consisting of the National People’s Congress, which is the country’s highest legislative body, the State Council, which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the PRC central government, and several ministries and agencies under its authority, including the SAFE, the Ministry of Commerce (the “MOFCOM”), the National Development and Reform Commission (the “NDRC”), the State Administration for Market Regulation (the “SAMR”), formerly known as the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (the “SAIC”), the Ministry of Civil Affairs (the “MCA”), and their respective authorized local counterparts.

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in the PRC.

Regulation Relating to Foreign Investment

All limited liability companies incorporated and operating in the PRC are governed by the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Company Law, whose latest version was amended and promulgated by the SCNPC and became effective on October 26, 2018. The Company Law generally governs two types of companies, namely limited liability companies and joint stock limited companies. Both types of companies have the status of legal persons, and the liability of shareholders of a limited liability company or a joint stock limited company is limited to the amount of registered capital they have contribute. Foreign invested projects must also comply with the Company Law, with exceptions as specified in foreign investment laws.

With respect to the establishment and operation of wholly foreign-owned projects, or WFOE, the MOFCOM and NDRC, promulgated the Special Administrative Measures for the Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List) (2021 Version) (the “2021 Negative List”) on December 27, 2021, which became effective on January 1, 2022. The 2021 Negative List replaced the Special Administrative Measures for the Access of Foreign Investment (2020 Version) (the “2020 Negative List”) and serves as the main basis for management and guidance for the MOFCOM to manage and supervise foreign investments. Those industries not set out on the 2021 Negative List shall be classified as industries permitted for foreign investment. None of our businesses are on the 2021 Negative List, nor on the 2020 Negative List. Therefore, the Company is able to conduct its business through its indirect wholly-owned PRC subsidiaries and wholly-owned Hong Kong subsidiary without being subject to restrictions imposed by the foreign investment laws and regulations of the PRC.

The Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Foreign Investment Law”) was adopted by the second meeting of the 13th National People’s Congress on March 15, 2019, which became effective on January 1, 2020. On December 26, 2019, the State Council promulgated the Regulation for Implementing the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Regulation”), which became effective on January 1, 2020.

The Foreign Investment Law and the Regulation apply the administrative system of pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list to foreign investment and clarify the state shall develop a catalogue of industries for encouraging foreign investment to specify the industries, fields, and regions where foreign investors are encouraged and directed to invest. Investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors were principally governed by the Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment, which was promulgated by the MOFCOM and the NDRC and was abolished by the 2021 Negative List and Catalogue of Industries for Encouraging Foreign Investment (2022 version), or the “Encouraging List”. The 2021 Negative List sets out special administrative measures in respect of the access of foreign investments in a centralized manner, and the Encouraging List, which came into effect on January 1, 2023, sets out the encouraged industries for foreign investment.

Regulation Relating to Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises

The abovementioned Company Law of the People’s Republic of China provides that companies established in the PRC may take the form of company of limited liability or company limited by shares. Each company has the status of a legal person and owns its assets itself. Assets of a company may be used in full for the company’s liability. The Company Law applies to foreign-invested companies unless relevant laws provide otherwise.

94

Table of Contents

The Foreign Investment Law replaced Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises. It stipulates that the PRC implements a system of pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list for the administration of foreign investment. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields or sectors prohibited in the market access negative list for foreign investment. Foreign investors that intend to invest in the fields subject to access restrictions stipulated in market access negative list for foreign investment shall satisfy the conditions stipulated in such negative list. The PRC policies supporting enterprise development are equally applicable to foreign-invested enterprises. The PRC does not impose expropriation on foreign investment. Under special circumstances, if it requires imposing expropriation on foreign investment due to the need of public interest, expropriation shall be imposed according to legal procedures, and the foreign-invested enterprises concerned shall receive fair and reasonable compensation. Foreign-invested enterprises can raise funds through public issuance of stocks, corporate bonds and other securities in accordance with the law. Overall, The Foreign Investment Law establishes the clear principle of applying national treatment to FIEs except those engaged in industries on the 2020 Negative List or the 2021 Negative List. Since our current and planned business is not on the 2020 Negative List or the 2021 Negative List, to the best of our knowledge, it will not create any material adverse effect to our Company’s business.

Regulations Relating to Internet Information Security and Privacy Protection

Internet information in China is regulated from a national security standpoint. The National People’s Congress of China, has enacted the Decisions on Preserving Internet Security in December 2000, which was further amended in August 2009 and subjects violators to potential criminal punishment in China for any attempt to: (i) gain improper entry into a computer or system of strategic importance; (ii) disseminate politically disruptive information; (iii) leak state secrets; (iv) spread false commercial information; (v) infringe intellectual property rights or damage business credit or reputation of others; (vi) intentionally make, spread computer viruses and other destructive programs, attack computer systems and communication networks which lead to damages to such systems and networks; (vii) carry out theft, fraud, racketeering through internet; and (viii) other activities prohibited by relevant laws and regulations. The Ministry of Public Security of the PRC, or the MPS, has promulgated the Administrative Measures for the Computer Information Network and Internet Security Protection in December 1997 and amended it in January 2011, which prohibits use of the internet in ways which, among other things, result in a leak of state secrets or a spread of socially destabilizing content. If an internet information service provider violates these measures, the MPS and its local branches may issue warning, confiscate the illegal gains, impose fines, and, in severe cases, advice competent authority to revoke its operating license or shut down its websites.

Under the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services, issued by the MIIT in December 2011 and implemented in March 2012, an internet information service provider may not collect any user personal information or provide any such information to third parties without the consent of the user. An internet information service provider must expressly inform the users of the method, content and purpose of the collection and processing of such user personal information and may only collect such information necessary for the provision of its services. An internet information service provider is also required to properly maintain the user’s personal information, and in case of any leak or likely leak of the user’s personal information, the internet information service provider must take immediate remedial measures and, in severe circumstances, immediately report to the telecommunications authority. Moreover, pursuant to the Ninth Amendment to the Criminal Law issued by the SCNPC in August 2015 and implemented in November 2015, any internet service provider that fails to fulfill the obligations related to internet information security administration as required by applicable laws and refuses to rectify upon orders, shall be subject to criminal penalty for the result of (i) any dissemination of illegal information in large scale; (ii) any severe effect due to the leakage of the customer’s information; (ii) any severe effect due to leakage of the customers’ information, (iii) any serious loss of criminal evidence; or (iv) other severe situation. Any individual or entity that (i) sells or provides personal information to others in a way violating the applicable law, or (ii) steals or illegally obtains any personal information, shall be subject to criminal penalty in severe situation. In addition, the Interpretations of the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate of the PRC on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in Handling Criminal Cases of Infringing Personal Information, issued in May 2017 and implemented in June 2017, clarified certain standards for the conviction and sentencing of the criminals in relation to personal information infringement.

In November 2016, the SCNPC promulgated the Cybersecurity Law of the PRC, or the Cybersecurity Law, which became effective on June 1, 2017. The Cybersecurity Law requires that a network operator, which includes, among others, internet information services providers, take technical measures and other necessary measures in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and the compulsory requirements of the national and industrial standards to

95

Table of Contents

safeguard the safe and stable operation of its networks. We are subject to such requirements as we operate website and apps and providing certain internet services mainly through our website and apps. The Cybersecurity Law further requires internet information service providers to formulate contingency plans for network security incidents, report to the competent departments immediately upon the occurrence of any incident endangering cyber security and take corresponding remedial measures.

Internet information service providers are also required to maintain the integrity, confidentiality and availability of network data. The Cybersecurity Law reaffirms the basic principles and requirements specified in other existing laws and regulations on personal data protection, such as the requirements on the collection, use, processing, storage and disclosure of personal data, and the requirements for internet information service providers to take technical and other necessary measures to ensure the security of personal information collected from being divulged, damaged or lost. Any violation of the Cybersecurity Law may subject the internet information service provider to warnings, fines, confiscation of illegal gains, revocation of licenses, shutdown of websites or criminal liabilities.

Furthermore, MIIT’s Rules on Protection of Personal Information of Telecommunications and Internet Users promulgated in July 2013 and implemented in September 2013, contain detailed requirements on the use and collection of personal information as well as security measures required to be taken by telecommunications business operators and internet information service providers.

On June 28, 2016, the CAC promulgated the Administrative Provisions on Mobile Internet Applications Information Services, or the APP Provisions, which was implemented on August 1, 2016 and amended June 14, 2022. Under the APP Provisions, mobile application providers are prohibited from engaging in any activity that may endanger national security, disturb the social order, or infringe the legal rights of third parties, or producing, copying, issuing or disseminating through internet mobile applications any content prohibited by laws and regulations. The APP Provisions also require application providers to procure relevant qualifications required by laws and regulations to provide services through such applications.

In June 2021, the SCNPC promulgated the Data Security Law of the PRC, or the Data Security Law, which became effective on September 1, 2021. The Data Security Law is formulated for data security and data protection, and sets forth the requirements for enterprises to serve as the first responsibility bearer for safeguarding data security. The Data Security Law introduces a data classification and hierarchical protection system based on the materiality of data in economic and social development, as well as the degree of harm it will cause to national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of persons or entities when such data is tampered with, destroyed, divulged, or illegally acquired or used. It also provides for a security review procedure for the data activities which may affect national security. We may be subject to such requirements as we operate website and apps, and provide certain internet services mainly through our website and apps. The Data Security Law further requires the entities conducting data handling activities by using the internet shall, based on the graded cybersecurity protection system, establish a data security management system across the entire workflow, organize and conduct data security education and training, and adopt the corresponding technical measures and other necessary measures to ensure data security.

The Cybersecurity Review Measures, or the Review Measures, which were promulgated on April 13, 2020, and amended December 28, 2021, became effective on February 15, 2022. The Review Measures provide that online platform operator holding more than one million users/users’ individual information shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad. On November 14, 2021, the CAC promulgated the Data Security Management Regulations Draft to solicit public opinion and comments, which provides that an overseas initial public offering to be conducted by a data processor processing the personal information of more than one million individuals shall apply for a cybersecurity review. Data processor means an individual or organization that independently make decisions on the purpose and manner of processing in data processing activities.

The Review Measures also provide that if a critical information infrastructure operator, or CIIO, purchases internet products and services that affect or may affect national security, it should be subject to cybersecurity review by the CAC. Due to the lack of further interpretations, the exact scope of what constitutes a “CIIO” remains unclear. Further, the PRC government authorities may have wide discretion in the interpretation and enforcement of these laws. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notice from any authorities identifying us as a CIIO or requiring us to undertake a cybersecurity review by the CAC. Further, as of the date of this prospectus, we have not been subject to any penalties, fines, suspensions, or investigations from any competent authorities for violation of the regulations or policies that have been issued by the CAC. We do not believe that we are subject to the cybersecurity review by the CAC for this offering, given that: (i) we are a company that provide business-to-business software

96

Table of Contents

solutions that does not maintain data of individuals on our server as of the date of this prospectus; and (ii) data processed in our business is less likely to have a bearing on national security, thus making it unlikely for such data to be classified as core or important data by the authorities.

As of the date of this prospectus, the Data Security Management Regulations Draft were released for public comment only. There remains substantial uncertainty with respect to its final content, adoption timeline or effective date. It also remains uncertain as to how the Review Measures and the Data Security Management Regulations Draft will be interpreted or implemented and whether the PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, may adopt new laws, regulations, rules, or detailed implementation and interpretation related to the Review Measures and the Data Security Management Regulations Draft. If any such new laws, regulations, rules, or implementation and interpretation come into effect, we will take all reasonable measures and actions to comply. We cannot assure you that PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, would take the same view as we do, and there is no assurance that we can fully or timely comply with such laws should they be deemed applicable to our operations. There is no certainty as to how such review or prescribed actions would impact our operations and we cannot guarantee that any clearance can be obtained or any actions that may be required can be taken in a timely manner, or at all. It is possible that CAC may require us to file for cybersecurity review. The cybersecurity review procedure usually takes 55-70 business days or even longer in some special cases to complete.

On August 20, 2021, the SCNPC promulgated the Personal Information Protection Law of the PRC, or the Personal Information Protection Law, which became effective on November 1, 2021. As the first systematic and comprehensive law specifically for the protection of personal information in the PRC, the Personal Information Protection Law provides, among others, that (i) an individual’s consent shall be obtained to use sensitive personal information, such as biometric characteristics and individual location tracking, (ii) personal information operators using sensitive personal information shall notify individuals of the necessity of such use and impact on the individual’s rights, and (iii) where personal information operators reject an individual’s request to exercise his or her rights, the individual may file a lawsuit with a People’s Court.

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property

Copyright

China has adopted comprehensive legislation governing intellectual property rights, including trademarks and copyrights. China is a signatory to the primary international conventions on intellectual property rights and has been a member of the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights since its accession to the WTO in December 2001.

In September 1990, the SCNPC promulgated the Copyright Law of the People’s Republic of China, effective in June 1991 and amended in 2001 and 2010 respectively. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to internet activities, products disseminated over the internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the Copyright Protection Centre of China.

In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations, promulgated by the State Council in December 2001 and amended in 2011 and 2013 respectively, the National Copyright Administration issued Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures in February 2002, which specify detailed procedures and requirements with respect to the registration of software copyrights.

Trademark

According to the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the SCNPC in August 1982 and amended in 1993, 2001, 2013 and 2019 respectively, the Trademark Office of China National Intellectual Property Administration is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks and is also responsible for resolving trademark disputes in China. Registered trademarks are valid for ten years from the date the registration is approved. A registrant may apply to renew a registration within twelve months before the expiration date of the registration. If the registrant fails to apply in a timely manner, a grace period of six additional months may be granted. If the registrant fails to apply before the grace period expires, the registered trademark shall be deregistered. Renewed registrations are valid for ten years. In April 2014, the State Council issued the revised Implementation Regulation of the Trademark Law, which specified the requirements of applying for trademark registration and review.

97

Table of Contents

Patent

According to the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC in 1984 and amended in 1992, 2000, 2008 and 2020 respectively, a patentable invention or a utility model must meet three criteria: novelty, inventiveness and practicability. A patent is valid for a twenty-year term for an invention and a ten-year term for a utility model or design, starting from the application date.

Domain Names

In May 2012, the China Internet Network Information Center issued the Implementing Rules for Domain Name Registration setting forth the detailed rules for registration of domain names. In August 2017, the MIIT promulgated the Administrative Measures on Internet Domain Names, or the Domain Name Measures. The Domain Name Measures regulate the registration of domain names, such as the top-level domain name “.cn”.

Regulations on Offshore Parent Holding Companies’ Direct Investment in and Loans to Their PRC Subsidiaries

An offshore company may invest equity in a PRC company, which will become the PRC subsidiary of the offshore holding company after investment. Such equity investment is subject to a series of laws and regulations generally applicable to any foreign-invested enterprise in China, all as amended from time to time, and their respective implementing rules; the Administrative Provisions on Foreign Exchange in Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors; and the Notice of the State Administration on Foreign Exchange on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment. Under the aforesaid laws and regulations, the increase of the registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise is subject to the prior approval by the original approval authority of its establishment. In addition, the increase of registered capital and total investment amount shall both be reported to and registered with SAMR and SAFE. Shareholder loans made by offshore parent holding companies to their PRC subsidiaries are regarded as foreign debts in China for regulatory purpose, which is subject to a number of PRC laws and regulations, including the PRC Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, the Interim Measures on Administration on Foreign Debts, the Tentative Provisions on the Statistics Monitoring of Foreign Debts and its implementation rules, and the Administration Rules on the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange. Under these regulations, the shareholder loans made by offshore parent holding companies to their PRC subsidiaries shall be registered with SAFE.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

Pursuant to the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, as amended in August 2008, the RMB is freely convertible for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not for capital account items, such as direct investments, loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside the PRC, unless SAFE’s prior approval is obtained and prior registration with SAFE is made. In May 2013 SAFE promulgated the Circular of SAFE on Printing and Distributing the Administrative Provision on Foreign Exchange in Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and Relevant Supporting Documents which provides for and simplifies the operational steps and regulations on foreign exchange matters related to direct investment by foreign investors, including foreign exchange registration, account opening and use, receipt and payment of funds, and settlement and sales of foreign exchange.

Pursuant to the Circular on Relevant Issues concerning Foreign Exchange Administration of Overseas Investment and Financing and Return Investments Conducted by Domestic Residents through Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles or SAFE Circular 37, promulgated by SAFE and which became effective on July 4, 2014, (a) a PRC resident shall register with the local SAFE branch before he or she contributes assets or equity interests in an overseas special purpose vehicle, or Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV), that is directly established or controlled by the PRC Resident for the purpose of conducting investment or financing; and (b) following the initial registration, the PRC Resident is also required to register with the local SAFE branch for any major change, in respect of the Overseas SPV, including, among other things, a change of the Overseas SPV’s PRC Resident shareholder(s), name of the Overseas SPV, term of operation, or any increase or reduction of the Overseas SPV’s registered capital, share transfer or swap, and merger or division. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, failure to comply with these registration procedures may result in penalties.

98

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Circular of SAFE on Further Simplifying and Improving the Direct Investment-related Foreign Exchange Administration Policies, or SAFE Notice 13, which was promulgated on February 13, 2015 and with effect from June 1, 2015, the foreign exchange registration under domestic direct investment and the foreign exchange registration under overseas direct investment is directly reviewed and handled by banks in accordance with the SAFE Notice 13, and the SAFE and its branches shall perform indirect regulation over the foreign exchange registration via banks.

Regulations Relating to Dividend Distribution

The principal regulations governing dividend distributions of wholly foreign-owned enterprises include:

•        the Company Law (2018 Revision);

•        the Foreign Investment Law

•        the Regulations on the Implementation of Foreign Investment Law

Under these regulations, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou 3E Network, as wholly foreign-owned enterprises, are required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital.

Regulations Relating to Overseas Listings

In August 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the CSRC, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, amended in June 2009. The M&A Rules, among other things, require that if an overseas company established or controlled by PRC companies or individuals, or PRC Citizens, intends to acquire equity interests or assets of any other PRC domestic company affiliated with the PRC Citizens, such acquisition must be submitted to MOFCOM for approval. The M&A Rules also require that an Overseas SPV that is controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that has acquired PRC domestic companies’ equities with the SPV’s shares shall obtain CSRC approval prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.

On February 17, 2023, the CSRC promulgated the Trial Administrative Measures and five supporting guidelines, which will become effective on March 31, 2023. According to the Trial Administrative Measures, among other requirements, (1) a domestic company that seek to offer or list securities overseas, both directly and indirectly, should fulfil the filing procedures with the CSRC, failure of which may result in administrative penalties for the domestic company; (2) if the issuer meets both of the following conditions, the overseas offering and listing shall be determined as an indirect overseas offering and listing by a domestic company: (i) any of the total assets, net assets, revenues or profits of the domestic operating entities of the issuer in the most recent accounting year accounts for more than 50% of the corresponding figure in the issuer’s audited consolidated financial statements for the same period; (ii) its major operational activities are carried out in China or its main places of business are located in China, or the senior managers in charge of operation and management of the issuer are mostly Chinese citizens or are domiciled in China; and (3) where a domestic company seeks to indirectly offer and list securities in an overseas market, the issuer shall designate a major domestic operating entity responsible for all filing procedures with the CSRC, and such filings shall be submitted to the CSRC within three business days after the submission of the overseas offering and listing application.

On the same day, the CSRC also held a press conference for the release of the Trial Administrative Measures and issued the Notice on Administration for the Filing of Overseas Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, which clarifies that (1) on or prior to the effective date of the Trial Administrative Measures, domestic companies that have already submitted valid applications for overseas offering and listing but have not obtained approval from overseas regulatory agencies or stock exchanges may reasonably arrange the timing for submitting their filing applications with the CSRC, and must complete the filing before the completion of their overseas offering and listing; and (2) a six-month transition period will be granted to domestic companies which, prior to the effective date of the Trial Measures, have already obtained the approval from overseas regulatory agencies or stock exchanges, but have not completed the indirect overseas listing; if domestic companies fail to complete the overseas listing within such six-month transition period, they shall file with the CSRC according to the requirements.

99

Table of Contents

On February 24, 2023, the CSRC revised the Archives Rules issued in 2009, and the revised Archives Rules became effect on March 31, 2023. In the overseas listing activities of domestic companies, domestic companies, as well as securities companies and securities service institutions providing relevant securities services thereof, should establish a sound system of confidentiality and archival work, shall not disclose state secrets, or harm the state and public interests. Where a domestic company provides or publicly discloses to the relevant securities companies, securities service institutions, overseas regulatory agencies and other entities and individuals, or provides or publicly discloses through its overseas listing entity, any document or material involving any state secret or any work secret of any governmental agency, it shall report to the competent authority for approval in accordance with the law, and submit to the secrecy administration department for filing.

Regulations Relating to Employment

The Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Labor Law, which became effective in January 1995 and was amended in 2018, and the Employment Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Employment Contract Law, which became effective in January 2008 and was amended in 2012, require employers to provide written contracts to their employees, restrict the use of temporary workers and aim to give employees long-term job security. Employers must pay their employees’ wages equal to or above local minimum wage standards, establish labor safety and workplace sanitation systems, comply with state labor rules and standards and provide employees with appropriate training on workplace safety. In September 2008, the State Council promulgated the Implementing Regulations for the PRC Employment Contract Law which became effective immediately and interprets and supplements the provisions of the Employment Contract Law.

Under the Labor Contract Law, an employer shall limit the number of dispatched workers so that they do not exceed a certain percentage of its total number of workers. In January 2014, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security issued the Interim Provisions on Labor Dispatching, which became effective in March 2014, pursuant to which it provides that the number of dispatched workers used by an employer shall not exceed 10% of the total number of its employees.

The PRC governmental authorities have passed a variety of laws and regulations regarding social insurance and housing funds from time to time, including, among others, the Social Insurance Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Regulation of Insurance for Labor Injury, the Regulations of Insurance for Unemployment, the Provisional Insurance Measures for Maternal Employees, the Interim Administrative Provisions on Registration of Social Insurance and the Administrative Regulations on the Housing Provident Fund. Pursuant to these laws and regulations, enterprises in the PRC shall provide their employees with welfare schemes covering pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, occupational injury insurance and medical insurance, as well as housing fund and other welfare plans. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations may result in various fines and legal sanctions and supplemental contributions to the local social insurance and housing fund regulatory agencies.

Regulations Relating to Customer Rights Protection

The PRC Customer Rights and Interests Protection Law, or Customer Protection Law, as amended October 25, 2013 and implemented on March 15, 2014, sets out the obligations of business operators and the rights and interests of the customers. Pursuant to this law, business operators must guarantee that the commodities they sell satisfy the requirements for personal or property safety, provide customers with authentic information about the commodities, and guarantee the quality, function, usage and term of validity of the commodities. Failure to comply with the Customer Protection Law may subject business operators to civil liabilities such as refunding purchase prices, exchange of commodities, repairing, ceasing damages, compensation, and restoring reputation, and even subject the business operators or the responsible individuals to criminal penalties if business operators commit crimes by infringing the legitimate rights and interests of customers.

Regulations Relating to Tax in the PRC

Income Tax

The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law was promulgated in March 2007 and was most recently amended in December 2018. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law applies a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, except where tax incentives are granted to special industries and projects. Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management

100

Table of Contents

bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise.

In April 2009, MOF and SAT jointly issued the Notice on Issues Concerning Process of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59. In December 2009, SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Circular 698. Both Circular 59 and Circular 698 became effective retroactively as of January 2008. In March 2011, SAT issued the Notice on Several Issues Regarding the Income Tax of Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 24, effective in April 2011. By promulgating and implementing these circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-resident enterprise.

In February 2015, SAT issued the Notice on Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 7, to supersede existing provisions in relation to the indirect transfer as set forth in Circular 698, while the other provisions of Circular 698 remain in force. SAT Circular 7 introduces a new tax regime that is significantly different from that under Circular 698. SAT Circular 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to capture not only indirect transfers as set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held under the establishment, and placement in China, of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. SAT Circular 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interest in a foreign intermediate holding company broadly. In addition, SAT Circular 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and introduces safe harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee of the indirect transfer as they have to determine whether the transaction should be subject to PRC tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly. In October 2017, SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 37, amended in June 2018. The SAT Circular 37 superseded the Non-resident Enterprises Measures and SAT Circular 698 as a whole and partially amended some provisions in SAT Circular 24 and SAT Circular 7. SAT Circular 37 purports to clarify certain issues in the implementation of the above regime, by providing, among others, the definition of equity transfer income and tax basis, the foreign exchange rate to be used in the calculation of withholding amount, and the date of occurrence of the withholding obligation. Specifically, SAT Circular 37 provides that where the transfer income subject to withholding at source is derived by a non-PRC resident enterprise in installments, the installments may first be treated as recovery of costs of previous investments. Upon recovery of all costs, the tax amount to be withheld must then be computed and withheld.

Value-Added Tax

The PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax were promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993, which became effective on January 1, 1994 and were subsequently amended from time to time. The Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax (2011 Revision) was promulgated by the MOF on December 25, 1993 and subsequently amended December 15, 2008 and October 28, 2011. On November 19, 2017, the State Council promulgated the Decisions on Abolishing the PRC Provisional Regulations on Business Tax and Amending the PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax. Pursuant to these regulations, rules and decisions, all enterprises and individuals engaged in sale of goods, provision of processing, repair, and replacement services, sales of services, intangible assets, real property, and the importation of goods within the PRC territory are VAT taxpayers. On March 21, 2019, the MOF, the SAT, and the General Administration of Customs jointly issued the Announcement on Relevant Policies on Deepen the Reform of Value-Added Tax. Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of goods, net of VAT. The VAT is based on gross sales price, starting from April 1, 2019, the VAT rate was lowered to 13%.

101

Table of Contents

Regulations Related to the British Virgin Islands

Regulations related to the BVI Data Protection Act, 2021

The Data Protection Act, 2021 (the “BVI DPA”) came into force in the BVI on 9 July 2021. The BVI DPA establishes a framework of rights and duties designed to safeguard individuals’ personal data, balanced against the need of public authorities, businesses and organizations to collect and use personal data for lawful purposes. The BVI DPA is centered around seven data protection principles (the General Principle, the Notice and Choice Principle, the Disclosure Principle, the Security Principle, the Retention Principle, the Data Protection Principle and the Access Principle) which require that:

•        personal data must not be processed without consent unless specific conditions are met and must not be transferred outside the BVI, unless there is proof of adequate data protection safeguards or consent from the data subject;

•        where consent has been given to processing of personal data, the data subject may at any time withdraw his or her consent;

•        a data controller must inform a data subject of specific matters, for instance the purposes for which it is being collected and further processed;

•        personal data must not be disclosed for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was to be disclosed at the time of collection or a purpose directly related thereto or to any party other than a third party of a class previously notified to the data subject;

•        a data controller shall, when processing personal data, take practical steps to protect personal data from loss, misuse, modification, unauthorized or accidental access or disclosure, alteration or destruction;

•        personal data must not be kept for longer than is necessary for the purpose;

•        personal data must be accurate, complete, not misleading and kept up to date; and

•        a data subject must be given access to his or her own personal data and be able to correct that data where it is inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or not up to date, except where a request for such access or correction is refused under the BVI DPA.

The BVI DPA imposes specific obligations on data controllers, including the duty to (i) apply the data protection principles; and (ii) respond in a timely fashion to requests from data subjects in relation to their personal data.

The Information Commissioner is the regulator responsible for the proper functioning and enforcement of the BVI DPA. Offences under the BVI DPA include

•        processing sensitive personal data in contravention of the BVI DPA;

•        willfully obstructing the Information Commissioner or an authorized officer in the conduct of his or her duties and functions;

•        willfully disclosing personal information in contravention of the BVI DPA; and

•        collecting, storing or disposing of personal information in a manner that contravenes the BVI DPA.

•        any information available to the data controller as to the source of the personal data and the data subject’s right to request access to and correct the personal data. Where consent has been given to processing of personal data, the data subject may at any time withdraw his or her consent;

Offences committed under the BVI DPA may result in fines (up to US$500,000 in certain cases) or imprisonment. Further, a data subject who suffers damage or distress as a result of their data being processed in contravention of the BVI DPA may institute civil proceedings in the BVI courts.

102

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is information concerning our directors, executive officers and other key employees.

The following individuals are members of the Board and management of the Company.

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Ye Tao

 

39

 

Co-Chief Executive Officer

Tingjun Yang

 

41

 

Co-Chief Executive Officer

Joseph Shu Sang Law

 

63

 

Chairman

Hui Wang

 

39

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director

Na Mi

 

39

 

Independent Director Nominee*

Xishi Yuan

 

27

 

Independent Director Nominee*

Hailiang Jia

 

47

 

Independent Director Nominee*

Zhaolai Deng

 

37

 

Chief Product Officer

Zhiyong Lin

 

36

 

Chief Technology Officer

Haodong Li

 

41

 

Chief Operating Officer

*        The appointment onto the board of directors as well as each of the committees of the board will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers and directors:

Mr. Ye Tao, 39, Co-Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Tao founded Guangzhou Sanyi Network, our main operating subsidiary, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since May 2017. A veteran in the technology and real estate sectors with more than 15 years of professional experience, Mr. Tao most recently served as a vice president at Times China Holdings Limited (HKEX: 1233), a Chinese real estate developer, between July 2015 to May 2017. At Times China, Mr. Tao founded and led its Smart Community Project and property management software solution portfolios. Before that, Mr. Tao served as vice president for market operations at Guangzhou Shengcheng Mama Internet Technology Co. Ltd., an e-commerce business, from March 2015 to July 2015. Earlier in his career, Mr. Tao spent almost a decade at Global Market (Asia) Group, a business-to-business (B2B) trading platform. From June 2006 to February 2015, Mr. Tao rose through the ranks to serve as a marketing director. In his role at Global Market Group, he founded and managed Feifei Mall, a direct-to-consumer household e-commerce website. Mr. Tao received his bachelor’s degree in international trade from Jinan University, Guangdong Province, China in 2006.

Dr. Tingjun Yang, 41, Co-Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Yang first joined HK 3e Network in October 2023 as its chief executive officer. Previously, from September 2013 to September 2023, Dr. Yang served as head of technology for Hangzhou Phantec Co. Ltd., a technology company he helped found that focuses on data analytics and data mining. Dr. Yang has extensive research experience in data analytics. Before helping establish Hangzhou Phantec Co. Ltd., from June 2010 to September 2013, Dr. Yang spent almost three years conducting research and working on his PhD dissertation in computer science at his alma mater, Zhejiang University. From July 2009 to June 2010, Dr. Yang served as a structure engineer for Alibaba Cloud Computing Co. Ltd., the cloud computing division of Alibaba Group, one of the largest Chinese technology companies. Dr. Yang received his PhD in computer science in 2015 and his Bachelor’s degree in computer science in 2004, both from Zhejiang University.

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law, 63, Chairman and member of the Board of Directors. An avid PRC investor and experienced executive, Mr. Law joined our Company as an investor and controlling shareholder in November 2018. Mr. Law has served as director of Sunny Capital Limited, a personal investment holding company, since July 10, 1993, and Harbour Well Limited, another personal holding investment company, since March 2012. With extensive experience in financial management and public company operations, Mr. Law previously served as an non-executive director for Zhuguang Holdings Group Company Limited (HKEX: 1176), a real estate developer, between June 2012 to May 2015, and as an executive director of Soluteck Holdings Limited (HKEX: 8111, now known as China Technology Industry Group Limited), a PRC company focused on the development of new energy and solar energy technologies, between July 2010 to October 2010. Earlier in his career, Mr. Law held senior positions in investment banking with major international investment banks in Hong Kong before starting running his personal investment business in 2002. He received a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Cardiff University, UK in 1983, and is a member of the Institute of Charter Accountants in England and Wales and the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountant.

103

Table of Contents

We believe that Mr. Law qualifies as the Chairman and a member of our Board, because of his extensive experience in financial investment, management and accounting.

Ms. Hui Wang, 39, Chief Financial Officer and member of the Board of Directors. Experienced in corporate finance, Ms. Wang joined Guangzhou Sanyi Network as Vice President in April 2020, advising the company on corporate and investment matters and facilitating the process for US listing. From February 2018 to March 2020, she served as the Vice President of Investment Banking Department of Hong Kong Standard Perpetual Asset Management Limited, an asset manager, providing clients with consulting services on many complex matters involving IPO, private equity, venture capital, foreign direct investment, cross-border mergers and acquisitions, corporate governance, etc. From June 2016 to January 2018, she served as Vice President of Shenzhen HaidunYinghua Fund Technology Co., LTD., a financial technology company, responsible for the overall operation and management of the company. From July 2009 to March 2016, she worked for Vtech (HKSE: 303), an electronic learning product provider, and Samsung Group, the South Korean electronics conglomerate, respectively, in various corporate management positions. Ms. Wang received her bachelor’s degree in business management from Shenzhen University, Guangdong Province, China in 2008.

We believe that Ms. Wang qualifies as a member of our Board, because of her knowledge about the U.S. securities market and corporate management experience.

Ms. Na Mi, 39, nominee to serve as a member of the Board of Directors. Ms. Mi is an experienced broadcasting journalist and with about 15 years of experience in journalism, digital media, and public relations. Since June 2010, she has served as a news anchor for Zhengzhou Radio and Television Station Between March 2008 and May 2010, she served as a news host for Jiangxi Radio and Television Network in Jiangxi Province, China. Ms. Mi has participated in numerous national scale media projects, and has received industrial accolades for her work as a journalist. In 2014, she was one of 27 finalists nominated for the Golden Microphone Award, an annual national award presented by the China Federation of Radio and Television Associations to the top broadcasting journalists in China between 1993 and 2014. Ms. Mi received a master’s degree in broadcasting and anchoring, from Communication University of China in 2018 and a bachelor’s degree in broadcasting and anchoring from Jiangxi Normal University in 2008.

We believe that Ms. Mi qualifies as a member of our Board, because the Company could benefit from her knowledge and experience in news media and public relations in managing our public and investor relationship and her expertise in digital communication and technologies in expanding the reach of our products and services.

Ms. Xishi Yuan, 27, nominee to serve as a member of the Board of Directors. Ms. Yuan served as CEO of Hong Kong Martha International Culture Communication Co., Ltd., from June 2018 to September 2021, a female-focused social media marketing firm. Between September 2021 and March 2022, she also served as vice president of WeShine Co., Ltd., a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) provider of corporate account management solutions for business users on the WeChat platform, where she focused her role on assisting business and corporate development of the company. Ms. Yuan received a Docter of Business Administration (DBA) degree in 2023, and a Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree in 2021, from EU Business School in Geneva, Switzerland, and a Bachelor’s Degree in Economics in 2019 from Eastern China Jiaotong University in Jiangxi Province, China.

We believe that Ms. Yuan qualifies as a member of our Board, because the Company could benefit from her experience and network in the SaaS space in developing and expanding its software service offering.

Mr. Hailiang Jia, 47, nominee to serve as a member of the Board of Directors. Mr. Jia has over 20 years of experience in financial accounting and management, with a special focus on financial consultancy and advisory services for companies preparing for public listings in China. He is a Certified Accountant and Certified Asset Appraiser in the PRC. Since February 2023, he has served as a registered account at Hebei Huatai United Accounting Firm, an accounting firm based in Hebei Province, China. Before that, he served as a registered account at various accounting firms, including at Hebei Nanzhan Accounting Firm from December 2020 to February 2023, at the Guangzhou office of Shanghai Certified Public Accountants from October 2017 to December 2020, at Guangzhou Hanqi Guozheng Accounting Firm from October 2013 to October 2017, and at Henan Tiande Accounting Firm from August 2012 to October 2013. In his capacity as lead external financial advisor or consultant, Mr. Jia assisted numerous companies across industries in the preparation of their securities listing process on the National Equities Exchange and Quotations (NEEQ), the primary over-the-counter trading platform in the PRC, the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (SZSE), the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong (HKEX), the three primary stock exchanges in the PRC. In these roles, Mr. Jia worked closely with and advised the management of the listing companies on matters from financial management, internal control, tax planning, to auditing. Mr. Jia’s clients spanned

104

Table of Contents

across industries, including Zhengzhou SMS Electric Co., Ltd. (SZSE: 002857), Zhengzhou Wote Energy Efficiency Technology Co. Ltd. (NEEQ: 871464), among others. Earlier in his career, Mr. Jia served as head of finance of Henan Haiyang Chemical Fiber Group Co., Ltd., a textile and chemical fiber manufacturer, from June 2003 to October 2008, and as a finance officer of Zhengzhou Lihua Sports Good Co., Ltd. from July 2000 to May 2003. Mr. Jia received a bachelor’s degree in financial accounting from the Zhengzhou Institute of Food Science, the predecessor of Henan University of Technology, in Henan Province, in 2000.

We believe that Mr. Jia qualifies as a member of our Board, because of his financial accounting and management experience.

Mr. Zhaolai Deng, 37, Chief Product Officer. Mr. Deng joined Guangzhou Sanyi Network, our main operating subsidiary, in August 2017, and has served as its Chief Product Officer ever since. In his role, he leads the planning, design and development of our software solutions. Before joining Guangzhou Sanyi Network, Mr. Deng served as the product director at Guangzhou Feigou Import and Export Co., Ltd., a cross-border e-commerce website, from October 2015 to July 2017, where he led the development and management of the company’s online shopping platform. Before that, Mr. Deng served as a senior product manager at Global Market (Asia) Group, a B2B trading platform, between September 2009 to May 2014, where he focused on the development and management of its online shopping platform. Mr. Deng started his career as a product manager between July 2007 and January 2008 at HSBC Software Development Guangdong Co., Ltd., an IT solution subsidiary of HSBC, the global financial institution. Mr. Deng received his bachelor’s degree in software engineering from Jilin University, Jilin Province, China in 2007.

Mr. Zhiyong Lin, 36, Chief Technology Officer. The head of our IT team, Mr. Lin joined Guangzhou Sanyi Network, our main operating subsidiary, in September 2017, and has served as its Chief Technology Officer ever since. Before joining Guangzhou Sanyi Network, Mr. Lin served as technical director for Guangzhou Shengcheng Mama Internet Technology Co., Ltd., an e-commerce business, between April 2015 to August 2018. Prior to his position at Shengcheng Mama, Mr. Lin worked at Global Market (Asia) Group, a B2B trading platform, as its technical director, between July 2013 to April 2015. At Global Market Group, he was responsible for the establishment of the online platform for Feifei Mall, a DTC household e-commerce website. Earlier in his career, Mr. Lin also served as a technical partner for Changsha Candy Network Co. Ltd., a social networking platform, between October 2012 to May 2013, and as an engineer for 39.net, a health and medical information service provider in China, between May 2008 to September 2012. Mr. Lin received his bachelor’s degree in computer science and technology from Guangdong University of Technology, Guangdong Province, China in 2008.

Ms. Haodong Li, 41, Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Li joined Guangzhou Sanyi Network, our main operating subsidiary, in September 2017, as Chief Operating Officer. In this role, Ms. Li oversees operation, corporate and marketing functions of our businesses. Ms. Li has more than a decade of experience in business development and marketing. Previously, she served as a business development director at Times China Holdings Limited (HKEX: 1233), a real estate developer, between January 2016 to August 2017, where she was responsible for the business development of the community management platforms of the company. Before that, she spent more than nine years between February 2006 to December 2015 as a marketing specialist at Global Market (Asia) Group, the B2B trading platform, where she served in the sales and marketing department and rose to the position as marketing manager. Ms. Li received her bachelor’s degree in international business management from Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, Guangdong Province, China in 2004, and her master’s degree in project management from the University of Manchester, UK in 2005.

Family Relationships

None of the directors or executive officers have a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years, been involved in any legal proceedings described in subparagraph (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

105

Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon closing of this offering. Our board of directors have determined that our three independent director appointees, Na Mi, Xishi Yuan and Hailiang Jia satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Listing Rules of Nasdaq Stock Market and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Duties of Directors

Under BVI law, our directors owe fiduciary duties both at common law and under statute, including a statutory duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. When exercising powers or performing duties as a director, our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, taking into account without limitation the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken by him. In exercising the powers of a director, the directors must exercise their powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the company acting in a manner that contravenes our Amended and Restated Articles or the BVI Act. See “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our directors’ fiduciary duties under BVI law. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our Amended and Restated Articles. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

•        appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;

•        authorizing the payment of donations to religious, charitable, public or other bodies, clubs, funds or associations as deemed advisable;

•        exercising the borrowing powers of the company and mortgaging the property of the company;

•        executing checks, promissory notes and other negotiable instruments on behalf of the company; and

•        maintaining or registering a register of relevant charges of the company.

Terms of Directors and Executive Officers

Each of our directors holds office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified unless the director was appointed by the board of directors, in which case such director holds office until the next following annual meeting of shareholders at which time such director is eligible for reelection. All of our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.

Qualification

There is currently no shareholding qualification for directors, although a shareholding qualification for directors may be fixed by our shareholders by ordinary resolution.

Insider Participation Concerning Executive Compensation

Our board of directors, which currently consists of Joseph Shu Sang Law and Hui Wang, and will also include Na Mi, Xishi Yuan and Hailiang Jia upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, is making all determinations regarding executive officer compensation from the time the Company first entered into employment agreements with executive officers up until the time where the three independent directors will be installed.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We will establish three committees under the board of directors immediately upon closing of this offering: An audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Even though we are exempted from corporate governance standards because we are a foreign private issuer, we have voluntarily adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

106

Table of Contents

Audit Committee.    Our audit committee will consist of Na Mi, Xishi Yuan and Hailiang Jia upon the effectiveness of their appointments. Mr. Jia will be the chairperson of our audit committee. We have determined that Ms. Mi, Ms. Yuan and Mr. Jia will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board also has determined that Mr. Jia qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC rules or possesses financial sophistication within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

•        reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

•        discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;

•        reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

•        reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;

•        meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and

•        monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

Compensation Committee.    Our compensation committee will consist of Na Mi, Xishi Yuan and Hailiang Jia upon the effectiveness of their appointments. Ms. Yuan will be the chairperson of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        reviewing and approving to the board with respect to the total compensation package for our most senior executive officers;

•        approving reviewing and recommending to the board with respect to the compensation of our directors; and overseeing the total compensation package for our executives other than the most senior executive officers;

•        reviewing periodically and approving long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, if any;

•        selecting compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management; and

•        programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.    Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Na Mi, Xishi Yuan and Hailiang Jia upon the effectiveness of their appointments. Ms. Mi will be the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        identifying and recommending nominees for election or re-election to our board of directors or for appointment to fill any vacancy;

•        reviewing annually with our board of directors its current composition in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;

•        identifying and recommending to our board the directors to serve as members of committees;

107

Table of Contents

•        advising the board periodically with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to our board of directors on all matters of corporate governance and on any corrective action to be taken; and

•        monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

Corporate Governance

The business and affairs of the company are managed under the direction of our Board. We have conducted Board meetings regularly since inception. Each of our directors has attended all meetings either in person, via telephone conference, or through written consent for special meetings. In addition to the contact information in this prospectus, the Board has adopted procedures for communication with the officers and directors as the date hereof. Each shareholder will be given specific information on how he/she can direct communications to the officers and directors of the Company at our annual shareholders’ meetings. All communications from shareholders are relayed to the members of the Board.

108

Table of Contents

COMPENSATION

Compensation of Executive Officers

For the years ended June 30, 2023, we paid an aggregate of RMB1,147,045 (or $164,957) in cash to our executive officers and directors. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers.

Agreements with Executive Officers

Ye Tao entered into an employment agreement on June 10, 2022 with Guangzhou Sanyi Network, one of our PRC subsidiaries. Pursuant to such employment agreement, Mr. Tao agreed to provide services as Chief Executive Officer of Guangzhou Sanyi Network. The employment agreement has no limited terms, and provide for an annual remuneration of RMB240,000 (or $34,514).

Furthermore, Dr. Tingjun Yang entered into an employment agreement on October 12, 2023 with HK 3e Network. Pursuant to such employment agreement, Ms. Wang agreed to provide services as chief executive officer of HK 3e Network. The employment agreement has no limited terms, and provide for an annual remuneration of RMB240,000 (or $34,514).

Furthermore, Hui Wang entered into an employment agreement on July 1, 2023 with Guangzhou Sanyi Network. Pursuant to such employment agreement, Ms. Wang agreed to provide services as chief financial officer of Guangzhou Sanyi Network. The employment agreement has no limited terms, and provide for an annual remuneration of RMB240,000 (or $34,514).

Furthermore, Zhaolai Deng entered into an employment agreement on August 8, 2021 with Guangzhou Sanyi Network. Pursuant to such employment agreement, Mr. Deng agreed to provide services as chief product officer of Guangzhou Sanyi Network. The employment agreement has no limited terms, and provide for an annual remuneration of RMB240,000 (or $34,514).

Zhiyong Lin entered into an employment agreement on September 27, 2020 with Guangzhou Sanyi Network. Pursuant to such employment agreement, Mr. Deng agreed to provide services as chief technology officer of Guangzhou Sanyi Network. The employment agreement has no limited terms, and provide for an annual remuneration of RMB 345,996 (or $49,758).

Haodong Li entered into an employment agreement on July 1, 2022 with Guangzhou Sanyi Network. Pursuant to such employment agreement, Mr. Deng agreed to provide services as general manager (chief operating officer) of Guangzhou Sanyi Network. The employment agreement has no limited terms, and provide for an annual remuneration of RMB240,000 (or $34,514).

Other than the aforementioned employment agreements entered into the executive officers by our subsidiaries, the Company did not enter into any other employment agreements with them.

We will also enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our Company.

Compensation of Directors

For the year ended June 30, 2022, we did not compensate our directors.

109

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our Class A Ordinary Shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered in this offering for:

•        each of our directors and executive officers who beneficially own our Class A Ordinary Shares; and

•        each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5.0% of our Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares are omitted from the table, as there is no issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares and no Class B Ordinary Shares will be issued prior to the offering.

Beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Class A Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person prior to this offering is based on 10,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding, assuming the share split as approved by the board of directors and shareholders of the Company on December 19, 2023 has occurred. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person after this offering includes Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering.

The number and percentage of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned after the offering are based on [•] Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding following the sale of 3,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares in the offering. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of 5% or more of our Class A Ordinary Shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, Class A Ordinary Shares underlying options, warrants or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, or as required by applicable community property laws, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all Class A Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. As of the date of the prospectus, we have [•] shareholders of record, none of which are located in the United States.

 


Class A Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering

 

Class A Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned After
this Offering
(Over-allotment option

not exercised)

 

Percentage
of Votes
Held After
this Offering

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Percent

Directors and Executive Officers(1):

       

 

           

Shu Sang Joseph Law

 

7,700,000

 

77

%

 

7,700,000

 

%

 

%

Ye Tao

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Tingjun Yang

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Hui Wang

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Na Mi

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Xishi Yuan

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Hailiang Jia

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Zhaolai Deng

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Zhiyong Lin

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

Haodong Li

 

—

 

—

 

     

%

 

%

All directors and executive officers as a group

 

7,700,000

 

77

%

 

7,700,000

 

%

 

%

110

Table of Contents

 


Class A Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering

 

Class A Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned After
this Offering
(Over-allotment option

not exercised)

 

Percentage
of Votes
Held After
this Offering

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Percent

5% Principal Shareholders:

       

 

           

Vast Profit Ventures Limited(2)

 

500,000

 

5

%

 

500,000

 

%

 

%

State-of-the-Art International Limited(3)

 

600,000

 

6

%

 

600,000

 

%

 

%

Vanguard First Limited(4)

 

600,000

 

6

%

 

600,000

 

%

 

%

Great Name Group Limited(5)

 

600,000

 

6

%

 

600,000

 

%

 

%

____________

(1)      Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is B046 of Room 801, 11 Sixing Street Huangge Town, Nansha District Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC.

(2)      Vast Profit Ventures Limited is a limited liability companies incorporated under the British Virgin Islands laws and wholly-owned by Mr. Dejun Yu. The address is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG110, British Virgin Islands. The person having voting, dispositive or investment powers over the entity is Mr. Dejun Yu.

(3)      State-of-the Arts International Limited is a limited liability companies incorporated under the British Virgin Islands laws and wholly-owned by Mr. Steve Sim Yuan Ning. The address is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG110, British Virgin Islands. The person having voting, dispositive or investment powers over the entity is Mr. Steve Sim Yuan Ning.

(4)      Vanguard First Limited is a limited liability companies incorporated under the British Virgin Islands laws and wholly-owned by Mr. Wan Zhen Wang. The address is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG110, British Virgin Islands. The person having voting, dispositive or investment powers over the entity is Mr. Wan Zhen Wang.

(5)      Great Name Group Limited a limited liability companies incorporated under the British Virgin Islands laws and wholly-owned by Mr. Keok Lian Lim. The address is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG110, British Virgin Islands. The person having voting, dispositive or investment powers over the entity is Mr. Keok Lian Lim.

We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

111

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A related party is defined as any person who is or was (since the beginning of the last fiscal year, even if such person does not presently serve in that role) (a) an enterprise that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company; (b) an associate, which is an unconsolidated enterprise in which the Company has a significant influence or which has significant influence over the Company; (c) an individual owning, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any class of the Company’s voting securities, and immediate family members of such individual; (d) an executive officer, director or nominee for director of the Company and immediate family members of such individual; and (e) an enterprise in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence (which includes enterprises owned by directors or major shareholders of the Company and enterprises that have a member of key management in common with the Company).

Set forth below are the related party transactions that we have entered into during the last three fiscal years and up to the date of this prospectus.

Material Transactions with Related Parties

The following is a list of the related parties with whom we have conducted transactions during the three years ended June 30, 2021, 2022 and 2023 and up to the date of this prospectus, and the description of their relationship with us:

Name of the related parties

 

Relation with the Group

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law

 

Chairman of board of director

Ms. Haodong Li

 

General manager (chief operating officer)

Mr. Ye Tao

 

Chief executive officer

Mr. Zhaolai Deng

 

Chief product officer

Mr. Zhiyong Lin

 

Chief technical officer

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

 

Shareholder

Amount due from related parties

Amount due from related parties represents cash advanced to these parties for business development, administrative or operational expenses incurred by the following individuals in connection with their employment or services the Company.

 

From
June 30,
2023 to
present

 

As of
June 30,
2023

 

As of
June 30,
2022

 

As of
June 30,
2021

   

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

Mr. Ye Tao

     

5,975

 

6,469

 

6,711

Ms. Haodong Li

     

—

 

1,493

 

—

Mr. Zhaolai Deng

     

—

 

83

 

1,084

Mr. Zhiyong Lin

     

1,324

 

—

 

—

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

     

—

 

1,885

 

1,905

       

7,299

 

9,930

 

9,700

112

Table of Contents

Amount due to related parties

Amount due to a related party represents interest-free loan payable to the shareholder used for daily operation. These payables are interest-free and has no maturity date. As of the date of date of this financial statement, nil of the payable has been settled.

 

From
June 30,

2023 to
present

 

As of
June 30,
2023

 

As of
June 30,
2022

 

As of
June 30,
2021

   

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law

     

551,867

 

1,148,042

 

2,098,234

       

551,867

 

1,148,042

 

2,098,234

Specific Transactions

The related party transactions summarized by different natures are as follows:

 

From
June 30,
2023
to
present

 

For the
year ended
June 30,
2023

 

For the
year ended
June 30,
2022

 

For the
year ended
June 30,
2021

   

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

Advance from related party for daily operation

       

 

   

 

   

 

Ms. Haodong Li

     

(1,438

)

 

1,549

 

 

—

 

Mr. Ye Tao

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

(3,020

)

Mr. Zhaolai Deng

     

(81

)

 

(998

)

 

1,057

 

Mr. Zhiyong Lin

     

1,381

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Loan borrowed from related party

       

 

   

 

   

 

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law

     

1,496,001

 

 

1,403,954

 

 

387,121

 

Loan repaid to related party

       

 

   

 

   

 

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law

     

2,038,083

 

 

2,314,875

 

 

25,237

 

Loan repaid from related party

       

 

   

 

   

 

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

     

1,887

 

 

—

 

 

1,907

 

Employment Agreements

See “Executive Compensation — Agreements with Named Executive Officers”.

113

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We were incorporated as a BVI business company under the laws of the BVI on October 6, 2021. As of the date of this prospectus, we were authorized to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares which consisted of Ordinary Shares with a par value of $1 per share.

On December 19, 2023, the board of directors and shareholders of the Company have agreed to file the Amended and Restated Articles with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of BVI to increase our authorized shares from 50,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $1 per share, to 500,000,000 ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of (i) 400,000,000 participating Class A Ordinary Shares, par value of $0.0001, and (ii) 100,000,000 non participating Class B Ordinary Shares, par value of $0.0001. Simultaneously, the board of directors and shareholders of the Company have agreed to effectuate a forward split of all issued and outstanding shares at a ratio of 1-for-10,000, and convert all existing issued and outstanding ordinary shares into Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company at a ratio of 1-for-1. Following such share split, there will be 10,000,000 issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company, and no Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding. As of the date of this prospectus, the filing of the Amended and Restated Articles has not occurred and not yet effective.

Class B Ordinary Shares may only be issued to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries or entities whose principal shareholder is an employee of the Company or its subsidiaries. Class B Ordinary Shares are subject to compulsory redemption and cancellation on termination of employment with the Company as more particularly set out in the memorandum of association.

Ordinary Shares

General

All of our issued shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates evidencing the shares are issued in registered form. There are no limitations imposed by our Amended and Restated Articles on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Amended and Restated Articles governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Under the BVI Act, the Ordinary Shares are deemed to be issued when the name of the shareholder is entered in our register of members. If (a) information that is required to be entered in the register of members is omitted from the register or is inaccurately entered in the register, or (b) there is unreasonable delay in entering information in the register, a shareholder of the company, or any person who is aggrieved by the omission, inaccuracy or delay, may apply to the BVI Courts for an order that the register be rectified, and the court may either refuse the application or order the rectification of the register, and may direct the company to pay all costs of the application and any damages the applicant may have sustained.

Dividends

The holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to the BVI Act.

The holders of our Class B Ordinary Shares are not entitled to any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to the BVI Act.

Voting Rights

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action or may be effected by a resolution of members in writing, each in accordance with the Amended and Restated Articles. At each meeting of shareholders, each Class A Shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote for each Class A Ordinary Share that such shareholder holds. Each Class B Shareholder will have twenty votes for each Class B Ordinary Share that such shareholder holds.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the restrictions contained in our Amended and Restated Articles, any of our Class A Shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her Class A Ordinary Shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

Subject to our Amended and Restated Articles, any of our Class B Ordinary Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, alienated, commuted, anticipated, or otherwise disposed of.

114

Table of Contents

Liquidation

As permitted by the BVI Act and our Amended and Restated Articles, we may be voluntarily liquidated under Part XII of the BVI Act by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders if our assets exceed our liabilities and we are able to pay our debts as they fall due. We may also be wound up in circumstances where we are insolvent in accordance with the terms of the BVI Insolvency Act, (Revised Edition 2020) as amended.

If we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our Class A Shareholders are more than sufficient to repay all amounts paid to us on account of the issue of shares immediately prior to the winding up, the excess shall be distributable pari passu among those Class A Shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up immediately prior to the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively. If we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among the Class A Shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the amounts paid to us on account of the issue of shares, those assets shall be distributed so that, to the greatest extent possible, the losses shall be borne by the shareholders in proportion to the amounts paid up immediately prior to the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively. If we are wound up, the liquidator appointed by us may, in accordance with the BVI Act, divide among our Class A shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of our assets (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as the liquidator deems fair upon any property to be divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders.

The Class B Ordinary Shares do not have the right to any distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares

Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their Ordinary Shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the specified time of payment. The Ordinary Shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our Amended and Restated Articles and subject to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by, the BVI Act, the SEC, the Nasdaq Capital Market, or by any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

The Class B Ordinary Shares my be redeemed at the directors discretion by resolutions of directors as set out in the memorandum of association of the Company.

Variations of Rights of Shares

If at any time, the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class of shares may be amended with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting of not less than 50 percent of the shares of the class to be affected.

General Meetings of Shareholders

Under our Amended and Restated Articles, a copy of the notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than 7 days before the date of the proposed meeting to those persons whose names appear as shareholders in the register of members on the date of the notice and are entitled to vote at the meeting. Our board of directors shall call a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders holding at least 30% of our outstanding voting shares. In addition, our board of directors may call a meeting of shareholders on its own motion. A meeting of shareholders may be called on short notice if at least 90% of the shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting have agreed to short notice of the meeting, or if all members holding shares entitled to vote on all or any matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice and presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver for this purpose.

At any meeting of shareholders, a quorum will be present if there are shareholders present in person or by proxy representing not less than 50 percent of the shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting. Such quorum may be represented by only a single shareholder or proxy. If no quorum is present within two hours of the start time of the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved if it was requested by shareholders. In any other case, the meeting shall be adjourned to the next business day, and if shareholders representing not less than one-third of the

115

Table of Contents

votes of the Ordinary Shares or each class of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting are present within one hour of the start time of the adjourned meeting, a quorum will be present. If not, the meeting will be dissolved. No business may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. If present, the chair of our board of directors shall be the chair presiding at any meeting of the shareholders. If the chair of our board is not present then the members present shall choose a shareholder to act to chair the meeting of the shareholders. If the shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting shares present in present of by proxy shall preside as chairman, failing which the oldest individual member or member representative shall take the chair.

A corporation that is a shareholder shall be deemed for the purpose of our Amended and Restated Articles to be present in person if represented by its duly authorized representative. This duly authorized representative shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were our individual shareholder.

Inspection of Books and Records

Under the BVI Act, members of the general public, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Corporate Affairs which will include the company’s certificate of incorporation, its Amended and Restated Articles (with any amendments) and records of license fees paid to date and will also disclose any certificates of dissolution, articles of merger, a register of charges if the company has elected to file such a register and list of directors filed with the Registrar.

A member of the Company is also entitled, upon giving written notice to us, to inspect (i) our Amended and Restated Articles, (ii) the register of members, (iii) the register of directors and (iv) minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and of those classes of members of which that member is a member, and to make copies and take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (i) to (iv) above. However, our directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the company’s interests to allow a member to inspect any document, or part of a document specified in (ii) to (iv) above, refuse to permit the member to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts or records. See “Where You Can Find More Information.” Where a company fails or refuses to permit a member to inspect a document or permits a member to inspect a document subject to limitations, that member may apply to the BVI court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.

Changes in Authorised Shares

We may from time to time by resolution of our board of directors or, subject to our Amended and Restated Articles:

•        amend our Amended and Restated Articles to increase or decrease the maximum number of shares we are authorized to issue;

•        split our authorized and issued shares into a larger number of shares;

•        combine our authorized and issued shares into a smaller number of shares; and

•        create new classes of shares with preferences to be determined by resolution of the board of directors to amend the Amended and Restated Articles to create new classes of shares with such preferences at the time of authorization.

Differences in Corporate Law

The BVI Act and the laws of the BVI affecting BVI companies like us and our shareholders differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the laws of the BVI applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

116

Table of Contents

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

Under the laws of the BVI, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with Section 170 of the BVI Act. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies (the “surviving company”) and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company (the “consolidated company”). The procedure for a merger or consolidation between the company and another company (which need not be a BVI company, and which may be the company’s parent or subsidiary, but need not be) is set out in the BVI Act. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which with the exception of a merger between a parent company and its subsidiary, must also be approved by a resolution of a majority of the shareholders voting at a quorate meeting of shareholders or by written resolution of the shareholders of the BVI company or BVI companies which are to merge. While a director may vote on the plan of merger or consolidation, or any other matter, even if he has a financial interest in the plan, the interested director must disclose the interest to all other directors of the company promptly upon becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company. A transaction entered into by our company in respect of which a director is interested (including a merger or consolidation) is voidable by us unless the director’s interest was (a) disclosed to the board prior to the transaction or (b) the transaction is (i) between the director and the company and (ii) the transaction is in the ordinary course of the company’s business and on usual terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the above, a transaction entered into by the company is not voidable if the material facts of the interest are known to the shareholders and they approve or ratify it or the company received fair value for the transaction. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting to approve the plan of merger or consolidation. A foreign company which is able under the laws of its foreign jurisdiction to participate in the merger or consolidation is required by the BVI Act to comply with the laws of that foreign jurisdiction in relation to the merger or consolidation. The shareholders of the constituent companies are not required to receive shares of the surviving or consolidated company but may receive debt obligations or other securities of the surviving or consolidated company, other assets, or a combination thereof. Further, some or all of the shares of a class or series may be converted into a kind of asset while the other shares of the same class or series may receive a different kind of asset. As such, not all the shares of a class or series must receive the same kind of consideration. After the plan of merger or consolidation has been approved by the directors and authorized, if required, by a resolution of the shareholders, articles of merger or consolidation are executed by each company and filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the BVI. The merger is effective on the date that the articles of merger are registered with the Registrar or on such subsequent date, not exceeding thirty days, as is stated in the articles of merger or consolidation.

As soon as a merger becomes effective: (a) the surviving company or consolidated company (so far as is consistent with its memorandum and articles of association, as amended or established by the articles of merger or consolidation) has all rights, privileges, immunities, powers, objects and purposes of each of the constituent companies; (b) in the case of a merger, the memorandum and articles of association of any surviving company are automatically amended to the extent, if any, that changes to its memorandum and articles of association are contained in the articles of merger or, in the case of a consolidation, the memorandum and articles of association filed with the articles of consolidation are the memorandum and articles of the consolidated company; (c) assets of every description, including choses-in-action and the business of each of the constituent companies, immediately vest in the surviving company or consolidated company; (d) the surviving company or consolidated company is liable for all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of each of the constituent companies; (e) No conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and No cause existing, against a constituent company or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by the merger or consolidation; and (f) No proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending at the time of a merger by or against a constituent company, or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by the merger or consolidation; but: (i) the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the surviving company or consolidated company or against the member, director, officer or agent thereof; as the case may be; or (ii) the surviving company or consolidated company may be substituted in the proceedings for a constituent company. The Registrar of Corporate Affairs shall strike off the register of companies each constituent company that is not the surviving company in the case of a merger and all constituent companies in the case of a consolidation. If the directors determine it to be in the best interests of the company, it is also possible for a merger to be approved as a Court approved plan of arrangement or scheme of arrangement in accordance with the BVI Act.

117

Table of Contents

A shareholder may dissent from (a) a merger if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the member continues to hold the same or similar shares; (b) a consolidation if the company is a constituent company; (c) any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50 per cent in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including: (i) a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter, (ii) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the members in accordance with their respective interest within one year after the date of disposition, or (iii) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof; (d) a compulsory redemption of 10 per cent, or fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90 percent, or more of the shares of the company pursuant to the terms of the BVI Act; and (e) a plan of arrangement, if permitted by the BVI Court (each, an Action). A shareholder properly exercising his dissent rights is entitled to a cash payment equal to the fair value of his shares.

A shareholder dissenting from an Action must object in writing to the Action before the vote by the shareholders on the merger or consolidation, unless notice of the meeting was not given to the shareholder. If the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the company must give notice of this fact to each shareholder within 20 days who gave written objection. Such objection shall include a statement that the members proposes to demand payment for his or her shares if the Action is taken. These shareholders then have 20 days to give to the company their written election in the form specified by the BVI Act to dissent from the Action, provided that in the case of a merger, the 20 days starts when the plan of merger is delivered to the shareholder. Upon giving notice of his election to dissent, a shareholder ceases to have any shareholder rights except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares. As such, the merger or consolidation may proceed in the ordinary course notwithstanding his dissent. Within seven days of the later of the delivery of the notice of election to dissent and the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the company shall make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a specified price per share that the company determines to be the fair value of the shares. The company and the shareholder then have 30 days to agree upon the price. If the company and a shareholder fail to agree on the price within the 30 days, then the company and the shareholder shall, within 20 days immediately following the expiration of the 30-day period, each designate an appraiser and these two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser. These three appraisers shall fix the fair value of the shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders’ approval of the transaction without taking into account any change in value as a result of the transaction.

Shareholders’ Suits

There are both statutory and common law remedies available to our shareholders as a matter of BVI law. These are summarized below.

Prejudiced members

A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being, or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, can apply to the court under Section 184I of the BVI Act, inter alia, for an order that his shares be acquired, that he be provided compensation, that the Court regulate the future conduct of the company, or that any decision of the company which contravenes the BVI Act or our Amended and Restated Articles be set aside.

Derivative actions

Section 184C of the BVI Act provides that a shareholder of a company may, with the leave of the Court, bring an action in the name of the company in certain circumstances to redress any wrong done to it. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The BVI Court may only grant permission to bring a derivative action where the following circumstances apply:

•        the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue proceedings; and

•        it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.

118

Table of Contents

When considering whether to grant leave, the BVI Court is also required to have regard to the following matters:

•        whether the shareholder is acting in good faith;

•        whether a derivative action is in the company’s best interests, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters;

•        whether the action is likely to proceed;

•        the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and

•        whether an alternative remedy is available.

Just and equitable winding up

In addition to the statutory remedies outlined above, shareholders can also petition the BVI Court for the winding up of a company under the BVI Insolvency Act, 2003 (as amended) for the appointment of a liquidator to liquidate the company and the court may appoint a liquidator for the company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable for the court to so order. Save in exceptional circumstances, this remedy is generally only available where the company has been operated as a quasi-partnership and trust and confidence between the partners has broken down.

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

Our Amended and Restated Articles provide that, subject to certain limitations, we indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings for any person who:

•        is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director; or

•        is or was, at our request, serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

These indemnities only apply if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful and is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Amended and Restated Articles, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Amended and Restated Articles

Some provisions of our articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable. Under the BVI Act there are no provisions, which specifically prevent the issuance of preferred shares or any such other ‘poison pill’ measures. The Amended and Restated Articles of the company also do not contain any express prohibitions on the issuance of any preferred shares. Therefore, the directors without the approval of the holders of Ordinary Shares may issue preferred shares that have characteristics that may be deemed to be anti-takeover. Additionally, such a designation of shares may be used in connection with plans that are poison pill plans. However, under BVI law, our directors in the exercise of their powers granted to them under our Amended and Restated Articles and performance of their duties, are required to act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be in the best interests of our company.

119

Table of Contents

Directors’ fiduciary duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.

The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Under BVI law, our directors owe fiduciary duties both at common law and under statute including, among others, a statutory duty to act honestly, in good faith, for a proper purpose and with a view to what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company. Our directors are also required, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, taking into account without limitation, the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken. In the exercise of their powers, our directors must ensure neither they nor the company acts in a manner which contravenes the BVI Act or our Amended and Restated Articles. A shareholder has the right to seek damages for breaches of duties owed to us by our directors.

Pursuant to the BVI Act and our Amended and Restated Articles, a director of a company who has an interest in a transaction and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:

(a)     vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

(b)    attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

(c)     sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction.

In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek various remedies against the company in the event the directors are in breach of their duties under the BVI Act. Pursuant to Section 184B of the BVI Act, if a company or director of a company engages in, or proposes to engage in or has engaged in, conduct that contravenes the provisions of the BVI Act or the memorandum or articles of association of the company, the BVI Court may, on application of a shareholder or director of the company, make an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes the BVI Act or the memorandum or articles. Furthermore, pursuant to section 184I(1) of the BVI Act a shareholder of a company who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any acts of the company have been, or are likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI Court for an order which, inter alia, can require the company or any other person to pay compensation to the shareholders.

Shareholder action by written consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. BVI law provides that, subject to the memorandum and articles of association of a company, an action that may be taken by members of the company at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of members consented to in writing. Under BVI law a BVI company may remove the option to pass resolutions in writing by amending its memorandum and articles of association.

120

Table of Contents

Shareholder proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. BVI law and our Amended and Restated Articles allow our shareholders holding 30% or more of the votes of the outstanding voting shares to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. There is no requirement under BVI law to hold shareholders’ annual general meetings, but our Amended and Restated Articles do permit the directors to call such a meeting. The location of any shareholders’ meeting can be determined by the board of directors and can be held anywhere in the world.

Cumulative voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under BVI law, our Amended and Restated Articles do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Amended and Restated Articles, directors can be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders passed at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by at least 75 percent of the votes of the shareholders entitled to vote. Directors can also be removed by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

Transactions with interested shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors. BVI law has no comparable statute and our Amended and Restated Articles does not provide for the same protection afforded by the Delaware business combination statute.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the BVI Act and our Amended and Restated Articles, we may appoint a voluntary liquidator by a resolution of the shareholders, provided that the directors have made a declaration of solvency that the company is able to discharge its debts as they fall due and that the value of the company’s assets exceed its liabilities.

121

Table of Contents

Variation of rights of shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Amended and Restated Articles, if at any time our shares are divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not our company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by a majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of the issued shares in that class. For these purposes the creation, designation or issue of preferred shares with rights and privileges ranking in priority to an existing class of shares is deemed not to be a variation of the rights of such existing class and may in accordance with our Amended and Restated Articles be effected by resolution of directors without shareholder approval.

Amendment of governing documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by BVI law, our Amended and Restated Articles may be amended by a resolution of shareholders and, subject to certain exceptions, by a resolution of directors. An amendment is effective from the date it is filed and registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the BVI.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we also may delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

If any person resident in the BVI knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business the person will be required to report his belief or suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the BVI, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act (Revised Edition 2020), as amended. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

122

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares, and though we intend to apply listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, a regular trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares may not develop. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A Ordinary Shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Upon completion of this offering, we will have [•] Class A Ordinary Shares and no Class B Ordinary Share issued and outstanding. All of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed not to, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the underwriting agreement, from the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and continuing for a period of 12 months from the date on which the trading of the Class A Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq commences, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any Class A Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A Ordinary Shares or any such other securities, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the Underwriters.

Furthermore, each of our directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders (5% or more shareholders) of our Class A Ordinary Shares has also entered into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 12 months from the effective date of this registration statement, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares and securities that are substantially similar to our Class A Ordinary Shares. See “Underwriting” for more information.

We are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our Class A Ordinary Shares may dispose of significant numbers of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our Class A Ordinary Shares, or the availability of Class A Ordinary Shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Rule 144

All of our Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from us or from our affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.

A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:

•        1% of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares then outstanding, in the form of Class A Ordinary Shares or otherwise, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

•        the average weekly trading volume of the Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

123

Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants, or advisors who purchases our Class A Ordinary Shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those Class A Ordinary Shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

124

Table of Contents

TAXATION

United States Federal Income Taxation Considerations

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to any person in special tax situations such as:

•        banks;

•        financial institutions;

•        insurance companies;

•        pension plans;

•        cooperatives;

•        regulated investment companies;

•        real estate investment trusts;

•        broker-dealers;

•        persons that elect to mark their securities to market;

•        U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S.;

•        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•        tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

•        persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

•        persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;

•        persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting power or value (including by reason of owning our Class A Ordinary Shares);

•        persons who acquired our Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

•        persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities;

•        beneficiaries of a Trust holding our Class A Ordinary Shares; or

•        persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares through a Trust.

The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that purchase Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering.

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Class A Ordinary Shares

The following sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax consequences related to the ownership and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Class A Ordinary Shares and is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to ownership and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares or U.S. tax laws, other than the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as the tax consequences under non-U.S. tax laws, state, local and other tax laws.

125

Table of Contents

The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold Class A Ordinary Shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the federal income tax laws of the U.S. in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of Class A Ordinary Shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

•        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•        an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•        a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or other entities treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A Ordinary Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners of a partnership holding our Class A Ordinary Shares are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

An individual is considered a resident of the U.S. for federal income tax purposes if he or she meets either the “Green Card Test” or the “Substantial Presence Test” described as follows:

The Green Card Test: You are a lawful permanent resident of the United States, at any time, if you have been given the privilege, according to the immigration laws of the United States, of residing permanently in the United States as an immigrant. You generally have this status if the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services issued you an alien registration card, Form I-551, also known as a “green card.”

The Substantial Presence Test: If an alien is present in the United States on at least 31 days of the current calendar year, he or she will (absent an applicable exception) be classified as a resident alien if the sum of the following equals 183 days or more (See §7701(b)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code and related Treasury Regulations):

1.      The actual days in the United States in the current year; plus

2.      One-third of his or her days in the United States in the immediately preceding year; plus

3.      One-sixth of his or her days in the United States in the second preceding year.

We urge potential purchasers of our Class A Ordinary Shares to consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC (as defined below) rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the U.S. that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a PFIC

126

Table of Contents

(as defined below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Because there is no income tax treaty between the U.S. and the BVI, clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Class A Ordinary Shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Class A Ordinary Shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. if they are listed on certain exchanges, which presently include the NYSE and the Nasdaq Stock Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Class A Ordinary Shares, and to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Taxation of Dispositions of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in USD) for the share and your tax basis (in USD) in the Class A Ordinary Shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Class A Ordinary Shares for more than one year, you will generally be eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes which will generally limit the availability of foreign tax credits.

Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”)

A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC, as defined in Section 1297(a) of the US Internal Revenue Code, for any taxable year if either:

•        at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or

•        at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. In determining the value and composition of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test, (1) the cash we raise in this offering will generally be considered to be held for the production of passive income and (2) the value of our assets must be determined based on the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, which could cause the value of our non-passive assets to be less than 50% of the value of all of our assets (including the cash raised in this offering) on any particular quarterly testing date for purposes of the asset test.

127

Table of Contents

Based on our operations and the composition of our assets we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC under the current PFIC rules. We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC, however, and there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent taxable year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. In addition, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and the amount of cash we raise in this offering. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Class A Ordinary Shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. We are under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of our being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of the value of our assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time and the amount of cash we raise in this offering) that may not be within our control. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares. If we cease to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, however, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares.

If we are a PFIC for your taxable year(s) during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Class A Ordinary Shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

•        the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares;

•        the amount allocated to your current taxable year, and any amount allocated to any of your taxable year(s) in your holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income;

•        the amount allocated to each of your other taxable year(s) will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year; and

•        an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Class A Ordinary Shares as capital assets.

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the US Internal Revenue Code for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for first taxable year which you hold (or are deemed to hold) Class A Ordinary Shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, you will include in your income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Class A Ordinary Shares as of the close of such taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Class A Ordinary Shares, which excess will be treated as ordinary income and not capital gain. You are allowed an ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Class A Ordinary Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. Such ordinary loss, however, is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Class A Ordinary Shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Class A Ordinary Shares. Your basis in the Class A Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make

128

Table of Contents

a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares” generally would not apply.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the Nasdaq Capital Market. If the Class A Ordinary Shares are regularly traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market and if you are a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election under Section 1295(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. The qualified electing fund election, however, is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. Therefore, prospective investors should assume that a qualified electing fund election will not be available.

If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if we were a PFIC at any time during the period you hold our Class A Ordinary Shares, then such Class A Ordinary Shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year we cease to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such Class A Ordinary Shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the Class A Ordinary Shares on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your Class A Ordinary Shares for tax purposes.

IRC Section 1014(a) provides for a step-up in basis to the fair market value for our Class A Ordinary Shares when inherited from a decedent that was previously a holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, if we are determined to be a PFIC and a decedent that was a U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) our Class A Ordinary Shares, or a mark-to-market election and ownership of those Class A Ordinary Shares are inherited, a special provision in IRC Section 1291(e) provides that the new U.S. Holder’s basis should be reduced by an amount equal to the Section 1014 basis minus the decedent’s adjusted basis just before death. As such if we are determined to be a PFIC at any time prior to a decedent’s passing, the PFIC rules will cause any new U.S. Holder that inherits our Class A Ordinary Shares from a U.S. Holder to not get a step-up in basis under Section 1014 and instead will receive a carryover basis in those Class A Ordinary Shares.

If you hold Class A Ordinary Shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 in each such year and provide certain annual information regarding such Class A Ordinary Shares, including regarding distributions received on the Class A Ordinary Shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares. The failure to file IRS Form 8621 could result in the imposition of penalties and the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to U.S. federal income tax.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares and the elections discussed above.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding under Section 3406 of the US Internal Revenue Code at a current flat rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

129

Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. Transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries, however, may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to our Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A Ordinary Shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold Class A Ordinary Shares. Failure to report such information could result in substantial penalties. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your obligation to file a Form 8938.

Material PRC Income Tax Considerations

The following brief description of PRC enterprise income taxation is designed to highlight the enterprise-level taxation on our earnings, which will affect the amount of dividends, if any, we are ultimately able to pay to our shareholders. See “Dividend Policy.”

According to the EIT Law, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on March 16, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008, and was then amended February 24, 2017, and the Implementation Rules of the EIT Law, which were promulgated by the State Council on December 6, 2007, and became effective on January 1, 2008, enterprises are divided into resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. Resident enterprises pay enterprise income tax on their incomes obtained in and outside the PRC at the rate of 25%. Non-resident enterprises setting up institutions in the PRC pay enterprise income tax on the incomes obtained by such institutions in and outside the PRC at the rate of 25%. Non-resident enterprises with no institutions in the PRC, and non-resident enterprises with income having no substantial connection with their institutions in the PRC, pay enterprise income tax on their income obtained in the PRC at a reduced rate of 10%.

We are a holding company incorporated in the BVI and we gain substantial income by way of dividends paid to us indirectly from Guangzhou Sanyi Network through HK 3e Network. The EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that China-sourced income of foreign enterprises, such as dividends paid by a to its equity holders that are non-resident enterprises, will normally be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption.

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise,” which means that it is treated in a manner similar to a PRC enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as a managing body that actually, comprehensively manage and control the production and operation, staff, accounting, property, and other aspects of an enterprise, the only official guidance for this definition currently available is set forth in SAT Notice 82, which provides guidance on the determination of the tax residence status of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise, defined as an enterprise that is incorporated under the laws of a foreign country or territory and that has a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as its primary controlling shareholder.

According to SAT Notice 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in the PRC and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met: (i) the places where senior management and senior management departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of the PRC; (ii) financial decisions (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are decided or need to be decided by organizations or persons located within the territory of the PRC; (iii) main property, accounting books, corporate seal, the board of directors and files of the minutes of shareholders’ meetings of the enterprise are located or preserved within the territory of the PRC; and (iv) one half (or more) of the directors or senior management staff having the right to vote habitually reside within the territory of the PRC.

130

Table of Contents

We believe that we do not meet some of the conditions outlined in the immediately preceding paragraph. For example, as a holding company, the key assets and records of 3e Network, including the resolutions and meeting minutes of our board of directors and the resolutions and meeting minutes of our shareholders, are located and maintained outside the PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities. Accordingly, we believe that 3e Network and HK 3e Network should not be treated as a “resident enterprise” for PRC tax purposes if the criteria for “de facto management body” as set forth in SAT Notice 82 were deemed applicable to us. However, as the tax residency status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body” as applicable to our offshore entities, we will continue to monitor our tax status.

The implementation rules of the EIT Law provide that, (i) if the enterprise that distributes dividends is domiciled in the PRC or (ii) if gains are realized from transferring equity interests of enterprises domiciled in the PRC, then such dividends or gains are treated as China-sourced income. It is not clear how “domicile” may be interpreted under the EIT Law, and it may be interpreted as the jurisdiction where the enterprise is a tax resident. Therefore, if we are considered as a PRC tax resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders which are non-resident enterprises as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result become subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC ‘resident enterprise’ for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.”

Currently, as resident enterprises in the PRC, our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25%, except that once an enterprise meets certain requirements and is identified as a small-scale minimal profit enterprise, the part of its taxable income not more than RMB1 million is subject to a reduced rate of 5% and the part between RMB1 million and 3 million is subject to a reduced rate of 10%. The EIT is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards. If the PRC tax authorities determine that 3e Network is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event 3e Network is determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to dividends or gains realized by non-PRC individuals, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether our non-PRC shareholders would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. There is no guidance from the PRC government to indicate whether or not any tax treaties between the PRC and other countries would apply in circumstances where a non-PRC company was deemed to be a PRC tax resident, and thus there is no basis for expecting how tax treaty between the PRC and other countries may impact non-resident enterprises.

Hong Kong Profits Taxation

Our subsidiary, HK 3e Network, is a Hong Kong entity subject to the two-tier profits tax rates system, which was introduced under the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No.3) Ordinance 2018 (the “Ordinance”) of Hong Kong, and applies for a year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 2018.

Under the two-tier profit tax rates regime, the profits tax rate for the first HKD 2 million of assessable profits of a corporation will be subject to the lowered tax rate of 8.25% while the remaining assessable profits will be subject to the tax rate of 16.5%. If an entity has one or more “connected entities”, the Ordinance only allows the one which is nominated to be chargeable at the two-tiered rates to be eligible for the two-tier tax rate benefit, and the others are not qualified for the two-tiered profits tax rates for the same year of assessment. The nominated entity may make an election for the two-tiered profits tax rates by declaring in its Profits Tax Return, and the election, once made, is irrevocable. An entity is a connected entity of another entity if (1) one of them has control over the other; (2) both of them are under the control of the same entity; or (3) in the case of the first entity being a natural person carrying on a sole proprietorship business — the other entity is the same person carrying on another sole proprietorship business. In general, an entity has control over another entity if the first-mentioned entity, whether directly or indirectly through

131

Table of Contents

one or more than one other entity, (1) owns or controls more than 50% in aggregate of the issued share capital of the latter entity, (2) is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of more than 50% in aggregate of the voting rights in the latter entity; or (3) is entitled to more than 50% in aggregate of the capital or profits of the latter entity.

HK 3e Network had not derived any estimated assessable profits for Hong Kong profits tax purpose for the years ended 31 December 2022, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020.

In respect of foreign derived income received by our Hong Kong subsidiary (such as dividends paid to HK 3e Network by Guangzhou 3e Network and Guangzhou Sanyi Network), under Hong Kong’s Foreign-sourced Income Exemption regime effective from 1 January 2023, income arising in or derived from a territory outside Hong Kong (such as dividends) received by a Hong Kong entity which is a multinational enterprise entity (“MNE entity”) carrying on business in Hong Kong may be regarded as specified foreign-sourced income which will be deemed to be sourced from Hong Kong and chargeable to profits tax, subject to certain exemptions. In addition, payments of dividends from our Hong Kong subsidiary to its shareholder(s) are not subject to any withholding tax in Hong Kong. See “Dividend Policy” for further details on our dividend policy.

British Virgin Islands Taxation

The disclosure relating to tax consequences under BVI law is the opinion of Forbes Hare, our counsel as to BVI law.

The Government of the BVI does not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the Company or its shareholders who are not tax resident in the BVI.

The Company and all distributions, interest and other amounts paid by the Company to persons who are not tax resident in the BVI will not be subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes in the BVI, with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares in the Company owned by them and dividends received on such shares, nor will they be subject to any estate or inheritance taxes in the BVI.

No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not tax resident in the BVI with respect to any shares, debt obligations or other securities of the Company.

Except to the extent that we have any interest in real property in the BVI, all instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of the Company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the business of the Company are exempt from the payment of stamp duty in the BVI.

There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the BVI applicable to the Company or its shareholders.

There is no income tax treaty or convention currently in effect between the United States and the British Virgin Islands. Save for the Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters (“MAAC”), there is no income tax treaty or convention (including any double taxation agreements or arrangements) currently in effect between Hong Kong and the British Virgin Islands.

British Virgin Islands Economic Substance Legislation

The BVI, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, has introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union (the “EU”) as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. With effect from January 1, 2019, the Economic Substance (Companies and Limited Partnerships) Act, 2018 (the “ES Act”) came into force in the BVI introducing certain economic substance requirements for in-scope BVI entities which are engaged in certain “relevant activities”.

Based on the ES Act currently, the Company may remain out of scope of the legislation or else be subject to more limited substance requirements. Although it is presently anticipated that the ES Act will have little material impact on the company or its operations, as the legislation is relatively new and remains subject to further clarification and interpretation, it is not currently possible to ascertain the precise impact of these legislative changes on the company.

132

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

In connection with this offering, we will enter into an underwriting agreement with Boustead Securities LLC, as the underwriter in this offering. The underwriter may retain other brokers or dealers to act as a sub-agents or selected dealers on their behalf in connection with this offering. The Underwriter has agreed to purchase from us, on a firm commitment basis, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares set forth opposite its name below, at the offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Name of Underwriter

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares

 

   
     
     

The underwriter is committed to purchase all the Class A Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus if it purchases any Class A Ordinary Shares. The underwriter is offering the Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriter of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Fees, Commissions and Expense Reimbursement

We will pay the underwriter a fee/commission equivalent to seven percent (7%) of the gross proceeds of this offering. The underwriter proposes initially to offer the Class A Ordinary Shares to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at those prices less the aforesaid fee (“underwriting discount”) set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If all of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered by us are not sold at the offering price, the underwriter may change the offering price and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.

The following table shows the underwriting fees/commission payable to the underwriting with this offering:

 

Per
Ordinary

Share

 

Total

Public Offering price

 

$

   

$

 

Underwriting fees and commissions (7%)

 

$

   

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

   

$

 

Non-accountable expense allowance (1.5%)

 

$

   

$

 

In addition to the cash commission, we will also reimburse the Underwriter for its non-accountable expenses of one percent (1.5%) of the gross proceeds of the offering and accountable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $188,000. Such accountable out-of-pocket expenses include: no more than $100,000 in underwriter’s legal counsel fees; road show, travel, platform on-boarding fees, and other reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses which shall not exceed $55,000; due diligence and other like expenses not to exceed $25,000; background checks expenses not to exceed $8,000. Other than the aforementioned, any expense exceeding $5,000 shall be pre-approved in writing by us. We estimate that the total expenses payable by us in connection with the offering, other than the underwriting fees and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have paid $            in accountable expenses to the underwriter as of the date hereof, which will be refunded to us to the extent actually not incurred by the underwriter in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

The underwriter intends to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares to their retail customers only in states in which we are permitted to offer our Class A Ordinary Shares. We have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on a National Securities Exchange are “covered securities.” If we were unable to meet National Securities Exchange listing standards, then we would be unable to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering unless we meet a National Securities Exchange’s listing requirements and our application to list on the exchange is approved.

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and subscription agreement. A form of the underwriting agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

133

Table of Contents

Underwriter’s Warrants

In addition, we have agreed to grant the underwriter warrants (the “Underwriter’s Warrants”) to purchase an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the offering (including the over-allotment shares), which are exercisable upon the closing of the offering, have a three-year term starting from the date of the commencement of sales of the offering, and a cashless exercise feature. Such warrants are exercisable at a price of 100% of the public offering price of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered pursuant to this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants and the underlying Class A Ordinary Shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). Although the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the Underwriter’s Warrants will contain “piggyback” registration rights of the sale of the underlying shares for a period of 3 years, from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C) & (D).

The exercise price and number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger, or consolidation. As a result, the warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of Class A Ordinary Shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Right of First Refusal

Until twelve (12) months from the later of (i) the closing of this public offering or (ii) the expiration or termination of the engagement letter between us and Boustead Securities LLC in connection with this offering, the underwriter shall have a right of first refusal to act as the exclusive or joint financial advisor or in any other similar capacity, on the underwriter’s customary terms and conditions, in the event we pursue a registered, underwritten public offering of securities (in addition to this offering), a public or private offering of securities (debt or equity), a merger, acquisition of another company or business, change of control, sale of substantially all assets, business combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction (regardless of whether we would be considered an acquiring party, a selling party or neither in such transaction). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(E)(i), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the date of commencement of sales of the public offering or the termination date of the engagement between us and the Underwriter.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares, or modify the terms of any existing securities, whether in conjunction with another broker-dealer or on the Company’s own volition, for a period of twelve months following the date on which the Class A Ordinary Shares are trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the underwriting agreement, we will not, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, from the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and continuing for a period of 12 months from the date on which the trading of the Class A Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq commences, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any Class A Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A Ordinary Shares or any such other securities.

Our officers, directors and holders of 5% or greater of our Class A Ordinary Shares have agreed to be locked up for a period of twelve months from the date on which the trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares commences. Holders of 1-4.99% of our Class A Ordinary Shares have agreed to be locked up for a period of six months from the date on which the trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares commences provided that if the aggregate of such holders shares were to equal or exceed 20% of our issued and outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis prior to the completing of this offering, then their lock up period shall be for twelve months from the date of trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares commences. Holders of less than 1% of our Class A Ordinary Shares are not subject to any lock up provided that if the aggregate of such holders shares were to equal or exceed 5% of our issued and outstanding shares on a fully

134

Table of Contents

diluted basis prior to the completing of this offering, then their lock up period shall be for six months from the date of trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares commences. During the lock-up period, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, they shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any Class A Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares, owned either of record or beneficially by any signatory of the lock-up agreement on the date of the prospectus or thereafter acquired; (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Class A Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing; and (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Class A Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares.

The underwriter may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the underwriter will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Price Stabilization

The underwriter will be required to comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including without limitation, Rule 10b-5 and Regulation M under the Exchange Act. These rules and regulations may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of capital stock by the underwriter acting as principal. Under these rules and regulations, the underwriter:

•        may not engage in any stabilization activity in connection with our securities; and

•        may not bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities, other than as permitted under the Exchange Act, until it has completed its participation in the distribution.

Determination of Offering Price

The public offering price of the shares we are offering was determined by us in consultation with the underwriter based on discussions with potential investors in light of the history and prospects of our company, the stage of development of our business, our business plans for the future and the extent to which they have been implemented, an assessment of our management, the public stock price for similar companies, general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering and such other factors as were deemed relevant.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities.

A prospectus in electronic format may be delivered to potential investors by the underwriter. The prospectus in electronic format will be identical to the paper version of such prospectus. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Underwriter’s website and any information contained on any other website maintained by the underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of our Shares

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of our shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. People outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering of our shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the Underwriting Agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

135

Table of Contents

Application for Nasdaq Listing

We have applied to have our Class A Ordinary Shares approved for listing/quotation on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EEET.” We will not consummate and close this offering without a listing approval letter from the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our receipt of a listing approval letter is not the same as an actual listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The listing approval letter will serve only to confirm that, if we sell a number of Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering sufficient to satisfy applicable listing criteria, our Class A Ordinary Shares will in fact be listed.

If the application is approved, trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market will begin within five days following the closing of this offering. If our Class A Ordinary Shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.

136

Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

USD

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee

 

$

 

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

$

 

Printing and Engraving Expenses

 

$

 

Underwriting

 

$

 

Miscellaneous Expenses

 

$

 

Total Expenses

 

$

   

These expenses will be borne by us.

137

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered in this offering and certain other legal matters as to BVI law will be passed upon for us by Forbes Hare, our counsel as to BVI law. The legal matters as to United States Federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us by Robinson & Cole LLP. Legal matters as to Hong Kong laws will be passed upon for us by LCH Lawyers LLP. Legal matters as to PRC laws will be passed upon for us by Han Kun Law Offices. Robinson & Cole LLP may rely upon Forbes Hare with respect to matters governed by BVI law, LCH Lawyers LLP with respect to matters governed by Hong Kong law and Han Kun Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC laws.

Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP. Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Jingtian & Gongcheng LLP. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP may rely upon Jingtian & Gongcheng LLP with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of HTL International, LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The office of HTL International, LLC is located at 12 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77046.

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the Class A Ordinary Shares was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant as a promoter, managing or principal Underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us, we have been advised that it is the SEC’s opinion that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

138

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules under the Securities Act, covering the Class A Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus. You should refer to our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules if you would like to find out more about us and about the Class A Ordinary Shares. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Since the prospectus may not contain all the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents.

Immediately upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders under the federal proxy rules contained in Sections 14(a), (b) and (c) of the Exchange Act, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

The registration statements, reports and other information so filed can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, such as us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. The information on that website is not a part of this prospectus.

No dealers, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

139

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
3 E Network Technology Group Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 3 E Network Technology Group Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ (deficit)/equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2023 and 2022 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ HTL International, LLC
HTL International, LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

Houston, Texas
September 27, 2023

F-2

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In US$, except for share and per share data, or otherwise stated)

 

As of June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

19,396

 

 

$

46,765

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

875,281

 

 

 

886,318

 

Deposits, prepayments and other current assets

 

 

44,733

 

 

 

46,571

 

Due from related parties – current

 

 

7,299

 

 

 

3,461

 

Total current assets

 

 

946,709

 

 

 

983,115

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

17,787

 

 

 

14,667

 

Deferred IPO costs

 

 

780,086

 

 

 

453,882

 

Due from a related party – non-current

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,469

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

264,736

 

 

 

336,392

 

Total assets

 

 

2,009,318

 

 

 

1,794,525

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

10,343

 

 

$

3,956

 

Advance from customers

 

 

1,520

 

 

 

57,109

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

193,822

 

 

 

283,446

 

Tax payable

 

 

55,314

 

 

 

3,663

 

Due to a related party – current portion

 

 

—

 

 

 

743,064

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

260,999

 

 

 

1,091,238

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to a related party – non-current

 

 

551,867

 

 

 

404,978

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

812,866

 

 

 

1,496,216

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares ($1 par value; 50,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and 2022)

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

Subscription receivables

 

 

(1,000

)

 

 

(1,000

)

Statutory reserve

 

 

47,058

 

 

 

—

 

Retained earnings

 

 

1,307,784

 

 

 

358,685

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(158,390

)

 

 

(60,376

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

1,196,452

 

 

 

298,309

 

Total Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,009,318

 

 

$

1,794,525

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-3

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In US$, except for share and per share data, or otherwise stated)

 

For the year ended June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software development services

 

$

1,647,474

 

 

$

1,114,951

 

Exhibition and conference services

 

 

23,089

 

 

 

163,819

 

Hardware sales

 

 

—

 

 

 

16,125

 

Others

 

 

788

 

 

 

1,482

 

Total revenues

 

 

1,671,351

 

 

 

1,296,377

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software development services

 

 

396,155

 

 

 

296,228

 

Exhibition and conference services

 

 

145

 

 

 

118,076

 

Hardware sales

 

 

—

 

 

 

8,926

 

Others

 

 

60

 

 

 

350

 

Taxes and other surcharges

 

 

3,788

 

 

 

44

 

Total cost of revenues

 

 

400,148

 

 

 

423,624

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,271,203

 

 

 

872,753

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

 

2,139

 

 

 

11,853

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

171,012

 

 

 

260,056

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

86,392

 

 

 

112,549

 

Exchange (gain)/loss

 

 

(51,063

)

 

 

1,068

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

208,480

 

 

 

385,526

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

1,062,723

 

 

 

487,227

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

7,930

 

 

 

1,483

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax

 

 

1,070,653

 

 

 

488,710

 

Income tax expenses

 

 

(74,496

)

 

 

(49,307

)

Net income

 

$

996,157

 

 

$

439,403

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation loss

 

 

(98,014

)

 

 

(24,037

)

Total comprehensive income

 

$

898,143

 

 

$

415,366

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

Earnings per ordinary share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

996.2

 

 

$

439.4

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-4

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT)
/EQUITY
(In US$, except for share and per share data, or otherwise stated)

 


Ordinary shares

 

Subscription
receivable

 

Statutory
reserve

 

Retained
earnings/
(Accumulated
deficit)

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

 

Total
(deficit)/
equity

   

Number of
ordinary
shares

 

Amount

 

Balance at, July 1 2021

 

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

(1,000

)

 

$

—

 

$

(80,718

)

 

$

(36,339

)

 

$

(117,057

)

Net income for the year

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

439,403

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

439,403

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(24,037

)

 

 

(24,037

)

Balance at, June 30, 2022

 

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

(1,000

)

 

$

—

 

$

358,685

 

 

$

(60,376

)

 

$

298,309

 

Net income for the year

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

996,157

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

996,157

 

Transfer to statutory reserve

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

47,058

 

 

(47,058

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(98,014

)

 

 

(98,014

)

Balance at, June 30, 2023

 

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

(1,000

)

 

$

47,058

 

$

1,307,784

 

 

$

(158,390

)

 

$

1,196,452

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-5

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In US$, except for share and per share data, or otherwise stated)

 

For the year ended June 30

   

2023

 

2022

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

996,157

 

 

$

439,403

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

7,033

 

 

 

27,661

 

Allowance for bad debt expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

53,537

 

Gain on disposal of long-term asset

 

 

30

 

 

 

726

 

Deferred tax

 

 

47,962

 

 

 

49,309

 

Changes in assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(83,254

)

 

 

718,343

 

Deposits, prepayments and other current assets

 

 

(2,243

)

 

 

20,040

 

Accounts payable

 

 

6,975

 

 

 

(5,028

)

Deferred IPO costs

 

 

(329,405

)

 

 

(456,342

)

Tax payable

 

 

54,077

 

 

 

(5,661

)

Advance from customers

 

 

(55,458

)

 

 

42,649

 

Due from related parties

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

(551

)

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

(72,016

)

 

 

89,507

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

571,883

 

 

 

973,593

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayment of property and equipment

 

 

—

 

 

 

(25,369

)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(11,482

)

 

 

(10,044

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(11,482

)

 

 

(35,413

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans received from a related party

 

 

1,496,001

 

 

 

1,403,954

 

Repayment of loans to a related party

 

 

(2,038,083

)

 

 

(2,314,875

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(542,082

)

 

 

(910,921

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(45,688

)

 

 

3,341

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(27,369

)

 

 

30,600

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

 

46,765

 

 

 

16,165

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

 

$

19,396

 

 

$

46,765

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable amount received by a related party on behalf of the entity to offset the payable due to the same related party

 

$

1,199,610

 

 

$

1,267,995

 

Income tax paid

 

$

39

 

 

$

—

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.      Organization

3 E Network Technology Group Limited (the “Company” or “3e Network”), was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, or BVI, on October 6, 2021. The Company, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”), is primarily engaged in providing business-to-business information technology (“IT”) business solutions for companies in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”). The Company conducts its primary business operations through Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Company Limited (“Guangzhou Sanyi Network”) and Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited (“Guangzhou 3E Network”), indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries based in PRC that were incorporated on May 26, 2017 and January 17, 2023, respectively. The Company is ultimately controlled by Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law, our Chairman and Director.

a.      Subsidiaries

As of June 30, 2023, the detailed information of the Group’s consolidated subsidiaries are summarized as follows:

Name of the entity

 

Date of
incorporation

 

Percentage of
ownership

 

Place of
incorporation

 

Principle
business activities

Subsidiaries

               

3e Network Technology Holdings Limited (“BVI 3e Holdings”)

 

October 8, 2018

 

100

%

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Investment holding

3e Network Technology Company Limited (“HK 3e Network”)

 

August 30, 2020

 

100

%

 

Hong Kong

 

Investment holding and sales and marketing

Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Company Limited (“Guangzhou Sanyi Network”)

 

May 26, 2017

 

100

%

 

China

 

IT consulting and solutions service

Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited (“Guangzhou 3E Network”)

 

January 17, 2023

 

100

%

 

China

 

IT consulting and solutions service

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

a)     Basis of presentation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

b)     Principles of consolidation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries from the dates they were incorporated or acquired. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

c)      Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of these consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Group continually evaluates these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, historical experience and various other assumptions that the Group believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements include but are not limited to estimates and judgments applied in determination of allowance for doubtful receivables, impairment losses for long-lived assets and valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-7

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

d)     Foreign currency translation and transactions

The Group’s reporting currency is US dollars (“US$”). The Group’s operations are principally conducted through its subsidiaries located in the PRC where RMB is the functional currency. For those subsidiaries which are not located in mainland PRC and have the functional currency other than RMB, the financial statements are translated from their respective functional currencies into US$. Assets and liabilities are translated using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated using average rates prevailing during each reporting period, and shareholders’ equity is translated at historical exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in creating the consolidated financial statements in this report, representing the certified exchange rate published by the People’s Bank of China:

 

As of June 30,

2023

 

2022

RMB into US$ for balance sheet items, except for equity accounts

 

7.2513

 

6.6981

HKD into US$ for balance sheet items, except for equity accounts

 

7.8363

 

7.8472

 

For the years ended June 30

2023

 

2022

RMB into US$ for items in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, and cash flows

 

6.9536

 

6.4554

HKD into US$ for items in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, and cash flows

 

7.8373

 

7.8049

No representation is intended to imply that the RMB and HKD amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on June 30, 2023, or at any other rate.

e)      Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use. The Group considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

f)      Accounts receivable, net

The Group records accounts receivable at net realizable value consisting of the carrying amount less an allowance for uncollectible accounts as needed. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Group’s existing accounts receivable. The Group determines the allowance based on aging data, historical collection experience, customer specific facts and economic conditions. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

i)       Property and equipment, net

The Group’s property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method after taking into account their respective estimated residual values over the following estimated useful lives:

Leasehold improvement

 

Shorter of 3 years or lease term

Furniture, fixture and other equipment

 

2 – 3 years

Electronic equipment

 

3 years

F-8

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, resulting gain or loss is included in net income in the period of disposition.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Group recognized US$30 and US$726 gain from disposal of property and equipment.

j)      Impairment of long-lived assets

All long-lived assets, which include tangible long-lived assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value.

For the year ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Group did not recognize any impairment loss on long-lived assets.

k)     Deferred IPO cost

Deferred IPO cost consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fee and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the proposed public offering. These costs, together with the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be charged to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the proposed public offering. Should the proposed public offering prove to be unsuccessful, the deferred cost, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations.

l)       Fair value of financial instruments

The Group’s financial instruments primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, net, due from related parties, accounts payable and due to a related party. The carrying values of these financial instruments approximate fair values due to their short maturities.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This note also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires classification based on observable and unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Determining which category an asset or liability falls within the hierarchy requires significant judgment. The Group evaluates its hierarchy disclosures each quarter.

m)    Revenue recognition

In accordance with ASC Topic 606, revenues are recognized when control of the contracted goods or services is transferred to the Group’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. In determining when and how much revenue is recognized from contracts with customers, the Group performs the following five-step analysis: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to

F-9

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

the performance obligations in the contract; (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Group assesses its revenue arrangements against specific criteria in order to determine if it is acting as principal or agent. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of contracted goods or services to a customer.

Software development services

Revenues generated from software development services is earned by the Group to design software system based on client’s specification or provide them with standard software. The identified promises include (1) developing software according to client specification, (2) testing and deployment of software, (3) delivering software (including but not limited to source code, etc.) to client, (4) providing training on the use of software, and (5) option to purchase warranty. The single performance obligation identified is to develop software according to client specification. Promises (1), (2) and (3) are interrelated and cannot be separated or differentiated, because testing and deployment and delivery of software cannot be benefited on their own or with other readily available resources, except with the developed software. Promises (4) and (5) identified above are immaterial when considered both qualitative and quantitative factors of these performance obligations. In the same contract, the Company provides a twelve-month free warranty after the customized application is delivered. This warranty is an assurance-type warranty so the Company does not consider it as a separate performance obligation. The costs to the Company in fulfilling its obligation under the warranty clause have been immaterial. The sole performance obligation identified is the developing, testing and deployment, and delivery of software. The Group is the principal party in fulfilling the identified performance obligation. The revenue is recognized at a point in time which it delivers the software to the client for acceptance testing and the acceptance report is signed, which represents the point in time which the performance obligation is satisfied and when the control of the software is transferred to the client.

Revenues are measured as the amount of consideration the Group expects to receive in exchange for transferring software to customers. Consideration is recorded net of value-added tax, and there is no variable consideration exists in the software development services.

Exhibition and conference services

Revenues generated from exhibition and conference services is earned by the Group to provide IT services to exhibition or conference organizers. The service includes gates, ticketing machine, ticket reader, face recognition equipment, health code reader and personnel required to operate the equipment. The service contract is usually for a fixed period covering the set-up time and the exhibition or conference period. For this type of service, the series of tasks discussed above are interrelated and cannot be separated or differentiated, because the goal of the clients is to have a usable system for the exhibition and conference. They cannot benefit from individual task. The single performance obligation identified is the complete service is provided to the client during the contract period. The Group is the principal party in fulfilling the identified performance obligation. The control of the service is transferred to the client at a point in time when the complete service is provided to the client, as the client can only be benefited when the complete service is provided. Thus the revenue is recognized at a point in time when the provision of service is completed.

Revenues are measured as the amount of consideration the Group expects to receive in exchange for providing the service to customers. Consideration is recorded net of value-added tax, and there is no variable consideration exists in the exhibition and conference services.

Hardware sales

Revenue generated from hardware sales when the Group provides sales of gates, blue-tooth door key and face recognition device which are usually used in conjunction with the software system developed by the Group. The hardware can be provided with or without the installation services. The covenants identified are the provision of hardware and the installation service. For this type of revenue, the installation service is relatively immaterial compared to the hardware sales as it is usually free of charge and is only an accessory process to make the hardware

F-10

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

operable. The single performance obligation identified is the provision of hardware to the customers. The recognition of the revenue is when the customer has confirmed the receipt of the hardware, which is the point in time that the control of the product is transferred to the customer and the performance obligation is satisfied.

The Group presents the revenue generated from its hardware sales on a gross basis as the Group is the principal party in satisfying the performance obligation. The Group has control of the goods and has the ability to direct the use of goods to obtain substantially all the benefits. In making this determination, the Group also assesses whether it is primarily obligated in these transactions, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices, or has met several but not all of these indicators.

Revenues are measured as the amount of consideration the Group expects to receive in exchange for transferring products to customers. Consideration from product sales is recorded net of value-added tax, and there is no variable consideration exists in the hardware sales. There is also no sales return from the hardware sales after the customer has confirmed the receipt of hardware.

Others

Revenues generated from others represent the usage based fees the Group charged for a percentage of payments that passed through the Group’s software system, which is mainly used by property management company for collecting management fee. The single performance obligation identified is the provision of service for customer to collect relative payment. Proceeds allocated to others are recognized as revenue when the payment is completed, which is the point that the control of the service is transferred to the customer.

Contract balance

When a revenue contract has been performed, the Group presents the contract in the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the Group’s performance and the customer’s payment. The contract assets consist of accounts receivable and deferred cost. Accounts receivable represent revenue recognized for the amounts invoiced and/or prior to invoicing when the Group has satisfied its performance obligation and has unconditional right to the payment. Deferred cost is deferred for the contract preparation and will be recognized as cost of revenues when goods or services are transferred to customers.

The contract liabilities consist of advance from customers, which represent the billings or cash received for services or product sales in advance of revenue recognition and is recognized as revenue when all of the Group’s revenue recognition criteria are met. For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, all contract liability at the beginning of the reporting period has been recognized as revenue during the years. The Group’s advance from customers amounted to $1,520 and $57,109 as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Group expects to recognize this balance as revenue over the next 12 months.

Deferred labor cost

Labor cost incurred in relation to the development of specific contract are typically expensed as incurred. In certain case labor cost incurred for the upfront preparation and development of a highly customized development contract we would record the labor cost at the date it incurred as a deferred asset. As the contract is completed and revenue is recognized, we record the labor cost as cost of sales and reduce the deferred asset.

n)      Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consist of cost of service provided, hardware cost, staff payroll and welfare, depreciation and other miscellaneous expenses.

o)      General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries and benefits of management, accounting and administrative personnel, office rentals, depreciation of office equipment, professional service fees, utilities and other office expenses.

F-11

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

p)      Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and related expenses for research and development professionals, and other expenses related to technology and development functions. The Company follows the guidance in FASB ASC 985-20, Cost of Software to Be Sold, Leased or Marketed, regarding software development costs to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed.

FASB ASC 985-20-25 requires research and development costs for software development to be expensed as incurred until the software model is technologically feasible. Technological feasibility is established when the enterprise has completed all planning, designing, coding, testing, and identification of risks activities necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications, features, functions, technical performance requirements. A certain amount of judgment and estimation is required to assess when technological feasibility is established, as well as the ongoing assessment of the recoverability of capitalized costs. The Company’s products reach technological feasibility shortly before the products are released and sold to the public. Therefore research and development costs are generally expensed as incurred.

q)      Income taxes

The Group follows the guidance of ASC Topic 740 “Income taxes” and uses liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will be in effect in the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Group records a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in statement of income and comprehensive income in the period that includes the enactment date.

r)      Value added tax (“VAT”)

The Group is subject to VAT and related surcharges on revenue generated from software development services, exhibition and conference services, hardware sales and others. The Group records revenue net of VAT. This VAT may be offset by qualified input VAT paid by the Group to suppliers. Net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded in the line item of other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

The VAT rate is 3% for small-scale value-added taxpayers providing services. Since March 1, 2020, the Treasury Department in PRC has announced various preferential tax treatment on VAT for small-scale value-added taxpayers. Taxation Announcement 2020#13 stated from March 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, small-scale value-added taxpayers other than in Hubei province would be subject to a reduced value added tax rate of 1% on their taxable sales that used to subject to 3% VAT. Taxation Announcement 2020#24 extended the above preferential tax policy to December 31, 2020. In 2021, Taxation Announcement 2021#11 announced that from April 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, small-scale value-added taxpayers with monthly sales of less than RMB150,000 will be exempt from VAT. Taxation Announcement 2022#15 stated that from April 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, small-scale VAT taxpayers shall be exempt from VAT on taxable sales that used to subject to 3% VAT tax rate. Taxation Announcement 2023#1 stated that from January 2, 2023 to December 31, 2023, small-scale VAT taxpayers would be subject to a reduced value added tax rate of 1% on their taxable sales that used to subject to 3% VAT.

s)      Uncertain tax positions

The Group uses a more likely than not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. As a result, the impact of an uncertain income tax position is recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained.

Interest on non-payment of income taxes under requirement by tax law and penalties associated with tax positions when a tax position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold to avoid payment of penalties recognized, if any, will be classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes. The tax returns of the Group’s Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries

F-12

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

are subject to examination by the relevant local tax authorities. According to the Departmental Interpretation and Practice Notes No.11 (Revised) (“DIPN11”) of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Ordinance (the “HK tax laws”), an investigation normally covers the six years of the assessment prior to the year of the assessment in which the investigation commences. In the case of fraud and willful evasion, the investigation is extended to cover ten years of assessment. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100,000. In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is ten years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Group did not have any material interest or penalties associated with tax positions. The Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2023 or 2022. The Group does not expect that its assessment regarding unrecognized tax positions will materially change over the next 12 months.

t)       Segment reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”), which is comprised of certain members of the Group’s management team. Consequently, the Group has determined that it has only one reportable operating segment.

u)     Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments from owners and distributions to owners. For the years presented, total comprehensive income included foreign currency translation adjustments.

v)      Earnings per share

Basic earnings per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income attributable to holders of ordinary shares by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary and dilutive ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the year. Ordinary equivalent shares are not included in the denominator of the diluted earnings per share calculation when inclusion of such shares would be anti-dilutive or in the case of contingently issuable shares that all necessary conditions for issuance have not been satisfied.

w)     Commitments and contingencies

The Group accrues estimated losses from loss contingencies by a charge to income when information available before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired, or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal expenses associated with the contingency are expensed as incurred. If a loss contingency is not probable or reasonably estimable, disclosure of the loss contingency is made in the financial statements when it is at least reasonably possible that a material loss could be incurred.

As of both June 30, 2023 and 2022, there were no contingent liabilities relating to litigations against the Group.

x)     Lease

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”. The amendments in this ASU require that a lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments — Credit losses (Topic 326), Derivative and Hedging (Topic 815), and Lease (Topic 842): Effective Date. ASU2019-10 amends the effective dates

F-13

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

for ASU No. 2016-02. The Group fits the requirement for other entities and has adopted ASU2016-02 for fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. The Company has adopted the amendments with no material change to the Group’s balance sheet to recognize right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities for operating leases.

y)      Recent issued or adopted accounting standards

The Group is an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, EGC can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Group does not opt out of extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards. Therefore, the Group’s financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The amendments in this ASU require the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. The amendments in this ASU replace the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses”, which among other things, clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of Subtopic 326-20. Instead, impairment of receivables arising from operating leases should be accounted for in accordance with Topic 842, Leases. For public entities, the amendments in these ASUs are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. As a result of the issuance of ASU No. 2019-10 as discussed above, the effective date of ASU No. 2016-13 and its subsequent updates for all other entities was deferred to for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Group has adopted the ASUs since the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 and the adoption does not have material impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”. The amendments in this ASU eliminate, add and modify certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require public companies to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, and entities are permitted to early adopt either the entire standard or only the provisions that eliminate or modify the requirements. The Group has adopted these amendments since the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The adoption of these amendments does not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

Other accounting pronouncements that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial position and results of operations upon adoption.

3.    Accounts Receivables, net

 

As of June 30,

2023

 

2022

US$

 

US$

Less than 6 months

 

725,064

 

767,516

More than 6 months but less than 1 year

 

93,069

 

88,942

More than 1 year

 

57,148

 

29,860

   

875,281

 

886,318

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

—

 

—

Total

 

875,281

 

886,318

F-14

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.      Accounts Receivables, net (cont.)

The roll forward schedule of accounts receivable allowance is as follows:

 

Amount

US$

Balance as of July 1, 2021

 

—

 

Addition

 

53,537

 

Write off

 

(53,537

)

Balance as of June 30, 2022

 

—

 

Addition

 

—

 

Write off

 

—

 

Balance as of June 30, 2023

 

—

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, nil and $53,537 bad debt expense was recognized against its accounts receivable, respectively.

4.     Deposits, Prepayments and Other Current Assets

 

As of June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

US$

 

US$

Deposits for purchase of vehicle

 

25,267

 

25,232

Prepaid social insurance

 

5,872

 

6,312

Deposit for office lease

 

7,091

 

7,677

Deferred costs

 

—

 

6,601

Other current assets

 

6,503

 

749

Deposits, prepayments and other current assets

 

44,733

 

46,571

5.      Property and Equipment, Net

 

As of June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

US$

 

US$

Electronic equipment

 

123,215

 

 

122,012

 

Furniture, fixtures and other equipment

 

2,046

 

 

2,215

 

Leasehold improvement

 

11,059

 

 

11,973

 

Property and equipment, cost

 

136,320

 

 

136,200

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(118,533

)

 

(121,533

)

   

17,787

 

 

14,667

 

Depreciation expenses for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 were approximately $7,033 and $27,661, respectively.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, no impairment loss was recognized for the Group’s property and equipment.

6.     Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

 

As of June 30,

2023

 

2022

   

US$

 

US$

Payroll payables

 

191,616

 

191,158

Accrued professional fees

 

2,206

 

6,754

Accrued audit fee

 

—

 

85,534

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

193,822

 

283,446

F-15

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.      Income Taxes

The entities within the Group file separate tax returns in the respective tax jurisdictions in which they operate.

British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)

Under the current laws of the BVI, the Group’s subsidiaries incorporated in BVI are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by these BVI companies to its respective shareholders, no BVI withholding tax will be imposed.

Hong Kong, PRC

Our subsidiary, HK 3e Network, is a Hong Kong entity subject to the two-tier profits tax rates system, which was introduced under the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No.3) Ordinance 2018 (the “Ordinance”) of Hong Kong, and applies for a year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 2018.

Under the two-tier profit tax rates regime, the profits tax rate for the first HKD 2 million of assessable profits of a corporation will be subject to the lowered tax rate of 8.25% while the remaining assessable profits will be subject to the tax rate of 16.5%.

In respect of dividends paid to HK 3e Network by Guangzhou 3e Network and Guangzhou Sanyi Network, under Hong Kong’s Foreign-sourced Income Exemption regime effective from 1 January 2023, income arising in or derived from a territory outside Hong Kong (such as dividends) received by a Hong Kong entity which is a multinational enterprise entity (“MNE entity”) carrying on business in Hong Kong may be regarded as specified foreign-sourced income which will be deemed to be sourced from Hong Kong and chargeable to profits tax, subject to certain exemptions. In addition, payments of dividends from our Hong Kong subsidiary to its shareholder(s) are not subject to any Hong Kong withholding tax.

Mainland, PRC

The Group’s PRC subsidiaries are governed by the income tax law of the PRC and are subject to the PRC enterprise income tax (“EIT”). The EIT rate of PRC is 25%, which applies to both domestic and foreign invested enterprises.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the income tax rate of the Group’s PRC subsidiaries is 25%.

 

For the years ended
June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

US$

 

US$

Current tax expense

 

26,534

 

—

Deferred tax expense

 

47,962

 

49,307

Income tax expenses

 

74,496

 

49,307

F-16

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.      Income Taxes (cont.)

A reconciliation of the income tax expense determined at the PRC statutory income tax rate to the Group’s actual income tax expense is as follows:

 

For the years ended
June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

US$

 

US$

Income before income tax expense

 

1,070,653

 

 

488,710

 

PRC statutory income tax rate

 

25

%

 

25

%

Income tax at PRC statutory income tax rate

 

267,663

 

 

122,178

 

Difference due to preferential tax

 

(102,656

)

 

—

 

Super deduction of qualified R&D expenditures

 

(107,209

)

 

(81,838

)

Expenses not deductible

 

4,089

 

 

8,970

 

Deductible temporary difference not recognized

 

—

 

 

13,582

 

Utilization of tax loss carried forward

 

(35,353

)

 

(62,892

)

Realization of deferred tax assets

 

47,962

 

 

49,307

 

Income tax expense

 

74,496

 

 

49,307

 

The Group’s deferred tax assets at June 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

 

As of June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

US$

 

US$

Deferred tax assets

 

264,736

 

336,392

Less, valuation allowance

 

—

 

—

Deferred tax assets, net

 

264,736

 

336,392

Deferred tax assets represented net operating losses (NOLs) carryforward and accrued bad debt expense. Total NOLs carryforwards of the Group’s subsidiary in mainland China is RMB7,678,722 and RMB8,662,039 as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, nil NOL would expire by 2023 if not utilized. For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, deferred tax assets from accrued bad debt expense were nil and $13,582.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Group did not have any material interest or penalties associated with tax positions. The Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2023 or 2022. The Group does not expect that its assessment regarding unrecognized tax positions will materially change over the next 12 months.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Group did not have any material interest or penalties associated with tax positions. The Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2023 or 2022. The Group does not expect that its assessment regarding unrecognized tax positions will materially change over the next 12 months.

8.      Ordinary Shares

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company had 1,000 Ordinary Shares, with par value of US$1 each. The number of shares outstanding remains the same as of the issuance date of the financial statements.

F-17

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.      Restricted Net Assets

The Group’s operations are conducted through its PRC subsidiaries. The Group’s ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on receiving distributions of funds from its PRC subsidiaries. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by its PRC subsidiaries only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and after it has met the PRC requirements for appropriation to statutory reserves. Paid in capital of the PRC subsidiaries included in the Group’s consolidated net assets are also non-distributable for dividend purposes.

In accordance with the PRC regulations on Enterprises with Foreign Investment, a WFOE established in the PRC is required to provide certain statutory reserves, namely general reserve fund, the enterprise expansion fund and staff welfare and bonus fund which are appropriated from net profit as reported in the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. A WFOE is required to allocate at least 10% of its annual after-tax profit to the general reserve until such reserve has reached 50% of its registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. Appropriations to the enterprise expansion fund and staff welfare and bonus fund are at the discretion of the board of directors. The aforementioned reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. The Group’s WFOE is subject to the above mandated restrictions on distributable profits.

As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Group’s PRC subsidiary is restricted in its ability to transfer a portion of its net assets to the Company. As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, net assets restricted in the aggregate, which include paid-in capital and statutory reserve of the Group’s PRC subsidiaries, that is included in the Group’s consolidated net assets were approximately $772,670 and $298,309, respectively.

10.    Employee Defined Contribution Plan

Full time employees of the Group’s subsidiaries in PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. The related labor regulations of PRC require that the Group make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts for such employee benefits were US$124,007 and US$106,613 for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

11.    Concentration of Risk

Credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and due from related parties. As of June 30, 2023, all of the Groups’ cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash was held by major financial institutions located in PRC. The Group believes that these financial institutions located in PRC are of high credit quality. For accounts receivable and due from related parties, the Group extends credit based on an evaluation of the customer’s or other parties’ financial condition, generally without requiring collateral or other security. In order to minimize the credit risk, the Group delegated a team responsible for credit approvals and other monitoring procedures to ensure that follow-up action is taken to recover overdue debts. Further, the Group reviews the recoverable amount of each individual receivable at each balance sheet date to ensure that adequate allowances are made for doubtful accounts. In this regard, the Group considers that the Group’s credit risk for accounts receivable and due from related parties is significantly reduced.

F-18

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11.    Concentration of Risk (cont.)

Concentration of customers and suppliers

The following tables summarized the information about the Group’s concentration of customers and suppliers for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 or as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively:

 

A

 

B

 

C

 

D

 

E

 

F

 

G

 

H

 

I

Revenues, customer concentration risk

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Year ended June 30, 2023

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

23

%

 

15

%

 

12

%

 

11

%

 

10

%

Year ended June 30, 2022

 

40

%

 

26

%

 

16

%

 

11

%

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

*

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivable, customer concentration risk

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

As of June 30, 2023

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

*

 

 

—

 

 

37

%

 

*

 

 

*

 

 

10

%

 

10

%

As of June 30, 2022

 

49

%

 

29

%

 

17

%

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

J

 

K

 

L

 

M

 

N

 

O

 

P

 

Q

Purchase, supplier concentration risk

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Year ended June 30, 2023

 

81

%

 

19

%

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Year ended June 30, 2022

 

—

 

 

14

%

 

35

%

 

20

%

 

13

%

 

13

%

 

—

 

 

—

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts payable, supplier concentration risk

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

As of June 30, 2023

 

100

%

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

As of June 30, 2022

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

66

%

 

34

%

____________

*        Less than 10%.

—      No transaction incurred during the year/no balance existed as of the reporting date.

12.    Commitments and Contingencies

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Group has no operating lease commitment for more than 1 year.

For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, rental expenses under operating leases were approximately US$19,078 and US$27,606, respectively.

13.    Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share for each of the year presented is calculated as follows:

 

For the years ended
June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

   

US$

 

US$

Numerators

       

Net income

 

996,157

 

439,403

         

Denominators

       

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding-Basic and diluted

 

1,000

 

1,000

Net income per ordinary share-Basic and diluted

 

996.2

 

439.4

F-19

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.    Due From/(To) Related Parties

The following is a list of the related parties with whom the Group conducted transactions during the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, and their relation with the Group:

Name of the related parties

 

Relation with the Group

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law

 

Chairman of board of director

Ms. Haodong Li

 

General manager

Mr. Ye Tao

 

Chief executive officer

Mr. Zhaolai Deng

 

Product director

Mr. Zhiyong Lin

 

Chief technical officer

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

 

Shareholder

 

As of
June 30,
2023

 

As of
June 30,
2022

   

US$

 

US$

Due from related parties – current

 

 

   

 

 

Mr. Ye Tao

 

$

5,975

 

$

—

Ms. Haodong Li

 

 

—

 

 

1,493

Mr. Zhaolai Deng

 

 

—

 

 

83

Mr. Zhiyong Lin

 

 

1,324

 

 

—

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

 

 

—

 

 

1,885

   

$

7,299

 

$

3,461

 

As of
June 30,
2023

 

As of
June 30,
2022

   

US$

 

US$

Due from a related party – non-current

 

 

   

 

 

Mr. Ye Tao

 

$

—

 

$

6,469

   

$

—

 

$

6,469

Due from related parties represents cash advanced to these related parties to use for the Company’s operations.

 

As of
June 30,
2023

 

As of
June 30,
2022

   

US$

 

US$

Due to a related party – current

 

 

   

 

 

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law

 

$

—

 

$

743,064

   

$

—

 

$

743,064

 

As of
June 30,
2023

 

As of
June 30,
2022

   

US$

 

US$

Due to a related party – non-current

 

 

   

 

 

Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law

 

$

551,867

 

$

404,978

   

$

551,867

 

$

404,978

Due to a related party represents interest-free loan payable on money borrowed by the Company and used for daily operation. The payable is interest-free and has maturity date on September 30, 2027. As of the date of this financial statement, nil of the payable has been settled.

F-20

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.    Due From/(To) Related Parties (cont.)

The major related party transactions with Mr. Joseph Shu Sang Law are summarized as follows:

 

Amount
due to

   

US$

Balance as of July 1, 2021

 

$

2,098,234

 

Loan borrowed from related party

 

 

1,403,954

 

Repayment of loan to related party

 

 

(2,314,875

)

Exchange rate translation difference

 

 

(39,271

)

Balance as of June 30, 2022

 

 

1,148,042

 

Loan borrowed from related party

 

 

1,496,001

 

Repayment of loan to related party

 

 

(2,038,083

)

Exchange rate translation difference

 

 

(54,093

)

Balance as of June 30, 2023

 

$

551,867

 

15.    Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of this consolidated financial statements, which was through September 27, 2023, and noted that there are no material subsequent events.

16.    Financial Information of the Parent Company

The Parent Company was incorporated on October 8, 2018. The following disclosures present the financial positions of the Parent Company as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, and results of operations and cash flows of the Parent Company for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022.

The financial statements of the Parent Company have been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Group’s consolidated financial statements except that the Parent Company uses the equity method to account for investments in its subsidiaries.

The Parent Company and its subsidiaries were included in the consolidated financial statements whereby the inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. For the purpose of the Parent Company’s financial statements, its investments in subsidiaries are reported using the equity method of accounting.

The Parent Company is a BVI company, therefore, is not subject to income taxes for all years presented.

F-21

Table of Contents

3 E NETWORK TECHNOLOGY GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16.    Financial Information of the Parent Company (cont.)

Balance Sheets
(In US$, except for share and per share data, or otherwise stated)

 

As of June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

$

1,200,513

 

 

$

300,055

 

Total Assets

 

$

1,200,513

 

 

$

300,055

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related parties

 

$

3,359

 

 

$

—

 

Other payables

 

 

702

 

 

 

1,746

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

4,061

 

 

 

1,746

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares (US$1 par value; 50,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and 2022)

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

Subscription receivables

 

 

(1,000

)

 

 

(1,000

)

Retained earnings

 

 

1,354,842

 

 

 

358,685

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(158,390

)

 

 

(60,376

)

Total Equity

 

 

1,196,452

 

 

 

298,309

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

 

$

1,200,513

 

 

$

300,055

 

Statements of Operations
(In US$, except for share and per share data, or otherwise stated)

 

For the years ended June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

General and administration expenses

 

$

(2,302

)

 

$

(1,666

)

Income from equity-method investment

 

 

998,459

 

 

 

441,069

 

Net income

 

$

996,157

 

 

$

439,403

 

Statements of Cash Flows
(In US$, except for share and per share data, or otherwise stated)

 

For the years ended June 30,

   

2023

 

2022

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

996,157

 

 

$

439,403

 

Gain from equity-method investment

 

 

(996,157

)

 

 

(439,403

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

F-22

Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Our Amended and Restated Articles, which has become effective on [•], empowers us to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities they incur by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers in connection with this offering. Under these agreements, we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

The underwriting agreement in connection with this offering also provides for indemnification of us and our officers, directors or persons controlling us for certain liabilities.

We intend to obtain directors’ and officer’s liability insurance coverage that will cover certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. None of these transactions involved any underwriters’ underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

On October 6, 2021, the Company issued the following number of shares:

Name

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares

 

Purchase
Price

Shu Sang Joseph Law

 

520

 

US$    520.00

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

 

50

 

US$      50.00

State-of-the-Art International Limited

 

60

 

US$      60.00

Vanguard First Limited

 

60

 

US$      60.00

Great name Group Limited

 

60

 

US$      60.00

Cosmic Paramount Enterprises Limited

 

50

 

US$      50.00

Lucky Champion Ventures Limited

 

50

 

US$      50.00

APTC Holdings Limited

 

45

 

US$      45.00

Market Tycoon Investments Limited

 

60

 

US$      60.00

Golden Base Ventures Limited

 

45

 

US$      45.00

Total

 

1,000

 

US$ 1,000.00

On September 29, 2022, Mr. Law purchased a total of 250 shares for an aggregate of $250, including 50 shares from Cosmic Paramount Enterprises Limited for $50, 50 shares from Lucky Champion Ventures Limited for $50, 45 shares from APTC Holdings Limited for $45, 60 shares from Market Tycoon Investments Limited for $60, and 45 shares from Golden Base Ventures Limited for $45, resulting the following remaining shareholders:

Name

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares

 

Purchase
Price

Shu Sang Joseph Law

 

770

 

US$    770.00

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

 

50

 

US$      50.00

State-of-the-Art International Limited

 

60

 

US$      60.00

Vanguard First Limited

 

60

 

US$      60.00

Great name Group Limited

 

60

 

US$      60.00

Total

 

1,000

 

US$ 1,000.00

II-1

Table of Contents

On December 19, 2023, the board of directors and shareholders of the Company have agreed to file the Amended and Restated Articles with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of BVI to increase our authorized shares from 50,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $1 per share, to 500,000,000 ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of (i) 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001, and (ii) 100,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001. Simultaneously, the board of directors and shareholders of the Company have agreed to effectuate a forward split of all issued and outstanding shares at a ratio of 1-for-10,000, and convert all existing issued and outstanding ordinary shares into Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company at a ratio of 1-for-1. As of the date of this prospectus, the filing of the Amended and Restated Articles has not yet occur or become effective. Once it is effective, there will be 10,000,000 issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company and no Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, specifically:

Name

 

Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares

 

Purchase
Price

Shu Sang Joseph Law

 

7,700,000

 

US$    770.00

Vast Profit Ventures Limited

 

500,000

 

US$      50.00

State-of-the-Art International Limited

 

600,000

 

US$      60.00

Vanguard First Limited

 

600,000

 

US$      60.00

Great name Group Limited

 

600,000

 

US$      60.00

Total

 

10,000,000

 

US$ 1,000.00

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)    Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed

II-2

Table of Contents

to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that No statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4)    For the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1*

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association, effective October 6, 2021.

3.2*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (not yet effective).

4.1

 

Specimen Certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares

5.1

 

Opinion of Forbes Hare regarding the validity of the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered

8.1

 

Opinion of Forbes Hare as to BVI tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)

10.1*

 

English Translation of Employment Agreement, dated June 10, 2022, between Ye Tao and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.2

 

English Translation of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2023, between Hui Wang and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.3*

 

English Translation of Employment Agreement, dated August 8, 2021, between Zhaolai Deng and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.4*

 

English Translation of Employment Agreement, dated September 27, 2020, between Zhiyong Lin and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.5*

 

English Translation of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2022, between Haodong Li and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.6*+

 

Software Development Agreement, dated September 10, 2021 between Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Orient Aim Limited.

10.7

 

English Translation of Property Rental Platform Software Development Agreement, dated December 29, 2021 between Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Excel Value Limited.

10.8*+

 

English Translation of Procurement Agreement for CISMEF Exhibition Visitor Entry Information Collection System, dated September 10, 2021, between Guangzhou Sanyi Network and the Bureau for the Organization of China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair (CISMEF).

10.9*+

 

English Translation of Smart Restaurant Management System Procurement Agreement, dated August 11, 2021, between Guangzhou Sanyi Network and MKH Concept Enterprise Limited.

10.10*+

 

English Translation of Smart Restaurant Management System Procurement Agreement, dated March 7, 2022, between Guangzhou Sanyi Network and MKH Concept Enterprise Limited.

II-3

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.11

 

English Translation of Smart Property Management System Development Agreement, dated August 18, 2020, between Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Meizhou Lizhen Industry Co. Ltd.

10.12

 

English Translation of Technology Development Agreement, dated February 2, 2023, between Guangdong Yangshuo yunwei Energy Technology Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.13

 

English Translation of Technology Development Agreement, dated May 8, 2023, between Guangdong Yangshuo yunwei Energy Technology Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.14

 

English Translation of Smart Property Management System Development Agreement, dated March 10, 2023, between Juyue Zaishou (Hainan) Investment Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.15*+

 

English Translation of Technology Development Service Agreement, dated March 29, 2022, between Canton Fair Advertising Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.16

 

English Translation of Smart Property Management System Development Agreement, dated September 21, 2022, between Shanhu Technology (Guangdong) Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.17

 

Software Development Agreement, dated January 12, 2022, between Creative Profit Enterprise Limited and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.18

 

English Translation of Smart Restaurant Management System Procurement Agreement, dated February 13, 2023, between Guangzhou Sanyi Network and Guangzhou Golden Palm Restaurant & Entertainment Co. Ltd.

10.19

 

English Translation of Software Sales Agreement, dated January 10, 2023, between Foshan Jiudatai Exhibition Technology Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.20

 

English Translation of Project Consultation Service Agreement, dated February 20, 2023, between Shanhu Technology (Guangdong) Co. Ltd., and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.21

 

English Translation of Software Sales Agreement, dated April 25, 2023, between YCKC Consulting Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.22

 

English Translation of Software Sales Agreement, dated January 18, 2023, between Innovation Global Financial Group Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.23*

 

English Translation of Real Property Rental Agreement, dated May 25, 2023, between Guangzhou Songchuang Investment Consulting Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou 3E Network.

10.24*

 

English Translations of Sun Yat-sen University Science Park Real Property Rental Agreements, dated April 1, 2023, April 1, 2022, and April 1, 2020, respectively, between Guangzhou Sun Yat-sen University Science Park Co. Ltd. and Guangzhou Sanyi Network.

10.25

 

English Translation of Employment Agreement, dated October 12, 2023, between Tingjun Yang and HK 3e Network.

10.26

 

Form of Offer Letter for Executive Officer of the Registrant.

10.27*

 

Form of Offer Letter from the Registrant to the director nominees.

10.28*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors and officers.

10.29*

 

Form of Confidentiality Agreement between Officers of Guangzhou Sanyi and Guangzhou Sanyi.

14.1*

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant.

21.1*

 

List of Subsidiaries

23.1*

 

Consent of HTL International LLC, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

 

Consent of Forbes Hares (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Han Kun Law Offices (included in Exhibit 99.)

99.1*

 

Consent of Ni Ma.

99.2*

 

Consent of Xishi Yuan.

99.3*

 

Consent of Hailiang Jia.

99.4

 

Opinion of Han Kun Law Offices regarding certain PRC Legal Matters

107*

 

Filing Fee Table

____________

*        Filed herewith

+        Portions of this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K.

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on the Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, People’s Republic of China, on December 20, 2023.

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

   

By:

 

/s/ Ye Tao

       

Ye Tao

       

Co-Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Ye Tao as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his name or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, in connection with this registration statement, including to sign and file in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as director or officer of the registrant, any and all amendments or supplements (including any and all prospectus supplements, stickers and post-effective amendments) to this registration statement with all exhibits thereto, and sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any applicable securities exchange, securities self-regulatory body or other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith and in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Ye Tao

 

Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

December 20, 2023

Ye Tao

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Tingjun Yang

 

Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

December 20, 2023

Tingjun Yang

       

/s/ Joseph Shu Sang Law

 

Chairman and Director

 

December 20, 2023

Joseph Shu Sang Law

       

/s/ Hui Wang

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director

 

December 20, 2023

Hui Wang

 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

   

II-5

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of America, has signed this registration statement thereto in the City of New York, State of New York, United States, on December 20, 2023.

 

By:

 

/s/ Colleen A. De Vries

       

Name: Colleen A. De Vries

       

Title:   Sr. Vice President of Cogency

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

 

BVI COMPANY NUMBER: 2077832

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

Incorporated on the 6th day of October, 2021

 

INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

 

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1.DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1.In this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Company, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

 

“Act” means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (No. 16 of 2004) and includes the regulations made under the Act;

 

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company;

 

“Chairman of the Board” has the meaning specified in Regulation 12;

 

“Distribution” in relation to a distribution by the Company to a Shareholder means the direct or indirect transfer of an asset, other than Shares, to or for the benefit of the Shareholder, or the incurring of a debt to or for the benefit of a Shareholder, in relation to Shares held by a Shareholder, and whether by means of the purchase of an asset, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Shares, a transfer of indebtedness or otherwise, and includes a dividend;

 

“Memorandum” means this Memorandum of Association of the Company;

 

“Person” includes individuals, corporations, trusts, the estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons;

 

“Registrar” means the Registrar of Corporate Affairs appointed under section 229 of the Act;

 

“Resolution of Directors” means either:

 

(a)a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or

 

(b)a resolution consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable or other written electronic communication by a majority of the directors of the Company. A written resolution consented to in such manner may consist of several documents including written electronic communication, in like form each signed or assented to by one or more directors.

 

- 1 -

 

 

“Resolution of Shareholders” means either:

 

(a)a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Shareholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of in excess of 50 percent of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or

 

(b)a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of in excess of 50 percent of the votes of Shares entitled to vote thereon;

 

“Seal” means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;

 

“Securities” means Shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire Shares or debt obligations;

 

“Share” means a share issued or to be issued by the Company;

 

“Shareholder” means a Person whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of one or more Shares or fractional Shares;

 

“Treasury Share” means a Share that was previously issued but was repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled; and

 

“Written” or any term of like import includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange, electronic mail, telegram, telex or telecopy, and “in writing” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.2.In the Memorandum and the Articles, unless the context otherwise requires a reference to:

 

(a)a “Regulation” is a reference to a regulation of the Articles;

 

(b)a “Clause” is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum;

 

(c)voting by Shareholders is a reference to the casting of the votes attached to the Shares held by the Shareholder voting;

 

(d)the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles is a reference to the Act or those documents as amended or, in the case of the Act, any re-enactment thereof and any subsidiary legislation made thereunder; and

 

(e)the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

1.3.Any words or expressions defined in the Act unless the context otherwise requires bear the same meaning in the Memorandum and the Articles unless otherwise defined herein.

 

1.4.Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in interpreting the Memorandum and the Articles.

 

2.NAME

 

The name of the Company is 3 E Network Technology Group Limited.

 

3.STATUS

 

The Company is a company limited by Shares.

 

- 2 -

 

 

4.REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

4.1.The first registered office of the Company is at Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent.

 

4.2.The first registered agent of the Company is Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

 

4.3.The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors change the location of its registered office or change its registered agent.

 

4.4.Any change of registered office or registered agent will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of the change filed by the existing registered agent or a legal practitioner in the British Virgin Islands acting on behalf of the Company.

 

4.5.The registered agent shall:

 

(a)act on the instructions of the directors of the Company if those instructions are contained in a Resolution of Directors and a copy of the Resolution of Directors is made available to the registered agent; and

 

(b)recognise and accept the appointment or removal of a director or directors by Shareholders.

 

5.CAPACITY AND POWERS

 

5.1.Subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation, the Company has, irrespective of corporate benefit:

 

(a)full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and

 

(b)for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.

 

5.2.For the purposes of section 9(4) of the Act, there are no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on.

 

6.NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES

 

6.1.Shares in the company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

 

6.2.The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 Shares of a single class each with a par value of US$1.00.

 

6.3.The Company may issue fractional Shares and a fractional Share shall have the corresponding fractional rights, obligations and liabilities of a whole Share of the same class or series of Shares.

 

6.4.Shares may be issued in one or more series of Shares as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine from time to time.

 

7.RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

7.1.Each Share confers upon the Shareholder:

 

(a)the right to one vote at a meeting of the Shareholders or on any Resolution of Shareholders;

 

(b)the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

(c)the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

7.2.The Company may by Resolution of Directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Shares subject to Regulation 3 of the Articles.

 

- 3 -

 

 

8.VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

If at any time the Shares are divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not the Company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of not less than 50 percent of the issued Shares in that class.

 

9.RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUE OF SHARES PARI PASSU

 

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

10.REGISTERED SHARES

 

10.1.The Company shall issue Registered Shares only.

 

10.2.The Company is not authorised to issue Bearer Shares, convert Registered Shares to Bearer Shares or exchange Registered Shares for Bearer Shares.

 

11.TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

11.1.The Company shall, on receipt of an instrument of transfer complying with Sub-Regulation 6.1 of the Articles, enter the name of the transferee of a Share in the register of members unless the directors resolve to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer for reasons that shall be specified in a Resolution of Directors.

 

11.2.The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a Share unless the Shareholder has failed to pay an amount due in respect of the Share.

 

12.AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM AND THE ARTICLES

 

12.1.Subject to Clause 8, the Company may amend the Memorandum or the Articles by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors, save that no amendment may be made by Resolution of Directors:

 

(a)to restrict the rights or powers of the Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b)to change the percentage of Shareholders required to pass a Resolution of Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(c)in circumstances where the Memorandum or the Articles cannot be amended by the Shareholders; or

 

(d)to Clauses 7, 8, 9 or this Clause 12.

 

12.2.Any amendment of the Memorandum or the Articles will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of amendment, or restated Memorandum and Articles, filed by the registered agent.

 

- 4 -

 

 

We, Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Memorandum of Association the 6th day of October, 2021.

 

Incorporator

 

/s/ Rexella D. Hodge  
(Sd.) Rexella D. Hodge  
Authorised Signatory  
Vistra (BVI) Limited  

  

- 5 -

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1.REGISTERED SHARES

 

1.1.Every Shareholder is entitled, on request to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorised by Resolution of Directors, or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorised person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

1.2.Any Shareholder receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by Resolution of Directors.

 

1.3.If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such Persons may give an effectual receipt for any Distribution.

 

2.SHARES

 

2.1.Shares and other Securities may be issued at such times, to such Persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

2.2.Section 46 of the Act (Pre-emptive rights) does not apply to the Company.

 

2.3.A Share may be issued for consideration in any form or a combination of forms, including money, a promissory note, or other written obligation to contribute money or property, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how), services rendered or a contract for future services.

 

2.4.The consideration for a Share with par value shall not be less than the par value of the Share. If a Share with par value is issued for consideration less than the par value, the person to whom the Share is issued is liable to pay to the Company an amount equal to the difference between the issue price and the par value.

 

2.5.A bonus share issued by the Company shall be deemed to have been fully paid for on issue.

 

2.6.No Shares may be issued for a consideration, which is in whole or in part, other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating:

 

(a)the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares; and

 

(b)that, in the opinion of the directors, the present cash value of the non-money consideration and money consideration, if any, is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares.

 

- 6 -

 

 

2.7.The consideration paid for any Share, whether a par value Share or a no par value Share, shall not be treated as a liability or debt of the Company for the purposes of:

 

(a)the solvency test in Regulations 3 and 18; and

 

(b)sections 197 and 209 of the Act.

 

2.8.The Company shall keep a register (the “register of members”) containing:

 

(a)the names and addresses of the Persons who hold Shares;

 

(b)the number of each class and series of Shares held by each Shareholder;

 

(c)the date on which the name of each Shareholder was entered in the register of members; and

 

(d)the date on which any Person ceased to be a Shareholder.

 

2.9.The register of members may be in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of members.

 

2.10.A Share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Shareholder is entered in the register of members.

 

3.REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

3.1.The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own Shares in such manner and upon such other terms as the directors may agree with the relevant Shareholder(s) save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own Shares without the consent of Shareholders whose Shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the Shares without their consent.

 

3.2.The Company may acquire its own fully paid Share or Shares for no consideration by way of surrender of the Share or Shares to the Company by the Shareholder holding the Share or Shares. Any surrender of a Share or Shares under this Sub-Regulation 3.2 shall be in writing and signed by the Shareholder holding the Share or Shares.

 

3.3.The Company may only offer to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Shares if the Resolution of Directors authorising the purchase, redemption or other acquisition contains a statement that the directors are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately after the acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

3.4.Sections 60 (Process for acquisition of own Shares), 61 (Offer to one or more shareholders) and 62 (Shares redeemed otherwise than at the option of company) of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

3.5.Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to this Regulation may be cancelled or held as Treasury Shares except to the extent that such Shares are in excess of 50 percent of the issued Shares in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

3.6.All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a Treasury Share.

 

- 7 -

 

 

3.7.Treasury Shares may be transferred by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and the Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

3.8.Where Shares are held by another body corporate of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, Shares having more than 50 percent of the votes in the election of directors of the other body corporate, all rights and obligations attaching to the Shares held by the other body corporate are suspended and shall not be exercised by the other body corporate.

 

4.MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

 

4.1.Shareholders may mortgage or charge their Shares.

 

4.2.There shall be entered in the register of members at the written request of the Shareholder:

 

(a)a statement that the Shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;

 

(b)the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

(c)the date on which the particulars specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of members.

 

4.3.Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of members, such particulars may be cancelled:

 

(a)with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

(b)upon evidence satisfactory to the directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

4.4.Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over Shares are entered in the register of members pursuant to this Regulation:

 

(a)no transfer of any Share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;

 

(b)the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Share; and

 

(c)no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such Shares, without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

5.FORFEITURE

 

5.1.Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation.

 

5.2.A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the Shareholder who defaults in making payment in respect of the Shares.

 

5.3.The written notice of call referred to in Sub-Regulation 5.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the Shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

5.4.Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.3 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the Shares to which the notice relates.

 

5.5.The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to a Shareholder whose Shares have been cancelled pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.4 and that Shareholder shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company.

 

- 8 -

 

 

6.TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

6.1.Subject to the Memorandum, Shares may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company for registration.

 

6.2.The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members.

 

6.3.If the directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by Resolution of Directors:

 

(a)to accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and

 

(b)that the transferee’s name should be entered in the register of members notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer.

 

6.4.Subject to the Memorandum, the personal representative of a deceased Shareholder may transfer a Share even though the personal representative is not a Shareholder at the time of the transfer.

 

7.MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

7.1.Any director of the Company may convene meetings of the Shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable.

 

7.2.Upon the written request of Shareholders entitled to exercise 30 percent or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of Shareholders.

 

7.3.The director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of Shareholders to:

 

(a)those Shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Shareholders in the register of members and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

(b)the other directors.

 

7.4.The director convening a meeting of Shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those Shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice.

 

7.5.A meeting of Shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Shareholders holding at least 90 percent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Shareholder holds.

 

7.6.The inadvertent failure of a director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Shareholder or another director, or the fact that a Shareholder or another director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

7.7.A Shareholder may be represented at a meeting of Shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Shareholder.

 

- 9 -

 

 

7.8.The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented.

 

7.9.The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the Shareholder appointing the proxy.

 

 

[COMPANY NAME]

 

(the “Company”)

 

I/We,   ........................................., being a Shareholder of the Company HEREBY APPOINT ......................................... of .................................... or failing him ......................................... of ......................................... to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of Shareholders to be held on the ......... day of ........................................., 20...... and at any adjournment thereof.

 

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

Signed this...... day of ...................................., 20.....

 

...........................................

Shareholder

 

 

7.10.The following applies where Shares are jointly owned:

 

(a)if two or more persons hold Shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Shareholders and may speak as a Shareholder;

 

(b)if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

(c)if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

7.11.A Shareholder shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Shareholders if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Shareholders participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

7.12.A meeting of Shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 percent of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote on Resolutions of Shareholders to be considered at the meeting. A quorum may comprise a single Shareholder or proxy and then such person may pass a Resolution of Shareholders and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Shareholders.

 

7.13.If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

- 10 -

 

 

7.14.At every meeting of Shareholders, the Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting, the Shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the Shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting Shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual Shareholder or representative of a Shareholder present shall take the chair.

 

7.15.The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

7.16.At any meeting of the Shareholders the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

7.17.Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Regulation for the appointment of representatives of Persons other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Shareholder shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the Person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Shareholder or the Company.

 

7.18.Any Person other than an individual which is a Shareholder may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders or of any class of Shareholders, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same rights on behalf of the Shareholder which he represents as that Shareholder could exercise if it were an individual.

 

7.19.The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any Person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such Person shall be disregarded.

 

7.20.Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of Shareholders and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares.

 

7.21.An action that may be taken by the Shareholders at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, but if any Resolution of Shareholders is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Shareholders, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Shareholders not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Shareholders. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Shareholders holding a sufficient number of votes of Shares to constitute a Resolution of Shareholders have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

- 11 -

 

 

8.DIRECTORS

 

8.1.The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

8.2.No person shall be appointed as a director, alternate director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company unless he has consented in writing to be a director, alternate director or to be nominated as a reserve director respectively.

 

8.3.Subject to Sub-Regulation 8.1, the minimum number of directors shall be one and there shall be no maximum number.

 

8.4.Each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Shareholders or the Resolution of Directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

8.5.A director may be removed from office,

 

(a)with or without cause, by Resolution of Shareholders passed at a meeting of Shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by at least 75 percent of the votes of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to vote; or

 

(b)with cause, by Resolution of Directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

 

8.6.A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the Act.

 

8.7.The directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors. Where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office.

 

8.8.A vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

8.9.Where the Company only has one Shareholder who is an individual and that Shareholder is also the sole director of the Company, the sole Shareholder/director may, by instrument in writing, nominate a person who is not disqualified from being a director of the Company as a reserve director of the Company to act in the place of the sole director in the event of his death.

 

8.10.The nomination of a person as a reserve director of the Company ceases to have effect if:

 

(a)before the death of the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him,

 

(i)he resigns as reserve director, or

 

(ii)the sole Shareholder/director revokes the nomination in writing; or

 

(b)the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him ceases to be able to be the sole Shareholder/director of the Company for any reason other than his death.

 

- 12 -

 

 

8.11.The Company shall keep a register of directors (the “register of directors”) containing:

 

(a)in the case of an individual director, the particulars stated in section 118A(1)(a) of the Act;

 

(b)in the case of a corporate director, the particulars stated in section 118A(1)(b) of the Act; and

 

(c)such other information as may be prescribed by the Act.

 

8.12.The register of directors may be kept in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of directors.

 

8.13.The Company shall file for registration with the Registrar a copy of its register of directors (and any changes to the register of directors) in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

 

8.14.The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

8.15.A director is not required to hold a Share as a qualification to office.

 

8.16.A director, by written instrument deposited at the registered office of the Company may from time to time appoint another director or another person who is not disqualified for appointment as a director under section 111 of the Act to be his alternate to:

 

(a)exercise the appointing director's powers; and

 

(b)carry out the appointing director's responsibilities,

 

in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors in the absence of the appointing director.

 

8.17.No person shall be appointed as an alternate director unless he has consented in writing to be an alternate director. The appointment of an alternate director does not take effect until written notice of the appointment has been deposited at the registered office of the Company.

 

8.18.The appointing director may, at any time, terminate or vary the alternate's appointment. The termination or variation of the appointment of an alternate director does not take effect until written notice of the termination or variation has been deposited at the registered office of the Company, save that if a director shall die or cease to hold the office of director, the appointment of his alternate shall thereupon cease and terminate immediately without the need of notice.

 

8.19.An alternate director has no power to appoint an alternate, whether of the appointing director or of the alternate director.

 

8.20.An alternate director has the same rights as the appointing director in relation to any directors' meeting and any written resolution of directors circulated for written consent. Unless stated otherwise in the notice of the appointment of the alternate, or a notice of variation of the appointment, if undue delay or difficulty would be occasioned by giving notice to a director of a resolution of which his approval is sought in accordance with these Articles his alternate (if any) shall be entitled to signify approval of the same on behalf of that director. Any exercise by the alternate director of the appointing director's powers in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors is as effective as if the powers were exercised by the appointing director. An alternate director does not act as an agent of or for the appointing director and is liable for his own acts and omissions as an alternate director.

 

8.21.The remuneration of an alternate director (if any) shall be payable out of the remuneration payable to the director appointing him (if any), as agreed between such alternate and the director appointing him.

 

- 13 -

 

 

9.POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

9.1.The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the directors of the Company. The directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders.

 

9.2.Each director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the Company.

 

9.3.If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

9.4.Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise.

 

9.5.The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.

 

9.6.The directors may by Resolution of Directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

9.7.All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors.

 

9.8.For the purposes of Section 175 (Disposition of assets) of the Act, the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the Company and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive.

 

10.PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

10.1.Any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director.

 

10.2.The directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

10.3.A director is deemed to be present at a meeting of directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

10.4.A director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

10.5.A meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is 2.

 

10.6.If the Company has only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of directors do not apply and such sole director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

- 14 -

 

 

10.7.At meetings of directors at which the Chairman of the Board is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

10.8.An action that may be taken by the directors or a committee of directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of directors consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable or other written electronic communication by a majority of the directors or by a majority of the members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. A written resolution consented to in such manner may consist of several documents, including written electronic communication, in like form each signed or assented to by one or more directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

11.COMMITTEES

 

11.1.The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee.

 

11.2.The directors have no power to delegate to a committee of directors any of the following powers:

 

(a)to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b)to designate committees of directors;

 

(c)to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

(d)to appoint or remove directors;

 

(e)to appoint or remove an agent;

 

(f)to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

(g)to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan; or

 

(h)to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

11.3.Sub-Regulation 11.2(b) and (c) do not prevent a committee of directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.

 

11.4.The meetings and proceedings of each committee of directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee.

 

11.5.Where the directors delegate their powers to a committee of directors they remain responsible for the exercise of that power by the committee, unless they believed on reasonable grounds at all times before the exercise of the power that the committee would exercise the power in conformity with the duties imposed on directors of the Company under the Act.

 

- 15 -

 

 

12.OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

12.1.The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a president and one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

12.2.The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors. In the absence of any specific prescription of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board to preside at meetings of directors and Shareholders, the president to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the vice-presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the president but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the president, the secretaries to maintain the register of members, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable law, and the treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

12.3.The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.4.The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed, but any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.5.The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an agent of the Company.

 

12.6.An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the following:

 

(a)to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b)to change the registered office or agent;

 

(c)to designate committees of directors;

 

(d)to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

(e)to appoint or remove directors;

 

(f)to appoint or remove an agent;

 

(g)to fix emoluments of directors;

 

(h)to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

(i)to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan;

 

(j)to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

(k)to authorise the Company to continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands.

 

12.7.The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

12.8.The directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.

 

- 16 -

 

 

13.CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

13.1.A director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company.

 

13.2.For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 13.1, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry into the transaction or disclosure of the interest, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

13.3.A director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:

 

(a)vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

 

(b)attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

 

(c)sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction, and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

14.INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1.Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

(a)is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or

 

(b)is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

14.2.The indemnity in Sub-Regulation 14.1 only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

 

14.3.For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 14.2, a director acts in the best interests of the Company if he acts in the best interests of

 

(a)the Company’s holding company; or

 

(b)a Shareholder or Shareholders;

 

in either case, in the circumstances specified in Sub-Regulation 9.3 or the Act, as the case may be.

 

14.4.The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.

 

- 17 -

 

 

14.5.The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

14.6.Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1.

 

14.7.Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a former director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the former director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the former director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1 and upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

14.8.The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section is not exclusive of any other rights to which the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, Resolution of Shareholders, resolution of disinterested directors or otherwise, both as acting in the person’s official capacity and as to acting in another capacity while serving as a director of the Company.

 

14.9.If a person referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1 has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1, the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

14.10.The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the Articles.

 

15.RECORDS AND UNDERLYING DOCUMENTATION

 

15.1.The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:

 

(a)the Memorandum and the Articles;

 

(b)the register of members, or a copy of the register of members;

 

(c)the register of directors, or a copy of the register of directors; and

 

(d)copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the previous 10 years.

 

15.2.Until the directors determine otherwise by Resolution of Directors the Company shall keep the original register of members and original register of directors at the office of its registered agent.

 

15.3.If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of members or a copy of the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:

 

(a)within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and

 

(b)provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.

 

- 18 -

 

 

15.4.Where the original register of members or the original register of directors is maintained other than at the office of the registered agent, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 days of the change of location.

 

15.5.The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors may determine:

 

(a)the records and underlying documentation of the Company;

 

(b)minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Shareholders and classes of Shareholders;

 

(c)minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of directors; and

 

(d)an impression of the Seal.

 

15.6.The records and underlying documentation of the Company shall be in such form as:

 

(a)are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions; and

 

(b)will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

15.7.The Company shall retain the records and underlying documentation for a period of at least five years from the date:

 

(a)of completion of the transaction to which the records and underlying documentation relate; or

 

(b)the Company terminates the business relationship to which the records and underlying documentation relate.

 

15.8.Where the records and underlying documentation of the Company are kept at a place or places other than at the office of its registered agent, the Company shall provide the registered agent with a written:

 

(a)record of the physical address of the place at which the records and underlying documentation are kept; and

 

(b)record of the name of the person who maintains and controls the Company’s records and underlying documentation.

 

15.9.Where the place or places at which the records and underlying documentation of the Company, or the name of the person who maintains and controls the Company’s records and underlying documentation, change, the Company shall, within 14 days of the change, provide its registered agent with:

 

(a)the physical address of the new location of the records and underlying documentation; or

 

(b)the name of the new person who maintains and controls the Company’s records and underlying documentation.

 

15.10.The Company shall provide its registered agent without delay any records and underlying documentation in respect of the Company that the registered agent requests pursuant to the Act.

 

15.11.The records and underlying documentation kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act, 2001 (No. 5 of 2001) as from time to time amended or re-enacted.

 

- 19 -

 

 

16.REGISTER OF CHARGES

 

16.1.The Company shall maintain at the office of its registered agent a register of charges in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance created by the Company:

 

(a)the date of creation of the charge;

 

(b)a short description of the liability secured by the charge;

 

(c)a short description of the property charged;

 

(d)the name and address of the trustee for the security or, if there is no such trustee, the name and address of the chargee;

 

(e)unless the charge is a security to bearer, the name and address of the holder of the charge; and

 

(f)details of any prohibition or restriction contained in the instrument creating the charge on the power of the Company to create any future charge ranking in priority to or equally with the charge.

 

16.2.Where a change occurs in the relevant charges or in the details of the charges required to be recorded in the Company’s register of charges maintained in accordance with Sub-Regulation 16.1, the Company shall, within 14 days of the change occurring, transmit details of the change to the registered agent.

 

17.SEAL

 

The Company shall have a Seal and may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by Resolution of Directors. The directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one director or other person so authorised from time to time by Resolution of Directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the Seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.

 

18.DISTRIBUTIONS

 

18.1.The directors of the Company may, by Resolution of Directors, authorise a Distribution at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the Distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

18.2.Distributions may be paid in money, Shares, or other property.

 

18.3.Notice of any Distribution that may have been declared shall be given to each Shareholder as specified in Sub-Regulation 20.1 and all Distributions unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

18.4.No Distributions shall bear interest as against the Company and no Distribution shall be paid on Treasury Shares.

 

- 20 -

 

 

19.ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

19.1.The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and that will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

19.2.The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period.

 

19.3.The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

19.4.The first auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Directors; subsequent auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.5.The auditors may be Shareholders, but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during their continuance in office.

 

19.6.The remuneration of the auditors of the Company may be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.7.The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the Shareholders or otherwise given to Shareholders and shall state in a written report whether or not:

 

(a)in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and

 

(b)all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

19.8.The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of Shareholders at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the Shareholders.

 

19.9.Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

19.10.The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of Shareholders at which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

 

20.NOTICES

 

20.1.Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to Shareholders may be given by personal service or by mail addressed to each Shareholder at the address shown in the register of members.

 

20.2.Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

20.3.Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

 

21.VOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION

 

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or, subject to section 199(2) of the Act, by Resolution of Directors appoint a voluntary liquidator.

 

22.CONTINUATION

 

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by a Resolution of Directors continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

 

- 21 -

 

 

We, Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign these Articles of Association the 6th day of October, 2021.

 

Incorporator

 

/s/ Rexella D. Hodge  
(Sd.) Rexella D. Hodge  
Authorised Signatory  
Vistra (BVI) Limited  

 

 

- 22 -

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

BVI COMPANY NUMBER: 2077832

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

The BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

Incorporated on the 6th day of October, 2021

 

Amended and Restated on [     ], 2023

 

INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004 (the “Act”)

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited.

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1.NAME

 

The name of the Company is 3 E Network Technology Group Limited.

 

2.TYPE OF COMPANY

 

The Company is a company limited by shares.

 

3.REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The first Registered Office of the Company is located at Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent.

 

4.REGISTERED AGENT

 

The first Registered Agent of the Company is Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

 

The Company may by resolution of Shareholders or by resolution of directors change the location of its registered office or change its registered agent.

 

Any change of registered office or registered agent will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of the change filed by the existing registered agent or a legal practitioner in the British Virgin Islands acting on behalf of the Company.

 

The registered agent shall:

 

(a) act on the instructions of the directors of the Company if those instructions are contained in a resolution of directors and a copy of the resolution of directors is made available to the registered agent; and

 

(b) recognise and accept the appointment or removal of a director or directors by shareholders.

 

5.CAPACITY AND POWERS

 

Subject to Clause 6 below, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the BVI Business Companies Act (Revised Edition 2020) as amended, or as the same may be revised from time to time or any other law of the British Virgin Islands.

 

2

 

6.LIMITATIONS ON THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

 

For the purposes of section 9(4) of the Act, the business and activities of the company are limited to those business and activities which are not prohibited from engaging in under any law for the time being in force in the British Virgin Islands.

 

7.NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES

 

The Company is authorized to issue a maximum of 500,000,000 shares with a par value of USD 0.0001 each, comprising i) 400,000,000 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares, par value USD 0.0001 per share and ii) 100,000,000 shares of Class B Ordinary Shares, par value USD 0.0001 per share.

 

Shares may be issued in one or more series of shares as the directors may by resolution of directors determine from time to time,

 

No Class B Ordinary Share may be issued unless approved (x) by a resolution passed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the directors of the Company voting at a meeting of directors or (y) by a written resolution passed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of all directors in office.

 

8.CURRENCY

 

The shares in the Company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

 

9.FRACTIONAL SHARES

 

The Company may issue fractional shares. A fractional share shall have the corresponding fractional liabilities, limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a whole share of the same class and series.

 

10.DESIGNATIONS, POWERS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES

 

Each Class A Ordinary Share in the Company confers upon the shareholder:

 

(a)the right to one vote at a meeting of the shareholders of the Company or on any resolution of shareholders;

 

(b)the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

(c)the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall not have any conversion rights and the Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class.

 

3

 

11.DESIGNATIONS, POWERS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASS B ORDINARY SHARES

 

Each Class B Ordinary Share in the Company confers upon the shareholder the right to twenty votes at a meeting of the shareholders of the Company or on any resolution of shareholders.

 

Each Class B Ordinary Share may not be sold, assigned, transferred, alienated, commuted, anticipated, or otherwise disposed of (including by will or the laws of descent and distribution), or pledged or hypothecated as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation, or be otherwise encumbered, and are not subject to attachment, garnishment, execution or other legal or equitable process, and any attempt to do so shall be null and void.

 

Each Class B Ordinary Share shall only be issued to the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ employees or those entities of which its principal shareholder is an employee of the Company or its subsidiaries. Shareholder’s termination of employment with the Company or its subsidiaries shall immediately result in the compulsory redemption and cancellation of any and all issued and outstanding shares of Class B Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder on the date of termination.

 

Shareholder(s) of Class B Ordinary Share in the Company shall not:

 

(a)receive the right to any dividend paid by the Company;

 

(b)receive the right to any distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

(c)have any conversion rights and the Class B Ordinary Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class.

 

The directors may at their discretion by resolution of directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Class B Ordinary Shares in the Company at a price determined by the directors in their sole discretion.

 

12.VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

The rights attached to shares as specified in Clauses 10 and 11 above may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50 per cent of the issued shares of that class.

 

13.RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUE OF SHARES PARI PASSU

 

The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

4

 

14.REGISTERED SHARES

 

14.1. The Company shall issue registered shares only.

 

14.2. The Company is not authorised to issue bearer shares, convert registered shares to bearer shares or exchange registered shares for bearer shares.

 

 

15.AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

Subject to Clause 12, the Company may amend its Memorandum or Articles by a resolution of shareholders or by a resolution of directors, save that no amendment may be made by a resolution of directors:

 

(a)to restrict the rights or powers of the shareholders to amend the Memorandum or Articles;

 

(b)to change the percentage of shareholders required to pass a resolution of shareholders to amend the Memorandum or Articles;

 

(c)in circumstances where the Memorandum or Articles cannot be amended by the shareholders; or

 

(d)to Clauses 10, 11, 12, 13 or this Clause 15.

 

16.DEFINITIONS

 

Words used in this Memorandum and not defined herein shall have the meanings set out in the Articles.

 

We, Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Memorandum of Association the 6th day of October, 2021.

 

Incorporator

 

 

……………………………………………….

(Sd.) Rexella D. Hodge

Authorised Signatory

Vistra (BVI) Limited

 

5

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1.INTERPRETATION

 

References in these Articles of Association (“Articles”) to the Act shall mean the BVI Business Companies Act (Revised Edition 2020) and any modification, extension, re-enactment or renewal thereof, any amendments thereto and the BVI Business Companies Regulations (Revised Edition 2020) as amended, and any other regulations made thereunder. The following Articles shall constitute the Articles of the Company. In these Articles, words and expressions defined in the Act shall have the same meanings and, unless otherwise required by the context, whenever the singular or plural number, or the masculine, feminine or neuter gender is used in these Articles, it shall equally, where the context admits, include the others.

 

“Designated Stock Exchange” means any national securities exchange in the United States of America on which Public Shares of the Company may be listed for trading, including without limitation, the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, the NYSE MKT LLC or The New York Stock Exchange LLC or such other exchange as the directors by determine by resolution of directors.

 

“electronic facilities” includes without limitation, website addresses and conference call systems, virtual conferencing and any device, system, procedure, method or any other facility whatsoever providing an electronic means of attendance at or participation in (or both) at a meeting of the members or directors.

 

“Member” or “member” means a shareholder.

 

“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a trust, the estate of a deceased individual, a partnership, an unincorporated association or any legal entity capable of having a legal existence.

 

“Relevant System” means a system utilised for the purposes of holding and transferring shares of the Company.

 

“securities” means shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire Shares or debt obligations.

 

“shareholder” means a person whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of one or more shares or fractional shares.

 

2.SHARES

 

2.1.Every shareholder is entitled on request to a certificate signed by a director of the Company or under the seal specifying the number of shares held by him and the signature of the director and the seal may be facsimiles.

 

6

 

2.2.Any shareholder receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a share certificate is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by a resolution of directors.

 

2.3.If several persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one of such persons may give an effectual receipt for any distribution.

 

2.4.Subject to clause 7 of the Memorandum, shares and other securities may be issued at such times, to such persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the directors may by resolution of directors determine.

 

2.5.Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the pre-emption rights set out in Section 46 of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

2.6.The Company may issue convertible shares, bonus shares, partly paid shares and nil paid shares.

 

2.7.A share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note, or other written obligation to contribute money or property, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how), services rendered or a contract for future services.

 

2.8.Shares may be issued for such amount of consideration as the directors may from time to time by resolution of directors determine, except that in the case of shares issued with a par value, the consideration paid or payable shall not be less than the par value.

 

2.9.Before issuing shares for a consideration other than money, the directors shall pass a resolution stating:

 

(a)the amount to be credited for the issue of the shares;

 

(b)their determination of the reasonable present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue; and

 

(c)that, in their opinion, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the shares.

 

2.10.The Company shall keep a register of members containing:

 

(a)the names and addresses of the persons who hold shares;

 

(b)the number of each class and series of shares held by each shareholder;

 

(c)the date on which the name of each shareholder was entered in the register of members; and

 

(d)the date on which any person ceased to be a shareholder.

 

7

 

2.11.The register of members may be in such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of members.

 

2.12.A share is deemed to be issued when the name of the shareholder is entered in the register of members.

 

2.13A bonus share issued by the Company shall be deemed to have been fully paid for on issue.

 

3.REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

3.1.The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own shares save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares without the consent of shareholders whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the shares without their consent.

 

3.2.The Company may only offer to acquire shares if at the relevant time the directors determine by resolution of directors that immediately after the acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

3.3.Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may make an offer to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares from one or more or all of the shareholders:

 

(a)in accordance with Sections 60, 61 and 62 of the Act; or

 

(b)in accordance with a right of a shareholder to have his shares redeemed or to have his shares exchanged for money or other property of the Company; or

 

(c)in exchange for newly issued shares of equal value; or

 

(d)pursuant to the provisions of Section 179 of the Act.

 

3.4.Shares may only be held as treasury shares where, when aggregated with the number of shares of the same class already held by the Company as treasury shares, the total number of treasury shares does not exceed 50% of the shares of that class previously issued by the Company, excluding those shares that have been cancelled.

 

3.5.All rights and obligations attaching to a treasury share are suspended and shall not be exercised by or against the Company while it holds the share as a treasury share.

 

3.6.Treasury shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and Articles) as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

3.7.Where shares are held by another body corporate of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 per cent of the votes in the election of directors of the other body corporate, all rights and obligations attaching to the shares held by the other body corporate are suspended and shall not be exercised by the other body corporate.

 

8

 

4.MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

 

4.1.Shareholders may mortgage or charge their shares in the Company and upon satisfactory evidence thereof the Company shall give effect to the terms of any valid mortgage or charge except in so far as it may conflict with any requirements herein contained for consent to the transfer of shares and subject to Clause 11 of the Memorandum.

 

4.2.In the case of the mortgage or charge of registered shares there may be entered in the register of members of the Company:

 

(a)a statement that the shares are mortgaged or charged;

 

(b)the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

(c)the date on which the particulars specified in the preceding subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of members.

 

4.3.Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of members, such particulars may be cancelled:

 

(a)with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

(b)upon evidence satisfactory to the directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

4.4.Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over shares are entered in the register of members pursuant to this Regulation:

 

(a)no transfer of any share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;

 

(b)the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such share; and

 

(c)no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such shares, without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

4.5.The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a share pursuant to the enforcement of a valid security interest created over the share.

 

5. FORFEITURE

 

5.1.Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation and for this purpose shares issued for a promissory note, or other written obligation to contribute money or property, or a contract for future services are deemed to be not fully paid.

 

5.2.A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the shareholder who defaults in making payment in respect of the shares.

 

5.3The written notice of call referred to in Sub-Regulation 5.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

5.4.Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.3 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the shares to which the notice relates.

 

5.5.The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to the shareholder whose shares have been cancelled pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.4 and that shareholder shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company.

 

9

 

6.TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

6.1.Shares may be transferred by (i) a written instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the directors, signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company at the office of its registered agent for registration, or (ii) appropriate instruction from a Relevant System. In the case of the transfer of a share that imposes a liability to the Company on the transferee, the instrument of transfer shall also be signed by the transferee or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the directors may approve from time to time.

 

6.2.The Company shall, on receipt of an instrument of transfer complying with the above Sub-Regulation 6.1, or appropriate instruction from a Relevant System enter the name of the transferee of a share in the register of members unless the directors resolve to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer for reasons that shall be specified in a resolution of directors

 

6.3.The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a share unless the shareholder has failed to pay an amount due in respect of the share.

 

6.4.The transfer of a share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members.

 

6.5.If the directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by resolution of directors:

 

(a)to accept such evidence of the transfer of shares as they consider appropriate; and

 

(b)that the transferee’s name should be entered in the register of members notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer.

 

6.6.Subject to the Memorandum, the personal representative of a deceased shareholder may transfer a share even though the personal representative is not a shareholder at the time of the transfer.

 

6.7Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Memorandum and Articles, shares in the Company may be transferred by means of a Relevant System and the operator of the Relevant System (and any other person necessary to ensure the Relevant System is effective to transfer shares) shall act as agent of the members for the purposes of the transfer of any shares transferred by means of the Relevant System. If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options or warrants on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such option or warrant.

 

10

 

7.MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

7.1.Any director of the Company may convene meetings of the members at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable.

 

7.2.Upon the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise 30% or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested, the directors shall convene a meeting of shareholders within 28 days of receiving the written request. In the event that the directors fail to convene a meeting of shareholders within 28 days, then:

 

(a)any one director;

 

(b)the company secretary; or

 

(c)the shareholder who issued the written request, or where there is more than one, any one of those shareholders, may convene a meeting of shareholders, and the provisions of these Articles with regard to convening a meeting of shareholders shall apply, construing references to the directors as references to the party convening the meeting.

 

7.3.A member may be represented at a meeting of members by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the member.

 

7.4.The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented.

 

7.5.The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the member appointing the proxy.

 

[ Name of Company ]

 

I/We being a member of the above Company HEREBY APPOINT _________________of or failing him _____of __________to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of members to be held on the ______day of_______, 20 ________and at any adjournment thereof.

 

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

Signed this ____ day of __________________, 20___

 

________________Member

 

 

11

 

7.6.The following applies where shares are jointly owned:

 

(a)if two or more persons hold shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of members and may speak as a member;

 

(b)if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

(c)if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

7.7.A member shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of members if he participates by telephone, virtual conferencing, or other electronic facilities and all members participating in the meeting are able to hear each other and participate in the business for which the meeting of members was convened.

 

7.8The directors may by resolution of directors authorise members, their proxies or representatives and any other persons entitled to attend and participate at a meeting of members to do so by simultaneous attendance and participation at a satellite meeting place or places anywhere in the world. The members present in person, by proxy or representative at satellite meeting places shall be counted in the quorum for and entitled to participate in the relevant meeting of members. The meeting of members shall be properly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chairman is satisfied that adequate facilities are available during the meeting of members to ensure that members attending at the principal and satellite meeting places by all means are able to hear each other and participate in the business for which the meeting of members was convened.

 

7.9The meeting shall be deemed to take place at the place where the chairman is present (the principal meeting place) and the powers of the chairman shall apply equally to each satellite meeting place.

 

8.NOTICE OF MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

8.1.The director convening a meeting shall give not less than seven days notice of a meeting of members to:

 

(a)those members whose names on the date the notice is given appear as members in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

(b)the other directors.

 

8.2.Notwithstanding Sub-Regulation 8.1, a meeting of members held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if members holding at least 90 per cent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a member at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the shares which that member holds.

 

8.3.The inadvertent failure of a director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a member or another director, or the fact that a member or another director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

8.4.The director convening a meeting of members may fix as the record date for determining those members that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice.

 

12

 

9.QUORUM FOR MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

9.1.The quorum for a meeting of members is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 per cent of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares entitled to vote on resolutions of members to be considered at the meeting. A quorum may comprise a single member or proxy and then such person may pass a resolution of members and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid resolution of members.

 

9.2.If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

10.PROCEEDINGS OF MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

10.1.At any meeting of the members the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

10.2.At every meeting of members, the chairman of the board shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no chairman of the board or if the chairman of the board is not present at the meeting, the members present shall choose one of their numbers to be the chairman. If the members are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual member or representative of a member present shall take the chair.

 

10.3.The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place

 

10.4.Any person other than an individual which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of members or of any class of members, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same rights on behalf of the person which he represents as that person could exercise if it were an individual.

 

13

 

10.5.The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any person other than an individual may call for a notarial certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such person shall be disregarded.

 

10.6.Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of members and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of shares.

 

10.7An action that may be taken by the members at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of members consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, but if any resolution of members is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all members, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all members not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more members. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which persons holding a sufficient number of votes of shares to constitute a resolution of members have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

10.8If the Company shall have only one member the provisions herein contained for meetings of the members shall not apply and in lieu of minutes of a meeting shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a resolution of members. Such a note or memorandum shall constitute sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

11.DIRECTORS

 

11.1.Subject to any subsequent amendment to change the number of directors, the minimum number of directors shall be one.

 

11.2.No person shall be appointed as a director of the Company, an alternate director or nominated as a reserve director, unless he has consented in writing to act as a director, an alternate director or to be nominated as a reserve director.

 

11.3.The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within six months of the incorporation date of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by resolution of members or by resolution of directors for such term as the members or directors determine. If, before the Company has any members, the sole director or all of the directors appointed by the first registered agent, resign or die, or in the case of a director that is not an individual, ceases to exist, the first registered agent may appoint one or more further persons as directors of the Company.

 

11.4.Each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the resolution of members or resolution of directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

11.5.A vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by a resolution of members or a resolution passed by the majority of the remaining directors.

 

11.6.A vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

11.7.A director may be removed from office by a resolution of members or by resolution of directors. A resolution passed under this Regulation may only be passed(i) by a resolution passed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes of the members or directors of the Company presented at a meeting called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or (ii) by a written resolution passed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes of the members or directors of the Company entitled to vote.

 

14

 

11.8.A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the Act.

 

11.9.The Company shall keep a register of directors containing:

 

(a)the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company;

 

(b)the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director of the Company;

 

(c)the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company; and

 

(d)such other information as may be prescribed by the Act.

 

11.10.The register of directors may be kept in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of directors.

 

11.11.The directors may, by a resolution of directors, fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

11.12.A director is not required to hold a share as a qualification to office.

 

12.POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

12.1.The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the directors of the Company. The directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the members.

 

12.2.Each director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the Company.

 

12.3.If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

15

 

12.4.Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise.

 

12.5.The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.

 

12.6.The directors may by resolution of directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

12.7.All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of directors.

 

12.8.For the purposes of Section 175 (Disposition of assets) of the Act, the directors may by resolution of directors determine that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the Company and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive.

 

12.9.The directors may from time to time and at any time by an instrument in writing appoint any person, firm or corporate body whether appointed directly or indirectly as its attorney either generally or in relation to a specific matter.

 

12.10.An act of an attorney appointed under Sub-Regulation 12.9 in accordance with the instrument under which the attorney was appointed binds the Company.

 

12.11.An instrument appointing an attorney under Sub-Regulation 12.9 may either be executed as a deed or signed by a person acting under the express or implied authority of the Company.

 

13.PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

13.1.Any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director.

 

13.2.The directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

13.3.A director is deemed to be present at a meeting of directors if he participates by telephone, virtual conferencing or other electronic facilities and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other and participate in the business for which the meeting was convened.

 

13.4.A director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

16

 

13.5.A director of the Company may appoint any other director or any other person, not disqualified from an appointment as a director, as his alternate to exercise the appointing director’s powers and carry out the appointing director’s responsibilities.

 

(a)An alternate director has the same rights as the appointing director in relation to any director’s meeting and any written resolution circulated for written consent.

 

(b)Subject to the Act and Regulation 17, an alternate director is liable for his own acts and omission as an alternate director whilst acting in that capacity.

 

(c)The appointment and termination of an alternate director must be in writing and written notice of the appointment and termination must be given by the appointing director to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(d)The appointing director may, at any time, voluntarily terminate the alternate director’s appointment which shall take effect from the time when the written notice of this termination is given to the Company.

 

(e)The rights of an alternate director shall terminate upon the death of the appointing director or if the appointing director, otherwise ceases to hold office.

 

13.6.A meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is 2. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other time or such other place as the directors may determine.If, after the meeting has been adjourned in accordance with this Sub-Regulation 13.6 for two times and a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the one or more directors present at the second adjourned meeting shall be a quorum.

 

13.7.If the Company has only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of directors do not apply and such sole director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the shareholders. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a resolution of directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

13.8.At meetings of directors at which the chairman of the board is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no chairman of the board or if the chairman of the board is not present, the directors present shall choose one of their numbers to be chairman of the meeting.

 

13.9.An action that may be taken by the directors or a committee of directors at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of directors or a resolution of a committee of directors consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable or other written electronic communication, without the need for any notice by a majority of the directors or members of the committee of directors, but if any resolution is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all directors or all members of a committee of directors, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all directors or all members of a committee of directors not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts each counterpart being signed by one or more directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which sufficient number of directors to constitute a resolution of directors or a resolution of a committee of directors has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

17

 

14.COMMITTEES

 

14.1.The directors may, by resolution of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the seal, to the committee.

 

14.2.The directors have no power to delegate to a committee of directors any of the following powers:

 

(a)to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b)to change the registered office or agent;

 

(c)to designate committees of directors;

 

(d)to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

(e)to appoint or remove directors;

 

(f)to appoint or remove an agent;

 

(g)to fix emoluments of directors;

 

(h)to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

(i)to make a declaration of solvency for the purposes of Section 198(1)(a) of the Act or to approve a liquidation plan;

 

(j)to make a determination under Section 57(1) of the Act that the Company will, immediately after a proposed distribution, satisfy the solvency test; or

 

(k)to authorize the Company to continue as a Company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands.

 

14.3.Sub-Regulation 14.2(c) and (d) do not prevent a committee of directors, where authorised by the resolution of directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent resolution of directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.

 

14.4.The meetings and proceedings of each committee of directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the resolution of directors establishing the committee.

 

14.5.Where the directors delegate their powers to a committee of directors they remain responsible for the exercise of that power by the committee, unless they believed on reasonable grounds at all times before the exercise of the power that the committee would exercise the power in conformity with the duties imposed on directors of the Company under the Act.

 

15.OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

15.1.The Company may by resolution of directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a chairman of the board of directors, a president and one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

18

 

15.2.The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by resolution of directors. In the absence of any specific prescription of duties it shall be the responsibility of the chairman of the board to preside at meetings of directors and shareholders, the president to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the vice-presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the president but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the president, the secretaries to maintain the register of members, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable law, and the treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

15.3.The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by resolution of directors.

 

15.4.The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed, but any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by resolution of directors.

 

15.5.The directors may, by a resolution of directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an agent of the Company. An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the directors, including the power and authority to affix the seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the resolution of directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters specified in Sub-Regulation 14.2. The resolution of directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company. The directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.

 

16.CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

16.1.A director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company.

 

16.2.For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 16.1, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

16.3.A director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:

 

(a)vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

 

(b)attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

 

(c)sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction, and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

19

 

17.INDEMNIFICATION

 

17.1.Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

(a)is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or

 

(b)is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

17.2.The indemnity in Sub-Regulation 17.1 only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

 

17.3.The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.

 

17.4.The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

17.5.The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the Articles.

 

18.RECORDS

 

18.1.The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:

 

(a)the Memorandum and the Articles;

 

(b)the register of members, or a copy of the register of members;

 

(c)the register of directors, or a copy of the register of directors; and

 

(d)copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the previous ten (10) years.

 

20

 

18.2.If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of members or a copy of the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:

 

(a)within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and

 

(b)provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.

 

18.3.The Company shall keep the following records and underlying documentation at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors may determine:

 

(a)minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and classes of members; and

 

(b)minutes of meetings and resolutions of directors and committees of directors.

 

18.4.The records and underlying documentation shall be retained for a period of 5 years from the date of completion of the transaction to which the records and underlying documentation relate or from the date that the Company terminates the business relationship to which the records and underlying documentation relate.

 

18.5Where any original records and underlying documentation referred to in this Regulation are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, the Company shall provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the records and underlying documentation are kept.

 

18.6.Where the place at which the original records and underlying documentation of the Company changes, the Company shall provide its registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records and underlying documentation within 14 days of the change of the location.

 

18.7.The records and underlying documentation of the Company referred to in this Regulation shall be in such form as are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

18.8.The records kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act (No. 6 of 2001).

 

19.SEAL

 

The Company shall have a common seal and the directors shall provide for the safe custody of the seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the office of the registered agent of the Company. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one director or other person so authorised from time to time by resolution of directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The directors may provide for a facsimile of the seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.

 

21

 

20.DISTRIBUTIONS

 

20.1.The directors of the Company may, by resolution of directors, authorise a distribution by way of dividend at such time at such amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

20.2.Dividends may be paid in money, shares, or other property.

 

20.3.Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each shareholder as specified in Sub- Regulation 23.1 and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

20.4.No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on treasury shares.

 

20.5.The directors may, before making any distributions, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sum as they think proper as a reserve fund, and may invest the sum so set apart as a reserve fund upon such securities as they may select.

 

20.6.The directors may determine in their sole discretion to issue bonus shares from time to time.

 

20.7.A division of the issued and outstanding shares of a class or series of shares into a larger number of shares of the same class or series having a proportionately smaller par value does not constitute the issue of a bonus share.

 

21.ACCOUNTS

 

21.1.The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and that will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

21.2.The Company may by resolution of shareholders call for the directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period.

 

22.AUDIT

 

22.1.The Company may by resolution of shareholders call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

22.2.The first auditors shall be appointed by resolution of directors; subsequent auditors shall be appointed by a resolution of shareholders.

 

22.3.The auditors may be shareholders, but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during their continuance in office.

 

22.4.The remuneration of the auditors of the Company:

 

(a)in the case of auditors appointed by the directors, may be fixed by resolution of directors; and

 

(b)subject to the foregoing, shall be fixed by resolution of shareholders or in such manner as the Company may by resolution of shareholders determine.

 

22

 

22.5.The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the shareholders or otherwise given to shareholders and shall state in a written report whether or not:

 

(a)in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and

 

(b)all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

22.6.The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of shareholders at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the shareholders.

 

22.7.Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

22.8.The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of shareholders at which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

 

23.NOTICES

 

23.1.Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to shareholders may be given by (a) personal service; (b) through a Relevant System, where the notice or document relates to uncertificated shares; (c) where appropriate, by making it available on a website and notifying the member of its availability in accordance with this regulation; (d) in accordance with the rules of a Designated Stock Exchange; (e) by any other means authorised in writing by each Shareholder; or (f) or by mail addressed to each shareholder at the address shown in the register of members.

 

23.2.Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

23.3.Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

 

24.VOLUNTARY WINDING UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

24.1.The Company may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve if

 

(a)it has no liabilities; or

 

(b)is able to pay its debts as they fall due, by a resolution of shareholders or if, the Company has never issued shares, by a resolution of directors.

 

24.2.The Company may by a resolution of shareholders or by a resolution of directors appoint a voluntary liquidator.

 

24.3.Where a liquidator has been appointed by a resolution of directors, the shareholders of a company may by a resolution of the shareholders appoint an eligible person, subject to the Act, as an additional voluntary liquidator to act jointly with the voluntary liquidator appointed.

 

23

 

25.CONTINUATION

 

The Company may by resolution of shareholders or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

 

26.UNTRACEABLE SHAREHOLDERS

 

The Company is entitled, but shall not be required, to sell any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, as long as: (a) all checks, not being less than three in total number, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of 5 years; (b) the Company has not during that time or before the expiry of the three-month period referred to in (c) below received any indication of the existence of the shareholder or person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and (c) upon expiration of the 5 year period, the Company caused an advertisement to be published in newspapers, giving notice of its intention to sell such shares, and a period of three months or such shorter period has elapsed since the date of such advertisement. The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to the Company, and when the Company receives these net proceeds the Company shall become indebted to the former Shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds.

 

To give effect to any sale of shares under this regulation, the board may authorise some person to transfer the shares in question and may enter the name of the transferee in respect of the transferred shares in the Register even if no share certificate has been lodged for such shares and may issue a new certificate to the transferee. An instrument of transfer executed by that person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the holder of, or the person entitled by transmission to, the shares. The buyer shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase monies, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

The Company shall account to the member or other person entitled to the share for the net proceeds of a sale under this regulation by carrying all monies relating to such sale to a separate account. The Company shall be deemed to be a debtor to, and not a trustee for, such member or other person in respect of such monies. Monies carried to such separate account may either be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments as the board may think fit. No interest shall be payable to such member or other person in respect of such monies and the Company does not have to account for any money earned on them.

 

We, Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign these Articles of Association the 6th day of October, 2021.

 

Incorporator

 

 

……………………………………………….

(Sd.) Rexella D. Hodge

Authorised Signatory

Vistra (BVI) Limited

 

 

24

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Form of Employment Contract

 

Employer (Party A): 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address (Party A): Address (Party A): Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University

 

Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

Employee (Party B): Ye Tao

 

Address (Party B): ***

 

1

 

 

 

 

Party A and Party B enter into this contract in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “Labor Contract Law”) and the relevant regulations of the state, province, and city. Both parties adhere to the principles of legality, fairness, equality, voluntariness, consensus, honesty, and trustworthiness in the formation of this contract.

 

I. Duration of the contract:

 

1. Duration of contracts

 

Party A and Party B agree to establish the duration of this contract through the following 2 methods:

 

(1) With a fixed term: From [   ] to [   ].

 

(2) Without a fixed term: From June 10, 2022 until the occurrence of a legally defined termination condition.

 

(3) Based on the completion of specific tasks: From [ ] until the completion of the work task, marked by [ ].

 

2. Probationary period

 

Both parties agree to establish the probationary period (which is included within the contract term) in the first way of the following ways:

 

(1) No probationary period.

 

(2) The probationary period will be from [ ] to [ ].

 

II. Job Title:

 

1. Job Title: CEO;

 

2. Job Responsibilities:_______________________________

 

3. Following the conclusion of the probationary period, Party A is responsible for formally specifying Party B’s job title and job responsibilities. A formal notice of job onboarding shall be issued. In the event of any inconsistency with the initial agreements outlined in items 1 and 2 of this Article, the notice of job onboarding shall take precedence.

 

4. Following Party A’s issuance of the job onboarding notice, if Party A finds it necessary to modify Party B’s job responsibilities or job title for production and operational reasons, Party A shall make such adjustments in accordance with principles of relevance and reasonableness. Party B shall be provided with a written notification three days in advance, and Party B is required to comply with such adjustments.

 

2

 

 

 

 

5.If, for two consecutive months, Party B fails to meet the performance targets set by Party A or fails to complete other tasks assigned by Party A, Party A shall consider Party B as not competent for their current job. In such cases, Party B shall accept Party A’s arrangement for a job reassignment and salary adjustment. Party A will determine Party B’s new labor compensation based on their new job title and responsibilities.

 

III. Remuneration for labor:

 

1. Party B’s wages shall be implemented in the first form of the following forms. In the event of a job title adjustment for Party B, the wage rate corresponding to the new position shall be applied.

 

(1) Hourly rate;

 

(2) Project-based rate;

 

(3) Variable pay responsibility system or fixed pay responsibility system;

 

(4) Other forms:

 

2. Party B’s monthly remuneration comprises three components: base salary, performance-based pay, and transportation allowance.

 

(1) During the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is [ ] yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [ ], and a transportation allowance of [ ].

 

(2) After the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is 20,000 yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [ ], and a transportation allowance of [ ].

 

(3) The above-mentioned agreement on Party B’s wages includes Party B’s basic salary, social insurance, and other benefits and allowances provided by Party A based on business conditions and company regulations.

 

4. (1) Party A schedules overtime work on both working days and rest days in compliance with legal regulations. Party B may receive compensatory rest with an equal duration to compensate any lost rest days due to overtime work. Overtime pay will cease after the compensatory rest period, and if compensatory rest cannot be arranged, overtime pay will be provided in accordance with legal requirements.

 

(2) When overtime work is necessitated by production and operational needs, it must be documented and approved through an “Overtime Application Form.” The form should specify the exact nature of the overtime work and the required start and end times.

 

3

 

 

 

 

(4) Party A will disburse Party B’s salary for the previous month on or before the 10th day of each month. In the event that the payday falls on a rest day or a legal holiday, Party A will reschedule the wage payment. Wages will be paid either directly in cash by Party A or through bank transfer.

 

IV. Working Hours and Rest Periods

 

1. Both Party A and Party B agree to establish Party B’s working hours in accordance with the standard working hour system, where working days are from Monday to Friday, with a five-day workweek, and each working day consists of eight hours.

 

2. Party A will schedule Party B’s work, rest, and vacation arrangements in compliance with legal requirements and Party A’s internal rules and regulations.

 

V. Social Insurance

 

1. Party A and Party B shall adhere to national, provincial, and municipal regulations by participating in social insurance and contributing to social insurance premiums. Party B shall be entitled to the corresponding social insurance benefits in accordance with the law.

 

2. In the event that Party B contracts an occupational disease, sustains a work-related injury, or experiences a work-related fatality, Party A shall follow the provisions of national, provincial, and municipal laws and regulations concerning work-related injury insurance.

 

VI. Labor Protection, Working Conditions, and Occupational Hazard Prevention

 

1. Party A shall provide Party B with workplaces that comply with national labor hygiene standards in accordance with relevant national, provincial, and municipal labor protection regulations, ensuring the safety and health of Party B during production work.

 

2. Party A shall supply Party B with the necessary labor protection equipment and gear as required by relevant state regulations.

 

3. Party B is obligated to perform all operations in accordance with Party A’s safety guidelines. Any intentional violations of safety procedures by Party B will be handled in accordance with Party A’s established protocols.

 

4

 

 

 

 

VII. Amendment, Termination, and Conclusion of the Labor Contract

 

1. In accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law or by mutual agreement between Party A and Party B, the relevant terms of the labor contract may be modified, or this contract may be terminated.

 

2. This labor contract shall terminate upon the occurrence of the termination conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law.

 

3. Party A may immediately terminate this contract without the obligation to provide economic compensation in the following circumstances:

 

(1) If Party B is proven to be unsuitable for employment during the probationary or training period;

 

(2) In case of serious violations of labor discipline, rules, regulations, or confidentiality obligations as specified in the confidentiality agreement;

 

(3) In the event of gross negligence, misconduct, or significant harm to Party A’s interests by Party B;

 

(4) If Party B is unable to perform their job competently and consistently fails to meet basic performance targets for three consecutive months;

 

(5) If Party B refuses to comply with Party A’s management or work assignments;

 

(6) If Party B concurrently establishes labor relations with other employers and refuses to rectify the situation after Party A’s request;

 

(7) If Party B is prosecuted for criminal activities.

 

4. In any of the following cases, Party A may terminate the labor contract by giving written notice to Party B thirty days in advance, or terminate the labor contract at any time by providing Party B with one month’s additional salary:

 

(1) Party B is ill or injured, not able to work, and after the prescribed medical period has elapsed, cannot perform the original job or any other job arranged by Party A;

 

(2) Party B suffers from diseases prohibited in the job type and industry, and after the medical period, does not meet the requirements for engaging in relevant industries or job types specified by the national government and Guangdong Province, and Party A cannot provide alternative employment;

 

(3) Significant changes occur in the objective circumstances upon which the labor contract was based, rendering the labor contract unenforceable, and after consultation between Party A and Party B, no agreement is reached regarding changes to the labor contract;

 

5

 

 

 

 

(5) Party B is incapable of performing the job, even after training or job title adjustment.

 

5. Party B shall provide written notice to Party A thirty days in advance of contract termination. In the probationary period, Party B must provide a 3-day notice. If Party B leaves the company without authorization, they shall bear the economic losses incurred by Party A.

 

6. Upon termination of the labor contract, Party A shall issue a certificate of contract termination and complete the transfer of records and social insurance relations for Party B within fifteen days. Party B must promptly follow Party A’s instructions for the handover of work. If Party B fails to do so in a timely manner, Party A has the right to delay the handover until the payment of wages or economic compensation, and may request Party B to compensate for the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. Party A has the right to request Party B to bear all the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. If Party A is required to provide economic compensation to Party B in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law, it shall be paid upon completion of the work handover.

 

VIII. Notification and Delivery

 

In the course of performing this contract, all notifications, documents, papers, information, and the like exchanged or provided by both parties can be delivered in person or through the contact addresses specified in this contract. If one party changes its address or telephone number, it must promptly provide written notice to the other party.

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

In case of disputes arising from the performance of this contract, both parties shall apply for arbitration to the Labor Dispute Arbitration Committee of the district or county where Party A is located within 60 days from the date of the labor dispute. If either party is dissatisfied with the arbitration decision, they may file a lawsuit with the People’s Court within 15 days from the date of receiving the arbitration award.

 

6

 

 

 

 

X. Non-Competition and Confidentiality Clauses

 

1. Within [one] year after the termination or termination of the labor contract (hereinafter referred to as the “non-competition period”), Party B shall not seek employment with other employers that engage in similar products or businesses that compete with Party A, nor shall Party B establish their own business for the production, development, or operation of similar products. Party B shall not use or indirectly disclose Party A’s relevant technical or business secrets and information. The non-competition period commences from the date of Party B’s formal departure from employment. During this period, Party A shall pay Party B monthly non-competition compensation. Both parties agree that the non-competition compensation rate shall be RMB [3500] per month for a period of [twelve months]. If Party A fails to pay the agreed non-competition compensation for more than [30] days, Party A is considered to have waived the obligation to enforce Party B’s non-competition obligations. If Party A timely and fully pays the non-competition compensation, and Party B fails to fulfill the non-competition obligations as stipulated in this clause, Party B shall pay Party A a penalty of five times the non-competition compensation. Party A also has the right to require Party B to continue fulfilling the non-competition obligations during the non-competition period.

 

2. Upon resignation or after leaving Party A, Party B shall not persuade or induce other employees of Party A to resign.

 

3. Without prior formal written consent from Party A, Party B shall not be employed by any other entity or individual, nor shall Party B engage in any business activities with any other entity or individual during the term of this contract. Failure to comply may result in Party A’s right to terminate this contract immediately and pursue Party B for breach of contract.

 

4. Party A and Party B shall separately enter into the “Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of 3e Network Technology Company Limited” (hereinafter referred to as the “Confidentiality Agreement”). Whether the Confidentiality Agreement is signed before or after this contract, it shall not affect the validity of this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement. The Confidentiality Agreement remains valid even after the termination or dissolution of this contract and is subject to the validity period specified in the Confidentiality Agreement. In cases of inconsistency between this contract and the Confidentiality Agreement, the specific terms of the Confidentiality Agreement shall prevail. For any matters not covered by this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement, the two parties shall negotiate separately and reach a supplemental agreement. In the absence of a supplemental agreement, the relevant laws and regulations of mainland China shall apply.

 

7

 

 

 

 

XI. Breach of Contract Liability

 

1. During the contract period, if either party violates the provisions of this contract, causing economic losses to the other party, they shall be liable for economic compensation.

 

2. If Party B violates the confidentiality agreement attached to this contract, they shall be liable for all losses incurred by Party A.

 

XII. Other Agreements

 

1. Special arrangements:_______________________________________________

 

2. For the purposes of this contract and its appendices, the period of employment shall be determined by Party B’s reporting to Party A, engaging in work tasks designated by Party A, or receiving salary and remuneration. The employment period includes overtime worked by Party B outside regular working hours, regardless of the location. Termination of employment, as referred to in this contract and its appendices, is defined as the date when either party explicitly terminates or resigns from the employment relationship or when the contract between the two parties is terminated.

 

3. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy. It shall come into legal effect from the date of signing and sealing by both parties and shall remain valid until the expiration of the contract term.

 

Party A: Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Party B: Ye Tao (signed)
Company Limited (sealed)  
June 10, 2023 June 10, 2023

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

 

 

3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Form of Employment Contract

 

Employer (Party A): 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address (Party A): Address (Party A): Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

Employee (Party B): Zhaolai Deng

 

Address (Party B): ***

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and Party B enter into this contract in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “Labor Contract Law”) and the relevant regulations of the state, province, and city. Both parties adhere to the principles of legality, fairness, equality, voluntariness, consensus, honesty, and trustworthiness in the formation of this contract.

 

I. Duration of the contract:

 

1. Duration of contracts

 

Party A and Party B agree to establish the duration of this contract through the second method of the following methods:

 

(1) With a fixed term: From [ ] to [ ].

 

(2) Without a fixed term: From August 8, 2021 until the occurrence of a legally defined termination condition.

 

(3) Based on the completion of specific tasks: From [ ] until the completion of the work task, marked by [ ].

 

2. Probationary period

 

Both parties agree to establish the probationary period (which is included within the contract term) in the first way of the following ways:

 

(1) No probationary period.

 

(2) The probationary period will be from [ ] to [ ].

 

II. Job Title:

 

1. Job Title: Chief Product Officer;

 

2. Job Responsibilities:_______________________________

 

3. Following the conclusion of the probationary period, Party A is responsible for formally specifying Party B’s job title and job responsibilities. A formal notice of job onboarding shall be issued. In the event of any inconsistency with the initial agreements outlined in items 1 and 2 of this Article, the notice of job onboarding shall take precedence.

 

4. Following Party A’s issuance of the job onboarding notice, if Party A finds it necessary to modify Party B’s job responsibilities or job title for production and operational reasons, Party A shall make such adjustments in accordance with principles of relevance and reasonableness. Party B shall be provided with a written notification three days in advance, and Party B is required to comply with such adjustments.

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

5.If, for two consecutive months, Party B fails to meet the performance targets set by Party A or fails to complete other tasks assigned by Party A, Party A shall consider Party B as not competent for their current job. In such cases, Party B shall accept Party A’s arrangement for a job reassignment and salary adjustment. Party A will determine Party B’s new labor compensation based on their new job title and responsibilities.

 

III. Remuneration for labor:

 

1. Party B’s wages shall be implemented in the first form of the following forms. In the event of a job title adjustment for Party B, the wage rate corresponding to the new position shall be applied.

 

(1) Hourly rate;

 

(2) Project-based rate;

 

(3) Variable pay responsibility system or fixed pay responsibility system;

 

(4) Other forms:

 

2. Party B’s monthly remuneration comprises three components: base salary, performance-based pay, and transportation allowance.

 

(1) During the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is [ ] yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [ ], and a transportation allowance of [ ].

 

(2) After the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is 20,000 yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [ ], and a transportation allowance of [ ].

 

(3) The above-mentioned agreement on Party B’s wages includes Party B’s basic salary, social insurance, and other benefits and allowances provided by Party A based on business conditions and company regulations.

 

4. (1) Party A schedules overtime work on both working days and rest days in compliance with legal regulations. Party B may receive compensatory rest with an equal duration to compensate any lost rest days due to overtime work. Overtime pay will cease after the compensatory rest period, and if compensatory rest cannot be arranged, overtime pay will be provided in accordance with legal requirements.

 

(2) When overtime work is necessitated by production and operational needs, it must be documented and approved through an “Overtime Application Form.” The form should specify the exact nature of the overtime work and the required start and end times.

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4) Party A will disburse Party B’s salary for the previous month on or before the 10th day of each month. In the event that the payday falls on a rest day or a legal holiday, Party A will reschedule the wage payment. Wages will be paid either directly in cash by Party A or through bank transfer.

 

IV. Working Hours and Rest Periods

 

1. Both Party A and Party B agree to establish Party B’s working hours in accordance with the standard working hour system, where working days are from Monday to Friday, with a five-day workweek, and each working day consists of eight hours.

 

2. Party A will schedule Party B’s work, rest, and vacation arrangements in compliance with legal requirements and Party A’s internal rules and regulations.

 

V. Social Insurance

 

1. Party A and Party B shall adhere to national, provincial, and municipal regulations by participating in social insurance and contributing to social insurance premiums. Party B shall be entitled to the corresponding social insurance benefits in accordance with the law.

 

2. In the event that Party B contracts an occupational disease, sustains a work-related injury, or experiences a work-related fatality, Party A shall follow the provisions of national, provincial, and municipal laws and regulations concerning work-related injury insurance.

 

VI. Labor Protection, Working Conditions, and Occupational Hazard Prevention

 

1. Party A shall provide Party B with workplaces that comply with national labor hygiene standards in accordance with relevant national, provincial, and municipal labor protection regulations, ensuring the safety and health of Party B during production work.

 

2. Party A shall supply Party B with the necessary labor protection equipment and gear as required by relevant state regulations.

 

3. Party B is obligated to perform all operations in accordance with Party A’s safety guidelines. Any intentional violations of safety procedures by Party B will be handled in accordance with Party A’s established protocols.

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

VII. Amendment, Termination, and Conclusion of the Labor Contract

 

1. In accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law or by mutual agreement between Party A and Party B, the relevant terms of the labor contract may be modified, or this contract may be terminated.

 

2. This labor contract shall terminate upon the occurrence of the termination conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law.

 

3. Party A may immediately terminate this contract without the obligation to provide economic compensation in the following circumstances:

 

(1) If Party B is proven to be unsuitable for employment during the probationary or training period;

 

(2) In case of serious violations of labor discipline, rules, regulations, or confidentiality obligations as specified in the confidentiality agreement;

 

(3) In the event of gross negligence, misconduct, or significant harm to Party A’s interests by Party B;

 

(4) If Party B is unable to perform their job competently and consistently fails to meet basic performance targets for three consecutive months;

 

(5) If Party B refuses to comply with Party A’s management or work assignments;

 

(6) If Party B concurrently establishes labor relations with other employers and refuses to rectify the situation after Party A’s request;

 

(7) If Party B is prosecuted for criminal activities.

 

4. In any of the following cases, Party A may terminate the labor contract by giving written notice to Party B thirty days in advance, or terminate the labor contract at any time by providing Party B with one month’s additional salary:

 

(1) Party B is ill or injured, not able to work, and after the prescribed medical period has elapsed, cannot perform the original job or any other job arranged by Party A;

 

(2) Party B suffers from diseases prohibited in the job type and industry, and after the medical period, does not meet the requirements for engaging in relevant industries or job types specified by the national government and Guangdong Province, and Party A cannot provide alternative employment;

 

(3) Significant changes occur in the objective circumstances upon which the labor contract was based, rendering the labor contract unenforceable, and after consultation between Party A and Party B, no agreement is reached regarding changes to the labor contract;

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5) Party B is incapable of performing the job, even after training or job title adjustment.

 

5. Party B shall provide written notice to Party A thirty days in advance of contract termination. In the probationary period, Party B must provide a 3-day notice. If Party B leaves the company without authorization, they shall bear the economic losses incurred by Party A.

 

6. Upon termination of the labor contract, Party A shall issue a certificate of contract termination and complete the transfer of records and social insurance relations for Party B within fifteen days. Party B must promptly follow Party A’s instructions for the handover of work. If Party B fails to do so in a timely manner, Party A has the right to delay the handover until the payment of wages or economic compensation, and may request Party B to compensate for the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. Party A has the right to request Party B to bear all the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. If Party A is required to provide economic compensation to Party B in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law, it shall be paid upon completion of the work handover.

 

VIII. Notification and Delivery

 

In the course of performing this contract, all notifications, documents, papers, information, and the like exchanged or provided by both parties can be delivered in person or through the contact addresses specified in this contract. If one party changes its address or telephone number, it must promptly provide written notice to the other party.

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

In case of disputes arising from the performance of this contract, both parties shall apply for arbitration to the Labor Dispute Arbitration Committee of the district or county where Party A is located within 60 days from the date of the labor dispute. If either party is dissatisfied with the arbitration decision, they may file a lawsuit with the People’s Court within 15 days from the date of receiving the arbitration award.

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

X. Non-Competition and Confidentiality Clauses

 

1. Within [one] year after the termination or termination of the labor contract (hereinafter referred to as the “non-competition period”), Party B shall not seek employment with other employers that engage in similar products or businesses that compete with Party A, nor shall Party B establish their own business for the production, development, or operation of similar products. Party B shall not use or indirectly disclose Party A’s relevant technical or business secrets and information. The non-competition period commences from the date of Party B’s formal departure from employment. During this period, Party A shall pay Party B monthly non-competition compensation. Both parties agree that the non-competition compensation rate shall be RMB [3500] per month for a period of [twelve months]. If Party A fails to pay the agreed non-competition compensation for more than [30] days, Party A is considered to have waived the obligation to enforce Party B’s non-competition obligations. If Party A timely and fully pays the non-competition compensation, and Party B fails to fulfill the non-competition obligations as stipulated in this clause, Party B shall pay Party A a penalty of five times the non-competition compensation. Party A also has the right to require Party B to continue fulfilling the non-competition obligations during the non-competition period.

 

2. Upon resignation or after leaving Party A, Party B shall not persuade or induce other employees of Party A to resign.

 

3. Without prior formal written consent from Party A, Party B shall not be employed by any other entity or individual, nor shall Party B engage in any business activities with any other entity or individual during the term of this contract. Failure to comply may result in Party A’s right to terminate this contract immediately and pursue Party B for breach of contract.

 

4. Party A and Party B shall separately enter into the “Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of 3e Network Technology Company Limited” (hereinafter referred to as the “Confidentiality Agreement”). Whether the Confidentiality Agreement is signed before or after this contract, it shall not affect the validity of this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement. The Confidentiality Agreement remains valid even after the termination or dissolution of this contract and is subject to the validity period specified in the Confidentiality Agreement. In cases of inconsistency between this contract and the Confidentiality Agreement, the specific terms of the Confidentiality Agreement shall prevail. For any matters not covered by this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement, the two parties shall negotiate separately and reach a supplemental agreement. In the absence of a supplemental agreement, the relevant laws and regulations of mainland China shall apply.

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

XI. Breach of Contract Liability

 

1. During the contract period, if either party violates the provisions of this contract, causing economic losses to the other party, they shall be liable for economic compensation.

 

2. If Party B violates the confidentiality agreement attached to this contract, they shall be liable for all losses incurred by Party A.

 

XII. Other Agreements

 

1. Special arrangements:_______________________________________________

 

2. For the purposes of this contract and its appendices, the period of employment shall be determined by Party B’s reporting to Party A, engaging in work tasks designated by Party A, or receiving salary and remuneration. The employment period includes overtime worked by Party B outside regular working hours, regardless of the location. Termination of employment, as referred to in this contract and its appendices, is defined as the date when either party explicitly terminates or resigns from the employment relationship or when the contract between the two parties is terminated.

 

3. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy. It shall come into legal effect from the date of signing and sealing by both parties and shall remain valid until the expiration of the contract term.

 

Party A: Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Party B: Zhaolai Deng (signed)
   
Company Limited (sealed)  
   
August 8, 2021 August 8, 2021

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

 

3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Form of Employment Contract

 

Employer (Party A): 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address (Party A): Address (Party A): Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

Employee (Party B): Zhiyong Lin

 

Address (Party B): ***

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and Party B enter into this contract in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “Labor Contract Law”) and the relevant regulations of the state, province, and city. Both parties adhere to the principles of legality, fairness, equality, voluntariness, consensus, honesty, and trustworthiness in the formation of this contract.

 

I. Duration of the contract:

 

1. Duration of contracts

 

Party A and Party B agree to establish the duration of this contract through the second method of the following methods:

 

(1) With a fixed term: From [   ] to [   ].

 

(2) Without a fixed term: From September 27, 2020 until the occurrence of a legally defined termination condition.

 

(3) Based on the completion of specific tasks: From [   ] until the completion of the work task, marked by [   ].

 

2. Probationary period

 

Both parties agree to establish the probationary period (which is included within the contract term) in the first way of the following ways:

 

(1) No probationary period.

 

(2) The probationary period will be from [   ] to [   ].

 

II. Job Title:

 

1. Job Title: Chief Technology Officer;

 

2. Job Responsibilities:_______________________________

 

3. Following the conclusion of the probationary period, Party A is responsible for formally specifying Party B’s job title and job responsibilities. A formal notice of job onboarding shall be issued. In the event of any inconsistency with the initial agreements outlined in items 1 and 2 of this Article, the notice of job onboarding shall take precedence.

 

4. Following Party A’s issuance of the job onboarding notice, if Party A finds it necessary to modify Party B’s job responsibilities or job title for production and operational reasons, Party A shall make such adjustments in accordance with principles of relevance and reasonableness. Party B shall be provided with a written notification three days in advance, and Party B is required to comply with such adjustments.

 

2

 

  

 

 

 

5.If, for two consecutive months, Party B fails to meet the performance targets set by Party A or fails to complete other tasks assigned by Party A, Party A shall consider Party B as not competent for their current job. In such cases, Party B shall accept Party A’s arrangement for a job reassignment and salary adjustment. Party A will determine Party B’s new labor compensation based on their new job title and responsibilities.

 

III. Remuneration for labor:

 

1. Party B’s wages shall be implemented in the first form of the following forms. In the event of a job title adjustment for Party B, the wage rate corresponding to the new position shall be applied.

 

(1) Hourly rate;

 

(2) Project-based rate;

 

(3) Variable pay responsibility system or fixed pay responsibility system;

 

(4) Other forms:

 

2. Party B’s monthly remuneration comprises three components: base salary, performance-based pay, and transportation allowance.

 

(1) During the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is [ ] yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [   ], and a transportation allowance of [   ].

 

(2) After the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is 28,833 yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [   ], and a transportation allowance of [   ].

 

(3) The above-mentioned agreement on Party B’s wages includes Party B’s basic salary, social insurance, and other benefits and allowances provided by Party A based on business conditions and company regulations.

 

4. (1) Party A schedules overtime work on both working days and rest days in compliance with legal regulations. Party B may receive compensatory rest with an equal duration to compensate any lost rest days due to overtime work. Overtime pay will cease after the compensatory rest period, and if compensatory rest cannot be arranged, overtime pay will be provided in accordance with legal requirements.

 

(2) When overtime work is necessitated by production and operational needs, it must be documented and approved through an “Overtime Application Form.” The form should specify the exact nature of the overtime work and the required start and end times.

 

3

 

  

 

 

 

(4) Party A will disburse Party B’s salary for the previous month on or before the 10th day of each month. In the event that the payday falls on a rest day or a legal holiday, Party A will reschedule the wage payment. Wages will be paid either directly in cash by Party A or through bank transfer.

 

IV. Working Hours and Rest Periods

 

1. Both Party A and Party B agree to establish Party B’s working hours in accordance with the standard working hour system, where working days are from Monday to Friday, with a five-day workweek, and each working day consists of eight hours.

 

2. Party A will schedule Party B’s work, rest, and vacation arrangements in compliance with legal requirements and Party A’s internal rules and regulations.

 

V. Social Insurance

 

1. Party A and Party B shall adhere to national, provincial, and municipal regulations by participating in social insurance and contributing to social insurance premiums. Party B shall be entitled to the corresponding social insurance benefits in accordance with the law.

 

2. In the event that Party B contracts an occupational disease, sustains a work-related injury, or experiences a work-related fatality, Party A shall follow the provisions of national, provincial, and municipal laws and regulations concerning work-related injury insurance.

 

VI. Labor Protection, Working Conditions, and Occupational Hazard Prevention

 

1. Party A shall provide Party B with workplaces that comply with national labor hygiene standards in accordance with relevant national, provincial, and municipal labor protection regulations, ensuring the safety and health of Party B during production work.

 

2. Party A shall supply Party B with the necessary labor protection equipment and gear as required by relevant state regulations.

 

3. Party B is obligated to perform all operations in accordance with Party A’s safety guidelines. Any intentional violations of safety procedures by Party B will be handled in accordance with Party A’s established protocols.

 

4

 

  

 

 

 

VII. Amendment, Termination, and Conclusion of the Labor Contract

 

1. In accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law or by mutual agreement between Party A and Party B, the relevant terms of the labor contract may be modified, or this contract may be terminated.

 

2. This labor contract shall terminate upon the occurrence of the termination conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law.

 

3. Party A may immediately terminate this contract without the obligation to provide economic compensation in the following circumstances:

 

(1) If Party B is proven to be unsuitable for employment during the probationary or training period;

 

(2) In case of serious violations of labor discipline, rules, regulations, or confidentiality obligations as specified in the confidentiality agreement;

 

(3) In the event of gross negligence, misconduct, or significant harm to Party A’s interests by Party B;

 

(4) If Party B is unable to perform their job competently and consistently fails to meet basic performance targets for three consecutive months;

 

(5) If Party B refuses to comply with Party A’s management or work assignments;

 

(6) If Party B concurrently establishes labor relations with other employers and refuses to rectify the situation after Party A’s request;

 

(7) If Party B is prosecuted for criminal activities.

 

4. In any of the following cases, Party A may terminate the labor contract by giving written notice to Party B thirty days in advance, or terminate the labor contract at any time by providing Party B with one month’s additional salary:

 

(1) Party B is ill or injured, not able to work, and after the prescribed medical period has elapsed, cannot perform the original job or any other job arranged by Party A;

 

(2) Party B suffers from diseases prohibited in the job type and industry, and after the medical period, does not meet the requirements for engaging in relevant industries or job types specified by the national government and Guangdong Province, and Party A cannot provide alternative employment;

 

(3) Significant changes occur in the objective circumstances upon which the labor contract was based, rendering the labor contract unenforceable, and after consultation between Party A and Party B, no agreement is reached regarding changes to the labor contract;

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

(5) Party B is incapable of performing the job, even after training or job title adjustment.

 

5. Party B shall provide written notice to Party A thirty days in advance of contract termination. In the probationary period, Party B must provide a 3-day notice. If Party B leaves the company without authorization, they shall bear the economic losses incurred by Party A.

 

6. Upon termination of the labor contract, Party A shall issue a certificate of contract termination and complete the transfer of records and social insurance relations for Party B within fifteen days. Party B must promptly follow Party A’s instructions for the handover of work. If Party B fails to do so in a timely manner, Party A has the right to delay the handover until the payment of wages or economic compensation, and may request Party B to compensate for the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. Party A has the right to request Party B to bear all the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. If Party A is required to provide economic compensation to Party B in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law, it shall be paid upon completion of the work handover.

 

VIII. Notification and Delivery

 

In the course of performing this contract, all notifications, documents, papers, information, and the like exchanged or provided by both parties can be delivered in person or through the contact addresses specified in this contract. If one party changes its address or telephone number, it must promptly provide written notice to the other party.

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

In case of disputes arising from the performance of this contract, both parties shall apply for arbitration to the Labor Dispute Arbitration Committee of the district or county where Party A is located within 60 days from the date of the labor dispute. If either party is dissatisfied with the arbitration decision, they may file a lawsuit with the People’s Court within 15 days from the date of receiving the arbitration award.

 

6

 

  

 

 

 

X. Non-Competition and Confidentiality Clauses

 

1. Within [one] year after the termination or termination of the labor contract (hereinafter referred to as the “non-competition period”), Party B shall not seek employment with other employers that engage in similar products or businesses that compete with Party A, nor shall Party B establish their own business for the production, development, or operation of similar products. Party B shall not use or indirectly disclose Party A’s relevant technical or business secrets and information. The non-competition period commences from the date of Party B’s formal departure from employment. During this period, Party A shall pay Party B monthly non-competition compensation. Both parties agree that the non-competition compensation rate shall be RMB [3500] per month for a period of [twelve months]. If Party A fails to pay the agreed non-competition compensation for more than [30] days, Party A is considered to have waived the obligation to enforce Party B’s non-competition obligations. If Party A timely and fully pays the non-competition compensation, and Party B fails to fulfill the non-competition obligations as stipulated in this clause, Party B shall pay Party A a penalty of five times the non-competition compensation. Party A also has the right to require Party B to continue fulfilling the non-competition obligations during the non-competition period.

 

2. Upon resignation or after leaving Party A, Party B shall not persuade or induce other employees of Party A to resign.

 

3. Without prior formal written consent from Party A, Party B shall not be employed by any other entity or individual, nor shall Party B engage in any business activities with any other entity or individual during the term of this contract. Failure to comply may result in Party A’s right to terminate this contract immediately and pursue Party B for breach of contract.

 

4. Party A and Party B shall separately enter into the “Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of 3e Network Technology Company Limited” (hereinafter referred to as the “Confidentiality Agreement”). Whether the Confidentiality Agreement is signed before or after this contract, it shall not affect the validity of this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement. The Confidentiality Agreement remains valid even after the termination or dissolution of this contract and is subject to the validity period specified in the Confidentiality Agreement. In cases of inconsistency between this contract and the Confidentiality Agreement, the specific terms of the Confidentiality Agreement shall prevail. For any matters not covered by this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement, the two parties shall negotiate separately and reach a supplemental agreement. In the absence of a supplemental agreement, the relevant laws and regulations of mainland China shall apply.

 

7

 

  

 

 

 

XI. Breach of Contract Liability

 

1. During the contract period, if either party violates the provisions of this contract, causing economic losses to the other party, they shall be liable for economic compensation.

 

2. If Party B violates the confidentiality agreement attached to this contract, they shall be liable for all losses incurred by Party A.

 

XII. Other Agreements

 

1. Special arrangements:_______________________________________________

 

2. For the purposes of this contract and its appendices, the period of employment shall be determined by Party B’s reporting to Party A, engaging in work tasks designated by Party A, or receiving salary and remuneration. The employment period includes overtime worked by Party B outside regular working hours, regardless of the location. Termination of employment, as referred to in this contract and its appendices, is defined as the date when either party explicitly terminates or resigns from the employment relationship or when the contract between the two parties is terminated.

 

3. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy. It shall come into legal effect from the date of signing and sealing by both parties and shall remain valid until the expiration of the contract term.

 

Party A: Guangzhou 3e Network Technology   Party B: Zhiyong Lin (signed)
     
Company Limited (sealed)    
     
September 27, 2020   September 27, 2020

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

 

 

3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Form of Employment Contract

 

Employer (Party A): 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address (Party A): Address (Party A): Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

Employee (Party B): Haodong Li

 

Address (Party B): ***

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and Party B enter into this contract in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “Labor Contract Law”) and the relevant regulations of the state, province, and city. Both parties adhere to the principles of legality, fairness, equality, voluntariness, consensus, honesty, and trustworthiness in the formation of this contract.

 

I. Duration of the contract:

 

1. Duration of contracts

 

Party A and Party B agree to establish the duration of this contract through the second method of the following methods:

 

(1) With a fixed term: From [   ] to [   ].

 

(2) Without a fixed term: From July 1, 2022 until the occurrence of a legally defined termination condition.

 

(3) Based on the completion of specific tasks: From [   ] until the completion of the work task, marked by [   ].

 

2. Probationary period

 

Both parties agree to establish the probationary period (which is included within the contract term) in the first way of the following ways:

 

(1) No probationary period.

 

(2) The probationary period will be from [   ] to [   ].

 

II. Job Title:

 

1. Job Title: General Manager;

 

2. Job Responsibilities:_______________________________

 

3. Following the conclusion of the probationary period, Party A is responsible for formally specifying Party B’s job title and job responsibilities. A formal notice of job onboarding shall be issued. In the event of any inconsistency with the initial agreements outlined in items 1 and 2 of this Article, the notice of job onboarding shall take precedence.

 

4. Following Party A’s issuance of the job onboarding notice, if Party A finds it necessary to modify Party B’s job responsibilities or job title for production and operational reasons, Party A shall make such adjustments in accordance with principles of relevance and reasonableness. Party B shall be provided with a written notification three days in advance, and Party B is required to comply with such adjustments.

 

2

 

  

 

 

 

 

5.If, for two consecutive months, Party B fails to meet the performance targets set by Party A or fails to complete other tasks assigned by Party A, Party A shall consider Party B as not competent for their current job. In such cases, Party B shall accept Party A’s arrangement for a job reassignment and salary adjustment. Party A will determine Party B’s new labor compensation based on their new job title and responsibilities.

 

III. Remuneration for labor:

 

1. Party B’s wages shall be implemented in the first form of the following forms. In the event of a job title adjustment for Party B, the wage rate corresponding to the new position shall be applied.

 

(1) Hourly rate;

 

(2) Project-based rate;

 

(3) Variable pay responsibility system or fixed pay responsibility system;

 

(4) Other forms:

 

2. Party B’s monthly remuneration comprises three components: base salary, performance-based pay, and transportation allowance.

 

(1) During the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is [ ] yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [   ], and a transportation allowance of [   ].

 

(2) After the probationary period, Party B’s compensation is 20,000 yuan per month, comprising a base salary of [ ], performance-based pay of [   ], and a transportation allowance of [   ].

 

(3) The above-mentioned agreement on Party B’s wages includes Party B’s basic salary, social insurance, and other benefits and allowances provided by Party A based on business conditions and company regulations.

 

4. (1) Party A schedules overtime work on both working days and rest days in compliance with legal regulations. Party B may receive compensatory rest with an equal duration to compensate any lost rest days due to overtime work. Overtime pay will cease after the compensatory rest period, and if compensatory rest cannot be arranged, overtime pay will be provided in accordance with legal requirements.

 

(2) When overtime work is necessitated by production and operational needs, it must be documented and approved through an “Overtime Application Form.” The form should specify the exact nature of the overtime work and the required start and end times.

 

3

 

  

 

 

 

 

(4) Party A will disburse Party B’s salary for the previous month on or before the 10th day of each month. In the event that the payday falls on a rest day or a legal holiday, Party A will reschedule the wage payment. Wages will be paid either directly in cash by Party A or through bank transfer.

 

IV. Working Hours and Rest Periods

 

1. Both Party A and Party B agree to establish Party B’s working hours in accordance with the standard working hour system, where working days are from Monday to Friday, with a five-day workweek, and each working day consists of eight hours.

 

2. Party A will schedule Party B’s work, rest, and vacation arrangements in compliance with legal requirements and Party A’s internal rules and regulations.

 

V. Social Insurance

 

1. Party A and Party B shall adhere to national, provincial, and municipal regulations by participating in social insurance and contributing to social insurance premiums. Party B shall be entitled to the corresponding social insurance benefits in accordance with the law.

 

2. In the event that Party B contracts an occupational disease, sustains a work-related injury, or experiences a work-related fatality, Party A shall follow the provisions of national, provincial, and municipal laws and regulations concerning work-related injury insurance.

 

VI. Labor Protection, Working Conditions, and Occupational Hazard Prevention

 

1. Party A shall provide Party B with workplaces that comply with national labor hygiene standards in accordance with relevant national, provincial, and municipal labor protection regulations, ensuring the safety and health of Party B during production work.

 

2. Party A shall supply Party B with the necessary labor protection equipment and gear as required by relevant state regulations.

 

3. Party B is obligated to perform all operations in accordance with Party A’s safety guidelines. Any intentional violations of safety procedures by Party B will be handled in accordance with Party A’s established protocols.

 

4

 

  

 

 

 

 

VII. Amendment, Termination, and Conclusion of the Labor Contract

 

1. In accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law or by mutual agreement between Party A and Party B, the relevant terms of the labor contract may be modified, or this contract may be terminated.

 

2. This labor contract shall terminate upon the occurrence of the termination conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law.

 

3. Party A may immediately terminate this contract without the obligation to provide economic compensation in the following circumstances:

 

(1) If Party B is proven to be unsuitable for employment during the probationary or training period;

 

(2) In case of serious violations of labor discipline, rules, regulations, or confidentiality obligations as specified in the confidentiality agreement;

 

(3) In the event of gross negligence, misconduct, or significant harm to Party A’s interests by Party B;

 

(4) If Party B is unable to perform their job competently and consistently fails to meet basic performance targets for three consecutive months;

 

(5) If Party B refuses to comply with Party A’s management or work assignments;

 

(6) If Party B concurrently establishes labor relations with other employers and refuses to rectify the situation after Party A’s request;

 

(7) If Party B is prosecuted for criminal activities.

 

4. In any of the following cases, Party A may terminate the labor contract by giving written notice to Party B thirty days in advance, or terminate the labor contract at any time by providing Party B with one month’s additional salary:

 

(1) Party B is ill or injured, not able to work, and after the prescribed medical period has elapsed, cannot perform the original job or any other job arranged by Party A;

 

(2) Party B suffers from diseases prohibited in the job type and industry, and after the medical period, does not meet the requirements for engaging in relevant industries or job types specified by the national government and Guangdong Province, and Party A cannot provide alternative employment;

 

(3) Significant changes occur in the objective circumstances upon which the labor contract was based, rendering the labor contract unenforceable, and after consultation between Party A and Party B, no agreement is reached regarding changes to the labor contract;

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5) Party B is incapable of performing the job, even after training or job title adjustment.

 

5. Party B shall provide written notice to Party A thirty days in advance of contract termination. In the probationary period, Party B must provide a 3-day notice. If Party B leaves the company without authorization, they shall bear the economic losses incurred by Party A.

 

6. Upon termination of the labor contract, Party A shall issue a certificate of contract termination and complete the transfer of records and social insurance relations for Party B within fifteen days. Party B must promptly follow Party A’s instructions for the handover of work. If Party B fails to do so in a timely manner, Party A has the right to delay the handover until the payment of wages or economic compensation, and may request Party B to compensate for the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. Party A has the right to request Party B to bear all the economic losses incurred by Party A due to their inaction. If Party A is required to provide economic compensation to Party B in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law, it shall be paid upon completion of the work handover.

 

VIII. Notification and Delivery

 

In the course of performing this contract, all notifications, documents, papers, information, and the like exchanged or provided by both parties can be delivered in person or through the contact addresses specified in this contract. If one party changes its address or telephone number, it must promptly provide written notice to the other party.

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

In case of disputes arising from the performance of this contract, both parties shall apply for arbitration to the Labor Dispute Arbitration Committee of the district or county where Party A is located within 60 days from the date of the labor dispute. If either party is dissatisfied with the arbitration decision, they may file a lawsuit with the People’s Court within 15 days from the date of receiving the arbitration award.

 

6

 

  

 

 

 

 

X. Non-Competition and Confidentiality Clauses

 

1. Within [one] year after the termination or termination of the labor contract (hereinafter referred to as the “non-competition period”), Party B shall not seek employment with other employers that engage in similar products or businesses that compete with Party A, nor shall Party B establish their own business for the production, development, or operation of similar products. Party B shall not use or indirectly disclose Party A’s relevant technical or business secrets and information. The non-competition period commences from the date of Party B’s formal departure from employment. During this period, Party A shall pay Party B monthly non-competition compensation. Both parties agree that the non-competition compensation rate shall be RMB [3500] per month for a period of [twelve months]. If Party A fails to pay the agreed non-competition compensation for more than [30] days, Party A is considered to have waived the obligation to enforce Party B’s non-competition obligations. If Party A timely and fully pays the non-competition compensation, and Party B fails to fulfill the non-competition obligations as stipulated in this clause, Party B shall pay Party A a penalty of five times the non-competition compensation. Party A also has the right to require Party B to continue fulfilling the non-competition obligations during the non-competition period.

 

2. Upon resignation or after leaving Party A, Party B shall not persuade or induce other employees of Party A to resign.

 

3. Without prior formal written consent from Party A, Party B shall not be employed by any other entity or individual, nor shall Party B engage in any business activities with any other entity or individual during the term of this contract. Failure to comply may result in Party A’s right to terminate this contract immediately and pursue Party B for breach of contract.

 

4. Party A and Party B shall separately enter into the “Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of 3e Network Technology Company Limited” (hereinafter referred to as the “Confidentiality Agreement”). Whether the Confidentiality Agreement is signed before or after this contract, it shall not affect the validity of this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement. The Confidentiality Agreement remains valid even after the termination or dissolution of this contract and is subject to the validity period specified in the Confidentiality Agreement. In cases of inconsistency between this contract and the Confidentiality Agreement, the specific terms of the Confidentiality Agreement shall prevail. For any matters not covered by this contract or the Confidentiality Agreement, the two parties shall negotiate separately and reach a supplemental agreement. In the absence of a supplemental agreement, the relevant laws and regulations of mainland China shall apply.

 

7

 

  

 

 

 

 

XI. Breach of Contract Liability

 

1. During the contract period, if either party violates the provisions of this contract, causing economic losses to the other party, they shall be liable for economic compensation.

 

2. If Party B violates the confidentiality agreement attached to this contract, they shall be liable for all losses incurred by Party A.

 

XII. Other Agreements

 

1. Special arrangements:_______________________________________________

 

2. For the purposes of this contract and its appendices, the period of employment shall be determined by Party B’s reporting to Party A, engaging in work tasks designated by Party A, or receiving salary and remuneration. The employment period includes overtime worked by Party B outside regular working hours, regardless of the location. Termination of employment, as referred to in this contract and its appendices, is defined as the date when either party explicitly terminates or resigns from the employment relationship or when the contract between the two parties is terminated.

 

3. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy. It shall come into legal effect from the date of signing and sealing by both parties and shall remain valid until the expiration of the contract term.

 

Party A: Guangzhou 3e Network Technology   Party B: Haodong Li (signed)
     
Company Limited (sealed)    
     

July 1, 2022

 

July 1, 2022

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Software Development Agreement (“Agreement’) is made and effective this 10 September, 2021 by and between Orient Aim Limited, (“Buyer”) and Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited (“Developer”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Duties and Responsibilities.

 

Developer shall serve as a contractor of Buyer and shall design, develop, and implement applications software (the “Software”) according to the functional specifications and related information, if any, attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference (the “Specifications”) and as more fully set forth in this Agreement. Developer acknowledges that it has been contracted for this specific task, and that it shall report all findings and make all recommendations directly to the management of Buyer. The Software, including all versions in either source code or object code form, shall be delivered to Buyer not later than 3 December, 2021.

 

2. Ownership of Software.

 

Developer agrees that Buyer and Developer are the joint owner of the Software. Developer will keep and maintain adequate and current written recordswith respect to the Software (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and as may otherwise be specified by Buyer), which records shall be available to Buyer at all times.

 

3. Compensation.

 

A. Buyer shall pay Developer Rmb[***] (Renminbi Three million three hundred and eighty thousand) as follows: (i) 10% of the total compensation (Rmb[***]) on signing this agreement. (ii) 90% of the total compensation (Rmb[***]) on acceptance of Software by Buyer

 

B. Buyer may elect to pay in USD equivalent of the amount payable to Developer. The exchange rate used for calculating the Rmb amount paid will be the telegraphic transfer buying exchange rate announced by the People’s Bank of China;

 

C. Subject to Buyer’s prior approval, Buyer will reimburse Developer for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including. but not limited to, air fare, lodging, meals and rental of automobiles incurred by Developer during the development of the Software on behalf of Buyer.

 

4. Independent Contractor.

 

Developer is acting as an independent contractor with respect to the services provided to Buyer. Neither Developer nor the employees of the Developer performing services for Buyer will be considered employees or agents of Buyer. Buyer will not be responsible for Developer’s acts or the acts of Developer’s employees while performing services under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to imply a joint venture, partnership or principal-agent relationship between the parties, and neither party by virtue of this Agreement shall have any right, power or authority to act or create any obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other party.

 

5. Development Staff-Monitoring.

 

A. Developer will utilize employees and/or contractors capable of designing and implementing the Software to be developed hereunder. All work shall be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner. Developer shall arrange for such employees and/or contractors, if any, to execute and deliver any document or instrument reasonably requested by Buyer to reflect Buyer’s ownership of the Software or in connection with any application for patent or copyright.

 

 

 

 

B. Buyer shall have the right to reasonably observe and monitor all aspects of the performance by Developer of its obligations hereunder and Developer shall use reasonable efforts to facilitate such observation and monitoring. Information, functions and operations of Developer not directly related to its obligations hereunder shall not be subject to observation and monitoring.

 

6. Change in Specifications.

 

Buyer may, in its sole discretion, request that changes be made to the Specifications, or other aspects of the Agreement and tasks associated with this Agreement. If Buyer requests such a change, Developer will use its best efforts to implement the requested change at no additional expense to Buyer and without delaying delivery of the Software. In the event that the proposed change will, in the reasonable opinion of Developer, require a delay in delivery of the Software or would result in additional expense to Buyer, then Buyer and Developer shall confer and Buyer shall, in its discretion, elect either to withdraw its proposed change or require Developer to deliver the Software with the proposed change and subject to the delay and/or additional expense.

 

7. Confidentiality.

 

A. Developer acknowledges that all material and information supplied by Buyer which has or will come into Developer’s possession or knowledge of Developer in connection with its performance hereunder, is to be considered Buyer’s confidential and proprietary information (the “Confidential Information”). By way of illustration, but not as a limitation, Confidential Information includes the Software, trade secrets, processes. data. know-how, program codes, documentation, flowcharts, algorithms, marketing plans, forecasts, unpublished financial statements, budgets, licenses. prices. costs, and employee and customer lists. Developer’s undertakings and obligations under this Section will not apply, however, to any Confidential Information which: (i) is or becomes generally known to the public through no action on Developer’s part, (ii) is generally disclosed to third parties by Buyer without restriction on such third parties, or (iii) is approved for release by written authorization of Buyer. Upon termination of this Agreement or at any other time upon request, Developer will promptly deliver to sayer all notes. memoranda, notebooks, drawings, records, reports, files, documented source codes and other documents (and all copies or reproductions of such materials) in its possession or under its control, whether prepared by Developer or others, which contain Confidential Information. Developer acknowledges that Confidential Information is the sole property of Buyer. Developer agrees that disclosure of such information to, or use by, third parties, either during or after this Agreement, will cause Buyer irreparable damage. Developer agrees to use best efforts to hold Confidential Information in the strictest confidence, not to make use of it other than for the performance of its obligations hereunder, to release it only to the Developer’s employees or contractors with a need to know such information and not to release or disclose it to any other party. Developer further agrees not to release such information to any employee or contractor who has not signed a written agreement between Developer and the employee expressly binding the employee not to use or disclose the Confidential Information, except as expressly permitted herein. Buyer shall be listed as a third-party beneficiary of any such agreement. Developer will notify Buyer in writing of any circumstances within its knowledge relating to any unauthorized possession, use. or knowledge of such Confidential Information. At any time, upon request, the Developer will return any such information within its possession to Buyer.

 

B. Developer acknowledges that Buyers purpose in pursuing the development of the Software is to gain a significant competitive advantage over competitors operating without such Software and that such advantage will be jeopardized if such competitors learn of Buyer’s negotiations with Developer or the performance by Developer of its obligations hereunder. Accordingly, Developer agrees to keep such negotiations and performance of its obligations hereunder strictly confidential and not to disclose any information to any third party or entity without the prior written permission of Buyer. In no event, shall Developer or any of its employees use Buyer as a reference in marketing Developer’s services to any third party or entity without Buyer’s prior written permission.

 

8. Training.

 

Developer shall provide Buyer and its employees with training consultations with respect to the use of the Software as may reasonably be requested by Buyer from time to time for 30 days after acceptance at no additional costs to Buyer(“Training Period”). Developer shall deliver a detailed user’s manual (in English or Chinese) to Buyer on or before completion of acceptance that will enable Buyer’s employees who are otherwise unfamiliar with the Software to become adequately informed about using the software. All training that Developer is required to provide here under shall be performed at such locations, in such manner (online or offline) and at such times as are mutually agreed to by the parties hereto. Upon the expiration of the Training Period and following Buyer’s request, Developer will provide any support services necessary to insure Buyer’scontinued use of the Software. Such services will be performed on a time and material basis at Developer’s then current hourly rates for such services.

 

2

 

 

9. Warranties.

 

A. Developer warrants that for a period of 12 months following acceptance, the Software will operate substantiallyaccording to the Specifications. In the event of any breach of the warranty in this Section 9. A., in addition to any other remedy to which Buyer may be entitled. Developer shall take all action necessary at its expense to cause the Software to operate according to the warranty.

 

B. Developer warrants that the Software will not infringe upon any copyright, patent, trade secret or other intellectual property interest of any third party. Developer will indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from and against all such infringement claims, losses, suits and damages including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and costs, and shall promptly following any bona-fide claim of infringement correct the Software so as not to be infringing, or secure at its own expense the right of Buyer to use the Software without infringement.

 

10. Term and Termination.

 

A. This Agreement shall commence upon the effective date and continue until all of the obligations of the parties have been performed or until earlier terminated as provided herein.

 

B. Developer’s appointment as consultant pursuant to this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) In the event either party defaults in any material obligation owed to the other party pursuant to this Agreement, then this Agreement may be terminated if the default is not cured following at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to the defaulting party.

 

(ii) Either party is bankrupt or insolvent, or bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings are instituted against a party and the proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after commencement.

 

C. Section 2, Ownership of Software, and Section 7, Confidentiality, shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. In the event of early termination due to Developers default. Developer agreesto deliver the Software then completed.

 

D. If the Agreement is terminated due to the bankruptcy or insolvency of Developer, then Developer (or Developer’s executor, administrator or other representative) shall deliver that part of the Software then completed, provided payment is made by Buyer for such completed part.

 

11. Notices.

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or by commercial overnight delivery service addressed as follows.

 

If to Buyer to:

 

Orient Aim Limited 

Unit 1A, 1C & 2, Gold Coast, 1 Castle Peak Road, So Kwan Wat ,Kowloon, Hong Kong

 

If to Developer to:

 

Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited 

Unit 1005, 10/F., Tower A, New Mandarin Plaza,14 Science Museum Road, TST, Hong Kong 

Or to such other address as identified by a party to the other in writing.

 

3

 

 

12. No Waiver.

 

The failure of a party to require strict performance of any provision of this Agreement by the other. or the forbearance to exercise any right or remedy, shall not be construed as a waiver by such party of any such right or remedy or preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

13. Assignment.

 

The rights, duties and privileges of Developer shall not be transferred or assigned by it, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Buyer.

 

14. Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements whether oral or written. This Agreement may be modified only be written instrument signed by the parties hereto

 

15. Successors.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and insure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

16. Severability.

 

If any term of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then this Agreement, including all of the remaining terms, will remain in full force and effect as if such invalid or unenforceable term had never been included.

 

17. Governing Law.

 

The terms of this Agreement shall be construed and enforced under the laws of Hong Kong S.A.R., PRC

 

18. Headings.

 

The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in construction or interpretation.

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized representatives on the dates below written.

 

Orient Aim Limited  
   
/s/ Adam Carter  
   
Date: Sept. 9, 2021  
   
Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited  
   
/s/ Shu Sang Law  
   
Date: September 6, 2021  

 

5

 

 

  Smart Exhibition Merchants APP    (i0S&Android)
   
  Module   Function List   Description
1 Exhibition Introduced   About US   Introduction of the exhibition
      Map Navigation   Launch the navigation APP to the venue
      The Audience Registration   Complete the Pre-register online
           
2 The Exhibition Registration   My Identification   Identification for QR Code
           
3 The Online Exhibition Hall   Retrieving Account   Retrieve registered account
      The Exhibitors Home Page   Personalized exhibitors enterprise home page
      Display Exhibits   Display Exhibits Online
      The Exhibits Procurement   Initiate purchase intention to exhibitors
      The Exhibits Enquiries
Live Streaming Online
  Make enquiries for exhibitors' exhibits
Live broadcast of several exhibitions
           
4 The Exhibition Live   Comment/Discussion   Comment/discuss on a certain exhibition
           
5 Exhibitor list   Video Replay   View the playback video online after the live broadcast
      Exhibitor List   The list of exhibitors
      Search the exhibitor   Search for exhibitors by company name or product category
           
6 Conference   Conference List
Registration Online
  Check out the various forum activities held during the exhibition Register online for a forum event
           
7 Business Investigation   Business Investigation   Organize a study tour for a certain industry manufacturer
           
8 The exhibition guide   Exhibition Area Guidance   Find exhibitors online according to the display area grid
      how to arrive   Provide arrival guidance to buyers and visitors
      hotel accommodation   Provide recommended hotel list and star rating
           
9 Business travel service   Visa Guidance   How to apply for visa instructions for overseas visitors
      Exclusive Preferential   Special offers for viewers to partner with merchants Q&A list
      Q&A    

 

6

 

 

Buyer and merchant relationship management System phase II

 

    Module   Function List   Description
1     Web Data   Content analysis crawl in HTML web pages
           
2     Excel Data   Content analysis fetching in table XLS
           
3 Al Crawler   Image Data   Content analysis in JPG and PNG images
           
4     Intelligent dynamic address IP   Avoid Address Masking
           
5     Multitasking   Perform collection tasks and monitor running status of multiple products in parallel
           
6     The underlying dimension   Business information, company profile, website information, personnel information
           
7 Data Portrait   High dimension   Business label, product label, revenue scale, credit rating, brand information
           
8     Relationship dimension   Investment relations, competitors, channel agents, cooperative customers, suppliers
           
9     Meta event   The original event traced in the program
           
10     User Attribute   Edit the display name, display status, and configuration dimension dictionary for custom user attributes
         
11     Action Attribute   View the set of custom action properties that have been created through background commands so far
           
12 metadata management   Virtual events   Combine multiple meta-events and set filter criteria for each
           
13     Event Attribute   Edit the display name, display status, and configuration dimension dictionary for custom event attributes
           
14     Dimension sheet    The dimensions that have been established to correlate indicate fineness to complete complex analysis scenarios
           
15     Virtual Attribute   Through SQL expression to all the existing attributes for secondary processing
           
16     Visualize full monitoring events   Manage events that are automatically reported by visualizing full points
           
17     Channel Sources   Exhibition data source channel management
           

18

Channel Management   Channel Associated   Associate and bind merchant data with the specified data channel source
           
19     Exhibition list   Edit and manage all exhibition information
           
20     Synchronous data with IEAS   Automatic synchronization of pre-registration data in IEAS

 

7

 

 

      Exhibition merchants data collection and governance services    
           
  Module   Data Type   Description   Collection Quantity (pieces)
1     Government Website Data   Industrial and commercial data, tax data, filing data, legal risk data   500000
               
2     Recruitment website data   zhipin.com, zhaopin.com, liepin.com, 58.conn, 51job.com, lagou.com   500000
               
3     Social Networking Data   Pulse, linkedin, Weibo, Yellow Pages, Corporate network, life services   500000
               
4 Data Acquisition   Data released by enterprises   Annual report, official website, vertical portal, bidding network, consulting platform, news platform   500000
               
5     Third-party service providers   DingDing, Tianyancha, Qichacha   500000
               
6     Offline exhibition catalogue   Paper version scan image recognition   100000
               
      Automatic data completion   Through the Al algorithm, the collected data will be analyzed and supplemented completely and the original database will be expanded for the convenience of marketing    

 

8

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

Yue (Guangdong) Government Procurement Letter [2021] No. 1618

 

Guangdong Provincial Government Procurement Contract

 

  Procurement No.: M4400000707011029
     
  Project Name: 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair Admission Information Collection Project

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract

 

Party A: China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair Organization Bureau
Tel: 020-83137650
Fax: 020-83137645
Address: 29 / F, Yuecai Building, 483 Dongfeng Zhong Road, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province, China
Party B: 3e Network Technology Company Limited
Tel: 020-38909042
Fax:  
Address: Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

According to the procurement results of the Admission Information Collection Project for the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair, in accordance with the provisions of the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China, and after mutual consultation, both parties agree to enter into this contract based on the principles of equality, mutual benefit, and good faith, as follows:

 

I. Contract Amount

 

The contract amount (including taxes) is (in words): [***] RMB (¥[***]). This amount represents the full consideration to be paid by Party A to Party B for all services provided under this contract. Party A is not obligated to pay any additional fees to Party B beyond those stipulated in this contract.

 

II. Scope of Services

 

The 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair is jointly organized by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the State Administration of Market Supervision, and the People’s Government of Guangdong Province, with the United Nations Industrial Development Organization and the Ministry of Commerce of Thailand as the main guests. The fair covers an exhibition area of approximately 110,000 square meters with a total of 3,500 booths. The main exhibition will take place from September 16th to 19th at the Canton Fair Complex in Guangzhou, covering an area of about 80,000 square meters and featuring 2,500 booths. The exhibition includes various sections, such as the Guest of Honor’s exhibition, International exhibition, Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan exhibition, provincial and municipal exhibitions (including the “Specialty and Innovation” exhibition area), as well as professional exhibitions in industrial products, industrial design, and industrial internet. Party A has engaged Party B to provide services related to the admission information system collection, WeChat registration, document production, and distribution during the main exhibition period of the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair. The project details are as follows:

 

 

1. Project Service Period: September 13th to 15th, 2021 (Preparatory Period) and September 16th to 19th, 2021 (Main Exhibition Period).

 

2

 

 

2. Project Contract Amount: RMB [***] (including taxes).

 

3. Project Service Location: China Import and Export Fair (Canton Fair) Complex, Area B, utilizing 8 halls, namely Hall 9.2, Hall 9.3, Hall 10.2, Hall 10.3, Hall 11.2, Hall 11.3, Hall 12.2, and Hall 13.2.

 

Exhibition Period:

September 13th - 14th: 9:00 AM - 5:00 PM

 

September 14th - 15th: 9:00 AM - 9:00 PM

 

Development Period:

September 16th: 7:00 AM - 5:00 PM

 

September 17th - 18th: 9:00 AM - 5:00 PM

 

September 19th: 9:00 AM - 1:00 PM

 

Withdrawal Period: September 19th: 1:00 PM - 8:00 PM

 

1. In accordance with the principle of a real-name system, collect and organize the identification information of participants for the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair before the exhibition. This is to ensure the accuracy and authenticity of the identity information of individuals applying for admission documents, guaranteeing the completion of all entry documents (including personnel and vehicle permits) for the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair within the timeframe specified by the purchaser. Additionally, professional visitor passes, visitor passes, and other documents will be generated electronically.

 

2. Following the purchaser’s requirements, produce and print a sufficient quantity of physical admission documents for the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair, such as VIP cards, important guest cards, guest cards, secretariat work permits, exhibitor cards, press cards, interpreter cards, security cards, service personnel work permits, forum guest cards, professional exhibition work permits, and vehicle permits, all in accordance with the real-name principle. Ensure that the printed information and barcodes are clear and accurate. Organize and classify the documents based on barcode segments and deliver them promptly to the purchaser. VIP cards, important guest cards, guest cards, and secretariat work permits for the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair will be made from PVC material with lanyard covers, while exhibitor cards and other documents will be produced using double-sided thermal paper with lanyard covers. All of these documents will include personal information printed in accordance with the real-name principle, ensuring accuracy and consistency. To streamline the entry process and enhance efficiency, domestic businesses and professional visitors will use electronic documents uniformly. This project is contracted as a comprehensive package, and in case the purchaser requires additional documents on short notice, they will be produced promptly and in accordance with the real-name principle.

 

3

 

 

3. Quantity and specifications of documents and related accessories:

 

Category Name Specific Requirements Unit Quantity
Document Production VIP Card PVC,9cm*13cm Sheet 200
Important Guest Card PVC,9cm*13cm Sheet 700
Guest Card PVC,9cm*13cm Sheet 3000
Secretariat Staff ID Card PVC,9cm*13cm Sheet 500
Subtotal PVC ID Cards Sheet 4400
Exhibitor Pass Double-Sided Thermal Paper, 160g, 9cm*13cm Sheet 8000
Contractor Staff ID Card Double-Sided Thermal Paper, 160g, 9cm*13cm Sheet 800
Press Pass Double-Sided Thermal Paper, 160g, 9cm*13cm Sheet 200
Translation Pass Double-Sided Thermal Paper, 160g, 9cm*13cm Sheet 300
Security Pass Double-Sided Thermal Paper, 160g, 9cm*13cm Sheet 900
Service Staff ID Card Double-Sided Thermal Paper, 160g, 9cm*13cm Sheet 3000
Subtotal Double-Sided Thermal Paper Sheet 13200
Electronic Cards (Visitor Pass, Business Pass, Forum Audience Pass) On-Site Printing Double-Sided Thermal Paper, 160g, 9cm*13cm Sheet 25000
Subtotal Electronic Cards (Paper IDs that can be printed on-site) Sheet 25000
Subtotal Total Number of Personnel ID Cards Sheet 42600
Lanyards 1.5cm, Single-Sided Single-Color Silk Screen Strips 42600
Lanyard Holders 20C Thickness Soft Card Holders Pieces 42600
VIP Vehicle Pass Double-Sided Copperplate Paper, 250g, A4   200
Guest Vehicle Pass Double-Sided Copperplate Paper, 250g, A4   300
Secretariat Work Vehicle Pass Double-Sided Copperplate Paper, 250g, A4   200
Pass for Transport (Bus) Double-Sided Copperplate Paper, 250g, A4   200
  Subtotal Double-Sided Copperplate Paper, 250g, A4 Sheet 900
  logo Non-Adhesive Sticker, 3.5cm*3.5cm Pieces 10000

 

4

 

 

4. During the preparatory period from September 13th to 15th, it is necessary to plan the allocation of handheld devices and personnel at the entrance of each hall in Zone B of the Canton Fair Complex, as required by the purchaser. This plan should provide intelligent verification services for exhibitors entering and exiting during the preparatory period of the exhibition, and conduct data validation for exhibitors involved in preparatory work. An adequate number of artificial intelligence devices, handheld devices, as well as supporting service personnel, technicians, and management staff should be provided. The daily channel allocation for each region on September 13th-15th is as follows: 2 staff members equipped with handheld devices will be stationed at each hall entrance for exhibitor verification, totaling 16 staff members.

 

5. During the exhibition period, an on-site accreditation center for the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair will be set up outside the Pearl River promenade in Zone B of the Canton Fair Complex. Adequate channels will be arranged based on the flow of visitors. Distinct reception areas will be designated for on-site registration, pre-registration, and overseas visitor reception. This arrangement aims to ensure a safe and smooth reception process, emphasizing professionalism, etiquette, and personalized service. During the visitor registration process, accreditation service personnel must strictly adhere to the accreditation process rules and refrain from providing accreditation to individuals who do not meet the accreditation criteria.

 

6. During the opening period from September 16th to 19th, a plan should be developed in accordance with the purchaser’s requirements. This plan should include the registration process, layout of the on-site accreditation center, and personnel allocation. It should also specify the requirements for configuring visitor registration services and outline the enclosure, inspection, and maintenance of the on-site accreditation center and access control points. The services should include on-site manual accreditation counters, smart gate verification for entry and exit, and data validation of entry and exit documents for on-site accreditation center visitors. Adequate resources, such as computers for manual accreditation counters, smart gate equipment, handheld devices, and the necessary service personnel, technicians, and management staff, should be provided.

 

Unit (Strips)
    16th 17th 18th 19th
Category Location Quantity Quantity Quantity Quantity
Self-service Accreditation Channel Pearl River Delta (East) 10 10 10 10
Pearl River Delta (West) 10 10 10 10
Subtotal 20 20 20 20
Total 80
Manual Service Channel Pearl River Delta (East) 4 4 4 4
Pearl River Delta (West) 4 4 4 4
Subtotal 8 8 8 8
Total 32

 

7. During the exhibition period, provide both manual printing channels and self-service registration channels to accommodate the registration of exhibition attendees. From September 16th to 19th, each area should have a daily configuration as follows: Pearl River Walkway Central Platform - no fewer than 10 self-service registration channels and no fewer than 4 manual service channels; Pearl River Walkway East Platform - no fewer than 10 self-service registration channels and no fewer than 4 manual service channels. This totals no fewer than 28 registration channels, including at least 20 self-service channels and at least 8 manual service channels. Equipment for manual service channels includes laptops, printers, scanners, etc., while equipment for self-service registration channels includes self-service registration machines. Each registration channel should have at least one staff member and be equipped with a computer, printer, scanner, and other related devices.

 

5

 

 

8. Properly train and manage on-site personnel to ensure a certain level of service quality and prevent low service quality and staff shortages. All staff working at the exhibition site must dress neatly and wear uniform work attire that meets the required dress code and grooming standards. Maintain and manage the registration and access control verification equipment, and provide an adequate number of laptops, handheld scanners, and other access control devices, as well as intelligent gate equipment, to ensure smooth operation during the exhibition. Provide on-site service equipment and logistical supplies such as loudspeakers, walkie-talkies, and pens for filling out forms.

 

9. Requirements for gate and self-service registration machine equipment: Gate equipment should be capable of reliable and effective passage recognition. Gate equipment should include a module for reading the second-generation Chinese mainland citizen ID cards and should support 1:1 recognition of ID cards and faces within a recognition time of no more than 5 seconds per person. The scanning or card-swiping speed should reach 30 people per minute. Self-service registration machines should support various forms of barcode and QR code recognition, with high-speed scanning capabilities (even when the phone’s brightness is below 10%, it should still be able to scan quickly). All equipment mentioned should have appropriate safety measures, including protection against electrical leakage and electric shock. Equipment modules should be securely fixed, and all connectors should have secure fastening measures. Good grounding measures should be in place to prevent the equipment’s metal casing from carrying electrical charge.

 

10. According to epidemic prevention requirements, all individuals entering the premises should undergo identity verification (the identity of individuals holding credentials on-site must match the information on the credentials), and a system for tracing all individuals should be in place. A technical service solution to ensure the traceability of individuals entering the premises should be provided. Strictly adhere to the China National Exhibition’s epidemic prevention and control policy and cooperate promptly with related measures as required for epidemic prevention and control. If necessary, provide manual verification services for health information of individuals entering the premises in compliance with epidemic prevention requirements. Ensure thorough cleaning and disinfection of documents, equipment, and the work environment.

 

11. Store, transport, and distribute relevant materials on-site according to the buyer’s requirements, and ensure that all documents and equipment are securely stored to prevent loss.

 

6

 

 

12. Reasonably install access control systems at the entrances of each exhibition hall based on the flow of visitors during the exhibition. Be responsible for providing intelligent gate verification services at the exhibition site. Plan the overall exhibition access control service system, and have the capability to provide diverse access control solutions and implementation measures. This includes utilizing intelligent access control, face recognition, information display, video playback technology, etc. Comply with the requirements of the purchaser to handle admission procedures for all types of individuals attending the 17th China National Exhibition accurately, effectively, and efficiently. This includes admission procedures, accurate and effective collection of on-site admission personnel’s document information, and timely and accurate attendance tracking. Provide dedicated systems and equipment for access control management services. Provide detailed introductions of gate equipment with diagrams, flowcharts for on-site audience service, detailed evacuation and emergency plans, project timelines, and dedicated systems and equipment needed for scanning WeChat QR codes, among other requirements. Be responsible for maintaining order during the exhibition for both exhibitors and attendees. This includes verifying tickets for all individuals, not allowing entry for invalid tickets, guiding attendees to the appropriate entry channels based on their tickets, and ensuring that barcode numbers on required documents match access control documents.

 

Unit (Pieces)
    16th 17th 18th 19th
Access Control Channels East Platform 8 8 8 8
Center Platform 8 8 8 8
12.2 (Front Door) 3 3 3 3
12.2 (Side Door) Handheld 3 3 3 3
9.3 (Front Door) 3 3 3 3
9.3 (Side Door) Handheld 3 3 3 3
Forum (Mobile) Handheld 6 6 6 6
Subtotal - Intelligent Mechanical Road Gates 22 22 22 22
Subtotal - Handheld Devices 12 12 12 12
Subtotal 34 34 34 34
             

13. The exhibition will implement an access control plan using a combination of a large enclosure approach and separate gates for specialized exhibitions. During the exhibition period, at least one staff member must be assigned to each access control channel. From September 16 to 19, the daily allocation of access control gates in each area is as follows: 8 channels on the East Platform, 8 Channels on the Center Platform, 3 Channels at the 12.2 Pavilion (front door), and 3 Channels at the 9.3 Pavilion (front door). This totals to a minimum of 22 supporting staff members. The 12.2 Pavilion (side door) and 9.3 Pavilion (side door) will each have at least 3 handheld devices, totaling a minimum of 6, with a minimum of 6 staff members responsible for guiding attendees to enter the corresponding channels based on their documents. Additionally, at least 10 mobile handheld devices and a minimum of 10 mobile staff will be deployed to accommodate any temporary needs for forums or networking events within the exhibition halls.

 

14. In total, there will be no fewer than 22 intelligent mechanical road gates and at least 12 handheld devices set up at the exhibition venue. These will provide access control and verification services for industry-specific events held within the exhibition halls. Real-time data will be collected, and data analysis of entry information for these events will be provided as needed.

 

7

 

 

No. Event Name Event Time Location PDA Quantity Personnel Arrangement
1 Robot Technology Innovation Exchange Activity September 16th, 13:30-16:30 10.2 Pavilion, Area E03, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
2 2021 Greater Bay Area Big Data and AI Innovation Development Conference and Supply-Demand Matchmaking Meeting September 16th, 13:30-17:00 Hall 8, Canton Fair Complex, Area B 6 6
3 SME Digital Transformation Matchmaking Meeting September 16th, 14:30-16:30 11.3 Pavilion, Area B04, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
4 Fashion Fusion: 2021 Textile and Apparel Industry Supply-Demand Matchmaking Meeting September 16th, 14:00-15:00 11.3 Pavilion, Area E01, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
5 SME Intelligent Manufacturing Development Forum September 17th, 9:30-11:30 10.2 Pavilion, Area E03, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
6 Biopharmaceutical Industry Supply-Demand Matchmaking Meeting September 17th, 10:30-11:30 11.3 Pavilion, Area B04, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
7 “Robots Entering Clusters” Service Industry Supply-Demand Matchmaking Activity September 17th, 13:30-16:30 10.2 Pavilion, Area E03, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
8 SME Digital Transformation Summit September 17th, 14:00-17:00 11.3 Pavilion, Area B04, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
9 Equipment Manufacturing Industry Digital Technology Application Supply-Demand Exchange Matchmaking Activity September 17th, 14:00-15:30 11.3 Pavilion, Area E01, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
10 Equipment Manufacturing Enterprise Digital Transformation and Upgrading Case Supply-Demand Exchange Matchmaking Activity September 17th, 15:30-17:00 11.3 Pavilion, Area E01, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
11 “Robots Entering Clusters” Logistics Industry Supply-Demand Matchmaking Activity September 18th, 9:00-12:00 10.2 Pavilion, Area E03, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
12 SME Digital Transformation Summit September 18th, 9:00-12:00 11.3 Pavilion, Area B04, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
13 Food Supply-Demand Matchmaking Meeting September 18th, 10:00-12:00 11.3 Pavilion, Area E01, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
14 “Robots Entering Clusters” Electronics Industry Supply-Demand Matchmaking Activity September 18th, 13:30-16:30 10.2 Pavilion, Area E03, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
15 Agricultural Products Supply-Demand Matchmaking Meeting September 18th, 14:30-16:30 11.3 Pavilion, Area E01, Industry Special Event Zone 6 6
16 Fashion Fusion: 2021 Textile and Apparel Industry Supply-Demand Matchmaking Meeting September 18th, 14:00-15:00 10.2 Pavilion, Area E02, Business Promotion Zone 6 6

 

8

 

 

15. Manage and count admission personnel by barcode segments, effectively collect and identify the identity data of admission personnel, differentiate between different categories of admission personnel, accurately identify the identity of real-name businesspersons, and organize and statistically analyze the collected information. Provide a report on the arrival rate of preregistered businesspersons; the accuracy should be above 95%.

 

16. Formulate and submit effective contingency plans to the purchaser by September 10th to address special situations during the exhibition, such as peak entry periods at the China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair, ensuring that all work continues smoothly until completion.

 

17. Conduct analysis of the number of visitors, entrance flow, and the composition of admission personnel. Provide daily statistical reports on admission personnel received before 18:00 each day. Provide a comprehensive statistical analysis report after the entire exhibition. Organize and consolidate the visitor database, ensuring seamless integration with existing databases, WeChat, and other data platforms, with an accuracy rate of over 95%. Access information data about exhibition visitors must not be provided to any third party for any reason or in any form.

 

18. Complete the collection of comprehensive data on exhibitors and attendees at the 17th China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair, establish an attendee database, provide relevant software, hardware technology, and equipment, and use data from previous attendees for relevant comparisons and comparative analyses.

 

19. On the basis of databases from previous China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair for exhibitors and attendees, conduct precise categorization and collection, ensuring the relevance of data from past China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair’s invited attendees, on-site buyers, and exhibitors. Upgrade and revamp the system using technologies like Big Data, Artificial Intelligence, and Cloud Computing. Declaring organizations should have the capability to fully meet the procurement needs for software, hardware technology, and equipment. Provide an analysis report on exhibitor and attendee retention rates after the exhibition, with an accuracy rate of over 95%.

 

9

 

 

20. Develop a backend management system with two types of accounts: China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair administrator and Investment Promotion Organization administrator. China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair administrators can view, audit, and correct all registration data in real-time (business cards cannot be modified). Investment Promotion Organization administrators can verify the information of registered organization merchants (business cards cannot be modified).

 

21. Provide maintenance and troubleshooting services for the WeChat registration system, with technical personnel on-site at the exhibition venue during the event. Ensure seamless data integration with the online China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair registration system.

 

22. Establish a contingency plan to avoid entry personnel congestion and gatherings during the exhibition. In case of registration system malfunctions during the exhibition, ensure timely crowd control and maintain the integrity of licensee information collection. Promptly resolve system malfunctions.

 

23. Provide SMS services required for completing the registration process. Professional businesspersons must register their identity information and upload their business cards for identification following the real-name principle. Manual entry is not allowed, and business card images must be saved.

 

24. Create separate registration QR codes for each organization and generate distinct barcodes for various types of documents, allowing differentiation for entry.

 

25. Adjust and supplement gate equipment, handheld devices, personnel, etc., as needed based on actual requirements.

 

III. Rights and Obligations of Party A and Party B

 

1. Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

(1)Party A has the right to demand that Party B completes the agreed-upon work tasks in terms of quality, quantity, and time according to the contract’s standards and deadlines.

 

(2)Party A can appoint personnel to monitor the quality of Party B’s work during the contract’s duration and request necessary improvements for non-compliant parts without hindering Party B’s normal work.

 

(3)Party A must make payments as per the contract, provide Party A’s exhibition requirements, and share relevant information about the exhibition hall.

 

(4)Party A should cooperate and assist Party B in fulfilling the contracted work tasks.

 

(5)Party A is responsible for creating a suitable on-site environment for visitor registration.

 

10

 

 

(6)Party A should assign a designated person to participate in the pre-event preparations and on-site coordination.

 

2. Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

(1)Obligations: Party B is obligated to complete the contracted work tasks in terms of quality, quantity, and timeliness according to the contract’s standards and deadlines.

 

(2)Obligations: Party B must appoint a dedicated person responsible for all aspects of the contracted work, including equipment, labor, materials, scheduling, settlements, maintenance, and acceptance.

 

(3)Obligations: Party B is responsible for handling all equipment transportation, installation, setup, maintenance, and related expenses.

 

(4)Obligations: Party B is obliged to procure, supply, and manage materials and equipment as required.

 

(5)Obligations: Party B should carefully arrange personnel and equipment to ensure service quality, safety, and timely completion of tasks as per the service requirements.

 

(6)Obligations: Party B must modify, improve, and maintain the WeChat enrollment system and backend management system according to Party A’s needs.

 

(7)Obligations: Party B should create and implement contingency plans to address unforeseen situations during the exhibition.

 

IV. Payment Methods:

 

1. After the contract is signed by both Party A and Party B, Party B shall provide Party A with a legal and valid invoice. Within thirty (30) working days, Party A shall make the first payment of RMB [***] (¥[***]) to Party B.

 

2. Upon completion of the project and successful acceptance by both parties, Party B shall issue a legally valid invoice to Party A. Party A, upon receipt of Party B’s acceptance report and a legal and valid invoice, shall transfer the remaining payment of RMB [***] (¥[***]) to Party B’s designated account before December 31, 2021.

 

3. This project is executed in a lump-sum manner, and no additional expenses shall be incurred during the contract implementation.

 

V. Liability for Breach of Contract and Compensation for Damages

 

1. If Party B’s services do not conform to the provisions of this contract, Party A reserves the right to reject them. In such cases, Party B shall be liable to pay Party A a liquidated damages fee of 5% of the total contract price. If Party B fails to rectify the non-compliant services within the stipulated deadline following Party A’s notification, Party A has the right to terminate this contract.

 

2. If Party B fails to provide services within the timeframes specified in Articles 2 and 3 of this Contract, Party B shall pay liquidated damages of 10% of the total contract price to Party A on each occasion. In case of three defaults, Party A has the right to terminate the contract. Furthermore, Party A is entitled to seek compensation for any additional losses incurred as a result (including, but not limited to, legal fees, arbitration fees, execution fees, preservation fees, appraisal fees, notary fees, and other associated costs). In such instances, Party A may terminate this contract without the obligation to pay Party B the commissioned work fees.

 

11

 

 

3. Any other breach of contract matters shall be handled in accordance with the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China.

 

VI. Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any disputes arising during the execution of this contract, which cannot be resolved through amicable negotiation, either party has the right to submit the dispute to the Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the prevailing arbitration rules of the Guangzhou Arbitration Commission at the time of submitting the arbitration application. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both parties.

 

VII. Force Majeure

 

If either party is unable to fulfill this contract due to reasons beyond their control (force majeure), they must promptly notify the other party within one day after the end of the force majeure event. Upon obtaining relevant proof of force majeure from the respective authorities or mutual agreement, the affected party is allowed to either extend the contract performance period or revise the contract terms. Depending on the circumstances, the affected party may be partially or wholly exempt from breach of contract liabilities.

 

VIII. Taxes

 

All taxes and fees related to the execution of this contract, whether incurred within or outside the territory of the People’s Republic of China, shall be the responsibility of Party B.

 

IX. Other

 

1. All attachments, procurement documents, and quotation documents to this contract are integral and valid parts of the contract, holding the same legal effect as this contract. In case of any inconsistency in the agreement, interpretation and application shall follow the sequence of this contract, contract attachments, procurement documents, and quotation documents.

 

2. During the execution of this contract, all documents signed and mutually confirmed by both parties (including meeting minutes, supplementary agreements, and correspondence) become valid components of this contract.

 

3. In case of changes to the address, telephone, or fax number of either party, written notice must be provided to the other party on the same day as the change; otherwise, the party failing to notify shall bear the corresponding responsibility.

 

4. Without prior written consent from Party A, Party B shall not partially or wholly transfer its obligations under this contract.

 

5. All notifications, documents, and information exchanged by both parties for the execution of this contract shall be delivered to the contact details provided on the last page. Hand-delivered documents are considered served at the time of delivery, while mailed documents are considered served on the day of actual receipt. If the actual date of delivery exceeds seven days or if the delivery result cannot be verified, it shall be deemed served seven days after the notice is handed over to the mailing or courier service.

 

12

 

 

6. During the validity of this contract, any changes to the contact information of either party must be communicated to the other party within five days of the change. Failure to provide timely notice will result in notices sent to the aforementioned address being deemed as having been served.

 

X. Requirements Related to Epidemic Prevention and Control Measures

 

1. Attendees and participants (including staff members) are required to register on the China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair website (www.cismef.com) prior to the event. They must submit their identification and health declaration information for registration and complete uniform identity verification and real-name registration. All individuals must collect their China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair credentials using their personal identification cards, undergo temperature checks, verify their health codes, and complete registration in accordance with epidemic prevention and control requirements before entering the event.

 

2. Attendees and participants include exhibitors, buyers, staff members, booth personnel, and other categories of individuals (hereinafter referred to as “participants”). Participants from outside Guangdong Province are required to undergo a valid nucleic acid test within 48 hours before leaving their local area, obtain a negative certificate, and complete another nucleic acid test upon entering Guangdong Province. Participants from within Guangdong Province are required to complete a 3-day, 2-test regimen in Guangdong before attending the event. Participants are required to provide a valid negative nucleic acid test certificate within 48 hours of entering the exhibition halls during the event. Participants are required to complete the full COVID-19 vaccination process at least 14 days before the event. Guests and staff attending evening banquets, pavilion tours, opening ceremonies, and summit forums must provide a negative nucleic acid test result from Guangzhou within 24 hours before the event and minimize outdoor activities and gatherings after sample collection.

 

3. It is recommended that guests, exhibitors, and traders complete the full COVID-19 vaccination process at least 14 days before attending the conference. Staff members involved in conference security are generally required to complete the full COVID-19 vaccination process at least 14 days before the exhibition.

 

4. Participants should conduct self-health monitoring and declaration before and during the conference to ensure that they are free from symptoms such as fever (temperature ≥37.3°C), cough, fatigue, diarrhea, etc. If any abnormal symptoms occur, they should be reported to the summit promptly, and cooperation with on-site medical staff in investigation and response is expected.

 

5. Participants should practice personal protective measures during the exhibition. Disposable medical surgical masks must be worn properly throughout the venue (except during speeches and group photo sessions). Maintain a social distance of 1 meter, wash and disinfect hands frequently, and avoid gathering.

 

13

 

 

6. Participants should cooperate with the collection and registration of real-name information, checking of health codes and travel codes, verification of nucleic acid test results, and declaration of personal health information.

 

7. The following individuals are not permitted to attend the conference or participate in conference security:

 

(1) Those currently confirmed as COVID-19 cases, suspected cases, asymptomatic carriers, close contacts, or close contacts of close contacts;

 

(2) Individuals who have recovered from COVID-19 and have been discharged from the hospital within one month, still within the follow-up and medical observation period;

 

(3) Individuals under a 14-day centralized isolation and medical observation period or a 7-day home isolation management period after entry;

 

(4) Individuals with a history of travel to high-risk areas, either domestically or internationally, within 14 days;

 

(5) Individuals from administrative districts (at the prefecture or municipal level) that are designated as high or medium-risk areas within China within 14 days before the exhibition.

 

XI. Contract Entry into Force

 

1. This contract shall enter into force upon the signatures and seals of the legal representatives or their authorized representatives of both parties.

 

2. The contract is executed in six copies, with Party A holding four copies and Party B holding two copies, all having equal legal effect.

 

Party A (seal): Party B (seal):

 

[Contract Special Seal of China International Small and Medium Enterprises Fair Bureau]

 

[Contract Special Seal of 3e Network Technology Company Limited]

Representative: Zhao Zhenhua Representative:
Place of Signing: Guangzhou Place of Signing: Guangzhou
Signing Date: September 10, 2021 Signing Date: September 10, 2021
  Account Name: 3e Network Technology Company Limited
  Bank Account Number: [Omitted]
  Bank of Deposit: Bank of China, Guangzhou Citic Plaza Sub-branch

 

 

14

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

Purchase Contract of Smart Restaurant System Platform

 

Party A: MKH Concept Enterprise Limited

 

Address: 1/F, G07, Stanley Plaza, 23 Carmel Road, Stanley, Hong Kong, China

 

Party B: 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address: Room 701, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, both Party A and Party B hereby mutually confirm that, on the basis of equality, voluntary agreement, and consensus, they have fully acknowledged and comprehended the substantive meaning of all the terms within this contract and the corresponding legal consequences. Based on this understanding, they have entered into this contract concerning the Smart Restaurant System Platform project with the intent of jointly adhering to its terms.

 

Article 1: Scope of Software Development

 

The scope of software development, constituent modules, functions of each module, specifications, versions, pricing, testing standards, and other pertinent details outlined in this contract shall be governed by the subsequent “User Requirements Specification Product Prototype.” The platform development activities encompass requirements research, requirements analysis, platform system architecture design, software development (comprising UI design, coding, data migration, etc.), testing, implementation and deployment, software acceptance, training (including, but not limited to, training for all business participants and system administrators), and ongoing system maintenance. Please refer to Annex I for a comprehensive list of detailed development functionalities.

 

Article 2: Software Development Timeline

 

(a) The software development period is estimated to be approximately 4 months, commencing from the date of signing this contract. This timeframe encompasses activities such as requirements research, requirements analysis, architecture design, software development, testing, implementation and deployment, as well as training.

 

(b) Party B shall proactively submit initial drafts of documents and materials requiring Party A’s review and confirmation during the development process. Upon receiving these initial drafts, Party A shall promptly provide written feedback on the review. If Party A suggests modifications, Party B should promptly make the necessary revisions based on Party A’s feedback and resubmit them for review. If Party A does not respond within five working days of receiving the initial draft, it will be considered as Party A’s confirmation. Party A’s signature on various process documents and materials signifies its approval regarding the applicability, requirements, usability, and feasibility of the software development. Party A does not review technical issues. In the event of any technical issues or adjustments related to Party B’s design that arise after Party A’s confirmation, Party B should actively cooperate in making the necessary adjustments.

 

 

 

 

Article 3: Purchase Amount and Payment Method

 

(I) The total contract amount is HK$[***] ([***] Hong Kong dollars), which includes deployment implementation, testing, and training costs. This amount will not be subject to any adjustments throughout the contract’s performance period.

 

(II) Party B’s banking details for receiving payments are as follows:

 

Account Name: 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Bank: Bank of China, Guangzhou Citic Plaza Sub-branch

 

Account Number: [Omitted]

 

Contact Number: 020-38909042

 

Address: Room 701, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

In the event that Party B’s collection bank account differs from the one mentioned in the contract’s signature or other terms, the above bank account information shall take precedence. If there are any changes to the above bank account information, Party B is obligated to promptly notify Party A in writing before the payment due date, and both parties shall execute a supplementary agreement accordingly. Any request by Party B for payment to a third-party account unrelated to changes in the collection bank account information may be rejected by Party A. If Party B fails to provide written notification of its correct bank information in a timely manner, Party B shall bear all losses or consequences arising from the failure to do so.

 

(III) Party A will make payments according to the following schedule:

 

1. An initial payment of 10% of the total contract amount, i.e., HK$[***] (HKD [***]), upon the signing of this agreement.

 

2. The remaining 90% of the total contract amount, i.e., HK$[***] (HKD [***]), upon the completion of project acceptance.

 

Article 4: Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

(I) Party A is entitled to request Party B to complete the software development and ensure successful acceptance within the specified period outlined in this contract, in accordance with the requirements specified in the “User Requirements Specification Product Prototype.”

 

(II) Within the boundaries of the “System Product Prototype,” Party A reserves the right to propose modifications to software functionality to Party B. Party B is required to acknowledge and respond to Party A’s suggestions within 5 working days of receiving them. Failure by Party B to respond within this period will be considered as Party B’s confirmation and agreement to implement the suggested modifications.

 

2

 

 

(III) Party A has the authority to request Party B to transfer all paper (copies) and electronic data files associated with the process to Party A after the software has been accepted.

 

(IV) Party A is obligated to make full and timely payments to Party B, strictly adhering to the payment terms as stipulated in Article 4(3) of this contract.

 

(V) Party A is responsible for promptly providing Party B with any relevant information related to the software products and extending reasonable assistance within its capabilities.

 

Article 5: Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

(I) Party B has the right to demand that Party A makes prompt and full payment of the contract sum as stipulated in this contract.

 

(II) The information provided by Party A to assist Party B in fulfilling this contract is strictly for Party B’s use solely within the scope of this contract’s objectives. Without prior written consent from Party A, Party B is prohibited from using this information for any other purpose or in any other context beyond the scope of this contract. Party B’s obligation to maintain the confidentiality of the aforementioned data or information shall remain in force even after the termination or conclusion of this contract, until such data or information becomes publicly disclosed by Party A. In the event that Party B breaches its confidentiality obligation, resulting in premature disclosure of the relevant data or information by Party A, Party B shall be liable to compensate Party A for any actual losses incurred.

 

(III) Party B appoints Deng Zhaolai as its authorized representative (contact phone: 1376088****, email: adams@3ekeji.cn, position at Party B: Product Director). Deng Zhaolai is responsible for communicating with Party A, coordinating Party B’s internal activities, and has the authority to sign any written documents related to the execution of this contract (excluding the main contract and any supplementary agreements) without Party A’s written consent. Without Party A’s written approval, Party B may not unilaterally change the software development representative. Failure to comply may lead to Party A’s right to terminate or dissolve this contract and pursue Party B for breach of contract.

 

(IV) Throughout the contract’s duration, Party B may access Party A’s trade secrets related to this project as necessary for contract performance. These trade secrets are solely applicable for fulfilling Party B’s obligations under this contract. Party B is strictly prohibited from using, disseminating, or disclosing these trade secrets without proper authorization. Any breach of this clause may result in Party A pursuing Party B for breach of contract and seeking compensation for actual losses incurred.

 

Article 6:Intellectual Property Rights and Right of Use

 

(I) Under this contract, the term “basic software” refers to the software products provided by Party B, which already hold intellectual property rights (including, but not limited to, copyrights, trademarks, patents, and any other intellectual property rights recognized by applicable laws in this contract, whether registered or not). This definition also includes the right to use such software, encompassing development tools and application products. The term “secondary development system” refers to a system developed by Party B on the foundation of existing software products to align with Party A’s objectives.

 

3

 

 

(II) Party B guarantees that the software (comprising basic software and software developed through secondary development) used to deliver the software products specified in this contract will not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of Party A or any third party. In the event that Party A faces accusations of infringement or compensation claims from third parties during use, Party B is responsible for engaging in negotiations with the third party to ensure that the fulfillment of this contract’s purpose remains unimpeded.

 

(III) In the event that the Software Product or any portion thereof is claimed by a third party to infringe upon its intellectual property rights or other lawful interests under this Contract, Party B commits to defending any lawsuits or legal claims that may arise. Party B further agrees to bear the full amount of damages as determined by any relevant judgments or settlements. Party A, upon facing such legal actions or claims, shall promptly notify Party B and provide reasonable assistance to facilitate Party B’s handling of these matters, ensuring Party B’s acquisition of its rightful entitlements. Party A retains the right to participate in the defense or settlement of any such legal actions or claims, with Party B covering the associated expenses.

 

If, as a result of this Contract, the Software Product or any part thereof is adjudged to infringe upon the legitimate rights of a third party under the law, or if any usage, distribution, or exercise of rights granted by Party B under the Agreement is deemed to be infringing, Party B shall, with the prior written consent of Party A, make every effort to substitute the Software with non-infringing software of equal or superior functionality, or to obtain the requisite authorizations, thereby allowing Party A to continue enjoying the rights defined in this Contract and achieving its objectives without being impeded by related disputes.

 

Should any dispute concerning infringement persist for a period of 30 days, causing Party A to be unable to use the Software normally, Party B shall refund all payments received from Party A under this contract.

 

(IV) The ownership of intellectual property rights for the basic software used in the Project remains with Party B and remains unaltered. Party A is prohibited from using the aforementioned information for purposes other than those outlined in this contract or for any other purpose without written consent from Party B. Party A’s confidentiality obligations regarding this data or information persist even upon the termination of this contract, until such data or information becomes publicly disclosed by Party B. In the event that Party A’s failure to maintain confidentiality leads to the premature disclosure of relevant data or information by Party B, Party A shall compensate Party B for any actual losses incurred.

 

(V) The intellectual property rights pertaining to the software development outcomes under this contract (including software products, documents, source code data, and other materials) are jointly owned by both Party A and Party B. Party A has unrestricted rights to use these software development outcomes. Any limitations or hindrances imposed by Party B on Party A’s use of these development outcomes shall make Party B liable to compensate Party A for any resulting losses.

 

4

 

 

Article 7: Acceptance and Delivery of Software Results and Maintenance

 

(I) The software products covered by this contract will undergo separate acceptance procedures. Party B must ensure that the overall business functions of the project are complete and operational.

 

(II) Upon the completion of the project development, following successful testing and acceptance conducted by a testing and acceptance team composed of Party A’s user department, Party A’s technical department, or a third-party testing organization commissioned by both Party A and Party B, Party B shall submit a written acceptance application to Party A.

 

(III) Upon receiving the acceptance application, Party A will organize the acceptance process within 15 working days in accordance with the acceptance criteria specified in the “Software Coding Design Specification,” “Database Dictionary,” “System Architecture Design,” “System Product Prototype,” “Product Requirements Document,” “Technical Development Guidelines,” and “Product Operation Manual.” The determination of acceptance qualification will be based on Party A’s written notification. In case of non-compliance with acceptance criteria, Party A shall provide a comprehensive explanation of the reasons and grant Party B a reasonable period for rectification until the acceptance criteria are met. If Party A is unable to complete the acceptance organization within 15 working days due to reasons attributable to Party A, it shall be deemed that the acceptance has passed in accordance with the contractual standards.

 

(IV) Party B shall submit a written acceptance application to Party A at least 20 working days in advance, in line with the requirements outlined in the “User Requirements Specification Product Prototype.” This submission should include, but is not limited to, electronic and hard copies of various technical documents, such as the “System Interface Description,” “Data Structure Description,” “Test Report,” “Installation and Deployment Instruction Manual,” “Product Operation Manual,” and the project’s source code.

 

(V) Starting from the date of system acceptance completion (with reference to the date of Party A’s signing of the product acceptance confirmation letter), Party B is obligated to provide a one-year period of free service and technical support (warranty period). During the software maintenance warranty period, Party B will offer Party A 7*12 hours of maintenance services (from 08:00 to 20:00). Party A may contact Party B for prompt solutions to simple problems related to usage, operation, or any other non-fault issues. If there is a general fault that does not impede on-site business operations or can be addressed through alternative solutions, Party B shall resolve it within 24 hours. In cases of urgent faults that affect regular business operations and cannot be resolved through alternatives, Party B shall provide a resolution within 3 hours, with the precondition that other relevant system components continue to function normally. If the issue requires Party B’s on-site presence for maintenance, Party B shall promptly arrive at the location upon receiving notification from Party A. Should there be any unforeseen delays in resolving issues, Party B must provide a clear explanation of the reasons and proposed solutions, with the extension of the resolution time subject to Party A’s approval.

 

If Party B lacks the capability to address a problem within the stipulated timeframe or if Party A does not accept Party B’s proposed extension for resolution, Party A may engage a third-party service provider to resolve the issue, and the associated implementation costs will be deducted from the payments due to Party B after notifying Party B. Any shortfall in funds must be remitted by Party B within the stipulated timeframe.

 

5

 

 

(VI) Beyond the warranty period, both Party A and Party B may enter into a separate maintenance contract as needed. Party B commits to an annual maintenance fee of 10% of the total contract amount, which equals ¥[***] ([***]). The specific terms will be negotiated separately.

 

Article 8: Training

 

(I) Party B is obligated to offer a necessary training program free of charge, tailored to the actual personnel employed by Party A for the project’s live deployment. This training program will be executed prior to the system’s official deployment, subject to Party A’s approval.

 

(II) Party B is required to deploy experienced training instructors and facilitators for the training sessions. Additionally, Party B will provide relevant teaching materials or training videos to facilitate online learning for the trainees.

 

Article 9: Breach of Contract Liability

 

(I) In the event that Party A fails to make the contractually agreed payment to Party B, for each day of delay, Party A shall be liable to pay Party B liquidated damages amounting to 2‰ of the total contract price. Should the delay extend beyond 10 days, Party B reserves the right to unilaterally terminate or dissolve the contract without incurring any liability for breach. Party A shall remain obligated to compensate Party B for the delivered work results. If Party B requests to continue fulfilling this contract, Party A must first pay the specified liquidated damages as per the aforementioned standards, and then make the contractually stipulated payments. The timeline for Party B’s performance of this contract will be adjusted accordingly, starting from the day Party B receives the liquidated damages. However, the cumulative total of liquidated damages for late payments shall not exceed 30% of the total contract amount.

 

(II) In the event of Party A’s wrongdoing leading to the termination of the contract by Party B, Party A shall compensate Party B based on the price of the software already delivered and completed. Following Party A’s payment, Party B shall deliver the paid-for software to Party A. If Party A intends to use the accepted software in the future, it must still adhere to the terms of this contract. Additionally, Party A shall be liable to pay Party B liquidated damages equivalent to 20% of the total contract amount.

 

(III) If Party B, not due to Party A’s fault, fails to complete the project acceptance and delivery on time, it shall incur liquidated damages equivalent to 2‰ of the total contract price for each day of delay. However, the cumulative total of liquidated damages for late acceptance and delivery shall not exceed 30% of the total contract amount.

 

If Party A provides written consent, Party B may be granted a grace period of 30 natural days during which the calculation of liquidated damages payable by Party B shall be suspended. Upon the expiration of the grace period or the contractually specified timeframe, Party B fails to complete the project acceptance, and Party B shall be liable to pay Party A liquidated damages of 2‰ of the total contract amount per day.

 

In the event that the delay exceeds 50 days (excluding the grace period), Party A has the unilateral right to terminate or dissolve the contract. Party A shall not refund any liquidated damages already paid by Party B, and Party B shall return all payments made under the contract.

 

6

 

 

(IV) If the software delivered by Party B or its operational results fail to meet the contract specifications during the testing period and cannot be rectified through modifications, Party A reserves the right to terminate or rescind the contract, with Party B being obligated to refund all payments received.

 

(V) The software system provided by Party B must not contain any software that can automatically terminate or obstruct the system’s operation. In the event of such an issue, Party B is required to rectify it within 10 working days. Should Party A incur any losses due to this issue, Party B shall compensate Party A for the actual damages suffered. If Party B is unable to effect the repair within the stipulated 10-day period, Party A retains the right to terminate or rescind the contract, and Party B must refund all contract payments received.

 

(VI) Party B is prohibited from subcontracting the project to a third party without prior authorization. Failure to comply will result in Party B being liable to pay liquidated damages to Party A, equivalent to 20% of the total contract amount. Party B must still fulfill all obligations as outlined in the contract. Alternatively, Party A may opt to terminate or rescind the contract and request Party B to refund all payments received.

 

(VII) Without the written consent of either party, if one party discloses the other party’s commercial information or data, which becomes known during the contract’s execution, to a third party or uses it for other projects, the offending party is obliged to compensate the other party for all losses incurred as a result. Additionally, the offending party shall pay liquidated damages to the other party equal to 20% of the total contract amount.

 

(VIII) Unless otherwise specified in this contract, if either party violates any provision in the Article 11 guarantee, the aggrieved party has the unilateral right to terminate or rescind the contract. The defaulting party must pay the contract amount owed to the aggrieved party as it stands, in addition to paying liquidated damages equal to 20% of the total contract amount.

 

(IX) During the maintenance period, if Party B is unable to resolve faults within the stipulated time frame on three occasions within six months, without Party A’s consent, Party B must pay liquidated damages of ¥10,000 to Party A and continue providing maintenance services.

 

(X) The liquidated damages stipulated for payment by Party B in this contract can be offset against any outstanding payments owed by Party A. If Party B is liable for liquidated damages and pays said damages to Party A as per this contract, and these damages are insufficient to compensate for Party A’s actual losses, Party B shall also bear the responsibility for making up the shortfall.

 

(XI) Neither Party A nor Party B shall unilaterally terminate the contract without justifiable reasons. Otherwise, the defaulting party shall compensate the non-defaulting party for all losses incurred and pay liquidated damages to the non-defaulting party in the amount of 20% of the total contract amount.

 

7

 

 

Article 10: Warranty and Disclaimer

 

(a) Party A’s assurances:

 

1. Party A possesses full legal capacity to execute this Contract. Party A is a legally established and reputable enterprise operating in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and holds the legal capacity to sign and fulfill the obligations stipulated under this Contract.

 

2. Conflict of interest: Party A affirms that the signing and execution of this Contract or any documents related to this Contract will not:

 

(1) Conflict with Party A’s Articles of Association or any other applicable laws, regulations, or judgments applicable to Party A.

 

(2) Conflict with or result in any breach of obligations contained in any legal documents signed by Party A with third parties, such as guarantee agreements, commitments, contracts, etc., or restrict Party A’s rights in any way.

 

(II) Party B’s assurances:

 

1. Legal status: Party B is a legally established company operating in accordance with Chinese law and enjoying a good reputation. Party B possesses full capacity for civil actions and has the ability to sign and fulfill the obligations outlined in this Contract.

 

2. Conflict of interest: Party B assures that the execution and performance of this contract or any documents related to this contract will not:

 

(1) Conflict with Party B’s corporate articles or any other applicable laws, regulations, or judgments applicable to Party B.

 

(2) Conflict with or result in any breach of obligations or constrain Party B’s rights under any legal documents, such as warranty agreements, commitments, contracts, etc., which Party B has entered into with third parties.

 

3. Party B guarantees that its performance of obligations under this Contract and the rights granted to Party A are not constrained or restricted by any third party, and Party B has not assumed any binding or restrictive obligations.

 

4. The software developed and any other software used during the software development process comply with the intellectual property rights provisions outlined in this contract.

 

5. Legitimate software: The software developed by Party B complies with national regulations concerning software products and software standard specifications.

 

6. If the software delivered by Party B and licensed for use by Party A requires registration, filing, approval, or licensing by relevant state authorities, Party B shall ensure that the provided software has completed the necessary procedures, and Party B shall bear the associated costs.

 

8

 

 

Article 11: Force Majeure

 

The party affected by a force majeure event shall promptly notify the other party of the event and provide written supporting documents for verification within 14 working days from the date of the event. If the impact of the force majeure event continues for more than 30 calendar days, both parties shall, through friendly negotiations, reach a supplementary agreement within a reasonable timeframe for further performance or termination of the contract. If a force majeure event results in the inability to timely achieve the purpose of the contract or may lead to losses, either party has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract without incurring any compensation liability.

 

Under this contract, force majeure refers to objective circumstances that are unforeseeable, unavoidable, and insurmountable, including natural disasters, major epidemics, wars, strikes, or other events that occur during the contract’s performance. It also includes situations where the contract cannot be fulfilled due to guiding opinions, administrative orders, decisions, or other relevant documents issued by the government or the Ministry of Commerce.

 

Article 12: Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any disputes arising during the performance of this contract, both parties shall make every effort to resolve them amicably through friendly consultations. If the dispute remains unresolved after 30 days, either party may initiate legal proceedings in the People’s Court located in the domicile of Party A.

 

Article 13: Others

 

(I) The term “losses” of Party A or any third party mentioned in this contract includes, but is not limited to, actual losses, investigation fees, legal fees, preservation fees, appraisal fees, evaluation fees, litigation fees, and any other costs incurred in enforcing their rights.

 

(II) “Party B’s incapability” under this contract refers to any of the following circumstances:

 

1. Three working days have passed from the date when the development results of a specific functional module should have been submitted, and Party B has not submitted the proposal or has not resolved the software issue within ten working days beyond Party A’s request.

 

2. Even after three rounds of modifications or improvements, Party B’s submission of development results for functional modules or the resolution of software issues still does not meet Party A’s requirements.

 

3. Other situations where Party A has substantial evidence to prove that Party B is unable to submit the software development results or resolve software issues as stipulated in the contract.

 

(III) Unless otherwise specified, “days” or “days” in this contract refer to natural days. Unless otherwise specified, “months” in this contract refer to calendar months, meaning from the starting date to the corresponding date in the following month (or the 30th day if there is no corresponding date). “Natural month” refers to the period from the 1st day of a month to the last day of the same calendar month.

 

(IV) All notices, documents, and information issued or provided by both Party A and Party B to each other for the performance of this contract shall be delivered to the addresses, fax numbers, and email addresses as specified in this contract. If either party relocates or changes its fax, email address, or telephone number, it must provide written notice to the other party. Delivery by hand shall be considered delivered at the time of handover. Delivery by fax shall be considered delivered at the time of transmission. Delivery by postal mail shall be considered delivered on the second day after being sent by EMS. Delivery by email shall be considered delivered when the sending party’s email system indicates successful delivery to the recipient’s server.

 

9

 

 

(V) The headings of all clauses in this contract are provided for convenience and shall not affect or limit the interpretation of the contract’s contents.

 

(VI) The following documents shall be considered integral parts of this contract and shall mutually supplement and interpret one another. In cases of conflicts among these documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows, with later documents taking precedence over earlier ones:

 

1. Supplementary contracts (agreements) or amendment documents signed by both Party A and Party B during the performance of this Contract;

 

2. This contract document itself;

 

Article 14: Entry into Force, Change, and Termination of the Contract

 

(I) This contract shall come into effect on the date when it is signed by the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties and affixed with the official seal or contract-specific seal. In case of inconsistency between the dates affixed by both parties, the later date shall prevail. This contract is made in duplicate, with Party A holding one copy and Party B holding one copy, both having equal legal validity.

 

(II) Once this contract is signed, neither party may unilaterally alter this contract without the consent of both parties.

 

(III) Matters not covered by this contract shall be subject to separate supplementary agreements signed by both parties after negotiation. Any amendments or supplementary agreements shall be in written form and shall have the same legal effect as this contract.

 

Party A (Seal): [seal]

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative: /s/ 

August 11, 2021

 

Party B (Seal): [seal]

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative: /s/

August 11, 2021

 

10

 

 

Annex I

 

Smart Restaurant APP (iOS&Android)
# Module Function List Description
1 Home APP Home Index Index of restaurant APP
2 Menu Menu items Set menu options and sort
Menu products View goods by menu category
Cart Add the products ready for settlement to the cart
3 Order Order Record Records of all orders placed under the account
Pre-order An order waiting for settlement
4 Coupon Discount Discount goods or orders
Preferential price Set a preferential price for a particular product
5 Consumption points Adding Record Convert the order amount into points
Consumption Record Use points exchange to log
6 Points Mall Products or Gifts List of products or gifts that can be redeemed
Redeem points Use points to redeem products or gifts exchange
7 Member Member center Member personalized data panel

 

11

 

 

Smart Restaurant Management System(Web)
# Module Function List Description
1 Menu Menu Category Manage APP menu categories(Create、Update、Delete)
Menu associated products Categorize food to make it easier for customers to find
Products Management Manage all foods that cound be sold (price、photoes etc.)
2 Order Order List Records of all orders placed
Order Detail Details of a single order
3 Coupon Coupon Settings Set coupon data and discount amount
Coupon distribution Distribute coupons to customers through the system
4 Consumption points The points statistics Analysis of all new and decreased records(Daily、Monthly)
Points deduction record Record all points consumed
5 Points Mall Products of Mall Management of all goods in the points mall
Orders of points Points redemption order records
6 Member Member list Information about all registered members
Member detail Details of a member
7 Accounts System Accounts The system account Settings(Create、Update、Delete)
8 System config Printer setup Set up the printer to print orders in real time
System config Set system parameters

 

(No content below)

 

 

12

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

Purchase Contract of Smart Restaurant System Platform

 

Party A: MKH Concept Enterprise Limited

 

Address: 1/F, G07, Stanley Plaza, 23 Carmel Road, Stanley, Hong Kong, China

 

Party B: 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address: Room 701, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, both Party A and Party B hereby mutually confirm that, on the basis of equality, voluntary agreement, and consensus, they have fully acknowledged and comprehended the substantive meaning of all the terms within this contract and the corresponding legal consequences. Based on this understanding, they have entered into this contract concerning the Smart Restaurant System Platform project with the intent of jointly adhering to its terms.

 

Article 1: Scope of Software Development

 

The scope of software development, constituent modules, functions of each module, specifications, versions, pricing, testing standards, and other pertinent details outlined in this contract shall be governed by the subsequent “User Requirements Specification Product Prototype.” The platform development activities encompass requirements research, requirements analysis, platform system architecture design, software development (comprising UI design, coding, data migration, etc.), testing, implementation and deployment, software acceptance, training (including, but not limited to, training for all business participants and system administrators), and ongoing system maintenance. Please refer to Annex I for a comprehensive list of detailed development functionalities.

 

Article 2: Software Development Timeline

 

(a) The software development period is estimated to be approximately 1 month, commencing from the date of signing this contract. This timeframe encompasses activities such as requirements research, requirements analysis, architecture design, software development, testing, implementation and deployment, as well as training.

 

(b) Party B shall proactively submit initial drafts of documents and materials requiring Party A’s review and confirmation during the development process. Upon receiving these initial drafts, Party A shall promptly provide written feedback on the review. If Party A suggests modifications, Party B should promptly make the necessary revisions based on Party A’s feedback and resubmit them for review. If Party A does not respond within five working days of receiving the initial draft, it will be considered as Party A’s confirmation. Party A’s signature on various process documents and materials signifies its approval regarding the applicability, requirements, usability, and feasibility of the software development. Party A does not review technical issues. In the event of any technical issues or adjustments related to Party B’s design that arise after Party A’s confirmation, Party B should actively cooperate in making the necessary adjustments.

 

 

 

 

Article 3: Purchase Amount and Payment Method

 

(I) The total contract amount is HK$[***] ([***] Hong Kong dollars), which includes deployment implementation, testing, and training costs. This amount will not be subject to any adjustments throughout the contract’s performance period.

 

(II) Party B’s banking details for receiving payments are as follows:

 

Account Name: 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Bank: Bank of China, Guangzhou Citic Plaza Sub-branch

 

Account Number: [Omitted]

 

Contact Number: 020-38909042

 

Address: Room 701, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

In the event that Party B’s collection bank account differs from the one mentioned in the contract’s signature or other terms, the above bank account information shall take precedence. If there are any changes to the above bank account information, Party B is obligated to promptly notify Party A in writing before the payment due date, and both parties shall execute a supplementary agreement accordingly. Any request by Party B for payment to a third-party account unrelated to changes in the collection bank account information may be rejected by Party A. If Party B fails to provide written notification of its correct bank information in a timely manner, Party B shall bear all losses or consequences arising from the failure to do so.

 

(III) Party A will make payments according to the following schedule:

 

1. An initial payment of 10% of the total contract amount, i.e., HK$[***] ([***]), upon the signing of this agreement.

 

2. The remaining 90% of the total contract amount, i.e., HK$[***] ([***]), upon the completion of project acceptance.

 

Article 4: Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

(I) Party A is entitled to request Party B to complete the software development and ensure successful acceptance within the specified period outlined in this contract, in accordance with the requirements specified in the “User Requirements Specification Product Prototype.”

 

(II) Within the boundaries of the “System Product Prototype,” Party A reserves the right to propose modifications to software functionality to Party B. Party B is required to acknowledge and respond to Party A’s suggestions within 5 working days of receiving them. Failure by Party B to respond within this period will be considered as Party B’s confirmation and agreement to implement the suggested modifications.

 

2

 

 

(III) Party A has the authority to request Party B to transfer all paper (copies) and electronic data files associated with the process to Party A after the software has been accepted.

 

(IV) Party A is obligated to make full and timely payments to Party B, strictly adhering to the payment terms as stipulated in Article 4(3) of this contract.

 

(V) Party A is responsible for promptly providing Party B with any relevant information related to the software products and extending reasonable assistance within its capabilities.

 

Article 5: Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

(I) Party B has the right to demand that Party A makes prompt and full payment of the contract sum as stipulated in this contract.

 

(II) The information provided by Party A to assist Party B in fulfilling this contract is strictly for Party B’s use solely within the scope of this contract’s objectives. Without prior written consent from Party A, Party B is prohibited from using this information for any other purpose or in any other context beyond the scope of this contract. Party B’s obligation to maintain the confidentiality of the aforementioned data or information shall remain in force even after the termination or conclusion of this contract, until such data or information becomes publicly disclosed by Party A. In the event that Party B breaches its confidentiality obligation, resulting in premature disclosure of the relevant data or information by Party A, Party B shall be liable to compensate Party A for any actual losses incurred.

 

(III) Party B appoints Deng Zhaolai as its authorized representative (contact phone: 1376088****, email: adams@3ekeji.cn, position at Party B: Product Director). Deng Zhaolai is responsible for communicating with Party A, coordinating Party B’s internal activities, and has the authority to sign any written documents related to the execution of this contract (excluding the main contract and any supplementary agreements) without Party A’s written consent. Without Party A’s written approval, Party B may not unilaterally change the software development representative. Failure to comply may lead to Party A’s right to terminate or dissolve this contract and pursue Party B for breach of contract.

 

(IV) Throughout the contract’s duration, Party B may access Party A’s trade secrets related to this project as necessary for contract performance. These trade secrets are solely applicable for fulfilling Party B’s obligations under this contract. Party B is strictly prohibited from using, disseminating, or disclosing these trade secrets without proper authorization. Any breach of this clause may result in Party A pursuing Party B for breach of contract and seeking compensation for actual losses incurred.

 

Article 6:Intellectual Property Rights and Right of Use

 

(I) Under this contract, the term “basic software” refers to the software products provided by Party B, which already hold intellectual property rights (including, but not limited to, copyrights, trademarks, patents, and any other intellectual property rights recognized by applicable laws in this contract, whether registered or not). This definition also includes the right to use such software, encompassing development tools and application products. The term “secondary development system” refers to a system developed by Party B on the foundation of existing software products to align with Party A’s objectives.

 

3

 

 

(II) Party B guarantees that the software (comprising basic software and software developed through secondary development) used to deliver the software products specified in this contract will not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of Party A or any third party. In the event that Party A faces accusations of infringement or compensation claims from third parties during use, Party B is responsible for engaging in negotiations with the third party to ensure that the fulfillment of this contract’s purpose remains unimpeded.

 

(III) In the event that the Software Product or any portion thereof is claimed by a third party to infringe upon its intellectual property rights or other lawful interests under this Contract, Party B commits to defending any lawsuits or legal claims that may arise. Party B further agrees to bear the full amount of damages as determined by any relevant judgments or settlements. Party A, upon facing such legal actions or claims, shall promptly notify Party B and provide reasonable assistance to facilitate Party B’s handling of these matters, ensuring Party B’s acquisition of its rightful entitlements. Party A retains the right to participate in the defense or settlement of any such legal actions or claims, with Party B covering the associated expenses.

 

If, as a result of this Contract, the Software Product or any part thereof is adjudged to infringe upon the legitimate rights of a third party under the law, or if any usage, distribution, or exercise of rights granted by Party B under the Agreement is deemed to be infringing, Party B shall, with the prior written consent of Party A, make every effort to substitute the Software with non-infringing software of equal or superior functionality, or to obtain the requisite authorizations, thereby allowing Party A to continue enjoying the rights defined in this Contract and achieving its objectives without being impeded by related disputes.

 

Should any dispute concerning infringement persist for a period of 30 days, causing Party A to be unable to use the Software normally, Party B shall refund all payments received from Party A under this contract.

 

(IV) The ownership of intellectual property rights for the basic software used in the Project remains with Party B and remains unaltered. Party A is prohibited from using the aforementioned information for purposes other than those outlined in this contract or for any other purpose without written consent from Party B. Party A’s confidentiality obligations regarding this data or information persist even upon the termination of this contract, until such data or information becomes publicly disclosed by Party B. In the event that Party A’s failure to maintain confidentiality leads to the premature disclosure of relevant data or information by Party B, Party A shall compensate Party B for any actual losses incurred.

 

(V) The intellectual property rights pertaining to the software development outcomes under this contract (including software products, documents, source code data, and other materials) are jointly owned by both Party A and Party B. Party A has unrestricted rights to use these software development outcomes. Any limitations or hindrances imposed by Party B on Party A’s use of these development outcomes shall make Party B liable to compensate Party A for any resulting losses.

 

Article 7: Acceptance and Delivery of Software Results and Maintenance

 

(I) The software products covered by this contract will undergo separate acceptance procedures. Party B must ensure that the overall business functions of the project are complete and operational.

 

4

 

 

(II) Upon the completion of the project development, following successful testing and acceptance conducted by a testing and acceptance team composed of Party A’s user department, Party A’s technical department, or a third-party testing organization commissioned by both Party A and Party B, Party B shall submit a written acceptance application to Party A.

 

(III) Upon receiving the acceptance application, Party A will organize the acceptance process within 15 working days in accordance with the acceptance criteria specified in the “Software Coding Design Specification,” “Database Dictionary,” “System Architecture Design,” “System Product Prototype,” “Product Requirements Document,” “Technical Development Guidelines,” and “Product Operation Manual.” The determination of acceptance qualification will be based on Party A’s written notification. In case of non-compliance with acceptance criteria, Party A shall provide a comprehensive explanation of the reasons and grant Party B a reasonable period for rectification until the acceptance criteria are met. If Party A is unable to complete the acceptance organization within 15 working days due to reasons attributable to Party A, it shall be deemed that the acceptance has passed in accordance with the contractual standards.

 

(IV) Party B shall submit a written acceptance application to Party A at least 20 working days in advance, in line with the requirements outlined in the “User Requirements Specification Product Prototype.” This submission should include, but is not limited to, electronic and hard copies of various technical documents, such as the “System Interface Description,” “Data Structure Description,” “Test Report,” “Installation and Deployment Instruction Manual,” “Product Operation Manual,” and the project’s source code.

 

(V) Starting from the date of system acceptance completion (with reference to the date of Party A’s signing of the product acceptance confirmation letter), Party B is obligated to provide a one-year period of free service and technical support (warranty period). During the software maintenance warranty period, Party B will offer Party A 7*12 hours of maintenance services (from 08:00 to 20:00). Party A may contact Party B for prompt solutions to simple problems related to usage, operation, or any other non-fault issues. If there is a general fault that does not impede on-site business operations or can be addressed through alternative solutions, Party B shall resolve it within 24 hours. In cases of urgent faults that affect regular business operations and cannot be resolved through alternatives, Party B shall provide a resolution within 3 hours, with the precondition that other relevant system components continue to function normally. If the issue requires Party B’s on-site presence for maintenance, Party B shall promptly arrive at the location upon receiving notification from Party A. Should there be any unforeseen delays in resolving issues, Party B must provide a clear explanation of the reasons and proposed solutions, with the extension of the resolution time subject to Party A’s approval.

 

If Party B lacks the capability to address a problem within the stipulated timeframe or if Party A does not accept Party B’s proposed extension for resolution, Party A may engage a third-party service provider to resolve the issue, and the associated implementation costs will be deducted from the payments due to Party B after notifying Party B. Any shortfall in funds must be remitted by Party B within the stipulated timeframe.

 

(VI) Beyond the warranty period, both Party A and Party B may enter into a separate maintenance contract as needed. Party B commits to an annual maintenance fee of 10% of the total contract amount, which equals ¥[***] ([***]). The specific terms will be negotiated separately.

 

5

 

 

Article 8: Training

 

(I) Party B is obligated to offer a necessary training program free of charge, tailored to the actual personnel employed by Party A for the project’s live deployment. This training program will be executed prior to the system’s official deployment, subject to Party A’s approval.

 

(II) Party B is required to deploy experienced training instructors and facilitators for the training sessions. Additionally, Party B will provide relevant teaching materials or training videos to facilitate online learning for the trainees.

 

Article 9: Breach of Contract Liability

 

(I) In the event that Party A fails to make the contractually agreed payment to Party B, for each day of delay, Party A shall be liable to pay Party B liquidated damages amounting to 2‰ of the total contract price. Should the delay extend beyond 10 days, Party B reserves the right to unilaterally terminate or dissolve the contract without incurring any liability for breach. Party A shall remain obligated to compensate Party B for the delivered work results. If Party B requests to continue fulfilling this contract, Party A must first pay the specified liquidated damages as per the aforementioned standards, and then make the contractually stipulated payments. The timeline for Party B’s performance of this contract will be adjusted accordingly, starting from the day Party B receives the liquidated damages. However, the cumulative total of liquidated damages for late payments shall not exceed 30% of the total contract amount.

 

(II) In the event of Party A’s wrongdoing leading to the termination of the contract by Party B, Party A shall compensate Party B based on the price of the software already delivered and completed. Following Party A’s payment, Party B shall deliver the paid-for software to Party A. If Party A intends to use the accepted software in the future, it must still adhere to the terms of this contract. Additionally, Party A shall be liable to pay Party B liquidated damages equivalent to 20% of the total contract amount.

 

(III) If Party B, not due to Party A’s fault, fails to complete the project acceptance and delivery on time, it shall incur liquidated damages equivalent to 2‰ of the total contract price for each day of delay. However, the cumulative total of liquidated damages for late acceptance and delivery shall not exceed 30% of the total contract amount.

 

If Party A provides written consent, Party B may be granted a grace period of 30 natural days during which the calculation of liquidated damages payable by Party B shall be suspended. Upon the expiration of the grace period or the contractually specified timeframe, Party B fails to complete the project acceptance, and Party B shall be liable to pay Party A liquidated damages of 2‰ of the total contract amount per day.

 

In the event that the delay exceeds 50 days (excluding the grace period), Party A has the unilateral right to terminate or dissolve the contract. Party A shall not refund any liquidated damages already paid by Party B, and Party B shall return all payments made under the contract.

 

(IV) If the software delivered by Party B or its operational results fail to meet the contract specifications during the testing period and cannot be rectified through modifications, Party A reserves the right to terminate or rescind the contract, with Party B being obligated to refund all payments received.

 

6

 

 

(V) The software system provided by Party B must not contain any software that can automatically terminate or obstruct the system’s operation. In the event of such an issue, Party B is required to rectify it within 10 working days. Should Party A incur any losses due to this issue, Party B shall compensate Party A for the actual damages suffered. If Party B is unable to effect the repair within the stipulated 10-day period, Party A retains the right to terminate or rescind the contract, and Party B must refund all contract payments received.

 

(VI) Party B is prohibited from subcontracting the project to a third party without prior authorization. Failure to comply will result in Party B being liable to pay liquidated damages to Party A, equivalent to 20% of the total contract amount. Party B must still fulfill all obligations as outlined in the contract. Alternatively, Party A may opt to terminate or rescind the contract and request Party B to refund all payments received.

 

(VII) Without the written consent of either party, if one party discloses the other party’s commercial information or data, which becomes known during the contract’s execution, to a third party or uses it for other projects, the offending party is obliged to compensate the other party for all losses incurred as a result. Additionally, the offending party shall pay liquidated damages to the other party equal to 20% of the total contract amount.

 

(VIII) Unless otherwise specified in this contract, if either party violates any provision in the Article 11 guarantee, the aggrieved party has the unilateral right to terminate or rescind the contract. The defaulting party must pay the contract amount owed to the aggrieved party as it stands, in addition to paying liquidated damages equal to 20% of the total contract amount.

 

(IX) During the maintenance period, if Party B is unable to resolve faults within the stipulated time frame on three occasions within six months, without Party A’s consent, Party B must pay liquidated damages of ¥10,000 to Party A and continue providing maintenance services.

 

(X) The liquidated damages stipulated for payment by Party B in this contract can be offset against any outstanding payments owed by Party A. If Party B is liable for liquidated damages and pays said damages to Party A as per this contract, and these damages are insufficient to compensate for Party A’s actual losses, Party B shall also bear the responsibility for making up the shortfall.

 

(XI) Neither Party A nor Party B shall unilaterally terminate the contract without justifiable reasons. Otherwise, the defaulting party shall compensate the non-defaulting party for all losses incurred and pay liquidated damages to the non-defaulting party in the amount of 20% of the total contract amount.

 

Article 10: Warranty and Disclaimer

 

(a) Party A’s assurances:

 

1. Party A possesses full legal capacity to execute this Contract. Party A is a legally established and reputable enterprise operating in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and holds the legal capacity to sign and fulfill the obligations stipulated under this Contract.

 

7

 

 

2. Conflict of interest: Party A affirms that the signing and execution of this Contract or any documents related to this Contract will not:

 

(1) Conflict with Party A’s Articles of Association or any other applicable laws, regulations, or judgments applicable to Party A.

 

(2) Conflict with or result in any breach of obligations contained in any legal documents signed by Party A with third parties, such as guarantee agreements, commitments, contracts, etc., or restrict Party A’s rights in any way.

 

(II) Party B’s assurances:

 

1. Legal status: Party B is a legally established company operating in accordance with Chinese law and enjoying a good reputation. Party B possesses full capacity for civil actions and has the ability to sign and fulfill the obligations outlined in this Contract.

 

2. Conflict of interest: Party B assures that the execution and performance of this contract or any documents related to this contract will not:

 

(1) Conflict with Party B’s corporate articles or any other applicable laws, regulations, or judgments applicable to Party B.

 

(2) Conflict with or result in any breach of obligations or constrain Party B’s rights under any legal documents, such as warranty agreements, commitments, contracts, etc., which Party B has entered into with third parties.

 

3. Party B guarantees that its performance of obligations under this Contract and the rights granted to Party A are not constrained or restricted by any third party, and Party B has not assumed any binding or restrictive obligations.

 

4. The software developed and any other software used during the software development process comply with the intellectual property rights provisions outlined in this contract.

 

5. Legitimate software: The software developed by Party B complies with national regulations concerning software products and software standard specifications.

 

6. If the software delivered by Party B and licensed for use by Party A requires registration, filing, approval, or licensing by relevant state authorities, Party B shall ensure that the provided software has completed the necessary procedures, and Party B shall bear the associated costs.

 

Article 11: Force Majeure

 

The party affected by a force majeure event shall promptly notify the other party of the event and provide written supporting documents for verification within 14 working days from the date of the event. If the impact of the force majeure event continues for more than 30 calendar days, both parties shall, through friendly negotiations, reach a supplementary agreement within a reasonable timeframe for further performance or termination of the contract. If a force majeure event results in the inability to timely achieve the purpose of the contract or may lead to losses, either party has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract without incurring any compensation liability.

 

8

 

 

Under this contract, force majeure refers to objective circumstances that are unforeseeable, unavoidable, and insurmountable, including natural disasters, major epidemics, wars, strikes, or other events that occur during the contract’s performance. It also includes situations where the contract cannot be fulfilled due to guiding opinions, administrative orders, decisions, or other relevant documents issued by the government or the Ministry of Commerce.

 

Article 12: Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any disputes arising during the performance of this contract, both parties shall make every effort to resolve them amicably through friendly consultations. If the dispute remains unresolved after 30 days, either party may initiate legal proceedings in the People’s Court located in the domicile of Party A.

 

Article 13: Others

 

(I) The term “losses” of Party A or any third party mentioned in this contract includes, but is not limited to, actual losses, investigation fees, legal fees, preservation fees, appraisal fees, evaluation fees, litigation fees, and any other costs incurred in enforcing their rights.

 

(II) “Party B’s incapability” under this contract refers to any of the following circumstances:

 

1. Three working days have passed from the date when the development results of a specific functional module should have been submitted, and Party B has not submitted the proposal or has not resolved the software issue within ten working days beyond Party A’s request.

 

2. Even after three rounds of modifications or improvements, Party B’s submission of development results for functional modules or the resolution of software issues still does not meet Party A’s requirements.

 

3. Other situations where Party A has substantial evidence to prove that Party B is unable to submit the software development results or resolve software issues as stipulated in the contract.

 

(III) Unless otherwise specified, “days” or “days” in this contract refer to natural days. Unless otherwise specified, “months” in this contract refer to calendar months, meaning from the starting date to the corresponding date in the following month (or the 30th day if there is no corresponding date). “Natural month” refers to the period from the 1st day of a month to the last day of the same calendar month.

 

(IV) All notices, documents, and information issued or provided by both Party A and Party B to each other for the performance of this contract shall be delivered to the addresses, fax numbers, and email addresses as specified in this contract. If either party relocates or changes its fax, email address, or telephone number, it must provide written notice to the other party. Delivery by hand shall be considered delivered at the time of handover. Delivery by fax shall be considered delivered at the time of transmission. Delivery by postal mail shall be considered delivered on the second day after being sent by EMS. Delivery by email shall be considered delivered when the sending party’s email system indicates successful delivery to the recipient’s server.

 

(V) The headings of all clauses in this contract are provided for convenience and shall not affect or limit the interpretation of the contract’s contents.

 

9

 

 

(VI) The following documents shall be considered integral parts of this contract and shall mutually supplement and interpret one another. In cases of conflicts among these documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows, with later documents taking precedence over earlier ones:

 

1. Supplementary contracts (agreements) or amendment documents signed by both Party A and Party B during the performance of this Contract;

 

2. This contract document itself;

 

Article 14: Entry into Force, Change, and Termination of the Contract

 

(I) This contract shall come into effect on the date when it is signed by the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties and affixed with the official seal or contract-specific seal. In case of inconsistency between the dates affixed by both parties, the later date shall prevail. This contract is made in duplicate, with Party A holding one copy and Party B holding one copy, both having equal legal validity.

 

(II) Once this contract is signed, neither party may unilaterally alter this contract without the consent of both parties.

 

(III) Matters not covered by this contract shall be subject to separate supplementary agreements signed by both parties after negotiation. Any amendments or supplementary agreements shall be in written form and shall have the same legal effect as this contract.

 

Party A (Seal): [seal] 

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative: /s/ 

March 7, 2022

 

Party B (Seal): [seal] 

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative: /s/ 

March 7, 2022

 

10

 

 

Annex I

 

# System Module Description
1 iOS App Combo Customer may use app to order combo dishes
Share Order Function Customer may split invoice with others for a table
Update Order Update menu
2 Android App Combo Customer may use app to order combo dishes
Share Order Function Customer may split invoice with others for a table
Update Order Update menu
3 PDA Android Restaurant Layout check table layouts within the restaurant
Combo Waiter can place order on behalf of customer using system
Invoicing Trace and download order invoice; change invoice template
4 POS Restaurant Layout check table layouts within the restaurant
Combo Waiter can place order on behalf of customer using system
Invoicing Trace and download order invoice; change invoice template
5 PC Web Admin Restaurant Layout check table layouts within the restaurant
Combo Waiter can place order on behalf of customer using system
Customized Financial Summary Can design and set out three operation reporting/analysis document template
Sending Accounting Documents can send customized accounting documents to emails
Membership Ranking Setting Manage discount for different membership ranks
Membership Ranking Automation Automatic recalculation of membership points and rankings at a specific time each day

 

(No content below)

 

 

11

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

 

 

Technology Development Service Contract

 

Party A: Canton Fair Advertising Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 8/F, Canton Fair Tower, No. 679 Fengpu Middle Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

Contact: Ms. Kong Qianwen

 

Tel: +86-1366006****

 

E-mail: kongqianwen@cantonfairad.com

 

Party B: 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address: Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

Contact: Li Haodong

 

Tel: +86-1363130****

 

E-mail: donna@3ekeji.cn

 

In accordance with the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China and the Cooperation Agreement on Development Services signed previously, after mutual consultation and based on the principles of equality, mutual benefit, and honesty and trustworthiness, both parties agree to enter into this contract for the development service project of the “Yizhantong” exhibition service platform at the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center.

 

I. General Project Requirements

 

This project is oriented towards the internal management and external service needs of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center for exhibition planning and organization. It aims to reasonably integrate and utilize existing information resources and intelligent equipment to create an informatization system for the company’s management and services. The main components of the project construction include the following:

 

1. Development of the Yizhantong (PC Terminal) platform: The platform is divided into two subsystems, a service platform (for external use) and a management platform (for internal use). It includes various user clients such as organizers, venue managers, project managers, and service agencies. The external service platform aims to provide one-stop service functions, including pavilion services, work order management, settlement management, materials management, exhibition planning management, account management, and message notification center. The internal management platform streamlines the exhibition service lifecycle, connecting project teams for standardized and streamlined internal management. This includes basic information management, procurement cost management, scheduling of periodic tasks, work order management, data dashboards, financial management, and statistical reports.

 

2. Development of the Yizhantong mobile application system (WeChat mini-program): The mobile application system aligns with the PC platform in terms of functionality. In addition to the PC terminal’s features, it leverages mobile advantages such as photo feedback, digital signatures, face/fingerprint recognition, and real-time tracking of work order progress, periodic task updates, and feedback content. Data sharing and integration between platforms are achieved.

 

 

 

 

 

 

II. Intellectual Property Rights

 

1. Party B shall not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of Party A or any third party in relation to various software involved in this project.

 

2. Party B guarantees that the system software provided for Party A’s use in this project either possesses intellectual property rights or has been authorized by the rights holder and will not infringe upon the legitimate rights and interests of third parties. Otherwise, Party B shall be responsible for handling claims or litigation matters. If this results in losses for Party A, Party B shall also be liable for compensation.

 

3. Party B shall not sublicense the system software provided for Party A’s use in this project to third parties or use it for any other commercial purposes.

 

4. The part and all related technical achievements delivered by Party B in the performance of this project (including but not limited to all written deliverables, system software, source code, and data collected and stored by the system) shall belong to Party A.

 

III. Contract Amount

 

1. Contract Amount

 

Amount in Numbers: ¥[***]

 

Amount in Words: [***] RMB

 

2. The contract amount represents the total fees charged by Party B for the completion of this project, including but not limited to the following expenses: software development, system integration service fees, installation and commissioning costs, daily operation and maintenance, costs, labor, transportation, site fees, taxes (full tax-inclusive invoices), employee costs, training fees, and other foreseeable and unforeseeable expenses, related taxes, fees, charges, as well as corporate profits, etc. In the course of project implementation, if there are changes in the project scope, they shall be resolved through negotiations between Party A and Party B.

 

IV. Project Milestone Requirements

 

The application system installation and deployment, as well as system commissioning, shall be completed within 49 calendar days from the effective date of contract signing. Specific time milestones and requirements are as follows:

 

Phase No. Work
Content
Milestone Submission
Documents
Implementation
Period (Days)
I 1 Work Plan Completion of the overall project work plan

1. “Project Work Plan”

2. “Overall Project Plan”

26
2 Requirements Analysis Requirements research, requirement analysis, system prototype development “System Requirements Specifications”
3 System Design System architecture design, key technology development (system development and other processes can run concurrently)

1. System prototype

2. “System Outline Design”

3. “Database Design”

4. “System Detailed Design”

II 4 Testing Test plan development, test case creation, system unit testing, system performance testing, system integration testing

1. “Test Plan”

2. “Test Cases”

3. “Issue Management List”

4. “Test Report”

23
5 Application System Installation and Deployment Completion of system installation and deployment, system integration, pre-launch stress testing, and security testing

1. “Installation and Deployment Manual”

2. “System Platform Configuration Environment Manual”

3. “Stress Test Report”

4. “Security Test Report”

6 System Commissioning Completion of system online trial run, follow-up on trial run feedback

1. “Trial Run Plan”

2. “Trial Run Summary Report”

  Total 49

 

Note: After the system is successfully accepted and delivered for use, Party B will provide training materials as per Party A’s requirements and arrange personnel to provide user training. The number of training sessions shall not be less than 2 times, and the specific frequency will be determined based on the attendees’ proficiency, as decided by Party A.

 

2

 

 

 

 

V. Service Location: The service will be provided at the location designated by Party A.

 

VI. Payment Methods

 

1. The payment stages and proportions of the contract are as follows:

 

(1) First Payment: Upon the effective date of this contract and after Party A receives the first payment from the Owner, Party A shall make a payment of 30% of the contract amount when Party B issues a valid VAT special invoice with the full amount.

 

(2) Mid-term Payment: Upon timely completion of the system’s online trial operation, Party B shall provide the “Trial Operation Plan” and “Trial Operation Summary Report,” and after Party A’s confirmation and receipt of the mid-term payment from the Owner, Party A shall make a payment of 60% of the contract amount when Party B issues a valid VAT special invoice with the full amount.

 

(3) Final Payment: The remaining 10% of the contract amount shall serve as a project quality assurance deposit. After the project has passed the final acceptance, Party A has completed testing and signed the acceptance report, and Party B has delivered the complete source code and deliverables and fulfilled its warranty obligations, Party A shall make the final payment of the remaining 10% of the contract amount when Party B issues a valid VAT special invoice with the full amount.

 

2. Party A’s VAT Special Invoice Information:

 

Company Name: Canton Fair Advertising Co.,Ltd.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number: 91440101726780050G

 

Address and Telephone: Room 801, 802, 803 (Half Floor), 679 Fengpu Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China; 020-89268216

 

3

 

 

 

 

Bank and Account Number: Bank of China, Guangzhou Canton Fair Sub-branch; [Omitted]

 

3. Party B’s Bank Account Information:

 

Company Name: 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Bank of Deposit: Bank of China, Guangzhou Citic Plaza Sub-branch

 

Bank Account Number: [Omitted]

 

VII. Warranty Period and After-Sale Service

 

1. Warranty Period: One year, calculated from the date of final project inspection and the signing of the acceptance report by both parties.

 

2. During the warranty period, any defects in the platform shall be the responsibility of Party B to repair. After the repairs, Party B shall provide written reports to Party A detailing the reasons for the defects, the repair procedures and results, as well as the date and time when normal operation was restored.

 

3. Within the warranty period, Party B is responsible for providing timely repair services in case of any issues arising during the system’s use.

 

4. During the warranty period, Party B will provide the servers, databases, and operational maintenance services required for system operation free of charge. After the warranty period expires, Party B may continue to provide operational and maintenance services to Party A. The annual cost of operational and maintenance services shall not exceed 12% of the final contract settlement price. These services include configuration maintenance of the application system, fault detection and resolution during operation, daily checks of the application system, data recovery, and costs associated with maintaining the normal operation of the system, including database and server expenses.

 

5. Party B must possess the necessary after-sales service capabilities, including having qualified personnel and a local after-sales service organization to provide fast, localized service support.

 

6. Party B is responsible for system development, debugging, and personnel training. During the warranty period, they will provide 24-hour technical support, telephone technical guidance and consulting services, on-site maintenance services, and system software upgrades.

 

7. Response Time for Fault Repair: Party B commits to responding to faults within 2 hours, with an on-site arrival time not exceeding 6 hours, and a repair time not exceeding 48 hours.

 

8. If Party B violates the provisions in clauses 2-7 of this article, Party A, in addition to holding Party B accountable for the breach of contract, also has the right to engage a third party for maintenance, repair, and upgrades. All expenses incurred as a result will be the responsibility of Party B.

 

VIII. Staffing and Personnel Management

 

1. Party B must deploy the project team personnel as committed and required for this project, and shall not change them without prior written authorization during the contract period. If Party B needs to replace project team personnel due to work arrangements or other reasons, Party B must submit a written application to Party A in advance, and personnel changes cannot be made without Party A’s consent.

 

2. Party A has the right to request in writing that Party B replace personnel who are unable to fulfill the contract as per the stipulated requirements. Even if Party A requests or agrees to personnel changes, the replacement personnel must meet Party A’s approval in terms of qualifications, and their qualifications and experience should not be lower than those of the personnel being replaced. Any expenses arising from such replacements shall be borne by Party B.

 

4

 

 

 

 

3. If Party B replaces project team personnel without prior written consent from Party A, Party A has the unilateral right to terminate this contract. Party A will not pay any unpaid contract amounts, and Party B must refund any amounts already paid. Furthermore, Party A has the right to demand that Party B pay 20% of the contract amount as a penalty. Party B must fully compensate Party A for any economic losses incurred, and Party A reserves the right to pursue Party B’s related responsibilities.

 

4. During the contract performance period, if Party B fails to deploy project team personnel as promised, Party B shall pay a penalty of RMB 3,000 per person per day for each instance identified. If Party B accumulates a total of five or more such instances (including this one), Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate this contract. Party A will not pay any unpaid contract amounts, and Party B must refund any amounts already paid. Additionally, Party A has the right to demand that Party B pay 20% of the contract amount as a penalty. Party B must fully compensate Party A for any economic losses incurred, and Party A reserves the right to pursue Party B’s related responsibilities.

 

5. Party B is fully responsible for the personal and property safety of its employees.

 

IX. Acceptance and Assessment Criteria

 

1.       Project acceptance is divided into three stages: initial inspection, trial operation, and final inspection:

 

Initial Inspection: Upon completion of the installation and deployment of the project’s application system and successful trial operation, as well as Party B’s self-assessment meeting the technical requirements specified in Appendix I, “List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center”, and in compliance with the procurement documents and contract requirements, Party A will lead relevant personnel to conduct the initial acceptance of the project outcomes.

 

Trial Operation: After passing the initial inspection, the project will enter a trial operation period that spans three exhibition projects.

 

Final Inspection: Following the conclusion of the trial operation period and the stable operation of the equipment, the final inspection will be conducted to ensure alignment with the technical requirements specified in Appendix I, the procurement documents, contract requirements, and Party A’s specific usage requirements. For the acceptance of functions related to the main venue as outlined in the “List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center”, a qualified third-party company, organized by Party A, will be responsible for conducting the acceptance of project outcomes. Party B is responsible for covering any associated costs resulting from this acceptance.

 

(1) System Product Prototype

 

Party B’s designed and prepared “System Product Prototype” will undergo a comparison-based acceptance and assessment.

 

(2) Test Report

 

Party B’s designed and prepared “System Test Report” will undergo comparison-based acceptance and assessment.

 

(3) Trial Run Report

 

Party B’s designed and prepared “System Trial Run Report” will undergo comparison-based acceptance and assessment.

 

(4) Product and Related Manuals

 

Party B will provide the relevant acceptance documents, including the “Yizhantong” system outcomes, system source code, user operation manuals, installation manuals, maintenance manuals, and other related materials.

 

(5) Software Evaluation Report

 

5

 

 

 

 

In addition to the above, a qualified third-party company must provide a software evaluation report specifically for the functional acceptance related to the main venue, as stipulated in the “List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center”. This report must be provided by accredited organizations such as the China National Accreditation Service for Conformity Assessment (CNAS), certification laboratories authorized by the China Certification and Accreditation Administration, software product testing agencies authorized by ministries, the Guangdong Provincial Quality and Technology Inspection Agency, entities designated by the Guangdong Provincial Department of Information Industry for “dual-soft certification” software product testing, organizations recognized by the Guangdong Provincial Science and Technology Commission for the appraisal and testing of new technological products, third-party assessment entities for information technology construction projects of the People’s Bank of China, recommended assessment entities for information security level protection by the Ministry of Public Security, and assessment entities for information security level protection recorded by the Guangdong Provincial Public Security Department. These entities must possess the Guangdong Provincial Computer System Security Service Level Certificate (Level 2) and adhere to the national security, quality, environmental, and industry standards of the People’s Republic of China.

 

2. System Acceptance Assessment Matrix

 

Acceptance Item Delivery Status Acceptance Result Authorized
Representative’s
Signature
System Product Prototype   Pass/Fail  
System UI Design Draft   Pass/Fail  
System Test Report   Pass/Fail  
System Trial Run Report   Pass/Fail  
Product and Related Manuals   Pass/Fail  
Software Evaluation Report   Pass/Fail  
System Implementation Training   Pass/Fail  

Acceptance Conclusion:

 

Rectification Comments:

 

 

3. During the acceptance process, if it is found that the supplied products do not meet Party A’s procurement requirements (including, but not limited to, quantity, quality, technology, etc.), Party B shall be responsible for taking appropriate measures as per Party A’s requirements to rectify, adjust, or update them properly. If the project outcomes do not comply with the specified requirements, Party B shall be responsible for redeveloping. Party B shall bear all costs and losses incurred as a result of quantity, quality, technology, installation, and other issues arising from Party B’s responsibility. Any delays caused by this shall also be the responsibility of Party B.

 

6

 

 

 

 

X. Confidentiality Requirements

 

1. Party B is obligated to securely safeguard confidential information. Party B shall ensure the security of confidential information obtained from Party A as required. If Party B has an existing internal confidentiality system, it must treat the confidential information received from Party A as confidential information within its own organization and manage it securely. Security measures for confidential information obtained from Party A must meet or exceed national, industry, and Party A’s relevant security management requirements.

 

2. Confidential information known to Party B must be used with caution and may only be disclosed to individuals directly involved in the project. The information disclosed should be limited to matters related to their work.

 

3. Party B must take necessary precautions to prevent duplication, leakage, or loss of confidential information. Party B is also prohibited from providing any advice or recommendations to third parties based on confidential information.

 

4. Party B and its associated personnel bear the responsibility of maintaining confidentiality for both the confidential information and any work outcomes resulting from the use of such confidential information. Without prior written consent from Party A, Party B and its associated personnel are prohibited from disclosing, informing, copying, disseminating, publishing, or using, in any manner, the whole or any part of the confidential information or work outcomes for themselves or any third party.

 

5. During the project implementation process, Party B may only use simulated data for testing and debugging. After completing the installation, debugging, and acceptance of this project, Party B is required to transfer all relevant documentation to Party A for verification and approval.

 

6. Party B shall ensure the submission or retrieval of relevant materials to/from Party A through the channels confirmed by Party A’s project management department. At the conclusion of the project, Party B must ensure the deletion of all confidential information and materials obtained through this project.

 

7. Party B’s confidentiality responsibilities remain in effect even after the termination or dissolution of the contract.

 

XI. Rights and Obligations of Party A and Party B

 

(I) Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

1. Party A has the right to require Party B to complete software development and ensure it passes the acceptance within the specific development timeframe stipulated in this contract. This should be done in accordance with the technical requirements outlined in Annex I, “List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center”.

 

2. Within the limits of the technical requirements in Annex I, Party A has the right to provide feedback to Party B regarding software functionality modifications and development progress. Party B must respond within five working days upon receiving Party A’s feedback. If Party B fails to respond within the five-day period, it will be considered as Party B’s confirmation and acceptance of Party A’s feedback.

 

3. Party A is obligated to make prompt and full payments to Party B in accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract.

 

4. Party A’s appointed project manager is Kong Qianwen (contact: 020-89269265). This individual is responsible for liaising and coordinating with Party B, monitoring development progress, and handling other project-related matters. The project manager also has the authority to sign all written documents related to the contract on behalf of Party A, excluding this contract and any supplementary agreements unless otherwise authorized.

 

7

 

 

 

 

5. Party A must provide Party B with relevant information related to software development promptly and, to the extent feasible, offer favorable conditions.

 

6. Party A has the exclusive right to use the software deliverables submitted by Party B.

 

7. During the project development period, Party A has the right to request Party B to deploy technical personnel to the project site to provide technical services. The number of personnel deployed should not exceed 20% of the total number listed in Party B’s project team. Party A will only provide on-site office facilities, while Party B is responsible for all costs associated with the on-site technical personnel, including catering, accommodation, and transportation expenses.

 

8. If Party B’s designated professionals are found to be unfit for their assigned tasks, or if Party A deems their performance to be inadequate, Party A may issue a written notice to Party B and request the replacement of personnel. Party B must comply with this request within two days and take appropriate measures to resolve the issue effectively.

 

9. Within three months after the final system acceptance and official launch, if Party A requests functional adjustments that fall within the scope of the original modules or the “List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center”, Party B is obligated to implement these adjustments within three days, and no additional charges will be incurred.

 

(II) Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

1.Party B has the right to demand that Party A pays the contract sum in a timely and full manner as stipulated in this contract.

 

2.During the project development process, Party B has the right to request reasonable and necessary assistance from Party A and may also request Party A to provide necessary information. The information provided by Party A to assist Party B in the software development under this contract may only be used by Party B for the purpose of this contract. Without written permission from Party A, Party B may not utilize this information for purposes beyond the scope of this contract or for any other purpose. Party B’s obligation to maintain the confidentiality of the provided data or information shall continue even after the termination of this contract, until such data or information becomes publicly disclosed by Party A. If Party B breaches its confidentiality obligation, resulting in premature disclosure of the relevant data or information by Party A, Party B shall compensate Party A for any actual losses incurred.

 

3.Party B fully understands and completely agrees that Annex I, “List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center”, contained in the technical requirements of the procurement project, represents Party A’s overarching requirements for software development. Party B will create the “System Requirements Specification” based on research and analysis of Party A’s requirements and make timely modifications and adjustments in accordance with Party A’s requests. This content may include, but is not limited to, development schedules, software functional specifications, and software interface design drawings.

 

4.The project liaison person designated by Party B is Li Haodong (contact: 1363130[***]). Li Haodong is responsible for communication with Party A and coordinating Party B’s internal work. Before commencing the service, Party B shall provide a list of personnel for the service team. Throughout the service period, Party B must ensure the relative stability of the service team’s personnel and shall not make arbitrary changes to team members.

 

5.Party B shall provide Party A with the technical documentation specified in this contract (including both hard copies and electronic formats). This should include comprehensive system training, complete user operation manuals, installation manuals, maintenance manuals, and other related materials. These materials will facilitate Party A’s utilization, maintenance, and secondary development of the system.

 

8

 

 

 

 

XII. Liability for Breach of Contract

 

1. If Party B fails to submit the corresponding documents within the specified stage period as stipulated in Article 6 of this contract, for each day of delay, Party A may charge Party B a late penalty of [3%] of the total contract amount. If the delay exceeds [15] days, Party A, in addition to claiming the late penalty from Party B, may unilaterally terminate this contract, demand the return of all funds received from Party B, and claim a penalty equivalent to [20%] of the total contract amount from Party B.

 

2. If Party B fails to respond within the specified time as stipulated in Article 9 of this contract, Party B shall pay a penalty at the rate of [¥3,000] per hour. Party A shall have the right to deduct this penalty from the warranty deposit. If the warranty deposit is insufficient to cover the penalty, Party B shall make a separate payment. If Party B fails to fulfill its warranty period obligations and after-sales service and fails to rectify the situation within the specified period after Party A’s notice, Party A has the right to demand that Party B pay a penalty of 1% of the contract amount per instance. If Party B breaches the contract more than 3 times, Party A has the right to demand that Party B pay a penalty of 10% of the contract amount. If the penalty is insufficient to compensate for Party A’s losses, Party B shall also be required to compensate Party A for such losses, and Party A shall have the right to deduct this from the warranty deposit on a priority basis.

 

3. If Party B fails to promptly replace professional personnel in accordance with Party A’s requirements, Party B shall pay a penalty to Party A at a rate of 1‰ of the contract amount for each day of delay.

 

4. Except as provided in this contract, Party B shall not unilaterally terminate the service or terminate the contract. If Party B unilaterally terminates the service or terminates the contract, Party B shall pay Party A a penalty of 30% of the total contract amount. If the penalty is insufficient to compensate for Party A’s actual losses, Party B shall make an additional payment.

 

5. If Party B breaches its confidentiality obligations under this contract and such breach is discovered, Party A has the right to demand that Party B pay a penalty of ¥20,000 per occurrence. If Party B violates confidentiality obligations two or more times or causes adverse effects or serious consequences for Party A, Party A also has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract, request Party B to return all funds received, and claim a penalty equivalent to [20%] of the total contract amount while seeking compensation for damages.

 

6. If Party B violates the provisions of Article 3 of this contract, Party B shall pay a penalty of ¥20,000 per occurrence to Party A. If Party B causes actual losses to Party A, Party B shall also compensate Party A for such losses, including but not limited to Party A’s direct losses as well as all expenses incurred by Party A, such as attorney’s fees, litigation costs, notary fees, investigation and evidence collection costs, and travel expenses, for handling the infringement.

 

7. Party A shall have the right to deduct any penalty or compensation that Party B is required to pay due to breach of contract from the performance guarantee or any service payments payable to Party B.

 

XIII. Entry into Force, Change, Termination and Cancellation of the Contract

 

1. If, due to reasons attributable to Party A, the work on this project is hindered or delayed, leading to an extension of the completion time, Party B shall promptly notify Party A of this situation and its potential impact. After written confirmation by Party A, the completion time may be extended accordingly.

 

2. During the project implementation, Party B shall not unilaterally change the scope of work or services. If Party A deems it necessary to change the project scope or requirements, Party A shall provide written notice to Party B. The parties shall negotiate and resolve the changes, and Party B shall generally not refuse.

 

9

 

 

 

 

3. This contract shall be effective from the date of entry into force until both parties have fully fulfilled their respective contractual obligations.

 

4. In the event of any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to terminate this contract. Such termination shall not be deemed a breach by Party A, and Party A shall not be liable for any legal obligations. Party B shall bear all costs and losses arising from this and shall return all payments received (if any) to Party A or have them deducted directly from the performance bond by Party A:

 

(1) Party A does not obtain approval from higher authorities for the budget price of this project, or the budget for this project is canceled by higher authorities due to policy or other reasons;

 

(2) The approval budget price issued by Party A’s superior department is lower than the contract amount, and Party A chooses to terminate this contract.

 

5. During the performance of this contract, if Party A needs to terminate the contract for reasons attributable to Party A, and there is no default by Party B, Party A shall provide written notice to Party B at least 20 working days in advance. Party A shall compensate Party B for any costs incurred due to Party A’s termination of the contract.

 

6. If this contract cannot be fully or partially performed due to objective reasons not attributable to either party, Party A and Party B may negotiate to terminate the contract or seek alternative solutions through separate negotiations.

 

7. Except for instances where a party legally or contractually exercises its unilateral termination rights, any changes or terminations of this contract resulting from mutual agreement must be made in writing. Until an agreement is reached, the original contract remains in effect.

 

8. The termination of this contract does not affect the rights and responsibilities of the parties involved.

 

XIII. Force Majeure

 

Due to events of force majeure, such as earthquakes, typhoons, floods, wars, and other unforeseeable circumstances that are beyond control and prevention, and which directly affect the performance of this contract or make it impossible to perform under the agreed conditions, the party affected by force majeure shall immediately notify the other party within 24 hours after the occurrence of the force majeure event. This notification aims to mitigate potential losses to the other party. The party affected by force majeure shall provide detailed information about the event and valid documentary evidence within 15 days, demonstrating the impossibility or partial impossibility of contract performance or the need for a performance extension. The documentary evidence should be issued by a notary public or local government authority in the region where the force majeure event occurred. Depending on the impact of force majeure on contract performance, the parties shall mutually decide whether to terminate the contract, partially exempt from contract performance responsibilities, or extend the contract performance.

 

XV. Dispute Resolution

 

Any disputes arising during the contract’s execution, which cannot be resolved amicably by both parties, shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the People’s Court located where Party A is based. During the litigation period, apart from the matters submitted for litigation, all other undisputed matters and clauses shall continue to be executed.

 

XVI. Taxes

 

All taxes and fees levied by the Chinese government in accordance with the prevailing tax laws shall be independently borne by the respective tax-paying parties. Any taxes and unforeseen fees related to this contract that occur outside of China shall be the responsibility of Party B.

 

10

 

 

 

 

XVII. Other

 

1. Party B shall not subcontract the project without Party A’s consent and shall not further subcontract it.

 

2. Liquidated damages, compensation, and all forms of economic losses that should be reimbursed according to this contract shall be paid within 30 days after responsibility is clearly defined. Otherwise, it shall be treated as a delayed payment.

 

3. The contract amount is the final transaction amount reported by Party B based on Party A’s preliminary estimated price as the control price basis. The specific amount shall be subject to the budget price approved by Party A’s superior department. If the approved budget price issued by Party A’s superior department is lower than the transaction (winning) price, Party A has the right to choose one of the following options for resolution, and Party B shall cooperate and comply:

 

(1) Terminate this contract, which will not be considered a breach by Party A, and Party A shall not bear any legal responsibility. Party B shall bear all related costs and losses and return all funds received (if any) or have them deducted from the performance bond by Party A.

 

(2) Continue contract performance, but the final settlement price shall not exceed the approved budget price.

 

4. Party B shall ensure that the contact information provided at the end of this contract is accurate. In case of any change of address, Party B shall promptly notify Party A in writing. For all written documents based on this contract, Party A will use methods like direct delivery, postal delivery, or delivery to the address specified in this contract. If Party B refuses to accept, provides an incorrect address, or fails to notify Party A of address changes in a timely manner, Party B shall bear all associated responsibilities. Documents sent by Party A to Party B shall be deemed delivered three days after Party A dispatches them.

 

5. This contract becomes effective from the date of signature and seal by both parties. Four copies of the contract are prepared, with Party A holding two copies and Party B holding two copies, and all copies have equal legal validity.

 

Appendix I: List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center

 

Party A (seal): Canton Fair Advertising Co., Ltd. Party B (seal):3e Network Technology Company Limited
   
[Contract Seal of Canton Fair Advertising Co., Ltd.] [Contract Special Seal of 3e Network Technology Company Limited]
   
Legal Representative or Authorized Representative (signature): /s/ Legal Representative or Authorized Representative (signature): /s/
   
Date: March 29, 2022 Date: March 29, 2022

 

11

 

 

 

 

Appendix I: List of Requirements for the ‘Yizhantong’ System of the Tanzhou International Convention & Exhibition Center

 

No. Role System Module Function List Remarks Tax-inclusive Price (RMB)
1 Host PC Terminal Work Order Management Work Order Application Submit work order applications based on report and repair types (logistics, engineering, security). [***]
2 Work Order Query Check work order processing progress and completion status, provide a summarized list for viewing, search for specific work order information using filters and keywords; reminder function.
3 Work Order Download Export work orders in Excel/PDF format based on required fields and filter conditions.
4 Work Order Revocation Revoke unprocessed work orders.
5 Work Order Result Confirmation Confirm or return work order processing results.
6 Work Order Application Confirmation Confirm and sign work order applications placed by the pavilion party on behalf of the order.
7 Work Order Activity Log Record and retain operation logs for the entire work order process, from application to completion (including the mobile app side), including details like operator, operation time, process stages, before-and-after content comparisons, status changes, etc.
8 Work Order Dashboard Work order statistical dashboard, providing statistics on work orders from various dimensions such as quantity, status, and categorization.
9 Pavilion Services Service List Query Query various services provided by the pavilion (similar to an e-commerce platform).
10 Individual Service Ordering Place individual orders for paid and unpaid services.
11 Batch Service Ordering Download templates as per requirements, bulk-fill service orders, upload to the system, and confirm the order total (supports uploading drawings and associating booth numbers).
12 Signing Order Confirmation Pavilion party provides feedback on ordering requests (e.g., price adjustments, demand changes), and the organizer signs to confirm the order.

 

12

 

 

 

 

13       Order Query Check the overall processing progress and completion status of orders, provide a summarized list for viewing, search for specific order information using filters and keywords; reminder function.  
14 Order Download Export orders in Excel/PDF format based on required fields and filter conditions.
15 Order Modification Organizers can modify order information and resubmit it for pavilion party confirmation when there are changes in demands.
16 Order Revocation Organizers can revoke unprocessed orders when there are changes in demands, closing the orders.
17 Order Confirmation, Return Confirm or return orders placed on behalf of the pavilion party.
18 Order Activity Log Record and retain operation logs for the entire order process, from placement to completion (including the mobile app side), including details like operator, operation time, process stages, before-and-after content comparisons, status changes, etc.
19 Data Dashboard Order statistical dashboard, providing statistics on orders from various dimensions including quantity, status, prepaid amounts, and deposit deductions, among others.
20 Settlement Management Settlement Order Statistics Lists statistics for settlement work orders generated from orders for paid and unpaid services that are split into work orders.
21 Settlement Order Download Export specified settlement work orders in Excel/PDF format based on required fields and filter conditions.
22 Settlement Order Adjustment Application Organizers can initiate adjustment applications when they have doubts about settlement work orders, such as adjustments to prices and quantities. These adjustments require pavilion party approval.
23 Settlement Order Confirmation Organizers can view details related to settlement work orders and sign, along with identity verification, to complete the settlement process.
24 Material Management Material Management (Preview, Download) Organizers can preview or download materials published by the pavilion, such as public order approval materials, exhibitor manuals, builder manuals, exhibition guides, and warranties, among others.
25 Exhibition Daily Reports Organizers can view information on people and vehicle registration, special event registration, and more, published by the pavilion.
26 Exhibition Preparation Management Exhibition information Dashboard Exhibition information Dashboard, including but not limited to countdown timers, venue information, and notifications of changes in exhibition information.

 

13

 

 

 

 

27       Work Node Management Display tasks to be done at various nodes based on dates or exhibition periods, and record whether tasks are completed or not. Includes satisfaction surveys presented via pop-ups or notifications at specified times. Survey content can be edited, covering areas like exhibition service satisfaction, system experience questionnaires, and suggestions.  
28 Account Account Management Organizers can manage their employees’ accounts, including account creation, role assignments, and password changes. They can also set banners or background images on the login page, which can be changed through the pavilion’s backend.
29 Instructional Guidance Provides instructional mode for first-time use.
30 Permission Management Organizers can manage and configure roles and system usage permissions, including page and functional permissions.
31 Identity Verification Management of identity verification for login accounts, including uploading employee photos for facial recognition.
32 Authorization Signatures Authorization letter and signature authentication management, integrated with the mobile app.
33 Operation Logs System Operation Logs Recording and retaining logs for system operations (including the mobile app side), such as operator information, operation timestamps, additions, deletions, changes, downloads, etc.
34 Message Center Message Center Message Center provides real-time in-app notifications for various business modules and alerts related to document changes associated with the account. It also offers a message history summary.
35 WeChat Mini Program Work Order Management Work Order Application Submit work order applications based on report and repair types (logistics, engineering, security).
36 Work Order Query Check work order processing progress and completion status, provide a summarized list for viewing, search for specific work order information using filters and keywords; reminder function.
37 Work Order Download Export work orders in Excel/PDF format based on required fields and filter conditions.
38 Work Order Revocation Revoke unprocessed work orders.
39 Work Order Result Confirmation Confirm or return work order processing results.

 

14

 

 

 

 

40       Work Order Application Confirmation Confirm and sign work order applications placed by the pavilion party on behalf of the order.  
41 Pavilion Services Service List Query Query various services provided by the pavilion (similar to an e-commerce platform).
42 Individual Service Ordering Place individual orders for paid and unpaid services.
43 Signing Order Confirmation Pavilion party provides feedback on ordering requests (e.g., price adjustments, demand changes), and the organizer signs to confirm the order.
44 Order Query Check the overall processing progress and completion status of orders, provide a summarized list for viewing, search for specific order information using filters and keywords; reminder function.
45 Order Download Export orders in Excel/PDF format based on required fields and filter conditions;
46 Order Modification Organizers can modify order information and resubmit it for pavilion party confirmation when there are changes in demands.
47 Order Revocation Organizers can revoke unprocessed orders when there are changes in demands, closing the orders.
48 Order Confirmation, Return Confirm or return orders placed on behalf of the pavilion party.
49 Settlement Management Settlement Work Order Statistics Lists statistics for settlement work orders generated from orders for paid and unpaid services that are split into work orders.
50 Settlement Work Order Download Export specified settlement work orders in Excel/PDF format based on required fields and filter conditions.
51 Settlement Work Order Adjustment Application Application Organizers can initiate adjustment applications when they have doubts about settlement work orders, such as adjustments to prices and quantities. These adjustments require pavilion party approval.
52 Settlement Work Order Confirmation Organizers can view details related to settlement work orders and sign, along with identity verification, to complete the settlement process.
53 Message Notifications Reminder, Feedback, Rectification, and Implementation of Inspection Issues and Matters Conduct inspections, provide feedback on security risks or problems, and track the progress of rectification and implementation.

 

15

 

 

 

 

54       WeChat Message Push Receive push notifications for pending tasks, pavilion party notices, and document process change notifications.  
55 Materials Material Access Organizers can view materials released by the exhibition hall online, including public order approval materials, exhibitors’ manuals/builders’ manuals, exhibition guides, warranties, and more.
56 Material Forwarding Share relevant materials with WeChat friends.
57 Exhibition Management Exhibition (Project) Access Access exhibition information, including countdown to start time, venue details, and notifications of changes in exhibition information.
58 Work Node Matters View Display tasks scheduled for each node by date or exhibition cycle and record their completion status.
59 Account Account WeChat Authorization (Mobile) Enable WeChat authorization for account login, allowing password-free login. Customize the login page with banners or background images that can be changed in the pavilion’s backend.
59 Instructional Guidance Provides instructional mode for first-time use.
61 Account Verification Use various methods for account verification, including signature, face recognition, and more.
62 Exhibition Venue PC Terminal Basic Information Management System Login Users can log in to the system with their accounts and passwords, choosing the exhibition they want to access. The login page can be customized with banners or background images. [***]
63 Instructional Guidance Provides instructional mode for first-time use.
64 Account Management Users can create new accounts and set passwords based on information related to exhibition projects.
65 Role and Permission Management This feature allows users to add, modify, delete, or view account role information and identities. Roles include organizers, hosts, project managers, engineering, logistics, security, marketing, external services, and more. Users can adjust role member permissions, define information visibility, and specify signing authorities.
66 Exhibition Project Management Users can create new projects, import schedules in tabular format, and associate project details like names, dates, and locations with various role accounts.

 

16

 

 

 

 

67       Exhibition Personnel Structure Users can input information about project teams, organizers, hosts, departments, contact details, etc. This supports adding, modifying, deleting, and searching for personnel information. There’s also support for maintaining a system address book and conducting searches and selections.  
68 Service Item Management Users can manage services by adding, modifying, deleting, or viewing details such as service items, content, and unit prices on the service request page.
69 Procurement Costs Supplier Directory Maintenance and Selection This involves maintaining a list of commonly used suppliers and selecting them for exhibition services based on procurement outcomes.
70 Supplier Account Creation Users can create accounts for suppliers, allowing them to log in using usernames and passwords.
71 Supplier Work Order Routing After confirming supplier information and creating accounts, exhibition work orders can be routed to specific supplier accounts.
72 Periodic Work Scheduling Work Node Management This feature generates work schedules for each exhibition based on project creation time and 16 predefined nodes in the exhibition’s lifecycle. The schedules can be adjusted and modified, and notifications, including meetings, can be sent. Users can upload materials in the background, and there’s support for batch downloading. Satisfaction surveys can also be conducted at specified times.
73 Node Setting Reuse Users can reuse, modify, and select node settings from previous exhibitions.
74 Work Order Management Task Reminders

Project Manager: Receive WeChat notifications for reminders about scheduling cycle work arrangements, reporting maintenance requests, order requirements, and receiving feedback from the project team. Once completed, these tasks are marked as completed within the overall schedule.

 

Project Team: Receive WeChat notifications for reminders about scheduling cycle work arrangements, reporting maintenance requests, and order requirements. After completing these tasks, they are marked as completed within the overall schedule. Notifications related to demand can be customized using standard fields.

 

75 Order Placement Service For demand adjustments, certain utility services, and value-added services like booth advertising, project managers will place orders on behalf of the organizer/main venue and send them for confirmation (batch view). Pricing for these services is based on predefined “Service Manuals” and “User Manuals” within the system. This includes handling special scenarios such as post-event inspections, material damage, and penalties for violations. Project managers have confirmation authority.

 

17

 

 

 

 

76       Exhibition Information Publication Uploading and modifying exhibition operation support plans, coordinating task lists, public order approval materials, service manuals, user manuals, exhibition guides, guarantees, etc. (frontend display names change according to the backend file names). Establishing a dedicated area for downloading industrial exhibition information templates, including dismantling and leakage guarantees, entry of special materials, entry of special exhibits, etc. Setting up the exhibition service structure and contact persons for collecting satisfaction survey questionnaires. Exhibition daily reports, where the project team registers human and vehicle-related matters, which can be viewed by organizers and the main venue. Project managers can also register special matters.  
77 Order Inquiry Searching, performing fuzzy queries, and applying conditional filters.
78 Order Information and Feedbac Order demand reminders, with strengthened reminders and notifications to department heads for specific orders not completed within a specified time frame. Current order quantities, progress, and content information are provided, along with real-time feedback on work order progress.
79 Work Order/Order Assignment Work order assignment and flow based on business processes and demand labels. Work orders are distributed based on time and location.
80 Order Confirmation Confirming order information, with multiple verification methods available, including signature + face recognition, signature, and face recognition.
81 Order Adjustments Flexible adjustment of unit prices, discounts, and demand changes, with adjustment details logged in the backend.
82 Order Summary Aggregating order data and supporting fuzzy queries.
83 Data Dashboard Exhibition Daily Report The project team registers human-vehicle matters, which can be viewed by the organizer and the main venue. Project managers can also register special matters, and this information can be represented in various forms like pie charts and bar charts.
84 Total Orders and Details This section presents the summarized total orders and certain details, such as different types of electric boxes, water points, etc. The information can be visualized using pie charts, bar charts, and other formats.
85 Total Prepayment Amount and Remaining Deposit It showcases the total prepayment made by the organizer and the main venue before the exhibition, as well as the remaining balance after deductions.

 

18

 

 

 

 

86     Financial Management Recording Budget Status and Execution Status The system includes a budget table where budget items related to service orders and external service expenses can be automatically filled in based on labels. Users can also delete, modify, add, and check other income and expenditure items.  
87 Generating Control Figures Based on Variable Cost Coefficients The system allows the setup of variable cost coefficients. It generates annual variable costs and variable cost budgets for each project based on project information. This can provide guidance when preparing pre-show budgets for each project.
88 Electronic Invoices The system reserves a port for electronic invoicing.
89 Printing Invoices Electronic invoices support PDF preview, download, export, and printing.
90 Statistical Reports (Dashboard) Summary of Exhibition Service Project Requests It summarizes the quantity and amount of each service project by project. Data extraction is also supported for projects not listed separately.
91 Annual Service Request Summary This section summarizes the number and amount of service requests by year. Data extraction is also supported for items not listed separately.
92 Summary of Exhibition Hanging Points Information One of the sub-divisions of exhibition service items, it summarizes the number and amount of exhibition hanging points by item.
93 Summary of Exhibition Advertisement Information Another sub-division item of exhibition service items, it summarizes the number and amount of exhibition advertisement information by item. This includes details such as advertisement material and advertisement position, depending on the content confirmed in the field of the service placed on behalf of the order.
94 Summary of Exhibition Settlement Information This section summarizes the settlement information of completed exhibition projects based on exhibition time. It includes details such as the total amount of service fees and budget execution status for individual exhibition projects.
95 Piece-Rate Statistics of Work Order Operations It provides statistics on the number of work order requirements, including those related to reporting and repairs.
96 WeChat Mini Program System Management System Login Users can log in to the system with their accounts and passwords, choosing the exhibition they want to access. The login page can be customized with banners or background images.

 

19

 

 

 

 

97       Change Password This function allows users to recover their password or change it.  
98 Instructional Guidance Provides instructional mode for first-time use.
99 Exhibition Information Project Scheduling Generate the frontend display of project scheduling based on the exhibition’s name, time, location, and organizer imported from the schedule.
100 Preview of Exhibition Information Materials This feature enables users to view, download, and upload materials related to exhibition operation and security. It includes coordination mission statements, public order approval materials, service manuals, user manuals, exhibition guides, warranties, etc. The specific content is linked to the PC terminal.
    Set a Industrial Exhibition Data Template Download Area, this includes templates for dismantling and leakage guarantees, entry of special materials, entry of special exhibits, and more.
101 Organizational Structure Users can view the exhibition service structure and contact persons. Clicking on a contact person’s details can initiate a call.
102 Work Order Service Task Reminders

Project Manager: Receive WeChat notifications for reminders about scheduling cycle work arrangements, reporting maintenance requests, order requirements, and project team feedback. Once completed, these tasks are displayed as completed within the overall schedule.

 

Project Team: Receive WeChat notifications for reminders about scheduling cycle work arrangements, reporting maintenance requests, and order requirements. For tasks not completed within specific timeframes, receive enhanced reminders and notifications are sent to department heads. Once completed, these tasks are displayed as completed within the overall schedule. Standard fields can be configured for notification of demand-related information.

 

103 Work Feedback Feedback is provided in the form of images and text for work orders, tasks, and inspection issues. The feedback information is synchronized with the project team, project manager, host, and main venue.
104 Order Placement Service For demand adjustments, certain utility services, and value-added services like booth advertising, project managers will place orders on behalf of the organizer/main venue and send them for confirmation (batch view). Pricing for these services is based on predefined “Service Manuals” and “User Manuals” within the system. This includes handling special scenarios such as post-event inspections, material damage, and penalties for violations. Project managers have confirmation authority.

 

20

 

 

 

 

105       Order Adjustments Flexible adjustment of unit prices, discounts, and demand changes, with adjustment details logged in the backend.  
106 Order Confirmation Orders are confirmed electronically, and various methods of verification, including signature + face recognition, signature, and face recognition, are required for overall order confirmation.
107 Order Management All individual order information is summarized. This includes support for order queries, progress tracking, service order summaries, exports, and electronic signature confirmations.
108 Work Order Reassignment In cases involving multiple departments or special circumstances, work orders can be reassigned to specific individuals or entities.
109 Incident Feedback This involves reminders, feedback, rectification, and implementation of inspection problems and issues. Project managers are responsible for reminding the host, main venue, or project team about inspection events or issuing rectification orders. A timeout reminder can be set for cases where rectification is not carried out within a specified time (common issues can be tracked using labels, and the corresponding label content can be maintained in the background).
The project team provides feedback on safety risks or issues and tracks the implementation of rectifications, among other tasks.
110 Process Monitoring approval process Users can view and modify the approval process and adjust the business process based on actual needs.
111 node reminders Users can review and modify node tasks and make adjustments to the business process as needed.
112 Data Dashboard Exhibition Daily Report The project team records human and vehicle-related matters, which can be viewed by the organizer and the main venue. Project managers also record special matters, and this information can be visualized using pie charts or bar charts.
113 Total number and details of orders It presents the aggregated order total and specific details, such as various types of electrical boxes and water points. This information can be visualized using pie charts or bar charts.
114 Advance Payment Totals and Remaining Balances It displays the total advance payments made by the organizer and the main venue before the event, as well as the remaining balances after deductions.
115 My Project Multi-Project Management When managing multiple projects simultaneously or concurrently, you can choose the project records based on the situation.

 

21

 

 

 

 

116       Project Dashboard Users can view basic project information, such as the summary of exhibition service project applications, hanging points, and advertising information, similar to the statistics reports on the PC terminal.  
117 Foreign Service Organizations PC Terminal Order Service Order Users can view and query service orders. [***]
118 Service Order Tracking and Feedback This involves tracking and providing feedback on service orders.
119 Account Account Login Personnel from foreign service organizations can log in using their accounts.
120 Account Permissions The permissions and configurations of accounts for personnel from foreign service organizations can be managed.
121 Sub-Accounts Administrators of foreign service organizations can create sub-accounts for their personnel and manage them.
122 WeChat Mini Program Order Service Order Users can view and query service orders.
123 Order Tracking/Feedback This involves tracking and providing feedback on service orders.
124 Incident Feedback Reminder, Feedback, Rectification, and Implementation of Inspection Issues and Matters Feedback on safety risks or issues and tracking the implementation of rectifications is carried out.
125 Message Notifications WeChat Message Push Notifications are sent for related document processes and status changes.
126 Account Account WeChat Authorization (Mobile) Enable WeChat authorization for account login, allowing password-free login.
127 Account Verification Use various methods for account verification, including signature, face recognition, and more.
Total Amount [***]

 

[Contract Special Seal of 3e Network Technology Company Limited]

 

22

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

Contract Document

 

Lease Contract

 

(Contract No: SCSYHLW20230502501)

 

Lessor (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”): Guangzhou Songchuang Investment Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Lessee (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”): 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

In accordance with the relevant provisions of national laws and regulations, and in order to delineate the rights and responsibilities of both Party A and Party B, both parties, guided by the principles of equality, mutual benefit, and mutual consensus, hereby enter into the following agreement regarding the lease of the property. This agreement is intended to ensure the collective adherence to its terms by both parties.

 

Article 1: Location, Area, and Purpose of the Leased Property

 

1. Location of the Property: B046, Room 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China (hereinafter referred to as “the Property”).

 

2. Area of the Property: The rental area of the property is 200 square meters (if there is a variance from the actual area, both Party A and Party B confirm that the rent, as stipulated in Article 3 of this contract, shall remain unchanged). Prior to signing this contract, Party B has conducted multiple site visits and conducted a thorough inspection of the property, confirming that it complies with the “Delivery Standards” provided in the annex and expressing satisfaction with its current condition. Party B willingly accepts the property in its existing state.

 

3. Use of the Property: The property is designated for office use. Party B agrees to lease the property for office purposes and for the incubation and support of Party A’s technology-based enterprises. Party B acknowledges that the use of the property shall not exceed the floor load specified in the annexed “Delivery Standards.” Any use of the property for purposes involving pollution, noise, or a change in its designated use requires prior written consent from Party A.

 

Article 2: Lease and Incubation Service Duration

 

1. Delivery Date: Party A shall deliver the property to Party B on or before May 25, 2023. In the event that Party B is not present at that time, it shall be considered that the leased unit has been handed over to Party B for use, and the lease period and incubation and cultivation services shall commence from that date.

 

2. The lease term shall commence from May 25, 2023, and continue until May 24, 2024, totaling one year. The incubation services for technology-based enterprises shall persist without interruption and shall not terminate upon the expiration of the lease term.

 

3. On the delivery date, Party B shall proceed to Party A’s on-site office to complete the property handover process. Prior to completing the property handover procedures, Party B shall settle all payments stipulated in this contract that are due upon property delivery. Upon receipt of the full payment, Party A shall hand over the property to Party B. The “Leased Property Handover Agreement” signed by both parties shall constitute Party A’s fulfillment of the obligation to deliver the property to Party B, as per the conditions stipulated in this contract. If Party B fails to settle all the aforementioned payments, Party A shall have no obligation to deliver the property. The property will be delivered to Party B once Party A receives full payment. Party B shall bear full responsibility for any delay in property delivery, and Party A shall have the right to collect rent, high-quality growth and incubation service fees, as well as any other associated costs, in accordance with the terms of this contract.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China1

 

 

Contract Document

 

4. During the lease term of Party B, in the event of any change in the legal entity of Party A, the property owner (referred to as the “landlord”) or a legally designated entity by Party A shall inherit Party A’s rights and fulfill the corresponding obligations under this contract. This arrangement aims to safeguard Party B’s lease rights and interests without any disruption. The terms of the contract shall remain unchanged, and Party A shall assure the continuity of enterprise incubation and cultivation services.

 

Article 3: Payment Methods and Deadlines for Rent, High-Quality Growth Incubation Service Fee, Performance Deposit, and Other Charges

 

1. Performance Deposit: On the day of signing this contract, Party B shall remit a performance deposit of ¥ / yuan to Party A. Within 5 working days of receiving the deposit, Party A shall issue an official receipt for the same amount to Party B. This deposit shall not be applied toward rent or high-quality growth incubation service fees. At the end of the contract period, provided there is no breach of contract and all expenses have been settled, Party A shall refund the performance deposit to Party B in full, without interest, within 7 working days. Party A also commits to transferring the relevant business and industry certificates within the specified timeframe upon contract expiration.

 

2. Rent, High-Quality Growth Incubation Service Fee, and Other Charges:

 

2.1 For the lease term, which spans from May 25, 2023, to May 24, 2024, the total monthly payment is ¥7,400.00 (comprising rent: ¥2,466.70 and high-quality growth incubation service fee: ¥4,933.30). Billing shall commence on May 25, 2023.

 

2.2 Payment details for Party A:

 

Company Name: Guangzhou Songchuang Investment Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Bank of Account: Guangzhou Rural Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Panyu Sub-branch

 

Account Number: [Omitted]

 

2.3 Following the signing of this contract, Party B shall assume full responsibility for the taxes payable by Party A arising from the rent and high-quality growth incubation service fee under this contract. Party B shall separately remit the tax amount to Party A when Party A pays the tax. (The tax rates for rent, high-quality growth incubation service fees, and property management fees paid by Party B shall be calculated based on the face value of the invoice.)

 

2.4 Within 5 working days from the date of Party B’s payment of rent and high-quality growth incubation service fees as stipulated, Party A shall issue Party B formal tax invoices specifically for housing lease and high-quality growth incubation service fees.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China2

 

 

Contract Document

 

2.5 Throughout the lease period, Party A shall provide park maintenance, security facilities, and on-duty personnel.

 

2.6 Utilities: Party A shall ensure the provision of a minimum basic electricity capacity of / kVA for Party B, as well as basic water for daily use. Independent water and electricity meters shall be installed in the property. Party B shall make monthly payments for utilities, including water and electricity charges, related utility expenses, and electricity consumption charges, as per the stipulated regulations. Utility bills, including water and electricity charges and related expenses, shall be settled on a monthly basis, with payment due from Party B before the 5th day of each month. In the event of a delay exceeding seven days, Party A reserves the right to suspend water and electricity supply, with Party B assuming full responsibility for any resulting losses.

 

2.6.1 The respective rates are as follows:

 

(1) Electricity consumption measured by the meter: Electricity consumption × ¥1.3 per kWh;

 

(2) Shared electricity charges: Calculated and charged based on Party B’s rentable area;

 

(3) Water consumption measured by the meter: Water consumption × ¥6.00 per m³;

 

(4) Shared water charges: Calculated and charged based on Party B’s rentable area.

 

2.7 Elevator Maintenance Fee: The elevator maintenance fee covers the cost of normal energy consumption to keep the elevator running smoothly, maintain cleanliness in the elevator cabin, perform daily elevator maintenance, and conduct annual elevator inspections. The monthly elevator maintenance fee for this property is ¥ / yuan.

 

2.8 Before Party B proceeds with any house renovations, a renovation deposit of ¥ / yuan must be paid to Party A. Party A shall issue a receipt for the same amount within 7 working days upon receiving the renovation deposit. Provided that Party B’s renovation adheres to the agreed-upon technical requirements and does not violate the “Decoration Management Provisions,” Party A will refund the renovation deposit to Party B, without interest, within 7 working days following an inspection and approval.

 

2.9 Rent shall be settled on a monthly basis, while the service fee for high-quality growth incubation shall be based on both the basic service fee and the incubation results. Party A shall receive the second month’s rent of ¥7,400.00 into Party A’s designated account within 5 days prior to the annual contract expiration.

 

2.10 Any taxes and fees incurred during Party B’s operations and fees payable to government departments shall be the sole responsibility of Party B.

 

2.11 Except as otherwise specified in this contract, the parties mutually agree that Party B shall have a grace period of 7 days, starting from the date of Party A’s notification, to rectify any breaches of contract or fulfill any outstanding payment obligations under this contract (including, but not limited to, rent, high-quality growth and incubation service fees, security deposits, water, electricity, etc.). Failure to do so will grant Party A the right to disconnect the water and electricity supply to the property. If Party B fails to settle outstanding fees for a period exceeding 30 days, Party A may terminate this contract. During any water and electricity supply interruption, Party B agrees to continue making rent and high-quality growth incubation service fee payments as per usual. Party A shall not be held responsible for any losses incurred by Party B due to water and electricity supply interruptions. Any losses, consequences, and costs incurred by Party A due to the suspension of water and electricity supply caused by Party B’s actions shall be borne by Party B.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China3

 

 

Contract Document

 

Article 4: Incubation Services of Party A

 

1.Foundational Incubation Services

 

① Party A shall provide a range of services, including government representation, entrepreneurial guidance, information consultation, investment and financing facilitation, financial and tax advisory, and more.

 

② Party A shall offer services for connecting Party B with upstream and downstream resources.

 

③ Comprehensive services such as technology policy consultation, technology training, marketing, and others shall be provided.

 

④ Party A shall manage services related to newspaper and mail delivery and maintain environmental hygiene in public areas.

 

⑤ Party A shall oversee and coordinate security within its jurisdiction, collaborating with law enforcement agencies to investigate theft and burglary cases.

 

⑥ Party A is responsible for the regular maintenance of the property, including the maintenance of outdoor pipeline facilities and equipment related to water and electricity meters in public areas.

 

2. Achievements in Technology Incubation Services

 

① Party A shall provide effective incubation services to assist Party B in applying for various projects and policy funds at the national, provincial, municipal, and district levels.

 

② Assistance shall be extended for governmental applications related to high-tech and product certifications, software enterprise product certifications, and recognition for innovative small and medium-sized enterprise.

 

③ Support shall be offered in processing tasks such as technology contract registration and scientific and technological achievement appraisal.

 

Article 5 - House Usage Requirements and Maintenance

 

1. During the term of this contract, Party B shall have only the right to use the house, and Party B shall not utilize the house for any economic mortgage or guarantee purposes. Party B shall be solely responsible for any economic and legal obligations arising from its operations with third parties, and Party A shall not be held liable.

 

2. Party B is required to use the house and its affiliated facilities reasonably and with care. If the house or its affiliated facilities are damaged or malfunction due to improper or unreasonable use by Party B, its employees, agents, customers, or any other individuals (excluding Party A’s management personnel) allowed by Party B to enter the leased unit, Party B shall be responsible for the repairs. In case Party B refuses to conduct repairs, Party A may perform them on behalf of Party B, with the costs borne by Party B.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China4

 

 

Contract Document

 

3. Party A shall provide one-day advance notice to Party B before conducting inspections and maintenance of the house. During inspections and maintenance, Party B is expected to cooperate. In case of emergencies that necessitate entry into the house, Party A may enter without prior notice to Party B. Party A shall not be held liable for any losses incurred, provided that Party A has taken reasonable and prudent measures to avoid such losses. Emergency situations include, but are not limited to, fire alarms, criminal incidents, water leaks, gas leaks, facility or equipment malfunctions, which could result in significant harm if not addressed promptly.

 

4. Prior to commencing any renovations to the house, Party B must submit a written application and renovation plan to Party A for approval. Construction may proceed only after obtaining approval. During renovations, Party B must adhere to Party A’s renovation management regulations and accept on-site construction supervision by Party A. Failure to comply will result in Party B assuming full responsibility.

 

5. Before initiating any renovations to the leased unit, Party B must submit the renovation plan for review to the relevant government authorities as required by regulations. If Party B fails to submit the plan for review or if the plan does not receive approval from the relevant authorities, preventing Party B from operating normally within the leased unit, Party B shall bear all associated losses. Furthermore, this shall not excuse Party B from fulfilling its obligations to Party A as stipulated in this contract. In cases where Party B proceeds with unauthorized renovations without an approved plan, Party A may require Party B to cease the work and restore the property to its original condition. Party B shall compensate Party A for any losses incurred to the leased unit, affiliated facilities, and equipment. Party B shall assume all responsibility for property damage or personal injuries caused to third parties.

 

6. Upon signing the contract, Party B must confirm its electricity consumption capacity (refer to the attached “Confirmation Letter of Electricity Consumption Capacity”). If Party B’s actual electricity consumption exceeds the declared capacity, Party A has the right to conduct actual measurements (the reconfirmed electricity consumption capacity shall not be lower than the sum of the maximum power ratings of all electrical facilities and equipment within the leased area). Party B shall pay electricity charges based on the actual measured capacity and settle any differences in basic capacity charges prior to Party A’s measurements. If Party B exceeds the electricity consumption capacity confirmed in the “Confirmation Letter of Electricity Consumption Capacity,” Party B is also required to pay additional capacity charges based on the adjusted rate mentioned in Article 4, Point 6.

 

7. In the event that Party B intends to increase its electricity consumption capacity after occupying the premises, Party B must submit a written application to Party A for approval. Once confirmed and if there is available excess electricity consumption capacity for Party B’s increase, Party B may proceed accordingly. Within the prescribed power distribution limit, Party B shall bear the expenses associated with adjusting the electricity consumption capacity, including but not limited to modification fees for switches and cables. The rate for capacity increase is / per kVA. Should Party B exceed the standard power distribution limit for capacity increase, Party B shall also assume the corresponding costs for capacity-increasing works.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China5

 

 

Contract Document

 

8. Any internal or external renovations, additions, expansions, or alterations made by Party B to the leased unit in accordance with this contract shall be Party B’s responsibility for maintenance and upkeep. Party B shall ensure the safety of these renovations, facilities, and equipment. Any damages or failures of the aforementioned renovations, facilities, or equipment that cause harm to the leased unit provided by Party A or result in property damage or personal injuries to third parties shall be Party B’s responsibility, and Party A shall not assume any liability.

 

9. Throughout the lease period, Party B is responsible for the maintenance and upkeep of all equipment and facilities within the property under this contract. Party B shall bear the associated costs. If equipment is damaged due to quality issues within the first year of the lease period, Party A shall be responsible for repairs. In cases of damage or theft of the building or equipment due to Party B’s actions during the lease period, Party B shall be responsible for restoration (repair and maintenance) costs, and Party A shall not assume any liability.

 

Article 6: Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

1. Party A hereby ensures clear property ownership and undertakes to guarantee that Party B will utilize the property in accordance with the provisions of this contract. Party A will provide Party B with access to drainage, exhaust facilities, land, and pipeline routes, along with the necessary infrastructure support (In the event that Party B needs to make alterations, additions, or reductions to the aforementioned facilities, Party B must engage in consultations with Party A and obtain Party A’s consent before proceeding). Party B has a comprehensive understanding of the legal and physical status of the leased property, and has reviewed the relevant property rights, environmental, fire safety, and other procedural documentation. Party B is committed to completing all necessary procedures for operating the premises in their current condition (including, but not limited to, fire, safety, and environmental procedures, etc.). Party A shall provide Party B with a photocopy of the existing drainage certificate. In the event of any property rights disputes or debts related to Party A, Party A shall assume full responsibility, without any adverse impact on Party B’s utilization of the leased property. In the event that Party A’s property ownership or leasing rights are transferred during the lease term, Party A must ensure that a new lease agreement is entered into with Party B under the same terms and conditions as this contract, and Party B must cooperate fully.

 

2. Party A is entitled to collect rent, high-quality growth incubation service fees, and any other fees as specified in the agreement.

 

3. During the lease term, if Party B engages in any of the following actions constituting a breach of contract, Party A reserves the right to take possession of the business premises in advance and confiscate the security deposit:

 

(1) Delay in payment of outstanding fees for a period of 30 days or the accumulation of one month’s worth of outstanding fees.

 

(2) Engaging in illegal activities on the business premises.

 

(3) Unauthorized alterations to the structural integrity of the premises.

 

(4) Defaulting on worker wages for a period of one month or longer.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China6

 

 

Contract Document

 

(5) Party B’s contact phone number is: . In the event that this contact number is discontinued or if Party A’s attempts to contact Party B through this number remain unanswered or if any other form of contact remains unsuccessful for a continuous period of fifteen days or more, Party A shall take action accordingly. (In cases where Party B updates their contact information, it is mandatory to provide timely written notification to Party A).

 

4. Party A is entitled to conduct inspections of the house by sending personnel with prior notice to Party B as needed, and Party B shall cooperate and assist in this regard. Party A also reserves the right to inspect Party B’s compliance with fire safety, health, environmental regulations, and other conditions. In cases where Party B’s compliance falls short of local regulatory requirements, Party A may issue rectification notices. If Party B fails to rectify the issues after receiving Party A’s notice, Party A has the authority to suspend water and electricity services until Party B complies with the required standards. During the period of water and electricity suspension, rent and management fees will continue to accrue. If Party B remains non-compliant for more than five days, Party A reserves the right to terminate this contract due to Party B’s breach of contract.

 

5、Party A is obligated to deliver the interior portion of the house to Party B for decoration and use in accordance with the delivery standards specified in the attached annex before August 23, 2022. Additionally, Party A shall be responsible for the maintenance of water and electricity supply prior to the meter. In the event that Party A is able to deliver the house to Party B for use ahead of schedule, the rent payment date will be adjusted accordingly. Conversely, if Party A is unable to deliver the house as agreed upon, the rent payment date will be postponed.

 

6. Party A may not terminate this contract and repossess the rented premises without valid cause. If it becomes necessary to terminate the contract and repossess the property prematurely, Party A must provide written notice to Party B at least 30 days in advance. If Party B agrees to terminate the contract after receiving the 30 day notice, Party A shall refund the performance deposit paid by Party B.

 

7. During the lease term, in the event of a change in Party A’s legal entity (referred to as a “change in Party A’s legal entity,” including a “change in the lessor or a change in Party A’s controlling interest”), or if Party A’s actions result in the inability to continue fulfilling the contract, leading to any losses incurred by Party B (including losses related to decorations, relocations, business revenue, customer claims, legal fees, etc.), Party A shall bear the responsibility for such losses.

 

Article 7: Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

1. Party B must adhere to all relevant laws, regulations, and property management guidelines of Datang Science and Technology Industrial Park B is responsible for independently obtaining the necessary licenses and permits for its business operations and assumes all associated risks. Party A shall not bear any liability in this regard. Party B is obligated to conduct its business activities in accordance with the law, fulfill tax obligations, and operate in a civilized manner. All claims, liabilities, disputes, and expenses arising from the operation and use of the premises after its delivery shall be the sole responsibility of Party B. If Party B’s actions result in damages or losses to Party A or others, Party A reserves the right to unilaterally terminate this contract.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China7

 

 

Contract Document

 

2. Following the execution of this contract, Party B must occupy and use the premises on or before May 25, 2023, and ensure that it is utilized for the purpose specified in Article 1, Clause 3 of this contract. Failure to do so will constitute a breach of contract by Party B, allowing Party A to terminate this contract. Party B will be liable for any resulting damages.

 

3. Concurrently with the signing of this contract, Party B is required to enter into agreements related to property management and diligently adhere to the fire safety regulations established by relevant governmental authorities. During the contract term, Party B shall assume full responsibility for any property losses or personal injuries suffered by third parties due to fire safety hazards within the leased unit.

 

4. Party A, taking into consideration the nature of Party B’s industry, its scale, and overall capabilities, as well as the demonstrated impact of Party B’s presence in the park, agrees to lease the premises to Party B under the terms specified in this contract. Party B acknowledges and confirms its understanding of this agreement. Party B also agrees to provide priority support and cooperation for visits and receptions by government officials and important clients, as informed by Party A in advance.

 

5. During the lease period, if Party A encounters any of the following situations, Party B may unilaterally terminate the lease contract. In such cases, Party A is obligated to compensate Party B for relocation expenses, renovation costs, previously paid rent, and other financial losses. Additionally, Party A must fully refund all types of deposits paid by Party B.

 

(1) Failure to deliver the leased premises to Party B for occupancy on time;

 

(2) Lack of legal right to use the leased premises;

 

(3) Inability of Party B to conduct normal operations due to a change in property ownership of the leased premises;

 

(4) Seizure of the leased premises due to unlawful actions by Party A;

 

(5) Violation of other terms and conditions of this contract by Party A, resulting in significant financial losses to Party B;

 

(6) Inability to fulfill this Agreement due to other reasons on the part of Party A.

 

6. Party B, ensuring safety, may apply to Party A for the installation of billboards on the street-facing exterior of the leased property in accordance with Party A’s property management regulations. Additionally, Party B may establish directional signage within the park and elevators. If Party B wishes to conduct advertising or organize public relations activities outside of the leased unit, Party B must first submit a written request to Party A and obtain written approval from Party A before proceeding with such advertising or public relations activities. The associated costs shall be mutually determined through separate negotiations. Any advertising or promotional activities outside of the leased unit are prohibited without prior approval.

 

7. During the lease period, any facilities within the leased unit that are invested in by Party B and subsequently damaged shall be the responsibility of Party B to repair. Party B is also responsible for the removal of industrial waste and scrap generated within the leased unit from the industrial park.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China8

 

 

Contract Document

 

8. Throughout the lease period, Party B must ensure safety, fire prevention, and maintain hygiene and epidemic prevention within the leased unit. Party B must adhere to local government regulations pertaining to fire safety, public security, health, environmental protection, family planning, and the management of transient populations. Party B is prohibited from constructing attics, engaging in open-flame cooking, or residing within the premises. Adequate firefighting equipment must be provided within the leased premises, and fire escape routes must remain unobstructed. Party B shall bear all economic and legal responsibilities for any accidents, including but not limited to safety incidents, fires, flooding, epidemics, etc., that occur within the leased unit during the lease term.

 

9. During the lease period, Party B is responsible for the proper maintenance and use of the premises. Any damage resulting from improper usage or neglectful maintenance by Party B shall require Party B to cover the costs of repair and compensation.

 

10. Throughout the lease period, Party B must adhere to Party A’s standardized management practices and environmental requirements for the project in which the leased unit is situated.

 

11. If, during the lease period, Party B fails to pay rent in accordance with the agreed-upon amount and schedule stipulated in this contract, it will be considered a breach of contract. In cases where Party B genuinely requires early termination of the contract and surrender of the lease due to exceptional circumstances, Party B must provide written notice to Party A at least 30 days in advance. Such termination is subject to Party A’s written approval, and the performance deposit will not be refunded to Party B. Upon handing over the premises, Party B must ensure that the premises are in a clean and fully intact condition, immediately suitable for re-rental. Any fixtures or equipment that have been affixed to the walls, floors, or ceilings during Party B’s tenancy, including air conditioning units and lighting fixtures, become the property of Party A if they are removed, causing damage to the premises.

 

12. Party B acknowledges that it has a clear understanding of the permitted usage, site conditions, facilities, and engineering status of the property, as well as property rights, fire regulations, water and electricity services, elevators, and other relevant conditions. Party B agrees not to make any claims to Party A during the lease period based on the aforementioned conditions, asserting that it is unable to obtain relevant licenses or that its normal use of the property is affected, thereby necessitating a postponement of the rent-free period, refund of the security deposit, or compensation.

 

13. Party B is prohibited from storing flammable, explosive, poisonous, radioactive materials, prohibited items, or any items that may pose a threat to the security of the premises or the park in which the premises are located within the leased unit. Additionally, Party B may not obstruct any entrances, exits, staircases, platforms, passages, elevators, lobbies, or other public areas.

 

14. In cases where Party B’s negligence or fault (including but not limited to failing to take appropriate measures under adverse weather conditions, etc.) results in damage to any facilities or installations (such as doors, windows, glass, electrical wiring, or other equipment) within the leased unit, thereby causing losses to Party A or a third party, Party B shall be responsible for compensating the losses incurred.

 

15. Upon the expiration of the contract, Party B shall have the right to renew the contract under the same conditions on a priority basis.

 

16. After the contract’s expiration, if Party A renews the contract with the property owner, Party B shall enjoy the same lease term and rental conditions as those agreed upon in Party A’s renewed contract.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China9

 

 

Contract Document

 

Article 8 Condition Upon Returning the Property

 

1. Upon the expiration or termination of the contract, Party B shall ensure that all personal belongings are removed from the property, and the property shall be returned to Party A. If there are any remaining items in the property after the contract’s expiration or five days from the termination date, Party B shall be deemed to have abandoned its ownership rights to those items, and they shall be transferred to Party A without compensation. Party A reserves the right to manage and dispose of these items.

 

2. In the event that the contract expires or Party A reclaims the property due to Party B’s breach of contract, Party A may take action to reclaim the property if Party B fails to complete the handover procedures or necessary procedures for vacating the property without a valid reason. Starting from the day following the deadline for returning the property, Party B shall pay Party A a usage fee equal to twice the prevailing rent and high-quality growth incubation service fee, as stipulated in this contract, for each day of delay. Furthermore, Party A has the authority to suspend the provision of services such as water and electricity to the property from the date of the delay. Party A shall not be held responsible for any consequences arising from this action.

 

3. Prior to returning the property to Party A, Party B shall be responsible for cleaning and tidying the property, ensuring it is in good and rentable condition. Concerning Party B’s interior decorations, Party B shall adhere to the principle of “as you installed it, you leave it.” Party B may remove movable property (i.e., items that can be dismantled without causing damage to the leased property) on its own. All other fixed interior decorations and fixtures, including those within walls and floors (including structural components and facilities related to water, electricity, and fire safety), shall be transferred to Party A without any compensation. Party B must ensure that these fixtures and facilities are in proper working order when handed over to Party A. In cases of deliberate damage by Party B, Party B shall be responsible for repair and compensation.

 

4. If Party B fails to return the property to Party A on the scheduled date of lease expiration or the date of early termination of this contract, Party A reserves the right to charge Party B an occupancy fee and other associated expenses. Specifically, Party B acknowledges and agrees that, beginning on the seventh day following the scheduled date of lease expiration or the date of early termination of this contract, Party A or a third party authorized by Party A may access the property by unlocking and replacing the locks. All remaining items within the leased premises shall be considered abandoned. Party A or its authorized third party has the right to dispose of all property (including but not limited to furniture, fixtures, equipment, decorations, and other items) within the property at any time and in any manner, without incurring any liability. Any proceeds obtained shall be treated as liquidated damages to be paid by Party B to Party A. The property will be vacated and made available for separate lease. If any third-party property remains within the property and Party B fails to arrange for its removal, Party B shall bear all resulting consequences. Additionally, Party A reserves the right to seek reimbursement from Party B for expenses related to actions taken by Party A or a third party, as mentioned in the preceding paragraph of this Article, as well as expenses associated with the removal of decorations and equipment, and the restoration of the property to its original condition. Party A shall not be held responsible for any damages or losses incurred by Party B as a result of these actions, and Party A is under no obligation to make any payments to Party B in relation to the aforementioned items under any circumstances.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China10

 

 

Contract Document

 

Article 9: Breach of Contract Liability

 

1. If Party B fails to make timely payments for rent, high-quality growth incubation service fees, or other charges, Party A has the right to charge a penalty of 2% of the outstanding amount for each day of delay, in addition to settling the overdue payment. If the delay exceeds seven consecutive calendar days, Party A is entitled to suspend water and electricity services until Party B pays the outstanding rent and high-quality growth incubation service fees. If the delay extends beyond 30 days, Party A may terminate this contract at any time without prior notice to Party B, reclaim the premises, and forfeit the security deposit.

 

2. In case Party B fails to return the property after the contract’s expiration or termination, Party B must pay Party A twice the current month’s rent and high-quality growth incubation service fees as house usage fees starting from the day of the delay.

 

3. If Party B uses the property for a purpose other than that stipulated in this contract, Party B is considered to be in breach. If Party A issues a written notice of such breach, and Party B does not rectify it within ten days, Party A has the right to treat it as a fundamental breach of contract, in accordance with the provisions of Article 9, paragraph 1.

 

4. Party B must register the company or commence operations at Party A’s premises within three months after the contract takes effect, as per the contract terms. Party B must provide Party A with a copy of the business license and other relevant information for record-keeping. If Party B fails to meet this deadline for reasons attributed to Party B, Party A may consider it a breach of contract and has the right to terminate the contract and seize the security deposit.

 

5. In the event of Party B’s breach of contract, Party A reserves the right to unilaterally terminate the lease contract in advance. Upon termination of the contract, if Party B has not removed its belongings from the property, Party A may dispose of the remaining items in Party B’s property and retake possession of the premises. Any costs and losses incurred as a result of the contract termination will be the responsibility of Party B.

 

6. In the event of Party B’s breach of contract, which includes but is not limited to situations where the authorized personnel or legal representatives fail to answer phone calls continuously or turn off their mobile phones for two consecutive days, or if Party B is subject to a lawful investigation or seizure by judicial authorities, potentially affecting Party B’s ability to fulfill obligations under this contract, Party A has the unilateral right to terminate the lease contract in advance. Upon termination of the contract, Party A is entitled to manage any remaining items in the property and reclaim the premises itself. Party B shall be responsible for any costs and losses incurred as a result.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China11

 

 

Contract Document

 

Article 10: Contract Expiry

 

Upon the expiration of this contract, it shall naturally terminate. If both parties wish to extend the lease period, Party B must submit an application to Party A at least 30 days before the contract’s expiration. Both parties shall engage in negotiations to draft a renewed lease contract. Under equivalent terms and conditions, Party B shall have the right of first refusal for the lease, and the lease shall be subject to Party A’s prevailing rental rates and high-quality growth incubation service fees.

 

Article 11: Force Majeure

 

During the term of this contract, if circumstances beyond either party’s control make it impossible to continue the contract, the contract will be terminated naturally, and neither party shall hold the other responsible. If changes in national policy adjustments render the contract unenforceable, the contract shall naturally terminate, and both parties shall not pursue liability against each other, abiding by national regulations without exception.

 

Article 12: Annexes

 

The “Handover Standards,” “Property Service Manual of Datang Automobile Science and Technology Industrial Park,” “Fire Prevention and Safety Responsibility Letter,” “Confirmation Letter of Electricity Capacity,” etc., are considered valid appendices to this contract.

 

Article 13: Special Provisions

 

Party B has a thorough understanding of the current status of the leased premises, including property ownership, permitted uses, and the nature of the site. Party B has conducted a comprehensive risk assessment and willingly assumes all risks associated with the leasing process, as well as the benefits derived from operating the premises. Party B shall not use this as a justification to claim the invalidity of this Lease Agreement or request the termination of the contract.In the event that government authorities intervene due to issues related to the nature or usage of the premises, both parties agree to cooperate in resolving the matter. If, despite the maximum efforts of both parties, the issue remains unresolved, leading to the inability of both parties to continue fulfilling the contract, both parties agree to terminate the contract. Party A shall reclaim the premises, refund the performance bond to Party B without interest, and calculate the site rental fees up to the date of contract termination. Additionally, Party A shall no longer bear any further responsibilities.

 

Article 14: Miscellaneous Provisions

 

1. In the event of matters not covered by the terms of this contract, Party A and Party B shall reach a separate agreement and sign a supplementary contract. The supplementary contract shall hold equal legal validity alongside this contract.

 

2. In case of disputes arising during the execution of this contract, Party A and Party B shall seek resolution through mutual consultation. If consensus cannot be reached through consultation, either party may file a lawsuit with the Nansha District People’s Court.

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China12

 

 

Contract Document

 

3. Notice:

 

Any documents or notices sent by postal courier to the respective addresses provided below shall be considered received by the other party and the content acknowledged within seven days from the date of dispatch (based on the postmark). In the case of direct delivery, the date of delivery shall be deemed the date of receipt.

 

Party A’s address and postal code:

 

Recipient:

 

Party B’s address and postal code:

 

Recipient:

 

Article 15: This contract is executed in four identical copies and shall become effective from the date of signature and sealing by both parties. Two copies shall be held by Party A, and two copies shall be held by Party B, all with equal legal validity.

 

(No further content below)

 

Lessor (official seal): Contract Seal of Guangzhou
Songchuang Investment Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative: /s/

 

Telephone Number:

 

Lessee (official seal): Contract Seal of 3e Network
Technology Company Limited

 

Legal Representative: /s/

 

Appointed Representative: /s/

 

Telephone Number:  

 

Signing Date: May 25, 2023

 

 

 

Address: Room 101, 601, 701, 801, No. 11, Sixing Street, Huangge Town, Nansha District, Guangzhou, China 13

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

Sun Yat-sen University Science Park Housing Lease Contract

(Applicable when the lessee is a company)

 

Contract No: ZD23A-477

 

Both parties to the lease contract:

 

Lessor (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”): Sun Yat-sen University Science Park

 

Address: Room 201, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

Lessee (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”): 3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Address: Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

In accordance with relevant national, provincial, and municipal laws, regulations, and provisions, both Party A and Party B, guided by the principles of equality and voluntary agreement, have mutually and unanimously entered into this lease contract, and pledge to abide by it jointly.

 

1. Property Location and Usage

 

1.1 Property Address and Area: Party A leases the premises located at Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China, with a total floor area of 190.45 square meters (hereinafter referred to as the “Leased Premises”), to Party B for office use. Party B acknowledges and undertakes to use the Leased Premises in accordance with all the information specified in the property certificate, including details about the property's right holder, co-ownership status, location, intended use, area, and lease term.

 

1.2 Party B commits to utilizing the leased premises for business purposes during the lease period, strictly adhering to the commitments outlined in the “Enterprise (Project) Admission Commitment Letter” and the business scope as specified in Party B's business license. Party B shall not employ the leased premises for any training-related activities (including, but not limited to, K12 training, exam preparation courses, vocational education/training, on-the-job training, senior education, management training, corporate training, and online education) without prior authorization from the University. Failure to obtain such authorization will be considered a fundamental breach of contract by Party B.

 

Page 1 of 16

 

 

1.3 In accordance with the relevant regulations governing incubation entities such as university science and technology parks and technology business incubators, the registered location of the company and its primary research, as well as office facilities, must be within the leased premises. Party B hereby guarantees that within 90 days from the effective date of this Lease Contract, they will update the registered address on their business license to match the address of the leased premises. During the lease term, Party B shall not relocate the registered address listed on the business license or initiate the dissolution of the business without prior consent from Party A. Failure to comply with these terms will be considered a fundamental breach of the Agreement by Party B.

 

1.4. Should Party B breach any of the aforementioned provisions, such breach shall be considered a fundamental breach of contract by Party B. In such an event, Party A reserves the unilateral right to terminate this Lease Contract, repossess the leased premises, forfeit the security deposit, and demand Party B to assume additional contractual breach liabilities.

 

2. Lease Term

 

2.1. The lease term shall commence from April 1, 2023, and continue until March 31, 2024.

 

2.2 Under the condition that this Lease Contract is already in effect, Party A shall deliver the Leased Premises to Party B in its current state by April 1, 2023. Party B is required to accept the Leased Premises on the same day as Party A claims the delivery of the Leased Premises.

 

3. Lease Fees and Payment Method

 

3.1 The monthly lease fee is calculated at RMB 95 per square meter (inclusive of tax), comprising a rent of RMB 76 per square meter per month (inclusive of tax), totaling RMB 14,474.2 per month (Fourteen Thousand Four Hundred Seventy-Four Yuan and Twenty Cents RMB); and a management fee of RMB 19 per square meter per month (inclusive of tax), totaling RMB 3,618.55 per month (Three Thousand Six Hundred Eighteen Yuan and Fifty-Five Cents RMB). During the renovation period, the management fee, including tax, is RMB 0, and no rent is required. Rent payment commences on April 1, 2023.

 

Lease costs are in 0 increments from the beginning, with a breakdown of payments over the lease term:

 

Lease Term  Unit price
(including tax)
   Area   Rent Ratio   Management
Fee Ratio
   Monthly
Rent
(Including Tax))
   Monthly
Management
Fee
(Including Tax)
   Monthly
Total Cost (Including
Tax)
 
April 1, 2023 - March 31   95    190.45    80%   20%   14474.2    3618.55    18092.75 

 

3.2 Rent and management fees are calculated on a monthly basis. If the lease period is less than one month, the fees will be calculated using the formula: “Current month's lease fees ÷ total days in the current month × actual number of days leased in the current month.” Party B is required to make a one-time payment for the current month's fees via bank transfer before the 10th day of each month (in case of legal holidays, the deadline is extended to the first working day after the holiday). The Value-Added Tax (VAT) electronic invoice will be sent by the finance department, while the VAT invoice (paper version) for enterprises that have paid their fees will be delivered by the Property Service Center on the last working day of each month. If Party B fails to receive the invoice due to overdue payments or other reasons, they may contact Party A's finance department to collect the invoice after settling the outstanding fees. If Party B fails to collect the invoice for a period of three months from the 15th day of the invoice issuance month, Party A will not be responsible for invoice custody.

 

Page 2 of 16

 

 

3.3 Party B must complete the payment of the initial invoice (excluding contract renewals) before the lease term commencement date as specified in this lease contract:

 

3.3.1 Lease Deposit: Calculated at 3 months' worth of the lease fee, amounting to RMB 48,564.75, with the written amount as follows: Forty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Four Yuan and Seventy-Five Cents RMB.

 

3.3.2 Utility Deposit: Calculated at RMB 15 per square meter, totaling RMB 2,856.75, with the written amount as follows: Two Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty-Six Yuan and Seventy-Five Cents RMB.

 

3.3.3 Decoration Period Management Fee: During the decoration period, the management fee is set at a total of RMB 0, with the written amount as follows: Zero RMB.

 

3.3.4 Rent:Calculated at RMB 76 per square meter (tax-inclusive) per month, totaling RMB 0 in tax-inclusive rent for the entire period, with the written amount as follows: Zero RMB.

 

3.3.5 Management Fee: Calculated at RMB 19 per square meter (tax-inclusive) per month, totaling RMB 0 in tax-inclusive management fee for the entire period, with the written amount as follows: Zero RMB.

 

3.4 Party B may make payments to Party A through bank transfer. Party A's payment details are as follows:

 

Payee: Sun Yat-sen University Science Park

 

Bank: China Construction Bank, Guangzhou Sun Yat-sen University Sub-branch

 

Account Number: [omitted]

 

3.5 Both parties mutually agree that when Party A collects the rent, it will issue an official lease invoice duly recognized by the local tax authorities. The issuing entity for the invoice will be Sun Yat-sen University. When Party A collects management fees and other charges, the invoices will be issued by Sun Yat-sen University Science Park For lease deposits, utility deposits, and other similar charges collected by Party A, corresponding receipts will be provided, and these receipts will be issued by Sun Yat-sen University Science Park

 

3.6 Party B is responsible for making payments for the following expenses according to the schedule specified by Party A:

 

3.6.1 Monthly electricity charges will be calculated based on the usage indicated by Party B's leased premises' electricity meter (including losses) and the apportionment of public electricity charges (determined by actual usage and proportionate to the leased area).

 

3.6.2 Public water apportionment charges (calculated based on actual usage and proportionate to the leased area), as well as water charges for personal use (if applicable, based on the usage measurement indicated by Party B's leased premises' water meter).

 

Page 3 of 16

 

 

3.6.3 Central air-conditioning apportionment fees (applicable only to Block B's first, second, and third floors) will be assessed based on actual usage and proportionate to the leased area.

 

3.7 The following expenses must be independently paid by Party B in accordance with the deadlines specified by relevant authorities:

 

3.7.1 Costs related to industrial and commercial management, as well as taxes.

 

3.7.2 Telephone and internet fees.

 

3.8 In accordance with regulations from the fire department, the leased premises must be equipped with the appropriate fire-fighting equipment. Party B is responsible for the purchase of this fire-fighting equipment. Party B must ensure that the fire-fighting equipment is stored within the leased premises and remains in working condition.

 

4. Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

4.1 Party A guarantees that it possesses the operational and managerial rights to the leased premises as entrusted by Sun Yat-sen University. It further ensures that the delivered leased premises adhere to safety standards for use. To fulfill this commitment, Party A shall provide Party B with documentation confirming its legal rights for Party B's inspection, backup, and archiving.

 

4.2 In accordance with the terms of this Lease Contract, Party A shall timely deliver the leased premises and its associated facilities to Party B. Failure to do so within the agreed timeframe will allow Party B to request an extension of the lease period based on the number of days of delay. If Party B fails to take possession of the leased premises at the agreed-upon time, it will be considered a breach of contract. The lease term will not be extended, and Party A is entitled to request that Party B pay the rent, management fees, and other applicable fees for the period of delayed possession.

 

4.3 Party A is responsible for conducting regular safety inspections of the leased premises and its associated facilities. It shall also bear the costs of maintenance and repair resulting from natural damage to the primary structure of the leased premises. In the event that Party A's maintenance responsibilities cause delays and lead to personal injuries, fatalities, or property losses, Party A is liable for compensation. If any damage to the leased premises or associated facilities, or harm to third parties' persons or property, arises due to actions by Party B, Party B must compensate Party A or the affected third party for all losses and accept all associated liabilities.

 

4.4 When Party B is processing various application and approval procedures, Party A shall promptly and at no cost provide relevant drawings and documentation. The specific application procedures and related costs are the responsibility of Party B.

 

Additionally, upon the delivery of the leased premises or during Party B's decoration of the leased premises, Party A agrees to provide Party B with information related to water supply and drainage, which is held by Party A and necessary for Party B's decoration. Party B is prohibited from making alterations or demolitions to the building structure, door and window positions, or the decoration and equipment of the leased premises without prior written consent from Party A.

 

Page 4 of 16

 

 

4.5 Party A must also provide the following facilities and equipment to Party B, ensuring that these facilities and equipment are in good working order:

 

4.5.1 Provision of municipal dual-channel power supply, including the installation of cables corresponding to Party B's electricity needs to the electrical box in Party B's leased area. This should include grounding lightning protection devices and grounding resistance facilities;

 

4.5.2 Provision of an independent meter box, including a standard air conditioning energy meter, and the necessary communication, smoke exhaust, water supply, and sewage pipes and connections in common areas;

 

4.5.3 Installation of fire-fighting equipment in common areas in compliance with national fire safety requirements.

 

4.6 During the lease period, if Party A plans to transfer or sell the leased premises, Party A must provide Party B with written notice at least 2 months in advance. In the event of a change in ownership of the leased premises, Party A is responsible for ensuring that the transferee understands the rights and responsibilities of both Party A and Party B as outlined in this lease contract and is willing to accept them. Once the transfer is completed, the transferee will inherit the rights and assume the obligations of the original Party A (the lessor). Party B must cooperate with Party A and the transferee to complete all necessary procedures, including but not limited to signing a new lease contract with the transferee based on the terms and conditions of this Lease Contract and fulfilling contractual obligations. If Party B unreasonably refuses to sign a new lease contract with the transferee, Party A reserves the right to consider it a unilateral termination of the Lease Contract by Party B without proper cause, subject to the provisions of Article 7.1 of this Lease Contract. However, Party A's transfer or sale of the leased premises must not impose additional burdens on Party B, and Party A shall be liable for compensation if Party B incurs any losses as a result of Party A's transfer or sale.

 

4.7 When the lease term expires and is not renewed, Party A agrees to return the lease deposit and utility working capital to Party B within 90 days after Party B fulfills the following conditions and submits the required documentation:

 

4.7.1 Payment of all outstanding rent, management fees, and any other expenses related to the lease;

 

4.7.2 Return of the leased premises to Party A in good condition as specified in this lease contract;

 

4.7.3 Cancellation of any industry and commerce or taxation registrations related to the leased premises for registered enterprises, along with the provision of relevant supporting documents.

 

4.7.4 Submission of original invoices or receipts for the lease deposit and utility working capital, along with the required refund account information.

 

In the event of loss of these documents, Party B must prepare the necessary materials as requested by Party A;

 

4.7.5 Provision of any other documentation related to the refund as requested by Party A.

 

Page 5 of 16

 

 

4.8 If Party B needs to make changes to the leased premises, such as opening, removing, adding, or altering partition walls, changing the position or size of doors, or modifying the wall, floor, or ceiling due to its use requirements, Party B must ensure the following: (1) Party B should sign the “Renovation Risk Notice” and submit written renovation filing information to Party A in accordance with the relevant regulations on renovation management within the Sun Yat-sen University Science Park. Construction can only commence after the filing is approved, and Party B is responsible for covering the expenses associated with the construction; (2) Upon the expiration of the lease term or the lawful termination of the lease contract (including termination), Party A has the right to require Party B to restore the partition walls, doors, wall surfaces, floor tiles, ceilings, or remove any room modifications that were made, to return the leased premises to its original state; (3) Regardless of whether changes were made due to use or for restoration purposes, Party B must ensure that the leased premises comply with the Fire Law of the People's Republic of China and other applicable laws and regulations. Additionally, Party B should follow the requirements of the Fire Law of the People's Republic of China and relevant administrative departments for inspections and approvals.

 

In the event that Party B breaches any of the above-mentioned commitments, it will be considered a breach of contract, and Party A has the right to utilize Party B's lease deposit to cover the costs of restoring the premises. If the lease deposit is insufficient to cover these expenses, Party B must make up the difference.

 

4.9 Party A is obligated to provide Party B with the maintenance services specified in the contract.

 

4.10 Party A shall not be held responsible for any interruptions in water, electricity, or internet services in the leased premises, unless such interruptions are caused by Party A.

 

5. Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Without the prior written consent of Party A and the approval of relevant government authorities, Party B shall not use the leased premises for purposes other than those specified in this Lease Contract. Party B shall not install or establish vending machines or similar facilities and equipment within the leased premises. Party B assures that all commercial activities conducted within the leased premises comply with the laws and regulations of China and shall not engage in any illegal activities on the premises. Otherwise, Party B shall be held responsible for any legal consequences arising from such actions.

 

5.2 Party B shall make timely and full payments of rent, management fees, water, and electricity charges, and all other applicable fees as stipulated in this Lease Contract. If Party B delays the lease payments for more than one month, Party A reserves the right to take action in accordance with Article 7.4 of this Lease Contract.

 

During the lease period, if Party B's lease deposit falls below 2.5 times the monthly lease fee as per the contract, Party B shall, within seven days, make up the difference to meet the standard of a three-month lease fee.

 

5.3 Party B is required to complete the annual evaluation of technology-based small and medium-sized enterprises by [ ], and obtain at least [ ] software copyrights, [ ] utility model patents, [ ] design patents, [ ] invention patent applications, and [number] invention patent authorizations by [ ].

 

Page 6 of 16

 

 

5.4 Throughout the lease period, Party B shall not sublease, subdivide, or lend the leased premises to any other parties without the prior written consent of Party A.

 

5.5 During the lease period, Party B must strictly comply with the provisions of the Fire Law of the People's Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, as well as the fire safety management regulations issued by Party A and the Property Service Center. Party B shall willingly accept supervision and inspections from the public security authorities and government fire administrative authorities, and carry out fire safety management work, including but not limited to:

 

5.5.1 Party B shall sign the “Fire Safety Responsibility Letter,” appoint a safety production responsible person, and assume comprehensive responsibility for safety, fire prevention, and theft prevention within the leased premises in accordance with relevant regulations. Party B shall actively cooperate with Party A to ensure effective fire safety measures within the park and the leased premises;

 

5.5.2 Party B shall refrain from placing any obstacles on doors and windows within the leased premises that could hinder escape or firefighting and rescue efforts. Doors and windows within the leased premises shall not be obstructed or sealed. Goods stored within the leased premises must maintain a minimum distance of 50 centimeters from fire sprinkler heads, smoke detectors, lighting, and other facilities. Party B shall be liable for any losses or responsibilities arising from the violation of this provision, including damages to Party A's property and other property, harm to the personal safety of Party A's personnel, damage to the property and personal safety of other lessees, and risks to other individuals' property;

 

5.5.3 The use of the building's fire-fighting facilities for purposes other than fire safety is strictly prohibited. The leased premises must be equipped with fire extinguishers as per relevant regulations, and Party B must ensure that these fire extinguishers remain in normal working condition within the leased premises. Party B shall cooperate with Party A and the Property Service Center in conducting safety inspections within the leased premises. If a fire extinguisher is found to be worn out or expired, Party A has the right to replace it, and the cost shall be borne by Party B;

 

5.5.4 Party B is prohibited from carrying, storing, or using flammable, explosive, poisonous, or other hazardous materials in the public areas of the park or within the leased premises. Additionally, Party B shall not use electric stoves, gas appliances, or overloaded electrical devices in the park, nor engage in cooking or burning of waste materials. In cases where first-level temporary hot work operations (including electric welding, oxyacetylene welding, etc.) are necessary within the leased premises, such as for renovations, Party B must obtain consent from both Party A and the Property Service Center. Should any violation of this provision result in damage to Party A's property or other properties, pose risks to the personal safety of Party A's personnel, impact the property and personal safety of other lessees, or threaten the safety of other individuals and properties, Party B shall bear all associated losses and responsibilities;

 

5.5.5 To ensure building and individual safety, areas near windows should be kept clean and free of clutter to prevent objects from falling and causing harm to others. Failure to do so will result in Party B assuming responsibility for any losses and liabilities arising from damage to Party A's property or other properties, harm to the personal safety of Party A's personnel, damage to the property and personal safety of other lessees, or risks to the safety of other individuals and their properties;

 

Page 7 of 16

 

 

5.5.6 Party B shall implement adequate security and theft prevention measures and responsibly safeguard personal belongings. Before leaving the leased premises, Party B should disconnect all power sources within the room and secure doors and windows. In the event of theft incidents within the leased premises due to Party B's negligence, Party B shall bear the associated losses. In the case of fire incidents, responsibility will be determined based on governmental department rulings;

 

5.5.7 If Party B observes unfamiliar individuals, salespersons, or suspicious individuals lingering within the park or encounters emergency situations, Party B shall promptly contact park security personnel or the property service center;

 

5.5.8 When transporting large or valuable items out of the building, Party B should provide park security personnel with an “Enterprise (Project) Items Carrying Out Release Slip” approved by Party A or the Property Service Center. The security personnel from the Property Service Center will grant permission for removal based on the approved “Enterprise (Project) Items Carrying Out Release Slip”;

 

5.5.9 Party B shall not install any communication equipment, such as radios, TV antennas, or loudspeakers, on the property's roof or the building's external walls. Party B shall refrain from causing interference with radio and TV reception and other communication services within the building or other areas. Altering public antennas or adding outdoor antennas, as well as installing artificial satellites or other receiving devices, is strictly prohibited. Failure to comply will empower Party A and the Property Service Center to remove such equipment or report violations to the relevant governmental authorities. Party B shall be responsible for any resulting legal consequences and associated damages;

 

5.5.10 Party B shall participate punctually in fire safety education and training activities organized by Party A and the Property Service Center, among other events.

 

5.6 Party B is required to use and maintain the leased premises and all facilities and equipment provided by Party A in a proper and responsible manner. Unauthorized alterations, dismantling, or damage to the building structure and facilities and equipment provided by Party A within the property are strictly prohibited, except for normal wear and tear. This includes, but is not limited to:

 

5.6.1 In cases where Party B's improper use leads to damage or malfunction of Party A's property or facilities and equipment, or if unauthorized alterations, dismantling, or damage to the property's building structure or Party A's provided facilities and equipment occur, Party A and the Property Service Center reserve the right to request Party B to rectify the issue within a specified period. Failure to repair the property by the deadline or inadequate repairs may result in Party A and the Property Service Center arranging for a qualified company to make the necessary repairs. The associated repair costs will be deducted from the rental deposit, and any remaining costs will be directly payable by Party B to Party A.

 

5.6.2 If Party B is responsible for causing blockages, leaks, or malfunctions in the drainage and sewage system, Party B must promptly notify the Property Service Center for inspection and registration. Party B should take immediate measures, such as repairs or replacements, to prevent further damage or failure. The costs associated with repairs or replacements shall be borne by Party B. Party A and the Property Service Center reserve the right to stipulate a deadline for Party B to rectify these issues. Failure to meet the deadline or achieve the required standard of repairs may result in Party A and the Property Service Center hiring a qualified company for repairs. The related repair expenses will be deducted from the rental deposit, and any shortfall will be payable by Party B directly. Any losses and responsibilities arising from this may be borne by Party B, affecting its personal property safety as well as that of others;

 

Page 8 of 16

 

 

5.6.3 In the event of natural damage to facilities and equipment in the public areas of the Park, Party B should promptly notify both Party A and the Property Service Center. Party B should also cooperate proactively with Party A and the Property Service Center in inspecting and maintaining these facilities;

 

5.6.4 Party B is responsible for the management and upkeep of various facilities and equipment within the leased premises, including ceilings, walls, floors, doors, and windows. If Party B identifies any damage or malfunction in electrical switches, ballasts, lighting tubes, door and window locks, or other components that impede safety or normal use, they must promptly inform the Property Service Center for inspection and registration. Party B should take timely actions, such as maintenance or replacement, to prevent further deterioration of the damage or malfunction. The costs associated with repairs or replacements shall be borne by Party B. Failure to comply with these responsibilities may result in Party B assuming all the losses and responsibilities related to personal and other property safety;

 

5.6.5 Only goods elevators may be used for transporting items, and passenger elevators must not be utilized for this purpose. When using goods elevators on weekdays, Party B should avoid peak hours. The transport of large items in park elevators is strictly prohibited. If there is a special need, Party B must follow the directives and arrangements of park security personnel. Failure to comply may result in a warning from the Property Service Center. If the warning proves ineffective, the Property Service Center may impose fines not exceeding RMB 100 per occurrence as a penalty.

 

5.7 Upon the expiration of the lease term or the termination of this lease agreement, Party B is required to return the leased property, along with its associated facilities, to Party A. Additionally, Party B must provide any documents related to the withdrawal from the park as requested by Party A and complete the necessary withdrawal procedures. If Party B wishes to continue leasing the property, they should initiate discussions with Party A at least three months in advance and mutually enter into a separate written contract. If Party B does not intend to extend the lease, they should submit a written application to Party A one month in advance.

 

5.8 Should Party B wish to carry out renovations within the leased premises, they must first sign the “Notice of Renovation Risks.” Subsequently, they must adhere to the relevant regulations governing renovation within the Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, submitting written documentation to Party A for record purposes. Only after this filing process can Party B commence construction activities. Party B is responsible for covering all renovation costs. Simultaneously, Party B is obligated to comply with the provisions of the Fire Law of the People's Republic of China and the requirements of relevant administrative authorities. This includes independently handling all fire protection procedures necessary for the renovation and use of the leased premises, such as fire protection design review or filing, fire protection acceptance or filing of the renovation project. Party B must also assume all associated legal responsibilities. Party A and the Property Service Center retain the authority to monitor and manage Party B's renovation activities and progress. In cases where Party B violates the established regulations concerning renovation within the Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, Party A and the Property Service Center may issue warnings, halt construction, order the cessation of work, set deadlines for rectification, demand the restoration of the original state, require compensation for losses, or temporarily withhold the lease deposit and renovation deposit.

 

Page 9 of 16

 

 

Should Party B's fire protection design fail to meet the criteria set by the relevant administrative department or if the fire protection inspection is not approved, or if Party B makes unauthorized alterations or removals of essential facilities and equipment such as load-bearing columns, load-bearing walls, dividing walls, doors, windows, ceilings, wall surfaces, floors, and room partitions within the leased premises, or if Party B has filed the renovation plan but does not execute it as filed, or if Party B fails to complete the fire protection procedures for the use of the leased premises during the lease term as per the aforementioned agreement, leading to administrative penalties against Party A by the relevant administrative department, all such instances will be considered fundamental breaches of contract by Party B. In such cases, Party A reserves the right to unilaterally terminate the lease agreement, reclaim the leased premises, and confiscate the lease deposit. Party B shall bear all renovation costs and any resulting consequences.

 

If Party B's renovation or alteration projects cause disruption or losses to common areas or neighboring users, Party B must remedy the situation and accept corresponding responsibilities.

 

Throughout the renovation period, Party B must adhere to the construction drawings filed by Party A. If Party B causes blockages in sewers or restrooms, damages to the building's main structure or load-bearing elements, or harm to elevators, central air-conditioning systems, fire-fighting systems, corridors, foyers, and other communal facilities, Party B is obligated to complete repairs in accordance with the “Renovation and Rectification Notification” within the stipulated timeframe. Failure to meet this deadline or failure to achieve the required standards will grant Party A and the Property Service Center the right to enlist a qualified company to carry out the necessary repairs. The costs associated with these repairs will be deducted from the lease deposit and renovation deposit. If there is an insufficient amount to cover these expenses, Party B must directly reimburse Party A or the Property Service Center.

 

5.9 Party B must strictly adhere to the parking regulations set forth by Sun Yat-sen University Science Park. They should follow the “apply first, park later” principle and cooperate with parking lot personnel, ensuring that their vehicle is parked in the designated area. Violation of the parking regulations empowers Party A to revoke Party B's parking privileges and prohibit the vehicle from re-entering the Science Park's parking facility.

 

5.10 Party B is required to comply with the guidelines for the placement of signs in public areas of the Park. Before leaving the Park, Party B must remove any previously installed signs and restore the original appearance of the walls. In case of non-compliance with sign placement regulations, Party A and the Property Service Center have the authority to instruct Party B to rectify the situation within a specified timeframe. Failure to comply with the rectification deadline or failure to meet the standards will result in Party A and the Property Service Center handling the signage at Party B's expense. The costs incurred will be deducted from Party B's lease deposit, and any remaining balance must be paid directly to Party A.

 

Page 10 of 16

 

 

5.11 If Party B requires the use of Sun Yat-sen University Science Park's supporting spaces, they must strictly adhere to the related management regulations and follow the “apply first, use later” principle. Should the use of these supporting spaces result in damage to facilities and equipment or lead to injury, loss of life, or property damage to others, Party B will bear full responsibility.

 

5.12 Party B is prohibited from conducting business activities, storing goods, miscellaneous items, or garbage in public areas or within facilities and equipment rooms designated for public use. Otherwise, Party A and the Property Service Center have the authority to demand that Party B rectify the situation within a specific timeframe. If the rectification is not completed by the deadline or does not meet the required standards, Party A and the Property Service Center may handle the items in question. The associated expenses will be deducted from Party B's lease deposit, and any shortfall must be paid directly to Party A or the Property Service Center.

 

5.13 Party B is obligated to complete business registration in accordance with the law, operate within the boundaries of legal regulations, and prominently display their business license, industry permits, and other relevant certificates and licenses within their place of business. This is necessary to facilitate inspections by relevant government departments, including industry and commerce.

 

5.14 Party B warrants that they possess the necessary qualifications and rights to enter into this Lease Agreement.

 

5.15 During the lease period, Party B must cooperate with any economic surveys and statistical reporting requirements, providing accurate data. Failure to cooperate or the provision of false information may result in actions taken by Party A as per breach of contract terms.。

 

5.16 Without prior written permission from Party A, Party B is prohibited from installing, displaying advertisements, or distributing promotional materials in any location outside of the leased premises.

 

5.17 Party B is not permitted to use the name or logo of Sun Yat-sen University for advertising without explicit written permission from Sun Yat-sen University. Failure to comply with this provision grants Party A the right to unilaterally terminate this Lease Agreement, reclaim the leased premises, and confiscate the Lease Deposit.

 

6. Termination and Cancellation of the Contract

 

6.1 Unless otherwise specified in this Lease Agreement, during the lease term, neither Party A nor Party B may unilaterally modify or terminate this Lease Agreement without mutual consensus.

 

6.2 In addition to the provisions already outlined in this Lease Agreement, Party A retains the right to unilaterally terminate this Lease Agreement, reclaim the leased premises, confiscate the lease deposit, and demand that Party B assume other contractual breach responsibilities in the following circumstances:

 

6.2.1 Party B changes the intended use of the leased premises without the written consent of Party A;

 

Page 11 of 16

 

 

6.2.2 Party B subleases, sublets, or loans the property to others without written authorization from Party A;

 

6.2.3 Party B engages in illegal or criminal activities on the leased premises;

 

6.2.4 Party B's property is seized by government authorities or its business license is revoked, or Party B voluntarily cancels its business registration;

 

6.2.5 Party B delays payment of any due fees for more than 30 days;

 

6.2.6 Party B delays taking possession of the leased premises for more than 30 days;

 

6.2.7 Party B undertakes unauthorized renovations or alterations of the leased premises without prior written notice to Party A;

 

6.2.8 Party B fails to engage in substantial operations for a continuous period of 6 months within the park and leaves the premises unused despite warnings from Party A;

 

6.2.9 Party B violates other contractual obligations as defined in this Lease Agreement and fails to rectify them within 30 days after receiving written notice from Party A;

 

6.2.10 Other circumstances specified in this Lease Agreement under which Party A may unilaterally terminate the contract due to Party B's breach of contract.

 

6.3 In the following situations, Party B has the right to terminate the contract in advance and demand compensation for all incurred losses:

 

6.3.1 Party A delays delivering possession of the leased premises for more than 30 days without valid reasons;

 

6.3.2 Party A breaches other contractual obligations as specified in this Lease Agreement, and despite Party B's written notice, fails to correct the situation within 30 days, thereby preventing Party B from using the leased premises as intended;

 

6.3.3 Other circumstances outlined in this Lease Agreement under which Party B may unilaterally;

 

6.4 Both Party A and Party B shall have a 30-day objection period for the unilateral termination of this Lease Agreement by the other party.

 

6.5 Upon the expiration of the lease term or the termination of this Lease Agreement due to Party B's actions, Party B shall relinquish all decorations and furnishings within the leased premises to Party A at no cost. Party A retains the right to request Party B to return the leased premises in their current condition.

 

Page 12 of 16

 

 

7. Liability for Breach of Contract

 

7.1 If Party B unilaterally terminates the contract within 3 months from the date of commencement of the lease period without any specified or agreed-upon reason, it shall be considered a breach of contract by Party B. In such a case, Party A has the right to confiscate 60% of Party B's lease deposit. If Party B unilaterally terminates the contract without any specified or agreed-upon reason after 3 months from the date of commencement of the lease period, it shall also be considered a breach of contract by Party B. Party A can then confiscate 50% of Party B's lease deposit. Party B must submit a written application at least 1 month in advance; otherwise, Party A has the right to confiscate Party B's entire lease deposit. After Party A confirms the application, Party B must vacate the premises on the agreed-upon date. Party B must return the leased premises, along with its attached facilities, in their original condition (excluding natural damage and normal wear and tear) to Party A on the agreed-upon date (i.e., the day of contract termination) as per the terms of this Lease Agreement. If Party B fails to return the premises on time, Party A has the right to confiscate the remaining lease deposit. If the delay exceeds 7 days, Party B is deemed to have permanently forfeited ownership of all items within the leased premises. Party A can then take possession of and reclaim the leased premises. Party B cannot raise any objections and must bear all economic losses resulting from this.

 

7.2 If the lease term expires or this lease contract is terminated in accordance with the law (including termination) and both parties do not renew it, Party B must return the leased premises, along with its attached facilities, in their original condition (excluding natural damage and normal wear and tear) to Party A and cancel all industry, commerce, tax, and other relevant registrations of the leased premises no later than the last day of the lease term or the termination of the lease contract, as per the terms of this Lease Agreement. If Party B fails to return the leased premises on time, Party A has the right to confiscate 50% of Party B's lease deposit. Furthermore, for each day of delay, Party A has the right to deduct a double rental fee from Party B's lease deposit based on the rental fee specified in the lease contract termination day. If the delay exceeds 7 days, Party B is considered to have permanently forfeited ownership of all items within the leased premises. Party A can then take possession of and reclaim the leased premises. Party B cannot raise any objections to this and must bear all economic losses resulting from it.

 

7.3 During the lease term, if Party B's fundamental breach of contract leads to the termination of this lease agreement, Party A has the right to reclaim the leased premises, confiscate the lease deposit, and demand that Party B assume other breach of contract responsibilities. Party B must return the leased premises, along with their attached facilities, in complete condition (excluding natural damage and normal wear and tear) to Party A within the timeframe specified in the “Termination Notice.” Party B must also cancel all industry, commerce, taxation, and other relevant registrations associated with the leased premises. If Party B fails to return the leased premises beyond the specified deadline, Party B will be deemed to have permanently relinquished ownership of all items within the leased premises. Party A has the right to take possession of and reclaim the leased premises. Party B is not entitled to raise any objections and shall bear all resulting economic losses.

 

7.4 Party B must timely pay all required fees to Party A as stipulated in the agreement. If payment is overdue by more than 30 days, Party A has the unilateral right to terminate this lease agreement, take back the leased premises, confiscate the lease deposit, and require Party B to assume other breach of contract responsibilities.

 

7.5 If Party B fails to timely cancel the registrations related to the leased premises for industry and commerce, taxation, etc., Party A has the right to deduct liquidated damages from Party B's lease deposit for each day of delay based on the lease fee rate applicable on the lease term expiration date or lease contract termination date (including termination). If the delay exceeds 3 months, Party A has the right to confiscate Party B's entire lease deposit and seek recovery for any outstanding amounts.

 

Page 13 of 16

 

 

7.6 Failure by Party B to comply with the provisions of Article 5.3 of this Agreement shall constitute a breach of contract, and Party A has the right to retain 50% of Party B's lease deposit.

 

7.7 Party B's violation of the obligations stipulated in Article 5.15 of this Lease Agreement shall be considered a breach of contract, and an amount equivalent to the current month's lease fee payable by Party B (including rent and management fees) shall be deducted from Party B's paid Lease Deposit.

 

7.8 Party B is required to cooperate with and accept management, supervision, and inspections conducted by Party A and the property service center appointed by Party A. In response to emergencies, such as the outbreak of new coronaviruses or other measures taken by the state, government agencies at all levels, or Sun Yat-sen University, Party B must cooperate and fulfill its responsibilities as required. If Party B refuses to cooperate (including, but not limited to, failing to provide required data or information, spreading malicious rumors, or defaming Party A), and does not rectify the situation after being reminded by Party A, Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract and confiscate Party B's lease deposit. If Party B's actions cause adverse effects or economic losses to Party A or third parties, Party B must promptly address the issues and compensate for any resulting losses. In cases of severe impact or serious consequences, Party A has the right to refer Party B to relevant state authorities for further action.

 

8. Force Majeure, Non-Exempted Liability, and Invalid Contract Provisions

 

8.1 In the event that this Lease Contract becomes impossible to perform or partially unenforceable due to force majeure, both parties shall be exempt from liability and shall either terminate this Lease Contract or amend the relevant terms accordingly. Specific circumstances include, but are not limited to:

 

8.1.1 Natural disasters, non-man-made fires, floods, earthquakes, etc.;

 

8.1.2 Man-made disasters, civil unrest, war, government prohibitions, etc.;

 

8.1.3 During the lease term, government actions related to urban development, old city reconstruction, or other government reasons that necessitate expropriation, demolition, or the implementation of national housing policies for the aforementioned property;

 

8.1.4 Changes in property ownership policies;

 

8.1.5 Other force majeure events.

 

8.2 When a non-exempted event occurs, meaning any of the following events occur, resulting in one party's inability to fulfill this contract on time, that party shall bear the responsibility for breach of contract and may not use force majeure or any other reasons as a defense. Specific circumstances include, but are not limited to:

 

8.2.1 Changes in the economic environment and market price fluctuations;

 

8.2.2 Insufficient materials or failure to complete the construction;

 

8.2.3 Inability to complete municipal infrastructure construction simultaneously with the housing project;

 

Page 14 of 16

 

 

8.2.4 Significant disruptions in the vicinity;

 

8.2.5 Other non-exempted circumstances.

 

8.3 If any of the following circumstances render the contract invalid, the responsible party shall bear the consequences of breach of contract. Specific circumstances include:

 

8.3.1 Separation of property and land rights:

 

8.3.2 Lack of property rights registration;

 

8.3.3 Unclear ownership of property rights, lacking a legal basis;

 

8.3.4 Illegal transfer of property rights;

 

8.3.5 Other violations of national regulations.

 

9. Dispute Resolution

 

9.1 Should any disputes arise during the execution of this Lease Contract, both parties shall make sincere efforts to resolve them amicably through negotiation. If an amicable resolution cannot be reached, either party may initiate arbitration proceedings with the Guangzhou Arbitration Commission of China to settle the dispute. During the arbitration process, all other provisions of this Lease Agreement shall remain in effect, except for those provisions that are the subject of the ongoing arbitration proceedings.

 

10. Effective Date and Other Provisions

 

10.1 This Lease Agreement shall only become effective upon the date of both parties' signing and sealing, as well as full payment by Party B of the down payment invoice as specified in Article 3.3 of this Lease Agreement. In the event of a delayed payment by Party B, unless Party A explicitly accepts such delay, this Lease Agreement shall not come into effect. In such a case, Party A reserves the right to lease the Premises to a third party, and Party B shall have no grounds for objection.

 

10.2 Any matters not covered by this Lease Agreement may be addressed through the execution of supplementary agreements by both parties, in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People's Republic of China.

 

10.3 Unless otherwise specified, all expenses referenced in this Lease Agreement shall be denominated in Chinese Renminbi (RMB).

 

10.4 The term “Property Service Center” in this Lease Agreement, unless explicitly specified otherwise, refers to the property service enterprise appointed by Party A.

 

10.5 The addresses provided by both Party A and Party B in this Lease Agreement shall serve as their respective valid contact addresses. Any change of address must be communicated in writing to the other party; otherwise, the original contact address shall remain valid. For official notices or documents exchanged between the parties, except for direct delivery, they shall be sent via postal courier to the mailing address stipulated in this Lease Agreement. The date of successful courier delivery shall be considered the date of receipt. If a postal courier is returned due to the recipient's refusal or the recipient's relocation from the specified address, the date of return shall be regarded as the date of delivery.

 

Page 15 of 16

 

 

10.6 This Lease Agreement is executed in triplicate, with Party A retaining one copy and Party B holding two copies, all having equal legal validity.

 

Party A (signature) Party B (signature)
   
[seal of Sun Yat-sen University Science Park] [seal of 3e Network Technology Company Limited]
   
Legal Representative: /s/ Legal Representative::/s/
   
Appointed Representative: Identification Number: [omitted]
   
April 1, 2023 April 1, 2023

 

 

Page 16 of 16

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

B046 of Room 801, 11 Sixing Street

Huangge Town, Nansha District

Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC

 

December 18, 2023

 

[Name]

B046 of Room 801, 11 Sixing Street

Huangge Town, Nansha District

Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC

 

Re: Director Offer Letter

 

Dear [Name],

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company limited by shares (the “Company”), is pleased to offer you a position as a member of its Board of Directors (the “Board”). We believe your background and experience will be a significant asset to the Company and we look forward to your participation on the Board. Should you choose to accept this position as a member of the Board, this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) shall constitute an agreement between you and the Company and contains all the terms and conditions relating to the services you agree to provide to the Company.

 

1. Term. This Agreement is effective upon your acceptance and signature below. Your term as an independent director shall commence on the effective date of the prospectus that the Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its initial public offering and continue subject to the provisions in Section 8 below or until your successor is duly elected and qualified. The position shall be up for re-election at the first annual shareholder’s meeting following the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering and upon re-election, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2. Services. You shall render services as a member of the Board and/or the Board’s committees set forth on Schedule A attached hereto and perform the duties as provided in the memorandum and articles of association of the Company and/or the charter of such committee (hereinafter your “Duties”). During the term of this Agreement, you shall attend and participate in such number of meetings of the Board and of the committee(s) of which you are a member as regularly or specially called. You may attend and participate at each such meeting via teleconference, video conference or in person. You shall consult with the other members of the Board and committee(s) as necessary via telephone, electronic mail or other forms of correspondence.

 

3. Compensation. As compensation for your services to the Company, you will receive compensation as set forth on Schedule B attached hereto (hereinafter, the “Compensation”) per year for serving on the Board during your term as a director, which shall be paid to you quarterly in arrears as determined by the Company. You shall be reimbursed for reasonable and approved expenses incurred by you in connection with the performance of your Duties.

 

4. No Assignment. Because of the personal nature of the services to be rendered by you, this Agreement may not be assigned by you without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

1

 

 

5. Confidential Information; Non-Disclosure. In consideration of your access to certain Confidential Information (as defined below) of the Company, in connection with your services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, you hereby represent and agree as follows:

 

a. Definition. For purposes of this Agreement the term “Confidential Information” means:

 

i. Any information or material which the Company possesses that has been created, discovered or developed by or for the Company, and which has or could have commercial value or utility in the business in which the Company is engaged; or

 

ii. Any information which is related to the Company or its the business and is generally not known by non-Company personnel. 

 

iii. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, regardless of the form in which the same is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of the Company’s actual and prospective customers and, as applicable, their representatives; prior, current or future research or development activities of the Company; the products and services provided or offered by the Company to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost information; information concerning the development, engineering, design, specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or services of the Company; research, techniques, know-how, and data; programs, software and source codes; personnel information; vendor information; agreements; marketing plans and techniques, strategies, forecasts, and other trade secrets.

 

b. Exclusions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Confidential Information shall not include:

 

i. Any information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of the confidentiality portions of this Agreement, or any other agreement requiring confidentiality between the Company and you;

 

ii. Information received from a third party in rightful possession of such information who is not restricted from disclosing such information; and

 

iii. Information known by you prior to receipt of such information from the Company, which prior knowledge can be documented.

 

c. Documents. You agree that, without the express written consent of the Company, you will not remove from the Company’s premises, any notes, formulas, programs, data, records, machines or any other documents or items which in any manner contain or constitute Confidential Information, nor will you make reproductions or copies of same. You shall promptly return any such documents or items, along with any reproductions or copies, to the Company upon the earliest of Company’s demand, termination of this Agreement, or your termination or Resignation, as defined in Section 8 herein.

 

d. Confidentiality. You agree that you will hold in trust and confidence all Confidential Information and will not disclose to others, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information or anything relating to such information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as maybe necessary in the course of your business relationship with the Company. You further agree that you will not use any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the course of your business relationship with the Company, and that the provisions of this paragraph (d) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

e. Ownership. You agree that Company shall own all right, title and interest (including patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, mask work rights, trademark rights, and all other intellectual and industrial property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions (whether or not patentable), works of authorship, mask works, designations, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by you during the term of this Agreement and that arise out of your Duties (collectively, “Inventions”) and you will promptly disclose and provide all Inventions to the Company. You agree to assist the Company, at its expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights assigned.

 

6. Non-Competition. You agree and undertake that you will not, so long as you are a member of the Board and for a period of 12 months following termination of this Agreement for whatever reason, directly or indirectly as owner, partner, joint venture, shareholder, employee, broker, agent principal, corporate officer, director, licensor or in any other capacity whatsoever, engage in, become financially interested in, be employed by, or have any connection with any business or venture that is engaged in any activities involving services or products which compete, directly or indirectly, with the services or products provided or proposed to be provided by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that you may own securities of any public corporation which is engaged in such business but in an amount not to exceed at any one time, one percent of any class of stock or securities of such company, so long as you has no active role in the publicly owned company as director, employee, consultant or otherwise. 

 

2

 

 

7. Non-Solicitation. So long as you are a member of the Board and for a period of 12 months thereafter, you shall not directly or indirectly solicit for employment any individual who was an employee of the Company during your tenure.

 

8. Termination and Resignation. Your membership on the Board or on a Board committee may be terminated for any or no reason in the manner and under such conditions as provided in the memorandum and articles of association of the Company. Your membership on the Board or on a Board committee shall be terminated if you have a disability, including any physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders you unable to perform the essential functions of your position as a member on the Board, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue burden on the Company, or are prohibited by law from being so. You may also terminate your membership on the Board or on a committee for any or no reason by delivering your written notice of resignation to the Company (“Resignation”), and such Resignation shall be effective upon the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, upon receipt of the notice of Resignation by the Company. Upon the effective date of the termination or Resignation, your right to compensation hereunder will terminate subject to the Company’s obligations to pay you any compensation that you have already earned and to reimburse you for approved expenses already incurred in connection with your performance of your Duties as of the effective date of such termination or Resignation.

 

9. Governing Law. All questions with respect to the construction and/or enforcement of this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be determined in accordance with the law of the British Virgin Islands.

 

10. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute between the parties hereto respecting the meaning and intent of this Agreement or any of its terms and provisions shall be submitted to the Hong Kong International Arbitration Center.

 

11. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver; Counterparts. This Agreement expresses the entire understanding with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and terminates any prior oral or written agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the parties hereto. Waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or failure of the same term or condition or waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party at any time to require performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the right of any such party to require future performance of such provision or any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement, and may be executed using facsimiles of signatures, and a facsimile of a signature shall be deemed to be the same, and equally enforceable, as an original of such signature.

 

12. Indemnification. The Company shall, to the maximum extent provided under applicable law, indemnify and hold you harmless from and against any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, settlements and other legally permissible amounts (“Losses”), incurred in connection with any proceeding arising out of, or related to, your performance of your Duties, other than any such Losses incurred as a result of your negligence or willful misconduct. The Company shall advance to you any expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred in defending any such proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Such costs and expenses incurred by you in defense of any such proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding promptly upon receipt by the Company of (a) written request for payment; (b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount and nature of the costs and expenses for which payment is being sought; and (c) an undertaking adequate under applicable law made by or on your behalf to repay the amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined pursuant to any non-appealable judgment or settlement that you are not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

13. Not an Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not an employment agreement, and shall not be construed or interpreted to create any employment or right of employment between you and the Company.

 

14. Acknowledgement. You accept this Agreement subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. You agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board of the Company of any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

 [remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

3

 

 

The Agreement has been executed and delivered by the undersigned and is made effective as of the date set first set forth above.

 

  Sincerely,
     
  3 E Network Technology Group Limited
     
  By:  
  Name:  Joseph Shu Sang Law
  Title: Chairman

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED as of the date set first set forth above:
   
By:    
Name:   [Name]  

 

4

 

 

Schedule A

 

The Director is offered to serve on the following Board committee(s):

 

Committee Title
Audit Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee  
Compensation Committee  

 

5

 

 

Schedule B

Compensation

 

During your term as a member of Board of Directors of the Company, you will receive annual cash compensation in the amount of $40,000, payable quarterly.

 

 

6

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 18, 2023 by and between 3 E Network Technology Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “Company”), and the undersigned, a director and/or an officer of the Company (“Indemnitee”), as applicable.

 

RECITALS

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has determined that the inability to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve the Company is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that it is reasonable and necessary for the Company to provide adequate protection to such persons against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to the corporation.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

A. DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms shall have the meanings defined below:

 

“Expenses” shall include, without limitation, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bond, investigations, and any other expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding.

 

“Indemnifiable Event” means any event or occurrence that takes place either before or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, including, but not limited to neglect, breach of duty, error, misstatement, misleading statement or omission.

 

“Participant” means a person who is a party to, or witness or participant (including on appeal) in, a Proceeding.

 

“Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including appeal, in which Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of an Indemnifiable Event.

 

B. AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY

 

1. General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a Participant in, or is threatened to be made a Participant in, a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses which Indemnitee incurs or becomes obligated to incur in connection with such Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

2. Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with such Proceeding or such claim, issue or matter, as the case may be.

 

 

 

 

3. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not for the total amount of Expenses, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

4. Exclusions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a) to the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under a valid, enforceable and collectible insurance policy;

 

(b) to the extent that Indemnitee is indemnified and actually paid other than pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(c) in connection with a judicial action by or in the right of the Company, in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a decision from which there is no further right of appeal, to be liable for gross negligence or knowing or willful misconduct in the performance of his/her duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that any court in which such action was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses as such court shall deem proper;

 

(d) in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company, any director or officer of the Company or any other party, and not by way of defense, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; or (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under this Agreement or any applicable law;

 

(e) brought about by the dishonesty or fraud of the Indemnitee seeking payment hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement as to any claims upon which suit may be brought against him/her by reason of any alleged dishonesty on his/her part, unless a judgment or other final adjudication thereof adverse to the Indemnitee establishes that he/she committed (i) acts of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) with actual dishonest purpose and intent, and (iii) which acts were material to the cause of action so adjudicated;

 

(f) for any judgment, fine or penalty which the Company is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnity;

 

(g) arising out of Indemnitee’s breach of an employment agreement with the Company (if any) or any other agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or

 

(h) arising out of Indemnitee’s personal income tax payable on any salaries, bonuses, director’s fees, including fees for attending meetings, or gain on disposition of shares, options or restricted shares of the Company.

 

5. No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Company.

 

6. Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section B.4, then the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction or events from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section B.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

2

 

 

C. INDEMNIFICATION PROCESS

 

1. Notice and Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his/her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement, provided that the delay of Indemnitee to give notice hereunder shall not prejudice any of Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, unless such delay results in the Company’s forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses. Notice to the Company shall be given in accordance with Section F.7 below. If, at the time of receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice to its insurers of the Proceeding relating to the notice. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary and desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all Expenses payable as a result of such Proceeding. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request.

 

2. Indemnification Payment.

 

(a) Advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee may submit a written request with reasonable particulars to the Company requesting that the Company advance to Indemnitee all Expenses that may be reasonably incurred in advance by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding. The Company shall, within 10 business days of receiving such a written request by Indemnitee, advance all requested Expenses to Indemnitee. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be repaid to the Company.

 

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses. To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company immediately after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement unless the Company refers the indemnification request to the Reviewing Party in compliance with Section C.2(c) below.

 

(c) Determination by the Reviewing Party. If the Company reasonably believes that it is not obligated under this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee, the Company shall, within 10 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses, notify the Indemnitee that the request for advancement of Expenses or reimbursement of Expenses will be submitted to the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined). The Reviewing Party shall make a determination on the request within 30 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses. Notwithstanding anything foregoing to the contrary, in the event the Reviewing Party informs the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with a Proceeding under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee for all the Expenses previously advanced or otherwise paid to Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding; provided, however, that Indemnitee may bring a suit to enforce his/her indemnification right in accordance with Section C.3 below.

 

3. Suit to Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 30 days after making a written demand in accordance with Section C.2 above or 50 days if the Company submits a request for advancement or reimbursement to the Reviewing Party under Section C.2(c) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect of this Agreement. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee and any judgment entered by the court shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

 

3

 

 

4. Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company is obligated under this Agreement to advance or bear any Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded, based on written advice of counsel, that there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Company between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in any of which events the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. At all times, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

 

5. Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement that it is not permissible under this Agreement or applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company.

 

6. No Settlement without Consent. Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any damage, loss, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

 

7. Company Participation. Subject to Section B.6, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial action if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense, conduct and/or settlement of such action.

 

8. Reviewing Party.

 

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party with respect to each indemnification request of Indemnitee that is referred by the Company pursuant to Section C.2(c) above shall be (A) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (B) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, said Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within 10 days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board of Directors shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

4

 

 

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section C.8(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the proceeding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section C.8(d) of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section C.8(b), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers and directors of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. The provisions of this Section C.8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

5

 

 

(d) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

D. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

1. Good Faith Determination. The Company shall from time to time make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Company or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

2. Coverage of Indemnitee. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Company’s directors or officers.

 

3. No Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any director and officer insurance policy if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available in the case that (i) premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

 

E. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; U.S. FEDERAL PREEMPTION; TERM

 

1. Non-Exclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s current memorandum and articles of association, as may be amended from time to time, applicable law or any written agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates). The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue to be available to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he/she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

2. U.S. Federal Preemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, U.S. federal law or public policy may override applicable law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Such instances include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)’s prohibition on indemnification for liabilities arising under certain U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

 

3. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his/her former or current capacity at the Company, whether or not he/she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or a director of the Company or any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

 

6

 

 

F. MISCELLANEOUS

 

1. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver.

 

2. Subrogation. In the event of payment to Indemnitee by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

3. Assignment; Binding Effect. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; except that the Company may, without such consent, assign all such rights and obligations to a successor in interest to the Company which assumes all obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the parties hereto and the Company’s successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, as well as Indemnitee’s spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.

 

4. Severability and Construction. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if any portion of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto acknowledge that they each have opportunities to have their respective counsels review this Agreement. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either of the parties hereto.

 

5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6. Governing Law. This agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of British Virgin Islands, without giving effect to conflicts of law provisions thereof.

 

7. Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed via postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

3 E Network Technology Group LimitedB046 of Room 801, 11 Sixing Street

 

Huangge Town, Nansha District

 

Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC Attention: Joseph Shu Sang Law, Chairman and to Indemnitee at his/her address last known to the Company.

 

8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  3 E Network Technology Group Limited
   
  By:  
  Name: Joseph Shu Sang Law
  Title: Chairman
   
  Indemnitee
   
  Signature:   
  Name: [XX]

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement-3 E Network Technology Group Limited]

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

 

No:    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3e Network Technology Company Limited

 

Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Employee Name:    
       
  Signing Date:    

  

Signing Location: Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China

 

1

 

 

 

Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement

 

Parties to the Agreement:

 

Party A: 3e Network Technology Company Limited, a company duly registered and existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, with its office located at Room 701-702, Block A, Sun Yat-sen University Science Park, No. 135, Xingang West Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”);

 

and

 

Party B: [Name of Party B], a citizen of [Country], with ID card/passport number [ID/Passport Number] and residing at [Address] (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”).

  

Whereas:

 

Party A and Party B have established a labor or service relationship. Party B may have the opportunity to access Party A’s Confidential Information (as defined in Article I(2) herein) and that of its affiliates (as defined in Article I(1) herein) during the course of employment. Both Party A and Party B acknowledge that any unauthorized disclosure, use, or disposal of Confidential Information will be detrimental to Party A’s business and may result in serious and far-reaching damages and losses to Party A.

  

Based on the mutual understanding described above, Party A and Party B, in the spirit of equality and mutual consent, hereby enter into this Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement (the “Agreement”) to outline the matters concerning the preservation of Party A’s Confidential Information by Party B during the term of Party B’s employment and to mutually agree to comply with its terms.

 

2

 

 

 

I. Definitions

 

Unless otherwise defined differently in this Agreement or its attachments, the concepts referred to and used in this Agreement and its attachments shall be understood as follows, and specific explanations for each term shall not be provided:

 

1. Affiliates:

 

Refers to any domestic or foreign partnership, joint venture, Party A, or other forms of enterprises and/or entities that have one of the following relationships with Party A: direct or indirect control by Party A, direct or indirect control over Party A, or direct or indirect joint control with Party A by a third party.

 

2. Confidential Information:

 

This includes but is not limited to any information, whether in oral or written form, complete or partial, original or copy, that is not publicly disclosed or made available by Party A or its Affiliates, such as:

 

(1) Technical Confidential Information:

 

Technical solutions, technical specifications, engineering designs, circuit designs, formula designs, manufacturing methods, process flows, improvements, drawings, samples, prototypes, models, molds, databases, systems, programs, operation manuals, experimental data, test results, test reports, technical documents, research and development records, technological development and innovation outcomes, and etc.

 

3

 

 

 

(2) Business Confidential Information:

 

Service details, product information (including but not limited to raw materials, product formulas, components, assembly methods, and any information related to products), operational manuals, lists and information of existing and potential customers, market plans or forecasts, non-public financial information, pricing policies, ongoing and potential business opportunities with Party A or its Affiliates, non-public industry-specific information, marketing strategies (including plans and business strategies), procurement data, supply channels, production and distribution strategies, business contracts or memoranda, business correspondence, tender documents, Party A’s financial status, project names, bid prices, contracting parties, project costs, discounts, current and future business plans, supply networks, and so on.

  

(3) Management Confidential Information:

 

Confidential methods, meeting minutes, undisclosed Party A resolutions, undisclosed meeting minutes, training materials, employment information, personnel records, undisclosed policy adjustments, work memos, work reports, facts, documents and progress reports of documents (including this Agreement) that Party A and its affiliates are discussing or negotiating, salary levels, prepared documents for litigation, cases currently under litigation without judgment, and etc.

 

(4) Confidential Information Related to the Following Intellectual Property:

 

Proprietary knowledge, proprietary technology, design rights, trademark rights, patent rights, copyrights, computer software, and others.

 

(5) Other Confidential Information:

 

Information belonging to third parties but for which Party A has undertaken a confidentiality obligation, matters for which Party A or its Affiliates are obligated to maintain confidentiality in accordance with legal regulations and relevant agreements, information for which Party A has implemented protective measures such as locking and encryption codes, information marked with confidentiality symbols on the medium, and other confidential information verbally or in writing declared and confirmed by both Party A and Party B.

 

4

 

 

 

3. Competing Business:

 

This term encompasses (1) the business that Party A or its Affiliates are currently engaged in or planning to engage in, and (2) any other businesses that are the same, similar, or in competition with the aforementioned business operated by Party A or its Affiliates.

 

4. Competitor:

 

Refers to any individual, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, or other entity not associated with Party A or its Affiliates that is involved in a competing business.

 

5. Resignation Notice Period:

 

The Resignation Notice Period refers to the duration, regardless of whether it is due to Party A or Party B, commencing from the date when both parties or one party determines and notifies the other party of the intention to terminate or dissolve the employment relationship and concluding on the date when the employment relationship between Party A and Party B is officially terminated or dissolved.

 

6. Rights Holder:

 

The term “Rights Holder” as used in this Agreement pertains to Party A, its Affiliates, Party A’s clients, or any third party to whom Party A owes a confidentiality obligation in accordance with the law, and who possesses ownership or usage rights to the Confidential Information.

  

5

 

 

 

II. Confidential Content and Scope

 

1.All the confidential matters described in the definition section of Article 1 of this Agreement shall be considered as the content and scope of Party B’s confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.

 

2.Whenever Party B obtains or becomes aware of any confidential matters as defined in Article 1 during the period of employment by Party A, unless Party A explicitly states that such matters are not confidential, Party B shall voluntarily treat such matters as confidential.

 

3.The confidential matters defined in Article 1 of this Agreement include any materials and tools that can reflect the information contained in such matters, regardless of whether they are in written, fax, telephone record, electronic, audio-video, or any other form.

 

4.Party B has a strict obligation to adhere to the terms of this Agreement. Party B’s uncertainty or lack of clarity regarding whether certain content or information qualifies as Party A’s Confidential Information shall not serve as an exemption from Party B’s obligations to adhere under this Agreement. When Party B is uncertain about whether specific content or information is considered Party A’s Confidential Information during the period of employment, Party B shall inquire with the relevant departments of Party A and have Party A assess its nature. Until Party B receives a written response from Party A, Party B shall not engage in any activities described in the first clause of Article 3, “Confidentiality Obligations,” without Party A’s permission. Otherwise, it will be deemed a violation of the terms of this Agreement by Party B.

 

5.Regardless of whether Party B gains knowledge or awareness through their work convenience or any other means, Party B is obligated to maintain confidentiality regarding Party A’s or Party A’s affiliated companies’ Confidential Information during their employment.

 

6

 

 

 

6.The scope of confidential matters that Party B must observe under this Agreement includes not only those Confidential Information that Party B comes into contact with or becomes aware of after the signing of this Agreement but also those Confidential Information that Party B became aware of since the commencement of employment prior to the signing date of this Agreement.

  

III. Confidentiality Obligations

 

1.During Party B’s employment with Party A, unless Party A provides prior written consent, Party B shall not directly or indirectly engage in the following activities, whether individually or through colleagues, agents, relatives, or any other means, whether on their own behalf or on behalf of any other individual or organization:

 

(1)Disclosing, revealing, discussing, or communicating Confidential Information, whether directly or indirectly, to individuals or organizations who do not need to know, are not authorized to know, or are unrelated to the Confidential Information.

 

(2)Failing to properly safeguard materials related to Confidential Information, resulting in individuals or organizations unrelated to the Confidential Information gaining knowledge or access to the Confidential Information, or privately carrying or transmitting materials, documents, or other media related to Confidential Information beyond the control of Party A.

 

(3)Publishing, disclosing, publishing, teaching, or transferring Confidential Information obtained through their job duties without Party A’s written permission, or making photocopies, prints, duplicates, or copies of Confidential Information without authorization.

 

7

 

 

 

(4)Disclosing, delivering, or providing materials, tools, passwords, codes, or keys used to store or record Confidential Information to individuals or organizations unrelated to the Confidential Information without Party A’s written permission, or collecting or misappropriating materials, tools, passwords, codes, or keys related to storing or recording Confidential Information unrelated to their job duties.

 

(5)Establishing, engaging in, participating in, or operating any entity.

 

(6)Holding any position or interest within any third party, whether in a competitive business with Party A or not, including but not limited to employees, directors, supervisors, managers, partners, executives, consultants, sales representatives, investors, agents, shareholders, and so forth.

 

(7)Providing consulting advice, financial support, or guarantees to entities or individuals directly or indirectly engaged in competing businesses with Party A or its Affiliates.

 

(8)Encouraging, lobbying, or approaching, or attempting to encourage, lobby, or approach, any employees of Party A or its Affiliates to terminate their employment relationship with Party A or such affiliates.

 

(9)Encouraging, lobbying, or attempting to encourage, lobby, or approach other employees of Party A or its Affiliates to take up employment or participate in consulting activities at entities engaged in competing businesses with Party A or its Affiliates.

 

(10)Encouraging, soliciting, or approaching, or attempting to encourage, solicit, or approach any individuals or organizations that are or will be engaged in business dealings with Party A or its affiliates to terminate such business dealings or to induce, solicit, or attempt to induce, solicit, or approach such individuals or organizations to engage in personal transactions and business dealings with Party B.

 

8

 

 

 

(11)Encouraging, lobbying, or approaching, or attempting to encorage, lobby, or approach any individuals or organizations that are or will be negotiating business cooperation with Party A or its affiliates to terminate such negotiations or to induce, solicit, or attempt to induce, solicit, or approach such individuals or organizations to engage in personal transactions and business dealings with Party B.

 

(12)Making any statements or disclosing any information that could harm or potentially harm the reputation, honor, and interests of Party A, its Affiliates, and their respective directors and officers.

 

(13)Using the advantages of their position or Confidential Information acquired during their employment to secure business opportunities for themselves or others that belong to Party A or its Affiliates, competing with Party A, accepting orders from any of Party A’s customers, or seeking unfair advantages for themselves or any other individuals or organizations.

 

(14)Inducing, persuading, or convincing, or attempting to induce, persuade, or convince in any way, or interfering with Party A’s business or attempting to engage in any of the aforementioned actions to make (i) any of Party A’s existing customers become customers of entities or individuals engaged in directly or indirectly competing businesses with Party A or its Affiliates or (ii) any of Party A’s or its Affiliates’ existing customers or suppliers terminate their cooperation with Party A or its affiliates.

 

(15)Engaging in any other activities that are the same or similar to the business of Party A or its affiliates.

 

9

 

 

 

2.During Party B’s tenure with Party A, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon in writing, Party B shall adhere to the following obligations:

 

(1)If Party B accepts external invitations to deliver speeches, participate in collaborations, or give lectures during the period of employment, Party B shall obtain prior approval from Party A and seek Party A’s input regarding content that may involve Party A’s Confidential Information. Party B shall only use such content after receiving written consent from Party A.

 

(2)Party B shall securely maintain all materials, tools, work passwords, and keys related to Confidential Information and shall not provide or disclose them to external parties, regardless of whether Party B obtained these materials, tools, passwords, or keys through work-related activities or otherwise.

 

(3)If Party A’s clients request confidentiality, Party B shall adhere to the confidentiality agreements signed between Party A and the clients.

 

(4)During Party B’s employment, Party B shall refrain from collecting Confidential Information of Party A unrelated to their job responsibilities and shall consciously avoid accessing Confidential Information not pertinent to their role.

 

(5)If Party B becomes aware of a breach of confidentiality or unauthorized access to Confidential Information by unrelated individuals, Party B shall take immediate measures to prevent further breaches and promptly report the incident to Party A.

 

(6)Unless otherwise stipulated in writing by Party A or allowed by applicable laws and regulations, Party B shall not be exempt from liability for violating the terms of this Agreement.

 

(7)Party B agrees that, to ensure Party A’s effective control over the Confidential Information covered by this Agreement, Party A reserves the right to read, copy, delete, and store all emails, documents, and materials sent or received by Party B within the workplace, regardless of whether such communications and materials are for personal or official use. All such emails, documents, and materials are considered Party A’s assets.

 

10

 

 

 

(8)Throughout Party B’s employment with Party A, Party B shall adhere to any written or unwritten confidentiality rules and regulations established by Party A and fulfill the confidentiality responsibilities associated with their role. In cases where Party A’s confidentiality rules and regulations are silent or unclear, Party B shall exercise due diligence and make necessary and reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of any Confidential Information related to Party A or its Affiliates that becomes known or accessible during the employment period.

 

(9)Party B assures that they have not entered into, and will not enter into, any written or verbal contracts conflicting with the terms of this Agreement. In any such circumstances, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by Party A.

 

(10)Upon Party A’s request for the return of all its Confidential Information, Party B shall promptly return all written or tangible Confidential Information, along with descriptions or summaries of such Confidential Information, including but not limited to all documents, materials, copies, photocopies, and extracts containing descriptions or summaries of such Confidential Information.

 

11

 

 

 

IV. Ownership of Intellectual Property Rights

 

1.During Party B’s tenure with Party A, any intellectual property rights, technical information, business information, technical secrets, or other trade secrets, including but not limited to inventions, utility models, creative works, designs, computer software, technical data, graphics, documents, and source code, generated as a result of Party B’s job responsibilities or primarily utilizing Party A’s or its Affiliates’ resources, equipment (including, but not limited to, material assets, technical information, hardware and software facilities, office spaces, machinery, and business-related information), or during Party B’s working hours, shall be considered work-related and shall be deemed owned by Party A or its Affiliates.

 

(1)Party A or its Affiliates are entitled to freely use the intellectual property rights, technical information, business information, technical secrets, or other trade secrets described in clause 1 above within their business scope for production, operation, or third-party transfers. Party B shall provide all necessary information and take all required actions, including application, registration, and documentation, to assist Party A in obtaining and exercising the related intellectual property rights upon Party A’s request.

 

(2)Party B shall maintain the confidentiality of such works, technical information, or other business information as part of Party A’s confidential matters both before and after Party A or its affiliates become the rightful owners of the intellectual property rights, technical information, business information, technical secrets, or other business secret information mentioned in the previous clause 1. Party B shall not be liable for any losses or damages resulting from Party A’s or its affiliates’ use of such works, technical information, or other business information.

 

(3)Party B shall not publish or disclose, without prior written consent from Party A, any content related to commercial and technical information, inventions, research outcomes, or work documents obtained during the course of Party B’s employment.

 

12

 

 

 

(4)Party B shall promptly inform Party A in writing of any works, intellectual property rights, technical information, or other business information completed during Party B’s employment with Party A that are unrelated to Party A’s business and for which Party B claims sole ownership of the intellectual property rights. Upon Party A’s verification that such works, technical information, or other business information indeed constitute non-work-related achievements, Party A agrees that Party B holds the intellectual property rights. Otherwise, any work, technical information, or other business information completed or partially completed during the employment period that Party B has not declared shall be presumed to be work-related achievements, and all relevant rights shall be vested in Party A.

  

V. Agreement Duration

 

1. This agreement shall remain in effect from the date of its signing until 2 years after the termination or cessation of the labor or service relationship between Party A and Party B.

 

2. The termination or cessation of the labor or service relationship referred to in the previous clause includes any reason that results in the discontinuation of the labor or service relationship, regardless of whether such reason is caused by either party or both.

  

VI. Notice Period for Resignation

 

1. During the notice period for the termination or cessation of the labor contract and after Party B’s departure, Party A has the right to require Party B to:

 

(1)Not enter the premises of Party A or its Affiliates or any property owned by Party A;

 

13

 

 

 

(2)Vacate any office within Party A or its Affiliates;

 

(3)Cease the performance of duties associated with the original job title;

 

(4)Return to Party A all documents and materials, including copies, containing Confidential Information belonging to Party A and/or its Affiliates;

 

(5)Refrain from contacting or attempting to contact any customers, suppliers, agents, professional advisors, brokers, or banks of Party A or its Affiliates.

 

2. If Party A requests Party B in writing to undertake any of the aforementioned actions, it shall not be considered as negligence or incompetence in performing duties.

 

3. Unless there are exceptional circumstances, the labor or service relationship and its termination/cessation date during the notice period for separation shall not be affected.

 

4. Party B’s salary and benefits during the notice period for resignation shall remain unchanged.

 

5. Upon the dissolution or termination of Party B’s employment relationship with Party A, all documents, materials, charts, notes, reports, letters, faxes, tapes, disks, instruments, and any other forms of media and their copies in Party B’s possession or control that contain Party A’s Confidential Information shall be returned to Party A.

  

VII. Territorial Scope of Confidentiality

 

Party B acknowledges that it shall adhere to the confidentiality obligations as stipulated in this Agreement in any geographical region during the period of its employment with Party A. Party B shall not request to exempt itself from the confidentiality obligations specified in this Agreement on the grounds that the geographical area lacks the capability or does not establish an actual competitive relationship with Party A.

 

14

 

 

 

VIII. Breach of Contract Liability

 

1. During Party B’s employment with Party A, if Party B violates the obligations stipulated in this Agreement, Party A may demand that Party B pays an amount equivalent to 24 times Party B’s monthly salary/remuneration (Party B’s total income received from Party A in the same month when this Agreement was signed) as liquidated damages. If Party B violates the obligations under this Agreement after the termination of employment and before the expiration of the confidentiality period, Party A has the right to require Party B to pay an amount equivalent to 24 times the average monthly income Party B received during the period of employment as liquidated damages.

 

2. If the liquidated damages mentioned in the preceding paragraph are insufficient to compensate for Party A’s losses, Party B shall further compensate Party A for its losses. Party A’s losses include, but are not limited to: business opportunities lost by Party A due to Party B’s breach of contract; all revenue gained by Party B due to the breach of contract; litigation costs, investigation costs, attorney’s fees, transportation costs, and other expenses incurred by Party A to protect its rights against Party B or relevant third parties.

 

3. Party B shall not use any technical secrets or other commercial secret information belonging to others while performing Party B’s duties at Party A, nor shall Party B engage in any activities that may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. If Party B commits the aforementioned acts without authorization, resulting in Party A facing allegations of infringement by third parties, Party B shall be liable for all losses incurred by Party A as a result, including but not limited to the compensation costs that Party A needs to pay to third parties due to such acts, as well as Party A’s expenses related to addressing third-party allegations, including litigation costs, investigation costs, attorney’s fees, and transportation costs. The aforementioned expenses and compensation may be deducted from Party B’s salary/remuneration.

 

15

 

 

 

4. Any violation of this Agreement by Party B during Party B’s employment with Party A is considered a serious breach of Party A’s labor discipline and regulations. Party A has the right to terminate Party B’s labor contract or labor service contract in accordance with the regulations or relevant laws and regulations, and Party B shall be responsible for the breach of contract as described in the preceding paragraphs 1 and 2, as well as the liability for compensation.

 

(1)At any time (regardless of whether Party B leaves the job or not), Party B shall not attempt to obtain or acquire Party A’s Confidential Information, which Party B should not know or cannot know in the course of performing Party B’s job, through theft, enticement, coercion, or any other improper means. Otherwise, Party B shall pay liquidated damages and compensate Party A for its losses as stipulated in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article. If this constitutes a crime, Party B shall be subject to legal action by judicial authorities.

 

IX. Termination and Cancellation of the Agreement

 

1.The parties agree that this Agreement shall be automatically terminated or canceled in the event of any of the following circumstances:

 

(1)Expiration of the confidentiality period;

 

16

 

 

 

(2)Declaration of declassification by Party A;

 

(3)Public disclosure of Party A’s Confidential Information.

 

2.During Party B’s employment with Party A, Party A may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing Party B with written notice at least 5 working days in advance, without being obligated to pay any economic compensation to Party B.

  

X. Information Carriers

 

1.Party B agrees that all carriers containing Party A’s Confidential Information held or kept by Party B shall be the property of Party A, regardless of whether these confidential matters have commercial value. The aforementioned carriers include, but are not limited to, equipment, CD-ROMs, disks, tapes, notebooks, files, memoranda, reports, case records, samples, account books, letters, lists, software programs, videotapes, slides, or any other written or graphic records. Party B shall deliver these carriers to Party A upon separation from service or upon Party A’s request.

 

2.If the aforementioned carriers are provided by Party B and the Confidential Information can be removed or copied from the carriers, Party A has the right to request Party B to copy the Confidential Information onto other carriers owned by Party A and remove the Confidential Information from the original carriers at any time. Otherwise, it shall be deemed that Party B has agreed to transfer ownership of these carriers to Party A. Party A reserves the right not to return these carriers and is not obligated to compensate Party B for the economic value of these carriers.

 

17

 

 

 

XI. Representations and Commitments

 

1.Party B confirms and commits that the following address is Party B’s true and valid address: [ ]. Any documents, notices, or communications sent by Party A and its affiliates to this address shall be considered as effectively delivered to Party B and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day following the date of sending. In cases where such communication leads to difficulties in contact between the parties, the employee shall take responsibility. If Party B changes the above-mentioned address, Party B shall promptly and in writing notify Party A; otherwise, Party B shall bear any resulting losses.

 

2.Neither party may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

3.Both parties agree that the non-competition restrictions specified in this Agreement, including their content, scope, obligations, geographic scope, and duration, are fair and reasonable. These provisions are necessary to protect Party A and its affiliates in fully utilizing their Confidential Information for their business operations.

 

4.Both parties agree to enforce this Agreement to the maximum extent allowed by law. The invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability of any part of this Agreement shall not affect or diminish the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining parts of this Agreement.

 

5.Party B’s confidentiality obligations under this Agreement are obligations that Party B, as an employee of Party A, is obligated to fulfill. Party A is not required to pay any confidentiality fees to Party B. Party B agrees that, under no circumstances, shall Party B be in violation of its confidentiality obligations due to Party A’s failure to pay confidentiality fees.

 

18

 

 

 

XII. Other

 

1.This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the two parties on the subject matter and supersedes all previous written and oral agreements and understandings between the two parties on the subject matter of this Agreement. For matters not covered in this Agreement, reference shall be made to separate labor contracts or service contracts signed by both parties. In the absence of other written agreements, the relevant laws and regulations of mainland China shall apply.

 

2.The headings of each article of this agreement are for convenience of reading only and shall not be used for the interpretation of specific content. The specific content of the contract terms shall be determined by the specific provisions of the articles.

 

3.This Agreement is executed in two copies and shall have equal legal effect. Party A and Party B shall each retain one copy.

 

4.This Agreement shall become effective upon being signed or sealed by both parties and may not be supplemented or modified without the written agreement of both parties.

 

In witness whereof, this Agreement has been duly signed by the authorized representative of Party A and personally by Party B on the date indicated in the first part of this Agreement.

  

Party A: [3e Network Technology Company Limited] (Seal)

  

Date:

  

Party B:

  

Signature:    

 

Date:

 

 

19

Exhibit 14.1

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

I. PURPOSE

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) contains general guidelines for conducting the business of 3 E Network Technology Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Company”), and is intended to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406(c) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we adhere to these higher standards.

 

This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

  ● honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

  ● full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

  ● compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

  ● prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and

 

  ● accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

II. APPLICABILITY

 

This Code applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, whether they work for the Company on a full-time, part-time, consultative or temporary basis (each, an “employee” and collectively, the “employees”). Certain provisions of the Code apply specifically to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, senior finance officer and any other persons who perform similar functions for the Company (each, a “senior officer,” and collectively, the “senior officers”).

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has appointed the Company’s Chief Financial Officer  as the Compliance Officer for the Company (the “Compliance Officer”). If you have any questions regarding the Code or would like to report any violation of the Code, please contact the Compliance Officer.

 

This Code has been adopted by the Board and shall become effective (the “Effective Time”) upon the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC relating to the Company’s initial public offering. Following the Effective Time, the Board and the Compliance Officer, as well as any duly appointed committee charged with enforcing this Code, shall be entitled to enforce this Code to the full extent permitted by law.

 

III. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest occurs when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole. An employee should actively avoid any private interest that may impact such employee’s ability to act in the interests of the Company or that may make it difficult to perform the employee’s work objectively and effectively. In general, the following should be considered conflicts of interest:

 

  ● Competing Business. No employee may be employed by a business that competes with the Company or deprives it of any business.

 

  ● Corporate Opportunity. No employee should use corporate property, information or his/her position with the Company to secure a business opportunity that would otherwise be available to the Company. If an employee discovers a business opportunity that is in the Company’s line of business through the use of the Company’s property, information or position, the employee must first present the business opportunity to the Company and obtain approval from the Company’s Audit Committee before pursuing the opportunity in his/her individual capacity.

 

1

 

  ● Financial Interests

 

  i. No employee may have any financial interest (ownership or otherwise), either directly or indirectly through a spouse or other family member, in any other business or entity if such interest adversely affects the employee’s performance of duties or responsibilities to the Company, or requires the employee to devote time to it during such employee’s working hours at the Company; provided, however that an officer or director may devote time to such other interest during working hours so long as it does not interfere with his/her ability to carry out his/her duties at the Company;

 

  ii. No employee may hold any ownership interest in a privately held company that is in competition with the Company;

 

  iii. An employee may hold up to 5% ownership interest in a publicly traded company that is in competition with the Company; provided that if the employee’s ownership interest in such publicly traded company increases to more than 5%, the employee must immediately report such ownership to the Compliance Officer;

  

  iv. No employee may hold any ownership interest in a company that has a business relationship with the Company if such employee’s duties at the Company include managing or supervising the Company’s business relations with that company; and

 

  v. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Code,

 

  (a) a director or any immediate family member of such director (collectively, “Director Affiliates”) or a senior officer or any immediate family member of such senior officer (collectively, “Officer Affiliates”) may continue to hold his/her investment or other financial interest in a business or entity (an “Interested Business”) that:

 

  (1) was made or obtained either (x) before the Company invested in or otherwise became interested in such business or entity; or (y) before the director or senior officer joined the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of whether the Company had or had not already invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity at the time the director or senior officer joined the Company); or

 

  (2) may in the future be made or obtained by the director or senior officer, provided that at the time such investment or other financial interest is made or obtained, the Company has not yet invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity;

 

provided that such director or senior officer shall disclose such investment or other financial interest to the Board;

 

  (b) an interested director or senior officer shall refrain from participating in any discussion among senior officers of the Company relating to an Interested Business and shall not be involved in any proposed transaction between the Company and an Interested Business; and

 

  (c) before any Director Affiliate or Officer Affiliate (i) invests, or otherwise acquires any equity or other financial interest, in a business or entity that is in competition with the Company; or (ii) enters into any transaction with the Company, the related director or senior officer shall obtain prior approval from the Audit Committee of the Board.

  

2

 

For purposes of this Code, a company or entity is deemed to be “in competition with the Company” if it competes with the Company’s business of providing corporate business training services, corporate consulting services, advisory and transaction services, and/or any other business in which the Company is engaged.

 

  ● Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee may obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with recognized banks or other financial institutions.

 

  ● Service on Boards and Committees. No employee shall serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests could reasonably be expected to conflict with those of the Company. Employees must obtain prior approval from the Board or the Company’s Audit Committee, as required by the rules of NASDAQ, before accepting any such board or committee position. The Company may revisit its approval of any such position at any time to determine whether an employee’s service in such position is still appropriate.

 

The above is in no way a complete list of situations where conflicts of interest may arise. The following questions might serve as a useful guide in assessing a potential conflict of interest situation not specifically addressed above:

 

  ● Is the action to be taken legal?

 

  ● Is it honest and fair?

 

  ● Is it in the best interests of the Company?

 

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

The Company requires that employees fully disclose any situations that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If an employee suspects that he/she has a conflict of interest, or a situation that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, the employee must report it immediately to the Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest may only be waived by the Board, the appropriate committee of the Board and in some cases, as in accordance with NASDAQ rules, only by the Company’s Audit Committee, and will be promptly disclosed to the public to the extent required by law and applicable rules of NASDAQ.

 

Family Members and Work

 

The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to conflicts of interest because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. If a member of an employee’s family is interested in doing business with the Company, the criteria as to whether to enter into or continue the business relationship and the terms and conditions of the relationship must be no less favorable to the Company compared with those that would apply to an unrelated party seeking to do business with the Company under similar circumstances.

  

Employees should report any situation involving family members that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest to their supervisor or the Compliance Officer. For purposes of this Code, “family members” or “members of employee’s family” include an employee’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers and fathers-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, brothers and sisters-in-law, and anyone (other than domestic employees) who shares such employee’s home.

  

IV. GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

 

The giving and receiving of appropriate gifts may be considered common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business connections. However, gifts and entertainment should never compromise, or appear to compromise, an employee’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

 

3

 

It is the responsibility of employees to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, employees may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment is in compliance with applicable law, insignificant in amount and not given in consideration or expectation of any action by the recipient. All gifts and entertainment expenses made on behalf of the Company must be properly accounted for on expense reports.

 

We encourage employees to submit gifts received to the Company. While it is not mandatory to submit small gifts, gifts of over USD 100 must be submitted immediately to the Compliance Officer.

 

Bribes and kickbacks are criminal acts, strictly prohibited by law. An employee must not offer, give, solicit or receive any form of bribe or kickback anywhere in the world.

 

V. FCPA COMPLIANCE

 

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. A violation of FCPA does not only violate the Company’s policy but also constitute a civil or criminal offense under FCPA which the Company is subject to after the Effective Time. No employee shall give or authorize directly or indirectly any illegal payments to government officials of any country. While the FCPA does, in certain limited circumstances, allow nominal “facilitating payments” to be made, any such payment must be discussed with and approved by an employee’s supervisor in advance before it can be made.

  

VI. PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any use of the funds or assets of the Company, whether for personal gain or not, for any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.

 

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

 

  ● Exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

 

  ● Promptly report any actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

 

  ● Safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from unauthorized access; and

 

  ● Use Company property only for legitimate business purposes.

 

Except as approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Company prohibits political contributions (directly or through trade associations) by any employee on behalf of the Company. Prohibited political contributions include:

 

  ● any contributions of the Company’s funds or other assets for political purposes;

 

  ● encouraging individual employees to make any such contribution; and

 

  ● reimbursing an employee for any political contribution.

 

VII. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Employees should abide by the Company’s rules and policies in protecting the intellectual property and confidential information, including the following:

 

  ● All inventions, creative works, computer software, and technical or trade secrets developed by an employee in the course of performing the employee’s duties or primarily through the use of the Company’s assets or resources while working at the Company shall be the property of the Company.

 

  ● Employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or entities with which the Company has business relations, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its business associates, if disclosed.

  

4

 

  ● The Company maintains a strict confidentiality policy. During an employee’s term of employment with the Company, the employee shall comply with any and all written or unwritten rules and policies concerning confidentiality and shall fulfill the duties and responsibilities concerning confidentiality applicable to the employee.

 

  ● In addition to fulfilling the responsibilities associated with his/her position in the Company, an employee shall not, without obtaining prior approval from the Company, disclose, announce or publish trade secrets or other confidential business information of the Company, nor shall an employee use such confidential information outside the course of his/her duties to the Company.

 

  ● Even outside the work environment, an employee must maintain vigilance and refrain from disclosing important information regarding the Company or its business, business associates or employees.

 

  ● An employee’s duty of confidentiality with respect to the confidential information of the Company survives the termination of such employee’s employment with the Company for any reason until such time as the Company discloses such information publicly or the information otherwise becomes available in the public sphere through no fault of the employee.

 

  ● Upon termination of employment, or at such time as the Company requests, an employee must return to the Company all of its property without exception, including all forms of medium containing confidential information, and may not retain duplicate materials.

 

VIII. ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

Upon the Effective Time, the Company will be required to report its financial results and other material information about its business to the public and the SEC. It is the Company’s policy to promptly disclose accurate and complete information regarding its business, financial condition and results of operations. Employees must strictly comply with all applicable standards, laws, regulations and policies for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

  

Employees should be on guard for, and promptly report, any possibility of inaccurate or incomplete financial reporting. Particular attention should be paid to:

 

  ● Financial results that seem inconsistent with the performance of the underlying business;

 

  ● Transactions that do not seem to have an obvious business purpose; and

 

  ● Requests to circumvent ordinary review and approval procedures.

 

The Company’s senior financial officers and other employees working in the finance department have a special responsibility to ensure that all of the Company’s financial disclosures are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. Any practice or situation that might undermine this objective should be reported to the Compliance Officer.

 

Employees are prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence the Company’s independent auditors for the purpose of rendering the financial statements of the Company materially misleading. Prohibited actions include but are not limited to:

 

  ● issuing or reissuing a report on the Company’s financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of U.S. GAAP, generally accepted auditing standards or other professional or regulatory standards);

 

  ● not performing audit, review or other procedures required by generally accepted auditing standards or other professional standards;

 

5

 

  ● not withdrawing an issued report when withdrawal is warranted under the circumstances; or

 

  ● not communicating matters required to be communicated to the Company’s Audit Committee.

 

IX. COMPANY RECORDS

 

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to the Company’s business and form the basis of its earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public. The Company’s records are a source of essential data that guides business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include, but are not limited to, booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of business.

 

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. There is never an acceptable reason to make false or misleading entries. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are strictly prohibited. An employee is responsible for understanding and complying with the Company’s recordkeeping policy. An employee should contact the Compliance Officer if he/she has any questions regarding the recordkeeping policy.

 

X. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

Each employee has an obligation to comply with the laws of the cities, provinces, regions and countries in which the Company operates. This includes, without limitation, laws covering commercial bribery and kickbacks, patent, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, offering or receiving gratuities, employment harassment, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information, misuse of corporate assets and foreign currency exchange activities. Employees are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to their positions at the Company. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, the employee should seek advice immediately from the Compliance Officer.

 

XI. DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT

 

The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on race, ethnicity, religion, gender, age, national origin or any other protected class. For further information, employees should consult the Compliance Officer.

 

XII. FAIR DEALING

 

Each employee should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. None should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice.

 

XIII. HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

The Company strives to provide employees with a safe and healthy work environment. Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for other employees by following environmental, safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions. Violence or threats of violence are not permitted.

 

Each employee is expected to perform his/her duty to the Company in a safe manner, not under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances. The use of illegal drugs or other controlled substances in the workplace is prohibited.

 

XIV. VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE

 

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. Reporting a known or suspected violation of this Code by others will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an action to safeguard the reputation and integrity of the Company and its employees.

 

6

 

If an employee knows of or suspects a violation of this Code, it is such employee’s responsibility to immediately report the violation to the Compliance Officer, who will work with the employee to investigate his/her concern. All questions and reports of known or suspected violations of this Code will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. The Compliance Officer and the Company will protect the employee’s confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with the law and the Company’s need to investigate the employee’s concern.

 

It is the Company’s policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action, including termination of employment, based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee’s conduct, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both the employee and the Company.

 

The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. An employee inflicting reprisal or retaliation against another employee for reporting a known or suspected violation will be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

 

XV. WAIVERS OF THE CODE

 

Waivers of this Code will be granted on a case-by-case basis and only in extraordinary circumstances. Waivers of this Code may be made only by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and may be promptly disclosed to the public if so required by applicable laws and regulations and rules of the NASDAQ. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any waiver of this Code for a senior officer or a director may only be granted by the Board and must be publicly disclosed in accordance with the applicable rules of the NASDAQ.

 

XVI. CONCLUSION

 

This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If employees have any questions about these guidelines, they should contact the Compliance Officer. We expect all employees to adhere to these standards. Each employee is separately responsible for his/her actions. Conduct that violates the law or this Code cannot be justified by claiming that it was ordered by a supervisor or someone in higher management positions. If an employee engages in conduct prohibited by the law or this Code, such employee will be deemed to have acted outside the scope of his/her employment. Such conduct will subject the employee to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

 

* * * * * * * * * * * * *

 

7

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIAIRES OF 3 E Network Technology Group Limited

 

Subsidiaries  Place of Incorporation  Incorporation
Time
  Percentage
Ownership
 
3e Network Technology Holdings Limited  British Virgin Islands  October 8, 2018   100%
3e Network Technology Company Limited  Hong Kong  August 30, 2020   100%
Guangzhou 3e Network Technology Company Limited  Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC  May 26, 2017   100%
Guangzhou 3E Network Technology Company Limited  Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, PRC  January 17, 2023   100%

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of 3 E Network Technology Group Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) of our report dated September 27, 2023, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference of our Firm under the caption “Experts” in this Registration Statement.

 

/s/ HTL International, LLC
HTL International, LLC

Houston, Texas

 
December 20, 2023

Exhibit 99.1

 

CONSENT OF NA MI

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

December 20, 2023  
   
/s/ Na Mi  
Name:  Na Mi  

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

CONSENT OF XISHI YUAN

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

December 20, 2023
 
/s/ Xishi Yuan  
Name:  Xishi Yuan  

Exhibit 99.3

 

CONSENT OF HAILIANG JIA

 

3 E Network Technology Group Limited intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

December 20, 2023  
   
/s/ Hailiang Jia  
Name:  Hailiang Jia